Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout17020 Smokey Point Blvd_BLD975_2016 Permit Packet Coversheet Community and Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Avenue NE • Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360) 403-3551 Page 1 of 1 Permit Number: Permit Type: Address/Parcel: Completed (Month/Year): Land Use ˆ Notice of Decision ˆ Staff Report ˆ Application ˆ Narrative ˆ Legal Description ˆ Vicinity Map ˆ Site Plan ˆ Landscape Plan ˆ Complete Streets Checklist ˆ Traffic Impact Analysis ˆ Snohomish County Traffic Mitigation Offer ˆ WSDOT Traffic Offer Form ˆ Tree Survey ˆ Stormwater Drainage Report ˆ Geotech Report ˆ Critical Area Evaluation Form ˆ SEPA Checklist ˆ Public Notice Material ˆ Noticing and Related Documents ˆ Water / Sewer Availability Certificate ˆ Unanticipated Discovery Plan Form ˆ Aerial Photo of Site ˆ Proposed Building Materials ˆ Lighting Plans and Lighting Cut Sheets ˆ Color Elevations ˆ Design Matrix ˆ Plat Map ˆ Title Report ˆ Lot Closures ˆ Preliminary Civil Plans ˆ Archaeological Survey o Confidential Documents. Contact the City to obtain. ˆ Topography (Existing Conditions) ˆ CC&R’s ˆ Deeds / Easements / Conveyances /Dedications ˆ Developer’s Agreement ˆ Recorded Copies ˆ Bonding or Assignment of Funds o Confidential Documents. Contact the City to obtain. ˆ Letters and Project Documents ˆ Other: Civil ˆ Issued Permit ˆ Application ˆ Other Applications ˆ Construction Calculation Worksheet ˆ Approved Plans ˆ Review Comment Form ˆ Letters and Project Documents ˆ Other Agency Permits ˆ Reports: o Drainage Report Pg: o Stormwater Pg: o Geotech Pg: o All Other Reports ˆ SEPA and Noticing Materials ˆ Inspections ˆ As-Builts ˆ Other: Building ˆ Issued Permit ˆ Application ˆ Additional Applications ˆ Approved Plans ˆ Site Plan ˆ Letters and Project Documents ˆ Calculations ˆ Project Specification Manuals ˆ Reports ˆ Certificate of Occupancy ˆ Inspections ˆ Other: BLD975 Commercial Alteration 17020 Smokey Point Blvd May 2016 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ PROPOSED RETROFIT TRACTOR SUPPLY STORE - 17020 SMOKEY POINT BLVD - ARLINGTON, WA COVER SHEET THE PROPOSED PROJECT INVOLVES THE ALTERATION OF AN EXISTING COMMERCIAL BUILDING FOR A NEW TENANT, TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY. CHANGE ORDER POLICY: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PAYMENT OF ANY WORK PERFORMED OR MATERIAL SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR OR ANY OF ITS SUB-CONTRACTORS, SUB-SUBCONTRACTORS AND ANYONE CLAIMING BY THROUGH OR UNDER ANY OF THEM WHICH IS NOT IDENTIFIED IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY PERSONNEL: VICE PRESIDENT REAL ESTATE, DIRECTOR OF CONSTRUCTION, OR A CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER. NO ACTION, CONDUCT, OMISSION, PRIOR FAILURE, OR COURSE OF DEALING BY TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY SHALL ACT TO WAIVE, MODIFY, CHANGE OR ALTER THE REQUIREMENT THAT ALL WORK, WHETHER BY CONTRACT, CHANGE ORDER OR CHANGE DIRECTIVE, MUST BE IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY THE PERSONNEL IDENTIFIED IN THIS PROVISION. ANY WORK PERFORMED OR MATERIAL PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR, ANY OF ITS SUB-CONTRACTORS, SUB-SUBCONTRACTORS CONTRARY TO THIS PROVISION SHALL BE AT ITS OWN RISK AND OWN EXPENSE AND TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO REIMBURSE OR PAY THE CONTRACTOR OR ANY OF ITS SUB-CONTRACTORS, SUB-SUBCONTRACTORS FOR SAME. REQUIRED EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE: SCALE: NORTHVICINITY MAP N.T.S. OCCUPANT LOAD: CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION (TYPE): EGRESS REQUIRMENTS: M - SALES USE and OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: 250'-0" PROJECT SCOPE: II-B - FULLY SPRINKLERED FLR. AREA / OCCUPANT M - NON SALES 20 OCCUPANTS M - MERCANTILE 26,442 S.F. / 30 APPLICABLE CODES: 100 GROSS FUNCTION OF SPACE 30 GROSS ALLOWABLECALCULATION M - NON SALES ALLOWABLE HEIGHT and BUILDING AREAS: 21 OCCUPANTS300 GROSS STRUCTURAL FRAME: EXTERIOR BEARING WALLS:0 HOURS 0 HOURSINTERIOR BEARING WALLS / COLUMNS: FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS (HOURS): 0 HOURS 0 HOURS ROOF CONSTRUCTION: FLOOR CONSTRUCTION: 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 3 EXITS (1 ACCESSIBLE EXIT) INTERIOR NON-BEARING WALLS: MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED: 6 EXITS (5 ACCESSIBLE EXITS) LESS THAN 250'-0"PROVIDED EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE: TOTAL OCC. x 0.15 = 141" REQUIRED EGRESS WIDTH: NUMBER OF EXITS PROVIDED: PLUMBING FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS: PROVIDED EGRESS WIDTH:TOTAL 283" 882 OCCUPANTS (OFFICES / VESTIBULES/ LOUNGE / CORE AREA) (STOCK / RECEIVING) CODE AND BUILDING DATA (SALES /INDOOR OUTDOOR SALES) 940 OCCUPANTS LANDLORD MECHANICAL & PLUMBING POINT ONE DESIGN LTD. ARCHITECT & ELECTRICAL ADA ARCHITECTS TRACTOR SUPPLY CO. TENANT 5401 VIRGINIA WAY, BRENTWOOD, TENNESSEE 37027 TIM JAGNEAUX VP OF CONSTRUCTION OFFICE: 615-440-4248 17710 DETROIT AVENUE LAKEWOOD, OHIO 44107 PROJECT MANAGER PAUL GIERLACH 216-521-5134 9941 YORK THETA DRIVE NORTH ROYALTON, OHIO 44133 PROJECT ENGINEER KEVIN HERBERT 440-230-1800 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT PERMIT APPROVAL NOTE TO AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION: • THE FIRE ALARM AND FIRE SPRINKLER DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED AS A DEFERRED SUBMITTAL. •THE EXTERIOR SIGNAGE SHALL BE SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. DRAWING INDEX AS-1 SITE PLAN FO R T S C R E V I E W 03- 3 0 - 1 6 I S S U E D A-0 GENERAL NOTES D-1 DEMOLITION PLAN E-4 GENERAL LIGHTING PLAN E-2 GENERAL POWER PLAN E-1A ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES & LEGENDS M-1 MECHANICAL PLAN A-7 FIXTURE PLAN (TO BE PROVIDED BY TRACTOR SUPPLY CO.) A-4 VESTIBULE DETAILS A-5 DETAILS A-3 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A-2 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-1 FLOOR PLAN A-0.5 NOTES AND SCHEDULES CS-1 COVER SHEET FIRE PROTECTION FP-1 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN M-2 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES & DETAILS ARCHITECTURAL MECHANICAL / PLUMBING ELECTRICAL ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION P-1 PLUMBING PLAN E-1 ONE LINE DIAGRAM, SCHEDULES & DETAILS E-1B ELECTRICAL DETAILS 1 PER 1,000 OCCUPANTSDRINKING FOUNTAINS PLUMBING FIXTURE COUNT BASED ON TABLE 403.1 PER THE PLUMBING CODE: OCCUPANT LOAD = 940 OCCUPANTS (470 MALE, 470 FEMALE) OTHERS 1 PER 500 OCCUPANTS 1 SERVICE SINK REQUIRED 1 PER 750 OCCUPANTS 3 2 LAVATORIES, MEN: WATER CLOSETS, MEN: 1 PER 500 OCCUPANTS 1 PER 750 OCCUPANTS 2 4 2 2 URINALS: 1WATER CLOSETS, WOMEN: PLUMBING FIXTURE CALCULATION REQUIRED PROVIDED 1 1 LAVATORIES, WOMEN:1 1 1 2 0 BUILDING CODE: 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ELECTRICAL CODE: MECHANICAL CODE: 2014 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE PLUMBING CODE: ACCESSIBILITY: 2012 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE 2012 INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE ICC A117.1 URINALS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED UP TO 50% OF THE REQ. WATER CLOSETS E-3.1A LOW VOLTAGE PLAN CS-1 ALLOWABLE AREA:56,152 S.F. ACTUAL AREA:36,228 S.F. ALLOWABLE HEIGHT:EXISTING ACTUAL HEIGHT:+/- 24'-8"E-2A MEZZANINE POWER PLANS & NOTES P-2 ENLARGED PLUMBING PLAN BIDDING POLICY: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CHECKING EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE JOB SITE BEFORE SUBMITTING BIDS. SUBMISSION OF BIDS SHALL BE TAKEN AS EVIDENCE THAT SUCH INSPECTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE. CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COMPENSATION FOR WORK THAT COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN BY SUCH INSPECTION, WHETHER SHOWN ON CONTRACT OR NOT, SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED OR PAID. IT IS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATION AND RESPONSIBILITY TO CONTACT THE ARCHITECT CONCERNING ANY ITEMS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS THAT ARE UNCLEAR, CONFUSING, OR OTHERWISE SUSPICIOUS TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR HIS SUB-CONTRACTORS. [(1) STOREFRONT ENTRY @ 79" + (4) MAN DOOR @ 34" + (1) DOUBLE MAN DOOR @ 68"] NOTE: TRACTOR SUPPLY PROJECT MANAGER SHALL BE COPIED ON ALL TESTING REPORTS •THE SEISMIC ANCHORING AND CALCULATIONS FOR THE RACKING / SHELVING WILL BE SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c hi t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a nd i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w, s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r oj e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r an t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 AR L I N G T O N , W A E-1C ELECTRICAL DETAILS D-2 DEMOLITION RCP STRUCTURAL DATA DESIGN CRITERIA DESIGNED USING 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) OCCUPANCY CATEGORY TYPE (IBC TABLE 1604.5) = II ROOF LOADS GROUND SNOW LOAD, Pf = 25 PSF SNOW EXPOSURE FACTOR, Ce (TERRAIN CATEGORY B) = 0.90 SNOW IMPORTANCE FACTOR, IS = 1.00 THERMAL FACTOR, CT (HEATED FACILITY) = 1.00 ROOF LIVE/SNOW LOAD = 20 PSF (SNOW) ROOF DEAD LOAD = 20.0 PSF ROOF DEFLECTIONS TL = L/240 ROOF DEFLECTIONS LL = L/180 SEISMIC LOADS MAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACC. FOR SHORT PERIOD, SS = 1.089 G MAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACC. FOR 1-SEC PERIOD, S1 = 0.425 G DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACC. COEFF. AT SHORT PERIOD, SDS = 0.773 G DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACC. COEFF. AT 1-SEC PERIOD, SD1 = 0.446 G BUILDING SITE CLASS (IBC TABLE 1613.5.2) = D SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY (IBC TABLE 1613.5.6(1 & 2)) = D SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR, IE = 1.00 SOILS CRITERIA ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING PRESSURE = 1,500 PSF MINIMUM FROST DEPTH = 24" 1,966 S.F. / 100 6,200 S.F. / 300 PROJECT LOCATION A-6 CHECK OUT COUNTER SPECS M-3 MECHANICAL DETAILS 238 N OLYMPIC AVENUE ARLINGTON, WA 98223 PLANS EXAMINER CHRISTOPHER YOUNG 360-403-3432 SMOKEY POINT PROPERTY, LLC 1218 THIRD AVE, SUITE 2300 SEATTLE, WA 98101 CONTACT: RICHARD LEIDER 206-957-9600 DEAD WEEK - ALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ARE TO BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO THIS WEEK. M - NON SALES 17 OCCUPANTS100 GROSS(MEZZANINE OFFICES)1,620 S.F. / 100 E-3A LOW VOLTAGE PLAN LANDLORD ARCHITECT & ELECTRICAL ADA ARCHITECTS 17710 DETROIT AVENUE LAKEWOOD, OHIO 44107 PROJECT MANAGER PAUL GIERLACH 216-521-5134 SMOKEY POINT PROPERTY, LLC 1218 THIRD AVE, SUITE 2300 SEATTLE, WA 98101 CONTACT: RICHARD LEIDER 206-957-9600 DEAD WEEK - ALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ARE TO BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO THIS WEEK. CIVIL C-1 GRADING PLAN C-2 SPECIFICATIONS ESC-1 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN E-5B LOW VOLTAGE WIRING PLAN BID ALTERNATES: •ALTERNATE #1: FRAME VESTIBULE SOFFIT TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK. EXISTING CONTOUR PROPOSED CONTOUR (0.2' INCR.) GRADE BREAK LEGEND: TA TS LG TC GB FG MX EX EX GR FF RIM TOP OF ASPHALT TOP OF SLAB LIP OF GUTTER TOP OF CURB GRADE BREAK FINISH GRADE MATCH EXISTING EXISTING EXIST. GRADE TO REMAIN FINISHED FLOOR EL RIM ELEVATION BENCH MARKS EXISTING FINISHED FLOOR OF BUILDING, ELEV. - 123.00. 2595 2595 EXPANSION JOINT, 12 FIBER BOARD. 6"X6" 8/8 WWF 6" 8" #4 DOWEL @ 24" O.C., 24"L. EMBED 6" INTO EXISTING FOUNDATION WALL AND GROUT WITH HILTI HIT-HY 200. CSBC PER WSDOT STAND. SPEC. 9-03.9(3) UNDISTURBED, PROOF ROLLED SUBGRADE OR COMPACTED STRUCTURAL FILL SUBGRADE. EXISTING FOOTING 6" 8" UNDISTURBED, PROOF ROLLED SUBGRADE OR COMPACTED STRUCTURAL FILL SUBGRADE. CSBC PER WSDOT STAND. SPEC. 9-03.9(3) 6"X6" 8/8 WWF 6" MI N . 1'-0" **THICKENED EDGE ONLY AT TRUCK DOCK 3" 3" CONCRETE SURFACE #4 CONT. @ THICKENDED EDGE ONLY 12" RADIUS ~3'-1" SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR DIMENSION FENCE POST INSTALLED PER ARCHITECTURAL DETAIL EXISTING BUILDING PR O P E R T Y L I N E CURB AND GUTTER EPOXY BOND CURB TO A.C. PAVEMENT PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. EXTEND A.C. A MINIMUM OF 4 INCHES BEYOND BACK OF CURB. 6" 8"4" 1/2" R. 1/2" R.1" R. 6"1" R. 1"5 1/2" 6 1/2" 12 " TOP OF PAVEMENT 6" 2' - 0" 2.0% SLOPE FACE OF CURB 1 CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE ALL EXISTING MONUMENTS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2 EXISTING A.C. PAVEMENT. RETAIN AND PROTECT. 3 EXISTING CONCRETE CURB, GUTTER OR SLAB. RETAIN AND PROTECT. 4 EXISTING UTILITIES (WATER, SEWER, GAS, ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, FIBER). RETAIN AND PROTECT. CALL 811 DIGLINE PRIOR TO EXCAVATION AT 800-424-5555. 5 EXISTING STRUCTURE PROTECT AND RETAIN. 6 NOT USED. 7 NOT USED. 8 PROPOSED DOOR LOCATION. INSTALL REINFORCING DOWEL FULL WIDTH PLUS 2 FEET EACH SIDE PER DETAIL 3. 9 INSTALL CONCRETE SLAB PER DETAIL 1. 10 INSTALL CONCRETE SLAB WITH THICKENED EDGE PER DETAIL 1. BOTTOM OF THICKENED EDGE ADJACENT TO PROPOSED SLAB SHALL EXTEND TO BOTTOM OF SLAB. 11 CONSTRUCT VERTICAL CURB AND GUTTER PER DETAIL 2 AND 4. 12 TAPER THE CURB HEIGHT DOWN PER DETAIL 7 TO ACCOMMODATE PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC THROUGH GATE. 13 PROPOSED FENCE PER DETAIL 2 AND ARCHITECTURAL PLAN. 14 GROUT VOID SPACE BELOW EXISTING SIDEWALK EDGE TO 4 INCHES BELOW SLAB. 15 SAWCUT EXISTING AC IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO PAVING FOR CLEAN EDGE. 16 TACK COAT AND FEATHER FINE HMA MIX ALONG EDGE OF AC OVERLAY/TAPER AREAS. 17 HOT MIX ASPHALT OVERLAY. TACK COAT PRIOR TO OVERLAY. 18 HOT MIX ASPHALT SECTION PER DETAIL 6. 19 SAWCUT AND REMOVE EXISTING CURB, AC PAVEMENT, OR SIDEWALK AS REQUIRED. 20 PROPERTY/ RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE. 21 PROPOSED PROPANE TANK AND BOLLARDS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR DETAILS. 22 INSTALL EXTRUDED CURB PER DETAIL 5 TO MATCH EXISTING. 2 1 / 2 " 10 " UNDISTURBED, PROOF ROLLED SUBGRADE OR COMPACTED STRUCTURAL FILL SUBGRADE. GRAVEL BORROW PER WSDOT STAND. SPEC. 9-03.14(1) CLASS 1/2-INCH HMA PER WSDOT STAND. SPEC. 9-03.9(3) CSBC PER WSDOT STAND. SPEC. 9-03.9(3)4" 1. EXISTING CONDITIONS SITE TOPOGRAPHY PERFORMED BY METRON AND ASSOCIATED INC, IN MARCH OF 2016. EXISTING TOPOGRAPHY SHOWN IS BASED ON THIS SURVEY. 2. SEE LIMITED GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION SMOKEY POINT PROPERTY BY GEOTEST (MARCH 3, 2016) FOR ADDITIONAL SOILS INFORMATION AND HANDLING SPECIFICATIONS. IN CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE SOILS REPORT AND THESE SPECIFICATIONS THE MORE STRINGENT SHALL APPLY. 3. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THE SPECIFICATIONS HEREIN OR TO THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE CITY OF ARLINGTON PUBLIC WORKS STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (WSDOT) STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD, BRIDGE, AND MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION AND THE AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE CODES WHERE NOT SPECIFICALLY ADDRESSED. 4. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN A GRADING PERMIT FROM THE CITY. ALL REQUIRED PERMITS FROM OTHER AGENCIES MUST ALSO BE OBTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 5. A COPY OF THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION PLANS MUST BE ON THE JOB SITE WHEN CONSTRUCTION IS IN PROGRESS. 6. ALL SITE WORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS. ANY DEVIATION FROM THE APPROVED PLANS WILL REQUIRE PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER, THE ENGINEER, AND OTHER APPROPRIATE PUBLIC AGENCIES. 7. ALL OF THE LOCATIONS OF THE EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN IN THE PLANS HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED BY FIELD SURVEY OR OBTAINED FROM AVAILABLE RECORDS AND SHALL THEREFORE BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATE AND NOT NECESSARILY COMPLETE. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY THE ACCURACY OF ALL UTILITY LOCATIONS. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE AND PROTECT ALL CASTINGS AND UTILITIES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL CONTACT THE UNDERGROUND UTILITIES LOCATE SERVICE (1-800-424-5555 OR 811) AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 9. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE APPROPRIATE INSPECTIONS, ALLOWING PROPER ADVANCE NOTICE. THE INSPECTOR MAY REQUIRE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ITEMS THAT DO NOT MEET SPECIFIED STANDARDS OR WERE CONSTRUCTED WITHOUT INSPECTION. 10. ASPHALT AND CONCRETE PAVEMENT SUBGRADE, AND BASE SHALL BE INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO SUBSEQUENT TO PLACEMENT OF NEXT SURFACE. 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE ON-SITE AND OFF-SITE STREETS CLEAN AT ALL TIMES BY CLEANING WITH A SWEEPING AND/OR VACUUM TRUCK. WASHING OF STREETS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE CITY. 12. SURVEY MONUMENTS ARE EXPECTED TO EXIST ON AND AROUND THE SITE. CONTRACTOR SHALL AVOID DESTROYING OR DISRUPTING ALL MONUMENTS SHOWN OR OTHERWISE AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR NOTIFICATION OF THE ENGINEER AND REPLACEMENT OF DISRUPTED OR DESTROYED MONUMENTS. A STATE OF WASHINGTON LICENSED LAND SURVEYOR SHALL BE HIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE ALL MONUMENTS REMOVED OR DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN TWO (2) SETS OF “AS- BUILT” PLANS SHOWING ALL FIELD CHANGES AND MODIFICATIONS. IMMEDIATELY AFTER CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DELIVER BOTH COPIES OF RED-LINED PLANS TO THE ARCHITECT. DIST. AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE FENCE GATE DROP TOP BACK OF CURB TO FLOW LINE 1'-0" FLOW LINE JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/09/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c hi t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a nd i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w, s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r oj e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r an t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . 9/8/20179/8/2017 GRADING PLAN1 AΩN O R T H C-1 GRADING PLAN SLAB/WALL @ DOORS3 CONC. SLAB SECTION1 CURB & GUTTER / FENCE RELATIONSHIP2 CURB AND GUTTER (WSDOT SP F-10.16-00)4 EXTRUDED CURB5 KEYNOTES: HMA SECTION6 CURB CUT @ FENCE GATE7 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Concrete Supplier: A firm experienced in producing ready-mixed concrete that complies with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. Comply with ACI 301, “Specification for Structural Concrete.” 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's “Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities.” Certification shall not be more than twelve months old. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-01 or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade II. C.Concrete Contractor Qualification: Concrete Contractor shall include in their bid package to the General Contractor, a minimum of three similar and successful projects that clearly indicates the Concrete Contractor's ability to successfully perform the work and to achieve the slab tolerances required in this specification. The concrete contractor's team shall have participated in the majority of these projects, and that team shall remain the same through the duration of this project. Concrete Contractor's qualification shall be submitted as part of the bid package. Based on experience, the Owner has the right to reject the Concrete Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete materials: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/ C150M, Type I, Type II or Type I/II. Use one brand of cement throughout the project. 2. Coarse and Fine Aggregates: ASTM C 33. Combined aggregate gradation for slabs on grade and other designated concrete shall be 8% - 18% for large top size aggregates (1½”) or 8% - 22% for smaller top size aggregates (1” or ¾”) retained on each sieve below the top size and above the no. 100 sieve. Slabs on grade shall have a maximum aggregate size of 1½” footings and piers 1” and beams ¾”. 3. Water: complying with ASTM C 94. 4. Air-Entraining Admixture (Exterior Concrete): ASTM C-260. Admixture manufacturer shall provide written certification that the air-entraining admixture is compatible with other required admixtures. All exterior slabs shall be air-entrained (4% - 6%). Acceptable products: Euclid Chemical AEA-92 or Air 40; BASF Micro Air; W.R. Grace Daravair or Darex or approved equivalent. 5. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A containing not more than 0.05% chloride ions. Acceptable products: Euclid Chemical Eucon series; BASF Pozzolith series; W.R. Grace WRDA or Daracem series or approved equivalent. 6. Water-Reducing, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494, Type D containing not more than 0.05% chloride ions. Acceptable products: Euclid Chemical Retarder 75; BASF Pozzolith series or Delvo; W.R. Grace Daratard 17 or approved equivalent. 7. High Range Water-Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): ASTM C494, Type F or G containing not more than 0.05% chloride ions. Acceptable products: Euclid Chemical Eucon 37; BASF Rheobuild 1000; W.R. Grace Daracem-100 or approved equivalent. 8. Water-Reducing, Non-Corrosive Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494, Type C or E containing not more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. The admixture manufacturer must have long-term, non-corrosive test data from an independent testing laboratory (of at least a year's duration) using an acceptable accelerated corrosion test method such as that using electrical potential measures. Acceptable products: Euclid Chemical Accelguard 80/90 or NCA; BASF NC534 or Pozzutec 20; W.R. Grace Polarset or approved equivalent. 9. Prohibited admixtures: a. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing more than 0.05% chloride ions are not permitted. b. Flyash is only permitted in exterior concrete in areas known for Alkali Silica Reactivity (ASR). 10. Macro-Synthetic fibers (Exterior Concrete): Comply with ASTM C1116. “Structural” fibers shall be a patented coarse monofilament, self-fibrillating, polypropylene/polyethylene fiber with a minimum tensile strength of 73ksi and minimum length of 2 inches. Acceptable macro-synthetic fiber (No Substitutions): Euclid Chemical “Tuf-strand SF” or approved equivalent. B. Related Materials: 1. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. Acceptable manufacturer: Euclid Chemical “Eucobar” or approved equivalent. 2. Exterior Curing: ASTM C 1315 with a maximum VOC content of 700 g/l. All exterior concrete slabs shall be cured using a liquid membrane-forming curing compound. Acceptable manufacturer: Euclid Chemical “Super Rez Seal” or “Super Diamond Clear VOX or approved equivalent. 3. Exterior Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920-86, Type S, Grade NS, and Class 25 Industrial gun grade polyurethane sealant shall exhibit a shore “A” hardness of 40 and an elongation of 250%. 4. Acceptable manufacturer: Euclid Chemical “Eucolastic 1 NS/SL” or Approved Equivalent. 2.02 CONCRETE MIXES A. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixes. B. Concrete mixes shall be proportioned according to ACI 301, for normal-weight concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix, field test data or both. C. Compressive strength (28 days): 4000psi (27.6 mpa), with a maximum water/cement ratio of .53, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Concrete materials included in the mix design shall be the same materials provided to the project, and shall be prepared by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Engineer. Per ACI requirements, if sufficient backup data is not available, the laboratory mix shall exceed the desired job strength of concrete by 1,200psi. Four copies of the mix shall be submitted to the engineer before concrete work begins. D.Slump: Concrete shall have a maximum slump of 5½” for the exterior “side yard.” Unless indicated on drawings, all other concrete shall not exceed a 4" slump. E.Macro-synthetic fiber addition: All exterior concrete shall contain the specified structural fibers used at a rate of no less than 3.0 lbs/cubic yard. Actual fiber dosage may vary based on job-site conditions and shall be calculated by strength equivalency to conventional reinforcement requirements. Required information may include, but not be limited to site prep, subbase and concrete properties, curing and loading conditions. Fibers may be added at plant location or job-site and shall be mixed in concrete for a minimum of 4 minutes. F. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix adjustments may be requested by General Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant; at no additional cost to the Owner and as accepted by the Owner. Laboratory test data for revised mix and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by the Owner and Engineer prior to work. Both Concrete Testing and Inspection Agency and Concrete Contractor shall verify that the concrete mix design will produce a concrete which will meet the specifications for this project. In addition, the General Contractor and Concrete Contractor shall verify that the workability, finishability and setting times are appropriate for concrete installations. Placement shall be made by concrete truck chute. If concrete pumping is required, the proportions established above shall not be altered to suit the capabilities of the pumping equipment. For concrete containing macro-synthetic fibers, additional water reducer may be necessary. The addition of water is not permitted into concrete mixture after addition of macro-synthetic fibers. G. Exterior Concrete: Concrete shall be designed to meet 4000 psi compressive strength @ 28 days and exhibit <0.04% shrinkage @ 28 days. The mix shall contain approximately 12 cubic feet of #467 aggregate (1-1/2” top size), the specified water reducing admixture and achieve a w/cm ratio of 0.53 (max.). Air-entrainment shall be as specified. Proposed mix design shall be similar to the following Exterior Side Yard Prototype mix: Materials Prototype mix Cement 517-564lbs. Fly ash/slag Prohibited, Except in areas of known Alkali Silica Reactivty Coarse aggregate 12 cubic feet +/- .50 (#467 stone) Fine aggregate 7 cubic feet +/- (adjust as necessary) Water content 250 - 300lbs. Air content (Entrained Air) 6.0% (max.) Water Reducer (Type A/F) 3oz.-10oz./100wt +/- (Mid-Range) W/cm 0.53 (max.) Initial slump (water)3” Final slump (with water reducer) 5.5” (max.) Macro Synthetic Fiber 3 lbs / cubic yard (min.) Maximum Shrinkage < 0.04% @ 28 days PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION (GENERAL) A.Formwork: Design, construct, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301. 11. Form Work: Form all slabs, stairs and other formed concrete with metal forms or ¾" plywood. For exposed surfaces use forms with an undamaged face. Form ties used shall be snap ties. Concrete release agent shall be a VOC compliant, light viscosity, non-staining oil. B. Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1643 (if indicated on drawings): Install, protect, and repair vapor-retarder sheets; place sheets in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. 1. Plastic vapor retarder for concrete floor slab shall be 6-mil (minimum) polyethylene. Seal vapor retarder completely around all pipes and conduits. Inspect vapor retarder thoroughly and repair all punctures and tears immediately prior to placing concrete. All laps shall be 18 inches minimum, and sealed with a completely continuous pressure sensitive tape. C.Steel Reinforcement (if indicated on drawings): Comply with CRSI's “Manual of Standard Practice” for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. 2. Install all anchors, ties, chairs and other supports as requested to insure reinforcing is supported at proper locations. All reinforcing shall be wired in place using #16 annealed wire. Wood or clay brick chairs are not acceptable. 3. Welded wire fabric mesh (if indicated on drawings) shall be lapped a minimum of 6 inches at side laps and secured with tie wires no more than 4 feet on center. 3.02 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A.Comply with requirements in ACI 301 for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. 1. Install crushed stone base to the minimum compacted thickness as indicated on the construction documents. Crushed stone shall be compacted to 98% Modified Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D 1557. The in-place density shall be tested for compliance no more than 48 hours prior to concrete placement using ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167, or ASTM D 2922. One copy of test results shall be forwarded to the Engineer. 2. Cooperate with all other trades. Confer with electrical, mechanical, plumbing, carpenters, steel workers, etc. Make sure that all sleeves, anchor, insert, conduit, floor boxes, pipes, fittings, and other items are installed before placing concrete. Make provisions for door saddles, and thresholds. 3. The General Contractor shall ensure the accuracy, placement and alignment of all under-slab work. The placement of all boxes shall be square, level and true in all respects. 4. Concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 94. 5. Transport and delivery of concrete by Non Agitating Equipment shall not be allowed. B. Comply with ACI 305, “Hot Weather Concrete” and ACI 306, “Cold Weather Concrete” for protection during placing, finishing and curing Hot Weather and Cold Weather concrete placement shall be at the risk of the General Contractor, and shall be removed and replaced at no additional payments if it becomes frozen or otherwise damaged. C.Form-Release Agent: Coat all removable wood and metal forming with a FOC compliant, non-staining, concrete form-release agent and allow excess liquid to drain off before forms are placed. D.Transport: Place at point of use and consolidate with a concrete vibrator. Do not allow concrete to segregate. Maximum free fall for concrete is 3 feet. A vibrator is required for placement of concrete in walls, piers, footings and turndowns. E. Concrete Placement: Place on firm, undisturbed earth or properly compacted fill. Consolidate without segregation, by vibrating. Do not place concrete when temperature is 40 degrees F and falling or when freezing weather is predicted within 24 hours. 1. Place concrete within the minimum temperature range as specified in ACI 301 2. Protect concrete as required in ACI 301 3. Type III, high early strength cement, calcium chloride, corrosive accelerators or antifreeze shall not be used. 4. Concrete shall be placed before initial set has occurred and in no event after it has contained its water content for more than 1½ hours. 5. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall be placed upon clean, damp, smooth surfaces that are free from running water. Subgrade and base shall be properly consolidated and rut-free. 6. Concrete shall not be placed upon soft mud or dry porous earth. The concrete shall be consolidated and worked, in an approved manner, into all corners and angles of the forms and around reinforcement and embedded fixtures in such a manner as to prevent segregation of the coarse aggregate as required in ACI 301. 7. Concrete shall not be placed on a frozen subgrade or sub base. Placement of concrete shall not begin until the ambient temperature is 35 degrees Fahrenheit and rising. 8. When the air temperature is expected to reach the freezing point during the day or night and the pavement has not reached 50 percent of its design strength or 2,500 psi which ever is greater the concrete shall be protected from freezing. The Contractor shall, at no expense to the Owner, provide a sufficient supply of straw, hay, grass, earth, blankets, or other suitable blanketing material and spread it over the pavement to a sufficient depth to prevent freezing of the concrete. The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality and strength of the concrete thus cured. Any concrete injured by frost action or freezing shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. 9. Concrete sawcutting shall be done as soon as possible after poured concrete has cured and can support weight. Provide neat cut which is true in alignment. F. Carefully protect all masonry and metal building walls by covering with waterproof paper while concrete is placed. G.Water may be added in accordance with ASTM C 94. Water shall only be added at the job site under the direct supervision of a representative from the field quality control testing agency. Do not add more water than is indicated as allowable on the batch ticket. Water added at the job site shall be documented on the batch ticket. 3.03 FORMED SURFACE FINISHES A.Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding ¼ inch (6 mm) in height shall be rubbed down or chipped off. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Completely remove fins and other projections. All exposed concrete walls are to be grouted and hand rubbed. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, damp-proofing, veneer plaster, or painting. 2. Do not apply rubbed finish to smooth-formed finish. 3. Apply smooth-rubbed finish, defined in ACI 301, to smooth-formed finished concrete. C.Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.04 CONCRETE FINISHES AND TOLERANCES A.General: Unless otherwise noted by Engineer, concrete sales floor slab shall be cast in one continuous placement. Concrete shall be placed, screeded, re-straightened, and finished as necessary to meet the FF and FL tolerance requirements. Interior machine trowel finish shall be achieved within a 2"-3" tolerance of all walls, columns and partitions. Do not wet concrete surfaces while finishing concrete. 1. Laser screeds (required), vibratory screeds, highway straightedges and wood bull floats shall be used to initiate screeding and floating process to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. A back-up laser screed is required during concrete placement of the interior sales floor slab. Remove excess water before starting floating operations. Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations. 2. Highway straightedge operations shall continue before, during and after troweling operation, until the minimum specified floor tolerances are achieved. 3. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures (refer to cold weather protection requirements herein). 4. Heavy broom finish: Side yard, main entry and exit vestibules, cart storage, ramps, aprons and walks shall receive a heavy broom finish. 5. Apply penetrating, anti-spalling sealer treatment to clean, dry concrete surfaces. Sealer to be applied to all exterior concrete paving after concrete has cured for 28 days. B.Exterior Concrete Curing: All exterior concrete slabs shall be cured using the specified liquid membrane-forming curing compound. Application shall be made by an approved applicator of the manufacturer immediately following final finish. Concrete and air temperature shall be above 50º f. Surface shall be clean and damp, but not wet and can no longer be marred by walking workmen. Apply “Super Rez Seal” or “Super Diamond Clear VOX” at an application rate of 400sf/gallon or equivalent. C.Tolerances: ACI 117, “Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction & Materials.” The General Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with floor tolerance testing. A copy of the final floor tolerance report shall be provided by the General Contractor to Engineer within 24 hours of receiving the report from the testing laboratory. 1. All perimeter areas and edges of the exterior slabs shall exhibit the same final finish. Location Ff Tolerance Fl Tolerance Notes Exterior Concrete 20 17 Floated and/or Broomed Surfaces D.Repairs and Protection 1. Remove and replace concrete pavement that is broken, damaged or defective or that does not comply with the specifications herein. Removal and replacement subject to Engineers approval. 2. Protect concrete paving from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days after placement. 3. Maintain concrete paving to be free of stains, discoloration, dirt or foreign materials. Sweep paving not more than 2 days before substantial completion and/or inspection by Engineer. 3.05 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE JOINTS A.General: Joints shall be cut as indicated on Drawings, and as soon as the slab will support the weight of the saw and operator and when cutting action will not tear, abrade or otherwise damage the concrete surface. Cuts must be made before concrete develops random contraction cracks. Employ sufficient number of saws and workers to complete cutting of saw joints within 2 hours after final finish of interior floor slab. After saw cutting, immediately vacuum up and remove all residues completely. Spacing of joints shall not be more than 15'-0" between construction and control joints. 1. Construction Joints: a. Construction joints shall be true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete (refer to drawings), so as not to impair strength or appearance of concrete b. Construction joints in slab on grade shall be butt joints with dowels. Do not use metal keyways. 2. Isolation Joints: Install joint-filler strips at junctions with slabs-on-grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. a. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Control Joints: Form weakened-plane control joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated: a. All saw cutting shall be accomplished with a “Soff-Cut” saw, by Husqvarna Construction Products (800-288-5040), equipped with a patented color-coded, diamond blade and skid plate in new condition. Concrete Subcontractor must have documented successful experience in the use of this method prior to this project. Use 1/8-inch thick blade, cutting a minimum of 1¼” inch deep into interior floor slab. Chalk lines and concrete dust shall be removed completely and immediately after cutting operation. b. Random depth checks shall be performed by an independent testing company to confirm that the specified depth of cut is made. Any cut(s) found to be less than proper depth shall be re-cut to the proper depth and filled with specified joint filler at the General Contractor's expense. 4. Provide expansion joint isolation at building edge and the perimeter of any other block out in the slab such as, but not limited to, fence posts or bollards. The expansion pad shall be asphalt saturated cellulosic fiber or approved equivalent. 5. Concrete saw cutting shall be done as soon as poured concrete has cured and can support weight. Provide a neat cu which is true in alignment. 6. All construction joints shall be sawn, cleaned of debris, blown dry and immediately sealed with appropriate sealant according to manufacturer's directions. 3.06 URETHANE EXPANSION JOINT SEALANT APPLICATION A. Urethane Joint Sealant Application: 1. Apply joint sealants in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Back-up material: a. Install appropriate size backer rod, larger than the joint where necessary per manufacturer's recommendations and in a manner to provide concave sealant profile. b. Where joint depth does not permit installation of backer rod, install adhesive-backed polyethylene bond-breaker tape along the entire back of joint to prevent 3-sided adhesion of joint sealant. 3. Sealant: Verify that the temperature and moisture conditions are within manufacturer's acceptable limits. Using fresh sealant and equipment that is in proper working order, completely fill joint with sealant, filling from bottom up to avoid entrapping air. 4. Using clean, dry tool with rounded edge and of appropriate width for each joint, tool freshly installed sealant to provide preferred concave profile, to ensure intimate contact between sealant and substrate and to provide neat appearance. Where surface aggregate does not permit proper tooling, install sealant and backer rod so that face of joint is recessed behind exposed aggregate and sealant is bonded to firm, even surface. Use dry tooling method. Do not use tooling agents such as soapy water or tooling agents that have not been approved by sealant manufacturer. 3.07 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A.Unless otherwise noted by Tractor Supply Company, concrete floor slab shall be cast as one one continuous pour. B. Contractor shall provide termite protection. Apply termiticide to sub-base before concrete is poured. provide one gallon of diluted termiticide per 10 square feet of slab area. Apply an additional 2-4 gallons per 10 linear feet at the foundation perimeter. C.Contractor to pay special attention to detail at proposed door locations to achieve design that prevents the concrete from heaving at all doorways especially in cold weather. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Hot Mix Asphalt Paving shall be in accordance with the WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 5-04. Base course and surface course aggregates shall be in accordance with the WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9-03. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Geotechnical Report by Geotest Engineering - Limited Geotechnical Evaluation Smokey Point Property, dated March 3, 2016. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not apply asphalt materials if subgrade is wet or excessively damp, if rain is imminent or expected before time required for adequate cure, or if the following conditions are not met: 1. Tack Coat: Minimum surface temperature of 40 deg F. 2. Asphalt Single Course: Minimum surface temperature of 40 deg F and rising at time of placement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. AGGREGATES 1. Aggregate for gravel base per Section 9-03.9(3). 2. Gravel Borrow per Section 9-03.14(1). 3. ½” Class HMA per WSDOT Standard Specification Section 9-03.8(6). B. ASPHALT MATERIALS 1. Asphalt Binder per WSDOT Standard Specification Section 9-02.1(4). 2. Cationic Emulsified Asphalt per WSDOT Standard Specification Section 9-02.1(6). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PATCHING A. Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement: Saw cut perimeter of patch and excavate existing pavement section to sound base. Excavate rectangular or trapezoidal patches, extending 12 inches into adjacent sound pavement, unless otherwise indicated. Cut excavation faces vertically. Remove excavated material. Recompact existing unbound-aggregate base course to form new subgrade. Tack Coat: Apply uniformly to vertical surfaces abutting or projecting into new, hot-mix asphalt paving at a rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gal./sq. yd.. 1. Allow tack coat to cure undisturbed before applying hot-mix asphalt paving. 2. Avoid smearing or staining adjoining surfaces, appurtenances, and surroundings. Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces. B. Patching: Fill excavated pavements with hot-mix asphalt base mix for full thickness of patch and, while still hot, compact flush with adjacent surface. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. General: Immediately before placing asphalt materials, remove loose and deleterious material from substrate surfaces. Ensure that prepared subgrade is ready to receive paving. B. Herbicide Treatment: Apply herbicide according to manufacturer's recommended rates and written application instructions. Apply to dry, prepared subgrade or surface of compacted-aggregate base before applying paving materials. C. Tack Coat: Apply uniformly to surfaces of existing pavement at a rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gal./sq. yd. 1. Allow tack coat to cure undisturbed before applying hot-mix asphalt paving. 2. Avoid smearing or staining adjoining surfaces, appurtenances, and surroundings. Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces. 3.3 HOT-MIX ASPHALT PLACING A. In addition to new work, this article applies to hot-mix asphalt paving overlay on existing asphalt or concrete pavements. 1. Machine place hot-mix asphalt on prepared surface, spread uniformly, and strike off. Place asphalt mix by hand to areas inaccessible to equipment in a manner that prevents segregation of mix. Place each course to required grade, cross section, and thickness when compacted. 2. Place hot-mix asphalt base course in number of lifts and thicknesses indicated. 3. Place hot-mix asphalt surface course in single lift. 4. Spread mix at minimum temperature of 250 deg F. 5. Begin applying mix along centerline of crown for crowned sections and on high side of one-way slopes unless otherwise indicated. 6. Regulate paver machine speed to obtain smooth, continuous surface free of pulls and tears in asphalt-paving mat. B. Place paving in consecutive strips not less than 10 feet wide unless infill edge strips of a lesser width are required. 1. After first strip has been placed and rolled, place succeeding strips and extend rolling to overlap previous strips. Complete a section of asphalt base course before placing asphalt surface course. C. Promptly correct surface irregularities in paving course behind paver. Use suitable hand tools to remove excess material forming high spots. Fill depressions with hot-mix asphalt to prevent segregation of mix; use suitable hand tools to smooth surface. 3.4 JOINTS A. Construct joints to ensure a continuous bond between adjoining paving sections. Construct joints free of depressions, with same texture and smoothness as other sections of hot-mix asphalt course. 1. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat to joints. 2. Offset longitudinal joints, in successive courses, a minimum of 6 inches. 3. Offset transverse joints, in successive courses, a minimum of 24 inches. 4. Construct transverse joints at each point where paver ends a day's work and resumes work at a subsequent time. 5. Compact joints as soon as hot-mix asphalt will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. 6. Compact asphalt at joints to a density within 2 percent of specified course density. 3.5 COMPACTION A. General: Begin compaction as soon as placed hot-mix paving will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. Compact hot-mix paving with hot, hand tampers or with vibratory-plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers. 1. Complete compaction before mix temperature cools to 185 deg F. B. Breakdown Rolling: Complete breakdown or initial rolling immediately after rolling joints and outside edge. Examine surface immediately after breakdown rolling for indicated crown, grade, and smoothness. Correct laydown and rolling operations to comply with requirements. C. Intermediate Rolling: Begin intermediate rolling immediately after breakdown rolling while hot-mix asphalt is still hot enough to achieve specified density. Continue rolling until hot-mix asphalt course has been uniformly compacted to the following density: 1. Average Density: 96 percent of reference laboratory density according to ASTM D 6927, but not less than 94 percent nor greater than 100 percent. D. Finish Rolling: Finish roll paved surfaces to remove roller marks while hot-mix asphalt is still warm. E. Edge Shaping: While surface is being compacted and finished, trim edges of pavement to proper alignment. Bevel edges while asphalt is still hot; compact thoroughly. F. Repairs: Remove paved areas that are defective or contaminated with foreign materials and replace with fresh, hot-mix asphalt. Compact by rolling to specified density and surface smoothness. G. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened. H. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked. 3.6 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Pavement Thickness: Compact each course to produce the thickness indicated within the following tolerances: 1. Base Course: Plus or minus 1/2 inch. 2. Surface Course: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus. B. Pavement Surface Smoothness: Compact each course to produce a surface smoothness within the following tolerances as determined by using a 10-foot straightedge applied transversely or longitudinally to paved areas: 1. Base Course: 1/4 inch. SPECIFICATIONS1 EXTERIOR CONCRETE SPECIFICATIONS :ASPHALT PAVEMENT SPECIFICATIONS : C-2 SPECIFICATIONS JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/09/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c hi t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a nd i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w, s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r oj e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r an t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . 9/8/20179/8/2017 EXISTING CONTOUR PROPOSED CONTOUR (0.2' INCR.) GRADE BREAK LEGEND: TA TS LG TC GB FG MX EX EX GR FF RIM TOP OF ASPHALT TOP OF SLAB LIP OF GUTTER TOP OF CURB GRADE BREAK FINISH GRADE MATCH EXISTING EXISTING EXIST. GRADE TO REMAIN FINISHED FLOOR EL RIM ELEVATION BENCH MARKS EXISTING FINISHED FLOOR OF BUILDING, ELEV. - 123.00. 2595 1 STAGING AREA (BMP S412). 2 RETAIN AND PROTECT EXISTING VEGETATION (BMP C101 AND C102). 3 CLEARING LIMITS. SHOWN AT A THREE FOOT OFFSET FROM ACTUAL LOCATION. 4 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE (BMP C105). EXISTING PAVEMENT TO BE USED AS A STABLE DRIVING SURFACE UNTIL REMOVED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. 5 DAILY SWEEPING OF DIRT TRACKING INTO STREET (BMP C107). 6 MANAGED STOCKPILE (BMP C123). WATER AS REQUIRED FOR DUST CONTROL IN DRY WEATHER. 7 SPILL PREVENTION CONTROL (BMP S426). LOCATE EMERGENCY SPILL PREVENTION CLEANUP MATERIALS ON SITE. 8 WASTE MANAGEMENT. SITE DUMPSTER FOR LIMITED WASTE DISPOSAL. OFFSITE HAUL TO LEGAL DUMPING SITE FOR ASPHALT PAVEMENT AND EXCESS EXCAVATED SOILS. 9 CONCRETE WASTE MANAGEMENT (BMP C154). 10 PORTABLE OUTHOUSE. 11 CATCH BASIN/STORM INLET SEDIMENT TRAP (BMP C208/C220). 12 EROSION CONTROL SOCK / FIBER ROLL / WATTLE (BMP C235). 13 TRENCH EXCAVATION / INTERCEPTOR DIKE (BMP C200). EXCAVATE 1.0 FT MINIMUM BELOW ADJACENT GRADE. COINCIDENTAL WITH EXCAVATION WORK. 14 EXISTING STORM DRAINAGE SWALE. RETAIN AND PROTECT. ALL BMPS ARE REFERENCED FROM THE 2012 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT MANUAL FOR WESTERN WASHINGTON. JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/09/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c hi t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a nd i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w, s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r oj e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r an t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . ESC PLAN1 AΩN O R T H KEYNOTES: PLAN DESIGNER: MIKE LIIMAKKA CON09-00121 ESTIMATED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: 1. BEGIN INSTALLATION OF BMPS MAY 1ST, 2016. 2. BEGIN CONSTRUCTION MAY 3RD, 2016. 3. COMPLETE CONSTRUCTION JUNE,15TH, 2016. 4. COMPLETE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION JULY 30TH, 2016. 5. MAINTAIN EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL BMPS. TIMING WILL CHANGE. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO MODIFY ESC PLAN FOR WEATHER CONDITIONS. ALL REMAINING DISTURBED SOIL SURFACES NOT LANDSCAPED, SHALL BE SEEDED, MULCHED OR PLANTED PER LANDSCAPE PLANS. CONSTRUCTION / CLEARING LIMITS. FLOW DIRECTION ARROWS. VEGETATIVE BUFFER. STREET SWEEPING. ESC PLAN LEGEND: ESC-1 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND IDENTIFY THE CERTIFIED EROSION CONTROL SPECIALIST WHO WILL BE MONITORING THE SITE ON A REGULAR BASIS OR WHO IS ON-CALL, AS REQUIRED BY THE CITY OF ARLINGTON. X X X X X X X RETAIL CENTER 16 9 T H P L . N E ADJACENT RETAIL CENTER KFC US BANK WE N D Y ' S SHELL 53 1 : 1 7 2 N D S T . N E SMOKEY POINT BLVD TRAILER AND EQUIPMENT DISPLAY AREA ±1,620 S.F. AREA OF NEW CONCRETE SCALE: SITE PLAN1 -1" = 30' LEGEND ENTRY / EXIT SIDEWALK DISPLAY AREAS ±1,416 S.F. (TOTAL) NEW CONC FOD. (FENCED OUTDOOR DISPLAY AREA) ±9,875 S.F. SITE WORK KEYNOTES100. NEW CONCRETE SLAB FOR F.O.D. SEE CIVIL PLANS AND FLOOR PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION.101. EXISTING MAILBOX TO BE REMOVED. NEW PEDESTAL MAILBOX TO BE PROVIDED AT EXISTINGMAILBOX LOCATION. CONFIRM WITH LOCAL POSTMASTER FOR REQUIREMENTS.G.C. TO COORDINATE FINAL MODEL AND LOCATION WITH TSC CONSTRUCTION MANAGER102. NO STRIPING INSIDE AREA OF TRAILER AND EQUIPMENT DISPLAY AREA.G.C. TO STRIPE PERIMETER OF AREA (SHOWN ON PLAN) WITH 6" WIDE YELLOW TRAFFIC STRIPE. MINIMUM 2 COATS OF NON-SLIP TRAFFIC PAINT.103. EXISTING LIGHT POLE.104. EXISTING GAS METER.105. EXISTING CURB TO REMAIN.106. DUMPSTER AREA. SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR DETAILS.107. NEW DOCK MOUNTED STEEL RAMP:7'-11" x 36'-0" RAMP WITH 48" HEIGHT.CONTACT QSI STEEL FABRICATORS TO GET PRICING AND TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND SPECS. SEE SHEET A-0 FOR CONTACT INFO.108. PROVIDE NEW PAINTED STRIPING AS SHOWN.109. PATCH / REPAIR ASPHALT IN THIS AREA THAT HAS BEEN DAMAGED AS A RESULT OFCONSTRUCTING NEW CONCRETE SLAB. NEW ASPHALT AND BASE COURSES TO MATCHEXISTING, TYP.110. REMOVE EXISTING LANDSCAPING, SIDEWALK, CURBS, AND ASPHALT AS REQUIRED FOR NEWCONCRETE WORK. PROTECT FOUNDATIONS, FOOTINGS, AND ANY ITEM TO REMAIN DURINGDEMOLITION.111. HATCH INDICATES AREA OF NEW ASPHALT. SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS.112. EXISTING WATER METER VAULT TO REMAIN.113. PAINT 6" WIDE YELLOW STRIPE ON CURB WITH NON-SLIP PAINT. PAINTING TO EXTEND THE FULLWIDTH OF STORE AND TERMINATE AT LEASELINE.114. EXISTING TRANSFORMER. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION.115. PROPANE TANK. SEE DETAIL A/ THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION.116. BLACK OUT EXISTING STRIPING FOR FOUR (4) SPACES AS SHOWN.117. EXISTING PYLON SIGN.118. COMPLETELY REMOVE EXISTING LANDSCAPE ISLAND AS SHOWN. PATCH TO MATCH ANYASPHALT THAT IS REMOVED OR DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF REMOVING THE REQUIREDDEMOLITION. GENERAL NOTES:•SEE COVER SHEET FOR ALL ALTERNATES. •UPON COMPLETION, TSC REQUIRES TOTAL EXTERIOR CLEANING OF BUILDING AND SITE PRIOR TOACCEPTANCE OF THE BUILDING. •PATCH / REPAIR PARKING LOT AS REQUIRED WHERE DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION. 102 103 104 105 106 107 TSC SQUARE FOOTAGE ANALYSIS SALES AREA 18,183 S.F. VESTIBULE 148 S.F. RECEIVING/ STOCK 6,200 S.F. SPRINKLER ROOM 49 S.F. HAY ROOM 2,173 S.F. FEED ROOM 2,515 S.F. I.O.D 3,571 S.F. CORE AREA 1,769 S.F. GROSS SQUARE FOOTAGE: 34,608 S.F. F.O.D. 9,875 S.F. TRAILER DISPLAY 1,620 S.F. SIDEWALK DISPLAY 1,416 S.F. FRONT MEZZANINE 1,620 S.F. 101 PROPOSED TRACTOR SUPPLY ±36,228 SQ. FT. (FORMER GROCERY) 22'-10"14'-0"22'-10" 35 ' - 5 " 115 118 108 109 FUTURE ADJACENT TENANT SPACE TYP 100 110 111 112 114 116 11 3 113 117 1 OF 2 117 2 OF 2 NOTE: SIGN TO BE INSTALLED ON WALL IN LOCATION SHOWN. COORDINATE W/ SIGN VENDOR; SEE SHEET A-0 FOR CONTACT INFO. M:\TSC\14332 Arlington, WA\I - Photos\Exterior\IMG_1173.JPG M:\TSC\14332 Arlington, WA\I - Photos\Exterior\IMG_0852.JPG PYLON: 1 OF 2 PYLON: 2 OF 2152'-9" 23 9 ' - 3 " 8' - 0 " SCALE: ENLARGED PLAN ATPROPANE STATIONA -1/8" = 1'-0" AMERIGAS NOTE: IN THE CASE OF A 'CONDUIT ONLY' INSTALLATION (i.e. PROPANE TANK INSTALLED AT A LATER DATE) PROVIDE OVER CONDUIT STUB-UP: •(1) BOLLARD COVER (GLOBAL INDUSTRIAL MODEL WG652899M) •(4) FOUR ANCHOR BOLTS (MODEL WG652901) •(1) EXPLOSION PROOF JUNCTION BOX.INSTALL VERTICALLY TO INSURE BOLLARD COVER FIT. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 4" BOLLARD, TYP. SEE DETAIL B/AS-1 PROPANE DISPENSING PUMPING STATION 5' - 0 " CL E A R 3'-0" CLEAR 4' - 0 " TY P . 1, 0 0 0 G A L L O N T A N K PROPANE RESPONSIBILITY NOTES: 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INFRASTRUCTURE RELATED TO PROPANE TANK INSTALLATION. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ELECTRICAL PERMITTING AND FINAL CONNECTION TO PUMP DISPENSING CONTROL PANEL. 3. AMERIGAS OR OTHER SPECIFIED PROPANE PROVIDER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR GAS PERMITTING, INSTALLATION AND FINAL CONNECTION OF THE TANK. 4. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES. IF PROPANE TANK IS DELIVERED AFTER FIXTURE DATE: AMERIGAS OR OTHER SPECIFIED PROPANE PROVIDER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ELECTRICAL PERMITTING AND FINAL CONNECTION TO PUMP DISPENSING CONTROL PANEL. CONDUIT ONLY INSTALLATION BOLLARD LOCATION X X2' - 1 0 " 7'-0" 4' - 0 " CL E A R 1' - 0 " CONCRETE TO BE RAISED FOR PROPER WATER RUN OFF SCALE: BOLLARD DETAILB -1" = 1'-0" BOLLARD PAINT COLOR: A. STANDARD: SW4084 'SAFETY YELLOW' B. AT DOOR FRAMES: SW1012 'POWER GREY' STEEL PIPE FILLED w/ CONC. AND EM-BEDDED IN CONC. FOOTER. SEE PLANS FOR BOLLARD SIZE BITUMINOUS JOINT AROUND PIPE (ONLY WHEN INSTALLED IN CONC.) PATCH AND REPAIR TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES (TYP.) 3000 PSI CONCRETE 10" @ 4" DIA. BOLLARD 1'-0" @ 6" DIA. BOLLARD 1'-2" @ 8" DIA. BOLLARD 4' - 0 " 3' - 0 " M I N . 1' - 0 " M I N 1'-2" @ 4" DIA. BOLLARD 1'-4" @ 6" DIA. BOLLARD 1'-6" @ 8" DIA. BOLLARD TOP OF EXIST. SLAB 1'-2" @ 4" DIA. BOLLARD 1'-4" @ 6" DIA. BOLLARD 1'-6" @ 8" DIA. BOLLARD 6" SHOWN JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 SITE PLAN AS-1 TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY GENERAL NOTES: GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE REGULATIONS, ORDINANCES AND STANDARDS HAVING JURISDICTION. IF THERE ARE ANY QUESTIONS OR CONFLICTS CONCERNING COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH CODES, ORDINANCES OR STANDARDS THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR NOTIFYING THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH. THE OWNER WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS OR TIME DELAYS INCURRED BY CHANGES DICTATED BY THE MUNICIPAL BUILDING INSPECTION AUTHORITIES AFTER ISSUANCE OF A PERMIT. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY ERRORS, INCONSISTENCIES, OR OMISSIONS HE MAY DISCOVER PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. IF THERE ARE ANY QUESTIONS THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING A CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK, THE WORK IN QUESTION OR RELATED WORK. 3. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER DIMENSIONS DETERMINED BY ANY OTHER SOURCE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. START OF WORK IS THE CONTRACTOR'S ACCEPTANCE OF THE CONFIGURATIONS REPRESENTED ON THE DRAWINGS. IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICT BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND LAWS/CODES THE MORE STRINGENT SHALL APPLY. DRAWINGS ARE PREPARED TO A SCALE AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE; HOWEVER, INDICATED DIMENSIONS AND NOTED RELATIONSHIPS (I.E. "EQUAL", "ALIGN", "CENTER") WILL GOVERN. 4. ALL MATERIALS FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE NEW UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL WORK SHALL BE GUARANTEED AGAINST DEFECTIVE MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF (1) YEAR AFTER THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OR ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE WHEN ORDERED TO DO SO, ALL WORK THAT MAY DEVELOP DEFECTS IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SAID PERIOD OF TIME. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CERTIFY SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL REQUIRED OPENINGS FOR STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING WORK AND EQUIPMENT WITH TRADES INVOLVED. PERFORM THE WORK WITH QUALIFIED SUB-CONTRACTORS, UNDER THE DIRECTION OF EXPERIENCED SUPERVISION HAVING EXPERIENCE IN INSTALLING PRODUCTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS OF SIMILAR TYPE. 6. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED TO THE HIGHEST INDUSTRY STANDARDS FOR QUALITY WORKMANSHIP. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. MATERIAL AND METHODS SHALL CONFORM TO APPROPRIATE NATIONAL TRADE PUBLICATIONS. INSTALL WORK READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATION, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIRS. 7. THE OWNER AND/OR TENANT MAY PERFORM ADDITIONAL WORK THAT IS NOT A PART OF THIS CONTRACT WITH THEIR OWN FORCES, UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE WITH OWNER AND/OR TENANT AND OTHER CONTRACTORS AND COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH THE OWNER AND/OR TENANT SO THAT WORK BY OTHERS MAY BE ACCOMPLISHED IN A TIMELY MANNER. 8. PROVIDE COMPLETE AND THOROUGH CLEANING OF ENTIRE LEASE SPACE UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING CARPET VACUUMING, AND STAIN REMOVAL, CLEANING HVAC DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES, WIPING DOWN ALL WALL, CEILING, BASE, DOOR AND FRAME SURFACES, PLUMBING FIXTURE SURFACES, CLEANING GLASS, WINDOW MULLIONS AND SILLS, WINDOW TREATMENTS, AND WAXING RESILIENT FLOORS. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR JOB SAFETY, AND SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO SECURE THE SAFETY OF WORKERS AND OCCUPANTS AT ALL TIMES. 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ALL EXPENSE OF REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF OTHER UTILITIES OR OTHER PROPERTY DAMAGED BY OPERATIONS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. 11. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SERVICE INTENDED. INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MADE BY EXPERIENCED CRAFTSMEN IN A NEAT, WORKMANLIKE MANNER. ALL MATERIALS, TOOLS, COSTS AND SERVICES NECESSARY TO COMPLETELY INSTALL ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 12. TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT ANY EXTERIOR OPENINGS AS NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF ANY PORTION OF WORK. 13. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TENANT FURNISHED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AT LOCATIONS REQUIRED BY THE FIRE MARSHALL AND/OR LOCAL CODES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 14. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO SECURE A SIGNED CHANGE ORDER FROM THE OWNER/DEVELOPER BEFORE ANY CHANGES OCCUR - SEE CHANGE ORDER POLICY THIS SHEET & COVER SHEET. 15. IT IS THE INTENT AND MEANING OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS THAT THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING INSTALLATION THAT IS COMPLETE. ALL ITEMS AND ACCESSORIES NECESSARY, REASONABLY INCIDENTAL, OR CUSTOMARILY INCLUDED, EVEN THOUGH EACH AND EVERY ITEM IS NOT CALLED OUT OR SHOWN IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL BE PROVIDED. 16. THE T.S.C. SIGN VENDOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, FINISHES COLORS, VOLTAGE, DIMENSIONS AND SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO T.S.C PRIOR TO AWNING/SIGN FABRICATION. 17. ALL WORK NOTED "N.I.C." OR "NOT IN CONTRACT" IS TO BE PROVIDED BY A CONTRACTOR OTHER THAN GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND IS NOT TO BE PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT. 18. WHEREVER PENETRATIONS ARE REQUIRED TO BE MADE IN ANY EXTERIOR ELEMENT AS PART OF THIS WORK, MAKE PENETRATIONS WATERTIGHT AND AIRTIGHT. WHERE PENETRATIONS RE TO BE MADE IN FIRE RATED ELEMENTS, SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS WITH MATERIALS WHICH WILL MAINTAIN THE RATING OF THE ELEMENT BEING PENETRATED. 19. PROVIDE KRAFT-FACED BATT INSULATION ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILING AT OFFICE/EMPLOYEE LOUNGE/TOILETS. DO NOT COVER LIGHT FIXTURES. BATT INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING NOT TO EXCEED 25 AND A SMOKE SPREAD DENSITY NOT TO EXCEED 450 AS PER UBC NO. 42-1. 20. DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED OR DUPLICATED IN ANY MANNER. THEY SHALL BE USED WITH REFERENCE TO WORK UNDER CONSTRUCTION ONLY. MISUSE OR THE LOAN OF THESE DRAWINGS SHALL OBLIGATE THE VIOLATOR FOR FULL FEE TO THE ARCHITECT AS STIPULATED IN THE A.I.A. SCHEDULE OF FEES. VARIATION OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE PERMITTED ONLY BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT. 21. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR ALL BUILDING MOUNT TSC SIGNAGE.COORDINATE WITH SIGN COMPANY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF BLOCKING TO ENSURE PROPER STRUCTURE IS PROVIDED. 22. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM WITH TSC PROJECT MANAGER AT CONSTRUCTION START THAT ANY LANDLORD ITEMS ARE 100% COMPLETE. TSC PROJECT MANAGER TO PROVIDE DOCUMENT INDICATING THOSE ITEMS. 1. ALL CONSTRUCTION AND DETAILS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND ORDINANCES AS OF THE DATE OF THE DRAWINGS. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE SITE. DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE BARRICADES AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES SEPARATING CONSTRUCTION AREAS. TEMPORARY PASSAGES SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEMOLISH AND REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS NECESSARY TO INSTALL NEW CONSTRUCTION AS SHOWN. 5. REMOVE ALL CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION DEBRIS FROM JOB SITE DAILY. MAKE JOB PREMISES CLEAN AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER LOCATION AND SIZE OF OPENINGS FOR ALL TRADES AND SHALL COORDINATE ALL CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING SHOP DRAWINGS REVIEWED BY THE ARCHITECT. 7. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION. 8. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FACE OF DRYWALL AT NEW WALLS AND TO FINISHED FACE AT MASONRY WALLS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 9. NOTED DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DRAWINGS. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND, THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY. 11. THRESHOLDS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2 INCH IN HEIGHT. 12. DRYWALL TO BE HELD UP 1/2" ABOVE CONCRETE FLOOR. 13. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE FURNISHED BY T.S.C. AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. QTY ITEM 2 SET REST ROOM ACCESSORIES (IF APPLICABLE, COORDINATE WITH PLANS) 1 SET VINYL FLOORING IN CLOTHING DEPARTMENT 1 SET FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 1 PREFAB DRESSING ROOM 1 SET BRAILLE SIGNAGE ALL REGISTER COUNTERTOPS (G.C. ALSO TO INSTALL SHELF WHEN SETTING UP REGISTER 1 CUSTOMER SERVICE COUNTER ALL COUNTERTOPS - SHELF TO BE INSTALLED 21" A.F.F. (NOT INCLUDING BREAKROOM) 1 RECEIVING DESK 14. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY T.S.C. QTY ITEM 1 "OPEN" SIGN 1 "CUB CADET" SIGN 1 T.S.C. ROAD SIGN AND T.S.C. BUILDING SIGN, COORDINATE WITH SIGN COMPANY ASSIGNED TO THIS LOCATION 1 TYCO WORK (NOT INCLUDING LVW) PAID BY TSC 15. SPECIFIC MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS ARE NAMED ON THE DRAWINGS TO INDICATE THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE LEVEL OF QUALITY. EQUAL OR BETTER PRODUCTS WILL BE CONSIDERED. SUBSTITUTES MUST BE APPROVED BY TSC PM. 16. ALL OFFICE WALLS TO BE INSULATED. 17. CONCEAL ALL PIPING IN WALLS. WHERE PIPING IS TOO LARGE, WALLS ARE TO BE FURRED OUT A MINIMUM TO CONCEAL PIPING. 18. PROVIDE WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD BEHIND ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES. 19. ALL COUNTERTOPS TO BE 2'-0" IN DEPTH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS, SUCH AS PLUMBING FIXTURES, TABLES, SHELVING, CABINETS,GRAB BARS, AND ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED. 21. ALL MATERIALS USED BY ALL TRADES SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED BY AN APPROVED AGENCY AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 22. T.S.C. RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REVIEW THE BUILDING ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION OF THE LL'S ONE YEAR WARRANTY. IF ANY WARRANTY OR PUNCH LIST ITEMS ARE FOUND THE LL SHALL IMMEDIATELY CORRECT THE CONDITION AT IT'S EXPENSE. 23.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO STORE, REMOVE AND UNLOAD THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: THEY ARE LISTED BY ITEM, PROBABLE VENDOR AND APPROX. DATE OF DELIVERY (IN WEEKS BEFORE COMPLETION, EXCEPT AS NOTED). IF THESE ITEMS ARE REFUSED AND REDELIVERY CHARGES ARE INCURRED, THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYMENT OF ANY CHARGES. ITEM PROBABLE VENDOR APPROX. DATE OF DELIVERY 1) BRAILLE SIGNS FORMSERVICE FOUR WEEKS 2) FIRE EXTINGUISHERS NOI FOUR WEEKS 3) TOILET ACCESSORIES BAYWEST FOUR WEEKS 4) FIXTURE PLAN T.S.C. FOUR WEEKS 5) FORKLIFT (VARIOUS) THREE WEEKS 6) DOCK PLATE/RED TABLES PALLET JACKS ADJUSTABLE DOOR JAMBS ALABAMA CONVERTER THREE WEEKS 7) RECEIVE AND INSTALL REGISTER CUSTOMER SERVICE COUNTERS RECEIVING TABLE LOZIER THREE WEEKS CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WAREHOUSE FIXTURE INSTALLATION AND BOLTING DOWN OF MANAGER'S SAFE. 24. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 2 COPIES OF SITE PLAN AND EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS TO SIGN COMPANY ASSIGNED TO THIS PROJECT. VERIFY SIGN COMPANY W/ T.S.C. 1 COPY OF ELEVATIONS TO DECKER CO. RICK TOWNE (901.795.5936). 25. WHEN SOS TRUCK COMES AS SCHEDULED 20 DAYS PRIOR TO FIXTURE DATE, GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ASSIST TSC STORE MANAGER WITH THE UNLOADING AND STORAGE OF ALL SOS TRUCK CONTENTS. IF GENERAL CONTRACTOR REQUESTS SOS TRUCK EARLY, GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL LABOR AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO UNLOAD AND PROPER PLACEMENT AND STORAGE OF CONTENTS ONCE OFF SOS TRUCK. 26. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE ENTIRE PROJECT AND SCHEDULE THE ALARM COMPANY FOR ALL ROUGH-IN AND FINAL CONNECTIONS AND INSPECTIONS. CONTACT T.S.C., EDDIE FOLEY 615.440.4693 FOR THE ALARM COMPANY ASSIGNED TO THIS LOCATION NO LATER THAN TWO WEEKS AFTER CONSTRUCTION START. REFER TO THE ADT PRE-CONSTRUCTION AND PRE-INSTALLTION CHECKLIST. 27. CLOSE-OUT REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO LEASE/CONTRACT. FOR QUESTIONS CONTACT GAYLE BASS @ 615.440.4795. 28. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ANY DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FOR NEW WORK ONLY. COORDINATE WITH THE ASSIGNED ALARM COMPANY. 29. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ALL UTILITY COST DURING CONSTRUCTION AND CONTACT RONDA ADER AT IQ ADVANTAGE #509.329.7071 TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO FIXTURE DATE FOR TRANSFER TO TSC. 30. DOCK ACCESS FROM ROAD MUST BE ACHIEVED 3 WEEKS PRIOR TO FIXTURE DATE. 31. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR LANDLORD SHALL SUBMIT A REPORT, ON A WEEKLY BASIS INDICATING THE PERCENT COMPLETE FOR EACH LINE ITEM ON THE SCHEDULE USING THE TSC WEEKLY PROGRESS REPORT ALONG WITH PHOTOS PER PHOTO LOG ON THE BLANK REPORTS PROVIDED BY TSC. 32. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FOR INDEPENDENT INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION FOR FOOTING COMPACTION AND CONCRETE QUALITY AND STRENGTH. THE RESULTS ARE TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER. THE G.C. SHALL LIKEWISE PROVIDE AN INDEPENDENT INSPECTOR TO CERTIFY PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE STRUCTURAL STEEL OR PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING SYSTEM. 33. FOR RED STRIPING, CONTACT DECKER COMPANY AT #901.795.5936, ACCOUNT REP.:RICK TOWN. 34. LANDLORD/LANDLORD GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY WITH LOCAL POSTMASTER IF A MAILBOX IS REQUIRED. IF SO, GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL MAILBOX TYPE AND LOCATION PER THE POSTMASTER RECOMMENDATION AND PER USPS STANDARDS. 35. 'J' MOLD TO BE USED AT ALL INTERSECTIONS OF GYPSUM BOARD AND ANY OTHER NON-GYPSUM MATERIAL. 36. CORNER GUARDS TO BE USED AT ALL INTERIOR 'OUTSIDE' CORNER CONDITIONS. 37. DURING CONSTRUCTION, ANY PARTIALLY COMPLETED MASONRY WALLS (CMU, BRICK, ETC.) SHALL BE COVERED WITH STRONG WEATHER RESISTIVE MATERIAL DURING ALL TIMES WHEN CONSTRUCTION IS NOT IN PROGRESS AND ESPECIALLY AT THE END OF EACH WORK DAY. THE COVER SHALL BE DRAPED OVER THE WALL AND EXTEND A MINIMUM OF (2) TWO FEET OUT FROM BOTH SIDES AND SECURELY HELD IN PLACE. 38. FINISHED SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED IN A MANNER THAT PREVENTS RODENT INTRUSION. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH EXTERIOR WALL SURFACES WITH AN AEROSOL, MOISTURE-CURING POLYURETHANE FOAM SIMILAR TO "PUR BLACK" BY TODOL PRODUCTS, INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL. GRAPHIC SYMBOLS ABBREVIATION LEGEND ABBR DEFINITION AB ANCHOR BOLT A/C AIR CONDITIONING UNIT ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE AFF (A.F.F.) ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AISI AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE ARCH (ARCH'L) ARCHITECTURAL ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS ATR ALL THREADED ROD AWS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY BFF (B.F.F.) BELOW FINISH FLOOR BL BLOCK LINTEL BLKG (BLK'G) BLOCKING BM BEAM BN BOUNDARY NAILING BO (B.O.)"BOTTOM OF" BOS (B.O.S.) "BOTTOM OF STEEL" BOT BOTTOM BRG BEARING (C=XX")BEAM CAMBER CJ CONTROL JOINT CL CENTER LINE CLR CLEAR CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COL COLUMN CONC CONCRETE CONST CONSTRUCTION CONT CONTINUOUS DIA DIAMETER (E)EXISTING EDC ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION CENTER EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM EJ EXPANSION JOINT EL ELEVATION ELEC ELECTRICAL EN EDGE NAILING EQ EQUAL EW EACH WAY EXP EXPANSION EXT EXTERIOR FBO FURNISHED BY OTHERS FDN FOUNDATION FF (F.F.)"FINISH FLOOR" FOD (F.O.D.) FENCED OUTDOOR DISPLAY FOM (F.O.M.) "FACE OF MASONRY" FOS (F.O.S.) "FACE OF STUD" FRP FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC FS FAR SIDE FTG FOOTING GA GAUGE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GLB GLU-LAM BEAM GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD H HEIGHT HGR (HGR'S) HANGER(S) HORIZ HORIZONTAL HSA HEADED STUD ANCHOR IBC INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE INFO INFORMATION INT INTERIOR I.O.D INDOOR / OUTDOOR DISPLAY ISO ISOLATION JBE JOIST BEARING ELEVATION JST JOIST JT JOINT KSI KIPS PER SQUARE INCH L LENGTH LB POUNDS LH LOW HYDROGEN LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL LONG LONGITUDINAL MAX MAXIMUM MECH MECHANICAL MFR MANUFACTURER MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANEOUS MO (M.O.) "MASONRY OPENING" MTL METAL (N)NEW NIC (N.I.C.) "NOT IN CONTRACT" NO NUMBER NS NEAR SIDE NTS (N.T.S.) "NOT TO SCALE" OC (O.C.) "ON CENTER" OD (O.D.) "OUTSIDE DIAMETER" OH (O.H.) "OPPOSITE HAND" PAF POWDER ACTUATED FASTENER PCF POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT PL PLATE PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE PLF POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PT (P.T.)"PRESSURE TREATED" QTY QUANTITY RE (REF)"REFER TO" REINF (REIN) REINFORCING REQ (REQ'D) REQUIRED REV REVERSE RR ROOF RAFTER RO (R.O.) "ROUGH OPENING" RTU ROOF TOP UNIT SCHED SCHEDULE SDI STEEL DECK INSTITUTE SIM SIMILAR SJI STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE SOS STORE OPENING SCHEDULE SPECS SPECIFICATIONS STIFF STIFFENER STL STEEL STL COL STEEL COLUMN STRUC STRUCTURAL T&B "TOP AND BOTTOM" THK THICK(NESS) TO (T.O.)"TOP OF" TOB (T.O.B.) "TOP OF BEAM" TOC (T.O.C.) "TOP OF CONCRETE" TOF (T.O.F.) "TOP OF FOOTING" TOGB (T.O.GB.) "TOP OF GRADE BEAM" TOM (T.O.M.) "TOP OF MASONRY" TOP (T.O.P.) "TOP OF PARAPET" TOS (T.O.S) "TOP OF STEEL" TRANS TRANSVERSE TYP TYPICAL UNO (U.N.O.) "UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE" VERT VERTICAL VIF (V.I.F.) "VERIFY IN FIELD" W/WITH WP WORK POINT &"AND" NOTE: FINAL FIXTURE PLAN TO BE RECEIVED BY CONTRACTOR AND/OR LL APPROXIMATELY 8 WEEKS PRIOR TO FIXTURE DATE TO ESTABLISH PROPER PLACEMENT OF ALL COUNTERS, POWER POLES, AND WOOD GRAIN FLOORING. CHANGE ORDER POLICY: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PAYMENT OF ANY WORK PERFORMED OR MATERIAL SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR OR ANY OF ITS SUB-CONTRACTORS, SUB-SUBCONTRACTORS AND ANYONE CLAIMING BY THROUGH OR UNDER ANY OF THEM WHICH IS NOT IDENTIFIED IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY PERSONNEL: VICE PRESIDENT REAL ESTATE, DIRECTOR OF CONSTRUCTION, OR A CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER. NO ACTION, CONDUCT, OMISSION, PRIOR FAILURE, OR COURSE OF DEALING BY TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY SHALL ACT TO WAIVE, MODIFY, CHANGE OR ALTER THE REQUIREMENT THAT ALL WORK, WHETHER BY CONTRACT, CHANGE ORDER OR CHANGE DIRECTIVE, MUST BE IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY THE PERSONNEL IDENTIFIED IN THIS PROVISION. ANY WORK PERFORMED OR MATERIAL PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR, ANY OF ITS SUB-CONTRACTORS, SUB-SUBCONTRACTORS CONTRARY TO THIS PROVISION SHALL BE AT ITS OWN RISK AND OWN EXPENSE AND TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO REIMBURSE OR PAY THE CONTRACTOR OR ANY OF ITS SUB-CONTRACTORS, SUB-SUBCONTRACTORS FOR SAME. TRACTOR SUPPLY AND VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION TSC FIXTURE PLANS RED STRIPING UTILITY TRANSFER INFO DOOR HARDWARE OVERHEAD DOORS VINYL PLANK FLOORING METAL RAINHOOD PROVIDER PRINTING SECURITY SYSTEMS CINDY PIND PLAN EXPRESS #866.404.2614 Ext - 4505 cindy.pind@planexpress.net SAMANTHA WILSON - ACCOUNT MANAGER METRO DOOR CORPORATION #800.669.3667 x712 swilson@metrodoor.com BRIAN WILMHOFF - PROJECT MANAGER #800.669.3667 x716 bwilmhoff@metrodoor.com RICH LUND PERMA-TECH, INC. #800.362.7325 KEN MARSH #615.440.4186 KMARSH@TRACTORSUPPLY.COM VICKY DERON VDERON@TRACTORSUPPLY.COM MAX PAX BALERS JACKIE PIERCE #800-225-6458 EXT. 222 LOW VOLTAGE PROVIDER TERRY CORPENING MERCURY TECH #828.465.7348 ext.221 terry@mercurytechpartners.com VCT PROVIDER ACCOUNT MANAGER TIM DORMER MANNINGTON #609.413.2127 tim_dormer@mannington.com RICK TOWNE POP SOLUTIONS GROUP 901-795-5936 X19 OFFICE 901-483-5929 CELL RTOWNE@POPSOLUTIONSGROUP.COM BARNEY STUART McCARTHEY, JONES, AND WOODARD #615.244.3208 EXT. 114 bstuart@wjmcorp.com AMANDA BERNHARDT EARTHWERKS/ SWIFT TRAIN #800.929.1222 amandabernhardt@earthwerks.com ACCOUNT MANAGER TONYA MARTIN #314.443.8672 tmartin2@smurfit.com SMURFIT- STONE WASTE REDUCTION SERVICES HVAC PROVIDERS SIGN VENDOR ELECTRICAL PANELS CLOSED SPECIFICATION:RECOMMENDED: PAVING CONTRACTORS KLEEN CO. MARCUS FULLER #423.624.4111 marcusfuller@kleencoconstruction.com VENTURE PAVING GROUP TOM IRELAND sales@venturepaving.com TYCO Mike Olsen #205.940.7350 COLSEN@TYCO.COM Patrick Abou-jaoude 205.943.4246 PABOUJAOUDE@TYCO.COM J.J. Horace (Installation Coordinator) 800-453-2247 X2174 JHORACE@TYCO.COM PROPANE COORDINATION (AMERIGAS) EVAN MILES STORE PROJECT SPECIALIST / STORE OPERATIONS PHONE #615.440.4486 FAX #615.484.4486 ROCKTENN COMPANY WASTE AND RECYCLING VENDOR DIANE HUEFFMEIER PROGRAM MANAGER #314.292.3313 dhueffme@rocktenn.com LIGHTING PROVIDER - L.E.D. STEEL DOCK RAMP TONY HAMILTON QSI STEEL #334.793.6878 thamilton@qsisteel.com #509.329.7405 JAMIE CRONE, ECOVA, INC. JCrone@ecova.com ERIN DUNIGAN Erin.dunigan@lennoxind.com # 972.497.6709 LENNOX CONTACT PERSON CLIENT REPRESENTATIVE, U-EDM SCOTT PIERCENATIONAL ACCOUNTS MANAGER ADAM CARRIER adam.carrier@villalighting.com# 314.633.0532NATIONAL ACCOUNTS MANAGER BRYAN BIRDWELL bryan.birdwell@villalighting.com# 314.633.0546VILLA LIGHTING SUPPLY, INC. www.villalighting.com ANNE VOELKER tractorsupply@villalighting.com# 314.633.0554PRICING CONTACT PERSON PHONE #317.709.2339 AMERIGAS PROPANE ERIC LINE, NATIONAL ACCOUNT MANAGER CAROLINA PRODUCTS, INC. (CPI) #800-736-4455 OFFICE #704-778-2327 CELLERICL@CPIPANELS.COM MIKE STEPHENS # 405.419.6531 YORK / JOHNSON CONTROLS NAT'L ACCOUNT OFFICE LENNOX YORK micheal.g.stephens@jci.com STOREFRONT DOORS STANLEY DOORS Andrew Miller, National Account manager ANDREW.MILLER@SBDINC.COM 860-409-6506 Dennis Webb DENNIS.WEBB@SBDINC.COM 256-776-8902 CUMMINGS RESOURCES JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 GENERAL NOTES A-0 EXISTING COLOR SCHEDULE WILSONART 4857-60 'SHADOW ZEPHYR' IN RESTROOMS AND BREAKROOM GLOBAL INDUSTRIES PLASTIC LAMINATE FLOOR MOUNTED TOILET PARTITIONS TO BE FINISHED WITHWILSONART LAMINATE, 4621-60 'WHITE' OR EQUAL AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. PLASTIC LAMINATE SEMI-GLOSS FINISH - SW 4081 SAFETY RED 1ST COAT: S-W PREPRITE 200 LATEX PRIMER, B28W200 (4 MILS. WET, 1.2 MILS DRY) 2ND COAT: S-W COLOR ACCENTS INTERIOR LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, Y3 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W COLOR ACCENTS INTERIOR LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, Y3 SERIES (4 MILS WET, 1.2 MILS DRY PER COAT) RED ACCENT STRIPE (IN RETAIL SALES AREA - 10'-3" TO BOTTOM OF STRIPE, 12" STRIPE) GLOSS FINISH - COLOR TO MATCH SW1012 'POWER GREY' 1ST COAT: S-W KEM KROMIK UNIVERSAL METAL PRIMER, B50Z SERIES (6.0 - 8.0 MILS WET / 3.0 - 4.0 MILS DRY PER COAT) 2ND COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) GLOSS FINISH - COLOR TO MATCH SW1012 'POWER GREY' 1ST COAT: S-W KEM KROMIK UNIVERSAL METAL PRIMER, B50Z SERIES (6.0 - 8.0 MILS WET / 3.0 - 4.0 MILS DRY PER COAT) 2ND COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B21W4400 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B21W4400 SERIES (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) 1ST COAT: S-W KEM KROMIK UNIVERSAL METAL PRIMER, B50Z SERIES (6.0 - 8.0 MILS WET / 3.0 - 4.0 MILS DRY PER COAT) 2ND COAT: S-W ALL SURFACE LATEX ENAMEL, GLOSS, A41 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W ALL SURFACE LATEX ENAMEL, GLOSS, A41 SERIES (4 MILS WET, 1.6 MILS DRY PER COAT) 4" - JOHNSONITE RUBBER #40 BLACK IN ALL SPACES W/ PREFORMED CORNERS METAL (DOORS, DOOR FRAMES) RUBBER BASE (OPTION) EXPOSED DECK & JOISTS TO BE CLEANED. COORDINATE WITH TSC PROJECT MANAGER. INTERIOR COLUMNS (METAL) SEE STOREFRONT DETAIL SHEET FOR COLOR INFORMATION SEMI-GLOSS FINISH - COLOR TO MATCH SW7005 PURE WHITE 1ST COAT: S-W PREPRITE BLOCK FILLER B25W25 (75-125 SQ. FT./GAL) 2ND COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) HIGH GLOSS FINISH - SW 4081 SAFETY RED 2 COATS: S-W POLY-LON 1900, B65-500 PART A / B65V500 PART B APPLY AS NEEDED FOR COMPLETE COVERAGE) MASONRY (CONCRETE, SCORED, SMOOTH, HIGH/LOW DENSITY) INTERIOR FINISHES: STOREFRONT FRAMING EXTERIOR BUILDING FINISHES: (CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS) CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS RED ACCENT STRIPE ELASTOMERIC SYSTEM DRYVIT, # 113 AMARILLO WHITE, SANDPEBBLE TEXTUREE.I.F.S. DRYVIT, COLOR MATCH TO SW1602 THEATER REDE.I.F.S. (ACCENT) PIPE BOLLARDS GLOSS FINISH - COLOR TO BE SW4084 'SAFETY YELLOW' U.N.O. 1ST COAT: S-W KEM KROMIK UNIVERSAL METAL PRIMER, B50Z SERIES 2ND COAT: S-W POLY-LON 1900, B65-500 PART A / B65V500 PART B 3RD COAT: S-W POLY-LON 1900, B65-500 PART A / B65V500 PART B (APPLY AS NEEDED FOR COMPLETE COVERAGE) (1 GAL. FORMULA: TINT USING 844 COLORANTS, BASE B65T504) (QR-15Y, UO5Y, TW-16) GLOSS FINISH - COLOR TO MATCH SW1012 'POWER GREY' 1ST COAT: S-W KEM KROMIK UNIVERSAL METAL PRIMER, B50Z SERIES (6.0 - 8.0 MLS WET / 3.0 -4.0 MLS DRY PER COAT) 2ND COAT: S-W INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL HS, B54Z400 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL HS, B54Z400 SERIES (2.0 - 4.0 MILS DRY PER COAT) (APPLY AS NEEDED FOR COMPLETE COVERAGE) LOADING DOCK GUARDRAILS AND HOLLOW METAL DOOR/FRAMES VINYL PLANK FLOORING "WOOD CLASSIC" GWT-C 9812 SWIFF-TRAIN COMPANY EARTHWERKS 1.800.929.1222CONTACT: AMANDA BERNHARDT SEMI-GLOSS FINISH - (COLOR TO MATCH SW7036 ACCESSIBLE BEIGE) 1ST COAT: S-W PREPRITE 200 LATEX PRIMER, B28W200 (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) 2ND COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) DRYWALL (WALLS, GYPSUM BOARD, PLASTER BOARD, ETC.)OUTER CORE AREAS INNER CORE AREAS SEMI-GLOSS FINISH - (COLOR TO MATCH SW7005 PURE WHITE) 1ST COAT: S-W PREPRITE 200 LATEX PRIMER, B28W200 (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) 2ND COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) FLAT FINISH - FRONT FACADE COLOR TO MATCH SW7513 SANDERLING TO 4'-0" A.F.F., SW7532 URBAN PUTTY FROM 4'-0" A.F.F. TO TOP OF C.M.U. SIDES AND REAR FACADE COLOR TO MATCH SW7532 URBAN PUTTY. 1ST COAT: S-W LOXON BLOCK SURFACER, A24W200 2ND COAT: S-W CONFLEX XL ELASTOMERIC HIGH BUILD COATING, A5-400 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W CONFLEX XL ELASTOMERIC HIGH BUILD COATING, A5-400 SERIES (16 MILS WET, 7.5 MILS PER DRY COAT) (ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCE IS 9-10 PINHOLES PER SQ. FT.) APPLY TO EXTERIOR RED STRIPE ONLY CLEAR COAT GLOSS FINISH - DIAMOND-CLAD WB 3 COMPONENT, LOW VOC WATERBASED ACRYLIC POLYURETHANE CLEAR COAT DIAMOND-CLAD CLEAR COAT URETHANE GLOSS CLEAR PART A (B65T175) DIAMOND-CLAD CLEAR COAT URETHANE HARDNER PART B (B65V175) DIAMOND-CLAD CLEAR COAT URETHANE CATALYST PART C (B65C175) MIX COMPONENTS PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COAT POLYLON WITHIN 48 HOURS RECOMMENDED SPREAD RATE (WET MILS: 2.4-4.8 AND DRY MILS: 1.0-2.0) 22 GAUGE GALVANIZED CORRUGATED STEEL PANEL - 'MATTE' FINISH RED STRIPE BY DECKER AROUND VESTIBULE BUMP OUT TO MATCH RED STRIPE SW 4081 'SAFETY RED' MARK SIZE MATERIALTYPE FRAME REMARKS DOOR SCHEDULE NOTE: •ENSURE THAT ANY EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN AND/OR NOT LISTED ARE FULLY OPERATIONAL, IN GOOD WORKING ORDER, AND WEATHERPROOF (U.N.O.) •ALL DOORS TO HAVE ADA APPROVED HARDWARE •GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CHANGE OUT CONSTRUCTION CORES OF ALL HARDWARE PRIOR TO TURNOVER OF STORE. KEY AND TURNOVER DOCUMENT TO BE SIGNED BY G.C. AND STORE MANAGER. •ALL LOCKSETS KEYED TO ESTABLISH TSC GRANDMASTER KEY. ESTABLISH A NEW MASTER KEY AND KEY INDIVIDUALLY AS DIRECTED TO OPERATE ALL CYLINDERS AND LOCK SETS. FURNISH (4) COPIES OF THE MASTER KEY, FURNISH (2) KEYS PER LOCK. HARDWARE SET STOREFRONT GLASS ALUMF SEE DOOR NOTE: 2, 7, 10, 11, 18 FINISH SCHEDULE CODED NOTES: 1. CEILING TILE: 2'X4'X3/4" MINERAL BOARD, NON DIRECTIONAL FISSURED, MEDIUM TEXTURE, FLAME RESISTANCE CLASS A, FLAME SPREAD CLASS 1 ARMSTRONG CIRRUS 2X4, WHITE, SQUARE LAYIN, OR EQUAL 2. VINYL PLANK CLOTHING AREA FLOORING. DELIVERED BY TSC, SUPPLIED, PURCHASED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. BEVELED EDGE VINYL PLANK TO BE USED AT EXPOSED TRANSITION OF VINYL PLANK FLOORING TO CONCRETE SALES FLOOR 3. RED ACCENT STRIPE @ 10'-3" A.F.F. (BOTTOM OF STRIPE) - 1'-0" WIDE STRIPE. 4. CONTRACTOR TO CLEAN, FILL AND PATCH TO ACCEPT CONCRETE FLOOR HARDENER: EUCO DIAMOND HARD AS MANUFACTURED BY EUCLID CHEMICAL COMPANY, INC. PHILIP BRANDT - 877-438-3826 / PBRANDT@EUCLIDCHEMICAL.COM INSTALLATION TO BE BY APPROVED APPLICATOR. END RESULT TO BE A SMOOTH, GLOSSY SURFACE WITH NO TRIPPING HAZARDS AND ALL SURFACE ITEMS AND/OR DEBRIS REMOVED. ALL TOPICAL STAINS TO BE REMOVED AND ALL JOINTS TO BE RE-CAULKED AS NEEDED. 5. WALL COLOR TO BE (SW7036 ACCESSIBLE BEIGE). TRIM AND DOORS TO BE (SW1012 POWER GREY). 6. INSTALL FRP WAINSCOT BEHIND PLUMBING FIXTURES ON ALL NON-MASONRY WALLS AND ON ALL SIDES OF WATER COOLER ALCOVE. 48" A.F.F. TYPICAL 7. PROVIDE PLYWOOD ON GYP. BOARD WALLS ONLY. 8. VESTIBULE CEILING TILE: GRID STONE GYPSUM CEILING PANELS 1/2" X 2' X 4' 9. CLEAN EXISTING OPEN DECK. 10. MEZZANINE: EXISTING FINISHES THROUGHOUT ENTIRE MEZZANINE TO REMAIN. CLEAN, REPAIR, AND PATCH ALL FINISHES TO MATCH EXISTING, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: FLOORING TILE, BASE, FRP, CMU, GYP BOARD WALLS AND CEILING GRIDS AND TILES. COORDINATE WITH TSC CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER FOR FINAL EXTENTS OF MEZZANINE FINISH SCOPE. ROOM NO.WALLSROOM NOTESCEILINGBASEFLOOR 102 SALES AREA RECEIVING / STOCK VESTIBULE PAINTED GYP. BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS WHITE) / STOREFRONT SEALED CONCRETE I.T. 4, 8 2, 3, 4, 6 4 amandabernhardt@earthwerks.com 1 2 RUBBER - SEALED CONCRETE / VINYL PLANK -- NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR, OR, THE OWNERS TESTING COMPANY SHALL PROVIDE MOISTURE TESTING OF ALL CMU AND CONCRETE EXTERIOR WALLS PER ASTM D4263 PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF PAINT. TSC PROJECT MANAGER MUST APPROVE IF THE MOISTURE CONTENT IS ABOVE 15% 3'-6" X 7'-0" DOORS14'-0" X 10'-0" R.O.VERIFY IN FIELD CEILING TILE - NEW STOREFRONT GLASSF SEE DOOR NOTE: 7, 10, 11, 181B 1A ALUM SEALED CONCRETE PAINTED GYP. BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS WHITE) / STOREFRONT / PAINTED CMUNOTE: APPLICATIONS MAY UTILIZE BRUSH, ROLLER OR AIRLESS SPRAYER; HOWEVER ALL COATS MUST BE BACK-ROLLED. SEE SHERWIN WILLIAMS DATA SHEET APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS. LOCATION VESTIBULE VESTIBULE 101 103 104 PAINTED GYP BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS WHITE) PAINTED GYP. BOARD RUBBER 1, 4, 5 NOTE: EXTERIOR PAINT SCOPE IS TO BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS AS VARIATIONS IN HEIGHT AND EXTENT MAY OCCUR. "C""D""E" GLASS TRANSOM "F" DOOR TYPES "B" 3' - 6 " MA X . DOOR NOTES ALL HARDWARE BY DOOR SUPPLIER ALL REMAINING HARDWARE BY DOOR SUPPLIER CYLINDER 1E74 C181 RP5 626 6 5B 1 1 1 3 EA. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 EA. 1 4 5 3 2 1A 3 EA. 1 1 EA. SET #QUANTITY HAGER HAGER HAGER DORMA HAGER HAGER HAGER DORMA BEST HAGER HINGE DORMA DORMA DORMA HAGER DETEX* BEST ITEM MANUFACTURER 3 1 HARDWARE SCHEDULE DETEX 230-D PADDLE BAR EXIT DEVICE HINGES ECBB 1101 412 X 412 NRP 26D RAIN DRIP 810S 40" AL WEATHERSTRIP 891SV 36" X 84" AL THRESHOLD 520SN 14 X 5 X 36" AL CLOSER 8616 DS8 SN1 689 POWER SUPPLY ES100 POWER TRANSFER ES105 DELAYED EGRESS DEVICE DE9300B BE 689 (EXIT ONLY) CYLINDER 1E74-C136-RP5 626 (INTERIOR) HINGES ECBB1101 412 X 412 NRP 26D SILENCERS 307D WALL STOP 236W 32D PULL PLATE 36N 4 X 16 32D PUSH PLATE 30S 4 X 16 32D CLOSER 8616 AF86P SN1 689 SILENCERS 307D HINGES ECBB1100 412 X 412 26D 1B 2 EA. ALL REMAINING HARDWARE BY DOOR SUPPLIER DUMMY CYLINDER M100D 26D BEST 1 BESTCYLINDER 1E72 RP 626 (INTERIOR) 1 BESTCYLINDER 1E72 RP 626 (EXTERIOR) 1 HAGERSURFACE PULL 8N US28 1 DORMACLOSER 8616 DS8 SN1 689 1 HAGERTHRESHOLD 520SN 1/4 X 5" X 36" AL 1 HAGERDOOR BOTTOM 789SW 36" AL 1 SET HAGERWEATHERSTRIP 891SV 36" X 84" AL 1 HAGERRAIN DRIP 810S 40" AL 3 HAGERSILENCERS 307D 1 H.B. IVESVIEWER U698 B26D (MOUNT 60" CL/A.F.F.) HAGER HAGER 3 HAGER 7 3 EA.HAGERHINGES ECBB1100 412 X 412 26D 1 BESTLOCKSET 93K-7-AB-15-D-S3-626 (OFFICE) 1 HAGERWALL STOP 236W 32D 3 HAGERSILENCERS 307D 8 3 EA.HAGERHINGES ECBB1100 412 X 412 26D 1 DORMACLOSER 8616 AF86P SN1 689 1 HAGERWALL STOP 236W 32D1 BESTPRIVACY 93K-OL-15-D-S3-626 3 HAGERSILENCERS 307D ALL REMAINING HARDWARE BY DOOR SUPPLIER DUMMY CYLINDER M100D 26D1C1 EA.BEST HAGERRAIN DRIP 810S 40" AL HARDWARE SET NOTES: NOT ALL HARDWARE SETS ARE USED. REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR SELECTED SETS. ALL LOCKSETS WILL BE FURNISHED AND CONSTRUCTION KEYED. AT THE END OF THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, NEW PERMANENT CORES BY 'INSTAKEY' WILL BE FURNISHED TO THE CONTRACTOR WHO WILL THEN CHANGE THEM OUT AND RETURN THE CONSTRUCTION CORES TO THE SUPPLIER. THERE WILL BE A SEALED CARTON WITH THE SHIPMENT. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO TURN THAT SEALED CARTON OVER TO THE TSC STORE MANGER, GET THEIR SIGNATURE ON THE ENCLOSED RECEIPT AND FORWARD THAT RECEIPT ALONG WITH THE CONSTRUCTION CORES AND CONTROL KEYS TO THE SUPPLIER "MJW". THE ITEMS IN THE SEALED CARTON ARE FOR THE FUTURE STORE OPERATIONS AND ARE NOT CONSTRUCTION RELATED. 5C (DOUBLE DOORS) 2 1 2 1 2 2 6 EA. 2 HAGER HAGER DORMA BEST HAGER HINGE DORMA DORMA DORMA 6 2 RAIN DRIP 810S 76" AL WEATHERSTRIP 891SV 36" X 84" AL THRESHOLD 520SN 14 X 5 X 36" AL CLOSER 8616 DS8 SN1 689 POWER SUPPLY ES100 POWER TRANSFER ES105 DELAYED EGRESS DEVICE DE9300B BE 689 (EXIT ONLY) CYLINDER 1E74-C136-RP5 626 (INTERIOR) HINGES ECBB1101 412 X 412 NRP 26D SILENCERS 307D HAGER HAGER DOOR OPENING FORCE THE FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN INTERIOR SWINGING EGRESS DOORS, OTHER THAN FIRE DOORS, SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS (22 N). FOR OTHER SWINGING DOORS, AS WELL AS SLIDING AND FOLDING DOORS, THE DOOR LATCH SHALL RELEASE WHEN SUBJECTED TO A 15-POUND (67 N) FORCE. THE DOOR SHALL BE SET IN MOTION WHEN SUBJECTED TO A 30-POUND (133 N) FORCE. THE DOOR SHALL SWING TO A FULL-OPEN POSITION WHEN SUBJECTED TO A 15-POUND (67 N) FORCE. THESE FORCES DO NOT APPLY TO THE FORCE REQUIRED TO RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES THAT HOLD THE DOOR IN A CLOSED POSITION. LOCATION OF APPLIED FORCES FORCES SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. DOOR OPERATIONS EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED BY THIS SECTION EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 7A 3 EA.HAGERHINGES ECBB1100 412 X 412 26D 1 BESTLOCKSET 93K-7-AB-15-D-S3-626 (OFFICE) 1 HAGERWALL STOP 236W 32D 3 HAGERSILENCERS 307D 1 DORMACLOSER 8616 AF86P SN1 689 1.MOTORIZED OVERHEAD DOOR: T.S.C. HAS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT W/ METRO DOOR CORPORATION COILING INSULATED METAL DOOR W/ ELECTRIC OPERATOR, (2) RADIO REMOTES, TIMER, CHAIN KEEPER AND REVERSING SAFETY EDGE. OVERRIDE BUTTON TO BE SUPPLIED BY METRO DOOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S ELECTRICIAN. COLOR TO BE FACTORY FINISHED WHITE. CONTRACTOR TO PAINT 6" VERTICAL STRIPE SAFETY YELLOW ( SW4084) ON INSIDE FACE OF DOOR. 1A.MANUAL OVERHEAD DOOR: T.S.C. HAS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT W/ METRO DOOR CORPORATION. MANUAL COILING INSULATED METAL DOOR W/ CHAIN KEEPER. COLOR TO BE FACTORY FINISHED WHITE. CONTRACTOR TO PAINT 6" VERTICAL STRIPE SAFETY YELLOW ( SW4084) ON INSIDE FACE OF DOOR. 2. KEY OUTSIDE 3. DOOR TO HAVE DOOR BELL, RINGERS @ RECEIVING DESK @ EACH CASH REGISTER. "BIG EYE" VIEWER IN DOOR. 4. DOOR TO HAVE 4" ALUMINUM HEAD AND THRESHOLD. 5. SIGNAGE TO BE PROVIDED BY T.S.C. 6. NOTE THAT DOORS REQUIRE A MINIMUM 10" BOTTOM RAIL TO RECEIVE KICK PLATES. 7. DOORS TO BE KEYED ALIKE. COORDINATE KEYING w/ STORE MANAGER. 8. ELECTRICIAN RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING FINAL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN SECURITY SYSTEMS CONTRACTOR WORK AND DOOR WIRING. 9. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL PLASTIC STRIP CURTAIN @ NEW OPENING INSIDE NEW DOOR. CURTAIN INCLUDED WITH METRO DOOR PACKAGE. 10. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE & INSTALL DOOR SWEEPS. 11. DOORS TO HAVE FLAT THRESHOLD BY DOOR MANUFACTURER. 12. DURALITE MODEL 96120S, W/ 1 SET BLACK BUMPERS AND 12" KICK PLATE. LAMINATE TO BE FORMICA 845-58 SPECTRUM RED. DOOR AND FRAME SUPPLIED BY TSC, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 13. EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN. REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE DOOR IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION AND WEATHERPROOF IF APPLICABLE. REPLACE HARDWARE ON EXISTING DOOR AS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH HARDWARE SCHEDULE. 14. PROVIDE 2 EACH CRASH RAILS PER LEAF ON INSIDE OF DOORS. 15. THE CHANNELS THAT MAKE UP THE JAMBS (AND HEAD, WHERE APPLICABLE) FOR THE ROLLING SERVICE DOOR AND ITS' ATTACHMENT POINTS SHOULD BE FLUSH AND SMOOTH WITH THE SURROUNDING INTERIOR WALLS AS WELL AS ABOVE THE INTERIOR OPENING. PROVIDE A STRUCTURAL SURFACE IN LINE WITH THE JAMBS THAT EXTENDS ABOVE THE OPENING FOR A MINIMUM OF 30" FOR ATTACHMENT POINTS. STRUCTURAL SURFACE TO BE CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING 1850 LB. POINT FORCE IN EITHER TENSION, COMPRESSION OR SHEAR. 16. PREPARE EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW ELECTRONIC HARDWARE. 17. PROVIDE 1" UNDERCUT DOOR BY G.C. 18. PROVIDE A READILY VISIBLE & DURABLE SIGN ON THE EGRESS SIDE OR ADJACENT TO THE DOOR STATING: "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED". THE SIGN SHALL BE IN LETTERS 1 INCH HIGH ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. 19. EXTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR AND FRAME TO BE PAINTED SW 7532 'URBAN PUTTY' 20. PROVIDE SIGNAGE: 'EMPLOYEES ONLY' AND 'DOOR TO REMAIN CLOSED AT ALL TIMES'. EXISTING & NEW ACT CEILING SEALED CONCRETE 3'-0" X 7'-0"6 OPEN DECK CEILING TO REMAIN FLOOR IN VESTIBULE, SALES, RESTROOMS, CORRIDOR AND OFFICE CORE CONCRETE FLOORING SPECIFICATIONS, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING: •ANY FLOOR AREAS OVER 3' ROUND WILL BE PREPPED BY THE "GC". •ANY FLOOR AREAS UNDER 3' ROUND WILL BE PREPPED BY THE "FLOORING CONTRACTOR". •BASE PRICE INCLUDES:900 LF OF JOINT FILL. • 250 LF OF CRACK FILL. •1 CUT GRIND THEN SEALED WITH GUARD/SEALER. •FLOOR SCRUBBED •SECOND CUT IS 80 GRIT •FLOOR SCRUBBED •100/200 GRIT RESIN •400 GRIT •SCRUBBED AND DENSIFY •800 BURNISH FLOOR IN STOCKROOM AND TOW MOTOR CORRIDOR CONCRETE FLOORING SPECIFICATIONS, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING: •1 CUT GRIND THEN SEALED WITH GUARD/SEALER. AN ABBREVIATED CONCRETE SPECIFICATION APPROVED BY TSC SHALL BE INCLUDED FOR ALL RETROFIT PROJECTS. A COPY OF A GENERIC ABBREVIATED CONCRETE SPECIFICATION APPROVED BY TSC IS AVAILABLE FROM ADA ARCHITECTS UPON REQUEST. FLOOR FINISH: SEE DOOR NOTE: 5, 13 SEMI-GLOSS FINISH - COLOR TO MATCH SW1012 POWER GREY 1ST COAT: S-W PREPRITE 200 LATEX PRIMER, B28W200 (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) 2ND COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) WOOD (DOORS) COLOR: XA 'WHITE', FINISH: TEXTURED. FRP BY GLASTEEL, GLASLINER FRP WAINSCOT TO 4'-0" A.F.F. - COORDINATE W/ PLANS FOR SPECIFIC LOCATIONS SHOWN. TYPICALLY ON ALL WALLS ADJACENT TO THE WATER FOUNTAIN, MOP SINK, AND ON ANY OR ALL NON-MASONRY WALLS IN RESTROOMS. WALLS ASSOCIATED WITH THE RETAIL SALES SPACE TO BE PAINTED DOWN FROM CEILING TO AS FOLLOWS: 7'-0" A.F.F. BEHIND FIXTURES 12'-0" A.F.F. AROUND OPENINGS 10'-0" X 10'-0" R.O. (VIF)E METALINSULATED METAL 2 14'-0" 10 ' - 0 " 6'-0" 7' - 0 " C 3'-6" X 7'-0" DOORS14'-0" X 10'-0" R.O.VERIFY IN FIELD MEN 3'-0" X 7'-0" 6C 3'-0" X 7'-0"H. MTL.C S.C. WOOD 6 10'-0" X 10'-0" R.O. (VIF)E METALINSULATED METAL 2 3'-0" X 7'-0"H. MTL.C HOLLOW METAL SEE DOOR NOTE: 2, 3, 7, 8, 10, 165 OPEN DECK CEILING TO REMAIN 111 I.O.D.3, 4RUBBER SEALED CONCRETEEXISTING & NEW PAINTED GYP. BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS WHITE)OPEN DECK CEILING EMPLOYEE LOUNGE SEALED CONCRETE105PAINTED GYP. BOARD RUBBER 1, 4, 5EXISTING & NEW ACT TILE MEN SEALED CONCRETE106PAINTED GYP BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS) AND FRP RUBBERNEW ACT TILE WOMEN107 UTILITY --109 EXISTING TO REMAIN ---- HALLWAY 1, 4, 5110NEW / EXISTING GYP. BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS WHITE)SEALED CONCRETEEXISTING & NEW: ACT CEILING & OPEN DECK CEILING RUBBER JANITOR109A -- SEE DOOR NOTE: 5, 13 MANAGER108 112 FEED ROOM 113 HAY ROOM 114 SPRINKLER 115 STAIRWELL 200 STAIRWELL MEN201 EXISTING FRP TO REMAIN. CLEAN AND STERILIZE COMPLETE EXISTING RUBBEREXISTING ACT CEILING WOMEN203 JANITOR202 204 RECEPTION 205 OFFICE 206 OFFICE 207 CLOSET 3-E STORAGE 116 STORAGE 4 WOMEN5 STORAGE6 HALLWAY7 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE8 MANAGER9-E UTILITY10-E JANITOR11-E IT12-E STAIRWELL EXIT13-E I.O.D.14 I.O.D.15 I.O.D.16 HAY ROOM17 HAY ROOM EXIT18 RECEIVING19 TRUCK DOCK20 TRUCK DOCK21 RECEIVING EXIT22 SALES23 FEED ROOM24 SPRINKLER ROOM25-E MEN (MEZZ)26-E JANITOR (MEZZ)27-E 3'-0" X 7'-0" WOMEN (MEZZ)28-E OFFICE (MEZZ)29-E OFFICE (MEZZ)30-E CLOSET (MEZZ)31-E GLASS TRANSOM 8'-0" X 8'-0" R.O. (VIF)E METALINSULATED METAL 2 1, 4, 5, 6 SEALED CONCRETEPAINTED GYP BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS ) AND FRP RUBBERNEW ACT TILE 1, 4, 5, 6 SEALED CONCRETEPAINTED GYP. BOARD RUBBER 1, 4, 5EXISTING & NEW ACT CEILING EXISTING TO REMAIN ---- 3, 4RUBBERSEALED CONCRETEEXISTING & NEW PAINTED GYP. BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS WHITE)OPEN DECK CEILING -- -- EXISTING CMU & NEW GYP BD (SEMI-GLOSS WHITE) - PROVIDE FRT PLYWOOD ON GYP BD WALLS (SEE WALL TYPES) OPEN DECK CEILING --EXISTING TO REMAIN ---- 1-- EXISTING STAIR TREADS TO REMAIN. REPLACE AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY PAINTED GYP. BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS) - EXISTING FRP TO REMAIN: PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY EXISTING ACT CEILING --PAINTED GYP. BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS WHITE)OPEN DECK CEILING SEALED CONCRETE 4 -- EXISTING STAIR TREADS TO REMAIN. REPLACE AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY PAINTED GYP. BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS) - EXISTING FRP TO REMAIN: PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY EXISTING ACT CEILING EXISTING GYP BOARD & FRP TO REMAIN. CLEAN AND STERILIZE COMPLETELY.EXISTING ACT CEILING EXISTING RUBBER EXISTING FRP TO REMAIN. CLEAN AND STERILIZE COMPLETE EXISTING RUBBEREXISTING ACT CEILING EXISTING RUBBER EXISTING TO REMAIN. CLEAN & REPAIR AS NECESSARY.EXISTING ACT CEILING EXISTING ACT CEILING EXISTING RUBBEREXISTING GYP BOARD. PAINTED (SEMI-GLOSS)EXISTING TO REMAIN. CLEAN & REPAIR AS NECESSARY. EXISTING TO REMAIN. CLEAN & REPAIR AS NECESSARY. EXISTING TO REMAIN. CLEAN & REPAIR AS NECESSARY. EXISTING TO REMAIN. CLEAN & REPAIR AS NECESSARY. EXISTING TO REMAIN. CLEAN & REPAIR AS NECESSARY. EXISTING TO REMAIN. CLEAN & REPAIR AS NECESSARY. EXISTING RUBBER EXISTING RUBBER EXISTING ACT CEILING EXISTING ACT CEILINGEXISTING GYP BOARD. PAINTED (SEMI-GLOSS) CLEAN WINDOWS AND PAINTED FRAME. EXISTING GYP BOARD. PAINTED (SEMI-GLOSS) CLEAN WINDOWS AND PAINTED FRAME. EXISTING GYP BOARD. PAINTED (SEMI-GLOSS) CLEAN WINDOWS AND PAINTED FRAME. SEE DOOR NOTE: 137 SEE DOOR NOTE: 137 SEE DOOR NOTE: 137 SEE DOOR NOTE: 137 SEE DOOR NOTE: 2, 7, 8, 10, 13 7 SEE DOOR NOTE: 13 5 SEE DOOR NOTE: 5, 13, 20 SEE DOOR NOTE: 13 SEE DOOR NOTE: 13 SEE DOOR NOTE: 13 SEE DOOR NOTE: 13 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C 12'-0" X 14'-0" R.O. (VIF)E C C C C C C C C C "G" 6'-0" 7' - 0 " B G2PR 3'-0" X 7'-0" PR 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PROVIDE TOP AND BOTTOM FLUSH BOLT AT INOPERABLE LEAF. S.C. WOOD S.C. WOOD S.C. WOOD H. MTL. H. MTL. H. MTL. 6 8 7 SEE DOOR NOTE: 5, 17 SEE DOOR NOTE: 5, 17 SEE DOOR NOTE: 5, 17, 20 SEE DOOR NOTE: 5, 20 H. MTL.S.C. WOOD 6 ALUM.STOREFRONT GLASS 1' - 6 " 2" 8" 2" 2 SEE DOOR NOTE: 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 14, 18 W/ 2 CRASH RAILS ON INSIDE OF EACH DOOR. PROVIDE PANIC HARDWARE PER LOCAL CODE. SEE DOOR NOTE: 12PR 3'-0" X 7'-0" D SEE DOOR NOTE: 12PR 3'-0" X 7'-0" D METALINSULATED METAL 2 3'-0" X 7'-0"C H. MTL.HOLLOW METAL 5 SEE DOOR NOTE: 2, 7, 8 SEE JAMB DETAILS ON SHEET A-5. 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" SEE DOOR NOTE: 12PR 3'-0" X 7'-0" D 8'-0" X 8'-0" R.O. (VIF)E METALINSULATED METAL 2 2 2 2 MOTORIZED COILING. SEE NOTE NO. 1, 9, 15 SEE SHEET A-5 FOR JAMB AND SILL DETAILS MANUAL COILING. SEE NOTE NO. 1A, 9, 15 SEE SHEET A-5 FOR JAMB AND SILL DETAILS MOTORIZED COILING. SEE NOTE NO. 1, 9, 15 SEE SHEET A-5 FOR JAMB AND SILL DETAILS MANUAL COILING. SEE NOTE NO. 1A, 9, 15 SEE SHEET A-5 FOR JAMB AND SILL DETAILS MANUAL COILING. SEE NOTE NO. 1A, 9, 15 SEE SHEET A-5 FOR JAMB AND SILL DETAILS METAL METAL METAL METAL METAL METAL 32 3'-0" X 7'-0"45 MINUTE RATED DOOR NOTE 10, 11, 20 7AC - 45 MIN.H. MTL.HOLLOW METALHAY BARN NOTES AND SCHEDULES A-0.5 JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 WH 3 2 1 4 5 6 9 8 7 SCALE: DEMOLITIONFLOOR PLAN1 -3/32" = 1'-0" *ALL MEASUREMENTS AND ITEMS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE DEEMED ACCURATE. HOWEVER, ALL BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHOULD FIELD VERIFY THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS. ANY ITEMS/CONDITIONS THAT DEVIATE FROM THIS PLAN OR SCOPE OF WORK SHOULD BE IDENTIFIED AND COMMUNICATED TO THE ARCHITECT AND TSC PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THEIR BID* GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF ANY WORK INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CANNOT BE PERFORMED DUE TO EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. 2. IF ANY EXISTING FIREPROOFING OR FIRE ASSEMBLIES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO REMAIN ARE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION THEY SHALL BE REPAIRED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS. CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO VERIFY U.L. ASSEMBLIES TO BE USED FOR REPAIRS. 3. REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED. TYPICAL WALL REMOVAL INCLUDES MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, COMMUNICATIONS, INFORMATION SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS CONTAINED THERE IN. REMOVE DOORS, FRAMES, FINISHES AND OTHER FIXTURES AS REQUIRED. AFTER REMOVAL OF PIPE CHASES, PATCH HOLES IN EXISTING FLOORS OR WALL TO REMAIN TO MEET ORIGINAL FIRE PROTECTION AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS. PATCH ADJOINING WALLS, FLOOR AND DECK. PREPARE SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE OR PER INTERIOR DESIGNER'S FINISHES PLANS. (WHERE NEW FINISHES ARE CALLED FOR ON EXISTING SURFACES, REMOVE THE EXISTING FINISH AND PREPARE SURFACE TO RECEIVE THE NEW FINISH). 4. SEE MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, COMMUNICATIONS, INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION OF UTILITIES. 5. LIMIT SAW CUTTING OF SLAB TO THE MINIMUM REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW ITEMS. IF EXISTING PIPING OR CONDUIT WORK (OTHER THAN THE DESIRED CONNECTION POINT) IS ENCOUNTERED WHILE SAWCUTTING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT BEFORE CONTINUING. 6. DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL CODES AND ORDINANCES AS SET FORTH BY ALL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BRACE ALL EXISTING STRUCTURES AND ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AS NECESSARY DURING DEMOLITION. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT CUT STRUCTURAL WORK IN A MANNER RESULTING IN A REDUCTION OF LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY OR LOAD/DEFLECTION RATIO. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ALL STRUCTURAL CUTS PRIOR TO EXECUTION SO THAT APPROVAL CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 9. THE EXISTING BUILDING ENVELOPE SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN WATER TIGHT CONDITION AT ALL TIMES THROUGHOUT ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. 10. IF THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IS FOUND TO CONTAIN ASBESTOS, NOTIFY THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING. REMOVAL, DISPOSAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE ASBESTOS MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. (REPLACE ASBESTOS MATERIAL WITH NEW MATERIAL AS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT). 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE OR REPAIR ANY EXISTING TO REMAIN FINISHES, ETC., WHICH ARE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION (I.E. CEILING GRID, CEILING TILE, WALL COVERINGS, FLOOR COVERINGS, CORNER GUARDS, WALL GUARDS, HANDRAILS, CHAIR RAILS, MOLDINGS, ETC.). 12. OBSOLETE ELECTRONICS DISPOSAL-SAFE DISPOSAL OF CATHODE RAY TUBES, (CRT'S) OR PICTURE TUBES FOUND IN ALL COMPUTER MONITORS, TV SETS AND OTHER ELECTRONICS SYSTEMS, ARE MANUFACTURED WITH LEADED GLASS. THE U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY, THROUGH THE LIGHTENING OF LEAD LEVEL REQUIREMENTS IN ITS LAND DISPOSAL RESTRICTIONS, HAD DECLARED THAT AS OF MAY 8, 1993, ALL CRT'S WILL BE DECLARED AS HAZARDOUS WASTE. OBSOLETE COMPUTER SYSTEMS, COPIERS, FAX MACHINES, AND OTHERS MUST BE RECYCLED. 13. REMOVE ALL EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITIONS SHOWN AS DASHED LINES. 14. REMOVE ALL EXISTING FLOOR AND WALL FINISH MATERIALS WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND PREPARE SURFACE FOR APPLICATION OF NEW FINISH MATERIALS. 15. CLEAN ALL EXCESS CONCRETE SPOTS, SOLID DEBRIS AND PAINT SPOTS FROM THE FLOOR USING A FLOOR SCRAPER. REMOVE ALL WAX, DIRT, GREASE, PAINTS, AND OLD ADHESIVES (ESPECIALLY CUT-BACKS OR EMULSIONS). 16. ALL FLOORS SHOULD BE LEVEL TO ASSURE A GOOD POWERBOND INSTALLATION. CONCRETE FLOOR SHOULD BE TROWELLED SMOOTH AND SHOULD CONFORM TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 17. CRACKS, HOLES AND DEPRESSIONS IN THE FLOOR SLAB SHOULD BE FILLED USING ARDEX CONCRETE SLAB PATCHING MATERIAL OR EQUAL. 18. SWEEP AND VACUUM THE FLOOR AFTER PATCHING AND DEBRIS REMOVAL. DO NOT USE AN OIL BASED SWEEPING COMPOUND. ENSURE ALL PERIMETER AREAS ARE CLEAN. 19. REMOVE ALL EXISTING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS NOT UTILIZED IN THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. 20. REMOVE EXISTING TOILET ROOM FIXTURES WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWING. CAP ALL REMAINING PIPING AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 21. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS, AND DEMOLITION RESPONSIBILITIES ARE NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO THOSE LISTED ABOVE OR INDICATED ON THE DEMOLITION PLAN. WORK INCLUDES REMOVAL AND LEGAL DISPOSAL OF ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ITEMS THAT ARE NOT UTILIZED IN THE FINISHED CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. REMOVE ALL ITEMS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS AND ITEMS WHICH ARE NECESSARY TO BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO FACILITATE THE NEW CONSTRUCTION WORK. PERFORM DEMOLITION IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY MANNER TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTIONS. ALL SALVAGEABLE ITEMS SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE OWNER. NOTIFY THE OWNER FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON DISPOSAL OF THESE ITEMS. REMOVE ALL NON-SALVAGEABLE ITEMS FROM THE SITE AND ARRANGE FOR LEGAL DISPOSAL. 22. WHERE EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS ARE REMOVED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING OR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, PATCH EXISTING MATERIALS WITH: INSECTICIDE SOIL TREATMENT AT DISTURBED AREAS, 4" THICK CRUSHED ROCK SUBGRADE. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE REMOVED, U.N.O. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, U.N.O. EXISTING WALL TO BE REMOVED, U.N.O. EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN, U.N.O. DEMOLITION WORK KEYNOTES 200. EXISTING COLUMNS TO REMAIN. 201. EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN. 202. REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING MASONRY WALL FOR NEW DOOR INSTALLATION. SHORE ASREQUIRED DURING DEMOLITION. REFER TO SHEET A-5 FOR INFILL OF CONCRETE AT DOOR SILL. COORDINATE SCOPE OF WORK WITH SHEET A-1.203. REMOVE ANY EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES, AS WELL AS ANY BASES, FLOOR BOXES, ETC. TO CREATE SMOOTH CONCRETE SLAB READY TO ACCEPT TO NEW FLOOR FINISH. PREP FLOOR AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH.204. REMOVE EXISTING HOT WATER TANK. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 205. EXISTING CURB / SIDEWALK TO REMAIN.206. REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL COMPLETE, AND ALL ASSOCIATED CONDUITS. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 207. REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING WALL FURRING AND GYP. BOARD AS REQUIRED FORINSTALLATION OF NEW STEEL CHANNELS. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 208. REMOVE DOOR AND FRAME. 209. REMOVE DOOR AND FRAME. CLEAN AND PREP OPENING FOR FINISH. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE AND FLOOR PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION. 210. REMOVE EXISTING COMPACTOR DOOR AND FRAME COMPLETE, ALONG WITH WALL REMOVAL. 211. REMOVE EXISTING CURB. CENTER CURB REMOVAL ON NEW OPENING AS SHOWN. PROVIDE 45 DEGREE ANGLE CUTS ON BOTH SIDES. CLEAN AND PATCH CUT EDGES TO MATCH EXISTING CURB FINISH. 212. EXISTING PIERS AND CANOPY TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. 213. REMOVE ENTRY WALL, WINDOWS, SLIDING DOOR AND HARDWARE, BUILD-OUTS, AND KNEE WALLS. PATCH AND REPAIR FLOOR, SURROUNDING WALLS, AND SOFFIT AS REQUIRED. 214. EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS AND OVERHEAD DOOR TO REMAIN. REMOVE PULL HARDWARE ON BOTH SWING DOORS. 215. REMOVE BOLLARDS COMPLETE. PATCH AREAS TO MATCH EXISTING CONCRETE. 216. REMOVE EXISTING GRATING. CAP ANY DRAINS/ PLUMBING ASSOCIATED WITH PIT. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 217. REMOVE DOORS AND HARDWARE. DOOR FRAME IS TO REMAIN. 218. REMOVE ANY DEBRIS, CLIPS, BOLTS, ETC. OFF OF EXISTING FRAMING FROM PREVIOUS SIGNAGE. CLEAN AND PREP METAL FRAMING FOR NEW SIGNAGE. SEE ELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 219. NEW MASONRY OPENING TO BE CENTERED ON EXISTING GLAZING PANELS ABOVE DOOR. SEE ELEVATIONS. 220. REMOVE EXISTING DOCK DOOR COMPLETE. PATCH WALL AS REQUIRED. 221. MEZZANINE COLUMNS ARE TO BE CUT OFF AT THE SLAB AND GRINDED DOWN TO ACHIEVE A SMOOTH AND LEVEL FINISH PER TSC SPECIFICATIONS. PATCH AND REPAIR ANY CONCRETE THAT IS DAMAGED, OR REMOVED, AS A RESULT. 222. REMOVE EXISTING TRANSFORMER COMPLETE. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 223. REMOVE CONCRETE AS REQUIRED FOR NEW SANITARY LINES. G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE EXACT TRENCHING EXTENTS AND PIPE SIZES WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 224. REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR DRAINS. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 225. REMOVE STOREFRONT WINDOWS, DOOR, AND FRAMES. PREP WALL FOR STUD INFILL. COORDINATE WITH FLOOR PLAN. 226. ALL FIXTURES LOCATED ON THE MEZZANINE ARE TO BE CLEANED, DISINFECTED, AND BROUGHT UP TO GOOD WORKING ORDER. 227. ALL DOORS ARE TO REMAIN AND TO PREPPED FOR NEW HARDWARE. 228. FLOORS AND WALLS ON MEZZANINE ARE TO CLEANED AND BROUGHT UP TO TSC SPECIFICATIONS. 229. THIS WALL IS ONLY TO BE REMOVED UP TO THE EXISTING BULKHEAD HEIGHT. 230. REMOVE WINDOW AND FRAMING FROM WALL. PREP WALL FOR INFILL. 231. REMOVE EXISTING FREEZER SLAB COMPLETE. 232. REMOVE EXISTING PLUMBING LINES ALONG THE ENTIRE INSIDE FACE OF WALL. 233. REMOVE DOCK SEALS. EXISTING BUMPERS, LEVELER, AND LEVELING PLATE TO REMAIN. METAL AWNINGS ABOVE DOOR TO REMAIN. 234. EXISTING HOSE BIBB IN THIS AREA TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 235. REMOVE EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND ALL ASSOCIATED PLUMBING LINES COMPLETE. 236. COMPLETELY REMOVE ALL COUNTERS, SHELVING, FURNISHINGS AND WALL FINISHES FROM WALLS AND FLOORS IN ORDER TO CREATE A SMOOTH CLEAN SURFACE FOR NEW FINISHES PER TSC SPECIFICATIONS. 237. REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUIT STUB-UPS IN THIS AREA. CUT AND GRIND DOWN FOR SMOOTH SURFACE FINISH. 238. PROVIDE DUCT PENETRATION IN EXISTING CMU WALL. OPENING TO BE ABOVE EXISTING CEILING. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT DUCT SIZING AND ROUTING. REINFORCE OPENING AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE NEW OPENING. 239. CORE DRILL EXISTING SLAB AND DECKING TO ACCOMMODATE FOR NEW PLUMBING VENT PIPING. PIPING TO BE LOCATED WITHIN EXISTING OFFICE WALL, OR AS CLOSE TO INSIDE CORNER OF OFFICE AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR PIPING SIZE AND LOCATION. 240. REMOVE EXTERIOR CARPETING IN FRONT OF EXISTING ENTRY AND CLEAN/ PREP CONCRETE SIDEWALK UNDERNEATH. GENERAL NOTES: •SEE COVER SHEET FOR ALL ALTERNATES. •COORDINATE EXTENT OF SLAB REMOVAL WITH PLANS AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS. NOTE: EXISTING SOFFIT TO REMAIN. G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR EXISTING SOFFIT ABOVE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF STRUCTURE BELOW SOFFIT AS SHOWN CANNOT BE REMOVED. E8EDC2CB6BA EDCBAB3B8C6D2D5D6 E7 LEGEND 1' - 4 " 10 ' - 0 " x 10 ' - 0 " H T . OP E N I N G 19 ' - 4 " 3' - 4 " x 7 ' - 4 " HT . 2' - 0 " 12 ' - 0 " x 1 4 ' - 0 " H T OP E N I N G 3' - 6 " 10 ' - 0 " x 10 ' - 0 " H T . OP E N I N G ±1 3 ' - 9 " 5' - 0 " 6' - 4 " x 7' - 4 " H T . OP E N I N G 5'-2"14'-0" x 10'-0" OPENING 203 TYP. 200 TYP. 201 201 201 201 201 202 202 202 207 NIC. LIGHT GREY HATCH DENOTES ADJACENT LEASE SPACE AND AREA OF NEW DEMISING WALL. SEE FLOOR PLAN. 205 205 211 15'-0" (CURB) CA B3 B8 C6 9 8 SCALE: MEZZANINE PLAN2 -3/32" = 1'-0" 208 208 208 208 209 EXTENT OF WALL REMOVAL REMOVE MEZZANINE COMPLETE INCLUDING WALLS, STRUCTURE, FINISHES, STAIRS, ETC. ASSOCIATED WITH SPACE. 214 215 215 206 204 206 206 202 210 EXTENT OF WALL REMOVAL 212 TYP. 200 216 COMPLETELY REMOVE WALLS, STRUCTURE, FINISHES, STAIRS, ETC. ASSOCIATED WITH SPACE AND MEZZANINE SHOWN. 216 TYP. 227 TYP. 226 203 TYP. 218 ABOVE 219 200 200 220 208 202 202 221221 221221 207 222 222 224 223 217 213 225 REMOVE ALL WALLS, FINISHES, CEILINGS, EQUIPMENT, ETC UNDER MEZZANINE. 228 229 29-E 30-E 31-E 27-E26-E 28-E 203 WOMEN 201 MEN 200 STAIRWELL 204 RECEPTION 205 OFFICE 206 OFFICE 207 CLOSET 202 JANITOR 200 STAIRWELL 230 215215 220 231 ± 43'-0" 215 ± 1 8 ' - 6 " 232 233 233 234 ± 2'-0" ± 3 7 ' - 1 0 " ± 20'-0" ± 2 ' - 0 " 235 ± 2'-0" 234 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 ±3'-1" ± 1 8 " 237238 239 A-3 A 240 REMOVE ALL FLOOR TRENCHES, HUB DRAINS, FLOOR DRAINS, ETC. AND FILL WITH CONCRETE PRIOR TO GRINDING AND POLISHING FLOOR. (TYP OF ALL TSC SPACES) JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 DEMOLITION PLAN D-1 3 2 1 4 5 6 9 8 7 SCALE: DEMOLITIONREFLECTED CEILING PLAN1 -3/32" = 1'-0" *ALL MEASUREMENTS AND ITEMS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE DEEMED ACCURATE. HOWEVER, ALL BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHOULD FIELD VERIFY THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS. ANY ITEMS/CONDITIONS THAT DEVIATE FROM THIS PLAN OR SCOPE OF WORK SHOULD BE IDENTIFIED AND COMMUNICATED TO THE ARCHITECT AND TSC PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THEIR BID* EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE REMOVED, U.N.O. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, U.N.O. EXISTING WALL TO BE REMOVED, U.N.O. EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN, U.N.O. DEMOLITION WORK KEYNOTES 250. COMPLETELY REMOVE WALL, INCLUDING HEADERS, AS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET AND DEMOPLAN. 251. AS A RESULT OF DEMO, PATCH AND REPAIR REMAINING WALL AS NECESSARY. 252. REMOVE SOFFITS, HEADERS, STOREFRONT, ETC. COMPLETELY, AS SHOWN. PROTECT AREAS TO REMAIN. 253. REMOVE ALL LIGHTING, CEILING GRID, CEILING CLOUDS, CEILING FINISHES, AND ANY ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, WIRING, DUCT WORK, ETC. 254. ROOF HATCH TO REMAIN. 255. SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN. GC TO ENSURE WEATHER-TIGHT AND IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. 256. LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED COMPLETELY. 257. REMOVE THE LARGE DUCT WORK RUNNING THROUGHOUT THE SALES FLOOR. 258. REMOVE ALL EXISTING PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES, INCLUDING ALL ASSOCIATED WIRING AND MOUNTING EQUIPMENT, THROUGHOUT SALES FLOOR. TYPICAL. 259. EXISTING CEILING GRID IS TO REMAIN; REPLACE TILES AS NECESSARY. LIGHT FIXTURES ARE TO REMAIN AND BE RETRO-FITTED WITH L.E.D. BULBS. 260. REMOVE SOFFIT ABOVE. PATCH AND INFILL OPENING WITH NEW METAL FRAMING AND GYP BOARD TO ALIGN FLUSH WITH EXISTING ADJACENT WALL SURFACE. 261. REMOVE CAN LIGHTS WITHIN SOFFIT. PATCH SOFFIT AS REQUIRED. 262. REMOVE EXISTING WALL PACK FIXTURE. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION.263. EXISTING WALL PACK TO REMAIN. G.C. TO ENSURE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. RE-LAMP AND RE-BALLAST AS NECESSARY. 264. CEILING GRID AND TILE TO REMAIN THROUGHOUT MEZZANINE. PATCH, REPAIR & INFILL GRID AND TILE AS NECESSARY TO MATCH EXISTING. LIGHTS FIXTURES TO REMAIN AND BE RETRO-FITTED WITH L.E.D. LAMPS PER TSC LIGHTING VENDOR PACKAGE. SEE SHEET A-0 FOR CONTACT INFO. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 265. GC TO ENSURE ALL DIFFUSERS AND DUCTWORK ARE CLEANED AND IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. 266. EXISTING BULKHEAD AND SOFFIT ABOVE TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR EXISTING SOFFIT ABOVE. 267. REMOVE EXISTING ROOFTOP MECHANICAL UNIT. COORDINATE SCOPE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 268. UNIT HEATER TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. EXISTING GAS PIPING AND FLUE TO REMAIN IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. COORDINATE SCOPE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 269. UNIT HEATER AND ALL ASSOCIATED GAS PIPING TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING FLUE TO BE SEALED AND CAPPED. G.C. TO ENSURE WEATHER-TIGHT. 270. CAP AND SEAL ROOF PENETRATION(S) FROM EQUIPMENT ABOVE. ALL EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDING ALL ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, PIPING, AND CONDUITS TO BE REMOVED. CONTACT LL ROOFING CONTRACTOR. ENSURE WEATHER-TIGHT. 271. EXISTING OPENING FROM EXISTING EXHAUST TO BE RE-USED FOR NEW EXHAUST. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 272. EXISTING MECHANICAL DUCT CHASE TO REMAIN. 273. PROVIDE NEW OPENING IN MASONRY WALL AT FOR NEW INTAKE LOUVER. BOTTOM OF OPENING AT 11'-0" A.F.F. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. GENERAL NOTES: •SEE COVER SHEET FOR ALL ALTERNATES. •COORDINATE EXTENT OF SLAB REMOVAL WITH PLANS AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS. E8EDCBA EDCBAB3B8C6D2D5D6 E7 LEGEND 253 TYP. NIC. LIGHT GREY HATCH DENOTES ADJACENT LEASE SPACE AND AREA OF NEW DEMISING WALL. SEE FLOOR PLAN. CA B3 B8 C6 9 8 SCALE: MEZZANINE RCP2 -3/32" = 1'-0" 250 EXTENT OF WALL REMOVAL COMPLETELY REMOVE MEZZANINE. INCLUDING ALL CEILING GRIDS, LIGHTS, FIXTURES, GRILLES, M.E.P. EQUIP, ETC. 263 TYP. COMPLETELY REMOVE MEZZANINE. INCLUDING ALL CEILING GRIDS, LIGHTS, FIXTURES, GRILLES, M.E.P. EQUIP, ROOF LADDER, ETC. 252 257 252 TYP. 253 253TYP. 254 255 255 255 255 EXISTING CEILING GRID TO REMAIN, U.N.O. 256TYP. 258TYP. 259 259259 259 259 260 261 263 263263 262 262 262 262 262 262 262 262 262 263 NOTE: G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING SOFFIT FRAMING. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF FRAMING BELOW SOFFIT CANNOT BE REMOVED AS SHOWN. 264 TYP. 265 266 267 EXISTING CEILING GRID TO BE REMOVED, U.N.O. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF ANY WORK INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CANNOT BE PERFORMED DUE TO EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. 2. IF ANY EXISTING FIREPROOFING OR FIRE ASSEMBLIES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO REMAIN ARE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION THEY SHALL BE REPAIRED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS. CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO VERIFY U.L. ASSEMBLIES TO BE USED FOR REPAIRS. 3. REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED. TYPICAL WALL REMOVAL INCLUDES MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, COMMUNICATIONS, INFORMATION SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS CONTAINED THERE IN. REMOVE DOORS, FRAMES, FINISHES AND OTHER FIXTURES AS REQUIRED. AFTER REMOVAL OF PIPE CHASES, PATCH HOLES IN EXISTING FLOORS OR WALL TO REMAIN TO MEET ORIGINAL FIRE PROTECTION AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS. PATCH ADJOINING WALLS, FLOOR AND DECK. PREPARE SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE OR PER INTERIOR DESIGNER'S FINISHES PLANS. (WHERE NEW FINISHES ARE CALLED FOR ON EXISTING SURFACES, REMOVE THE EXISTING FINISH AND PREPARE SURFACE TO RECEIVE THE NEW FINISH). 4. SEE MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, COMMUNICATIONS, INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION OF UTILITIES. 5. LIMIT SAW CUTTING OF SLAB TO THE MINIMUM REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW ITEMS. IF EXISTING PIPING OR CONDUIT WORK (OTHER THAN THE DESIRED CONNECTION POINT) IS ENCOUNTERED WHILE SAWCUTTING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT BEFORE CONTINUING. 6. DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL CODES AND ORDINANCES AS SET FORTH BY ALL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BRACE ALL EXISTING STRUCTURES AND ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AS NECESSARY DURING DEMOLITION. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT CUT STRUCTURAL WORK IN A MANNER RESULTING IN A REDUCTION OF LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY OR LOAD/DEFLECTION RATIO. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ALL STRUCTURAL CUTS PRIOR TO EXECUTION SO THAT APPROVAL CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 9. THE EXISTING BUILDING ENVELOPE SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN WATER TIGHT CONDITION AT ALL TIMES THROUGHOUT ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. 10. IF THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IS FOUND TO CONTAIN ASBESTOS, NOTIFY THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING. REMOVAL, DISPOSAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE ASBESTOS MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. (REPLACE ASBESTOS MATERIAL WITH NEW MATERIAL AS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT). 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE OR REPAIR ANY EXISTING TO REMAIN FINISHES, ETC., WHICH ARE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION (I.E. CEILING GRID, CEILING TILE, WALL COVERINGS, FLOOR COVERINGS, CORNER GUARDS, WALL GUARDS, HANDRAILS, CHAIR RAILS, MOLDINGS, ETC.). 12. OBSOLETE ELECTRONICS DISPOSAL-SAFE DISPOSAL OF CATHODE RAY TUBES, (CRT'S) OR PICTURE TUBES FOUND IN ALL COMPUTER MONITORS, TV SETS AND OTHER ELECTRONICS SYSTEMS, ARE MANUFACTURED WITH LEADED GLASS. THE U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY, THROUGH THE LIGHTENING OF LEAD LEVEL REQUIREMENTS IN ITS LAND DISPOSAL RESTRICTIONS, HAD DECLARED THAT AS OF MAY 8, 1993, ALL CRT'S WILL BE DECLARED AS HAZARDOUS WASTE. OBSOLETE COMPUTER SYSTEMS, COPIERS, FAX MACHINES, AND OTHERS MUST BE RECYCLED. 13. REMOVE ALL EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITIONS SHOWN AS DASHED LINES. 14. REMOVE ALL EXISTING FLOOR AND WALL FINISH MATERIALS WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND PREPARE SURFACE FOR APPLICATION OF NEW FINISH MATERIALS. 15. CLEAN ALL EXCESS CONCRETE SPOTS, SOLID DEBRIS AND PAINT SPOTS FROM THE FLOOR USING A FLOOR SCRAPER. REMOVE ALL WAX, DIRT, GREASE, PAINTS, AND OLD ADHESIVES (ESPECIALLY CUT-BACKS OR EMULSIONS). 16. ALL FLOORS SHOULD BE LEVEL TO ASSURE A GOOD POWERBOND INSTALLATION. CONCRETE FLOOR SHOULD BE TROWELLED SMOOTH AND SHOULD CONFORM TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 17. CRACKS, HOLES AND DEPRESSIONS IN THE FLOOR SLAB SHOULD BE FILLED USING ARDEX CONCRETE SLAB PATCHING MATERIAL OR EQUAL. 18. SWEEP AND VACUUM THE FLOOR AFTER PATCHING AND DEBRIS REMOVAL. DO NOT USE AN OIL BASED SWEEPING COMPOUND. ENSURE ALL PERIMETER AREAS ARE CLEAN. 19. REMOVE ALL EXISTING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS NOT UTILIZED IN THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. 20. REMOVE EXISTING TOILET ROOM FIXTURES WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWING. CAP ALL REMAINING PIPING AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 21. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS, AND DEMOLITION RESPONSIBILITIES ARE NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO THOSE LISTED ABOVE OR INDICATED ON THE DEMOLITION PLAN. WORK INCLUDES REMOVAL AND LEGAL DISPOSAL OF ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ITEMS THAT ARE NOT UTILIZED IN THE FINISHED CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. REMOVE ALL ITEMS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS AND ITEMS WHICH ARE NECESSARY TO BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO FACILITATE THE NEW CONSTRUCTION WORK. PERFORM DEMOLITION IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY MANNER TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTIONS. ALL SALVAGEABLE ITEMS SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE OWNER. NOTIFY THE OWNER FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON DISPOSAL OF THESE ITEMS. REMOVE ALL NON-SALVAGEABLE ITEMS FROM THE SITE AND ARRANGE FOR LEGAL DISPOSAL. 22. WHERE EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS ARE REMOVED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING OR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, PATCH EXISTING MATERIALS WITH: INSECTICIDE SOIL TREATMENT AT DISTURBED AREAS, 4" THICK CRUSHED ROCK SUBGRADE. A-3 A WALL BELOW TO BE REMOVED TO ALIGN W/ UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT. 251 253 253 253 268 269 270 254 270 271 272 14'-8" 6'-0" x 4'-0" HT 273 A-3 B JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 DEMOLITION RCP D-2 XXX X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X WH SCALE: FLOOR PLAN1 A-1 3/32" = 1'-0" FLOOR PLAN KEYNOTES 300. EXISTING COLUMNS TO BE CLEANED AND PAINTED PER COLOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A-0.5.[PROVIDE PAINT AT CUSTOMER AREAS ONLY] 301. NEW AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM. SEE SHEET A-0.5. 302. IMPACT DOOR AND CUSTOM FRAME PROVIDED BY TSC., INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.303. APPROXIMATE EXTENT OF VINYL PLANK FLOORING. FINAL LOCATION & EXTENTS TO BE COORDINATED WITH TSC PROVIDED FIXTURE PLAN. 304. INCLUDE SEPARATE COST TO ANCHOR SAFE TO FLOOR SLAB OR BUILDING STRUCTURE.METHOD OF ATTACHMENT TO BE DETERMINED. SAFE PROVIDED BY TSC. 305. SALES COUNTERS IN THIS AREA. PROVIDED BY TSC. ASSEMBLED, INSTALLED, ANDANCHORED BY CONTRACTOR. SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR POWER AND DATA REQUIREMENTS. 306. ASSEMBLE, INSTALL AND ANCHOR PREFABRICATED DRESSING ROOM TO WALL AND FLOOR.PROVIDED BY TSC. DRESSING ROOM TO BE FULLY ACCESSIBLE PER CODE. SEE DETAIL 7/A-5. 307. PALLET RACKS IN THIS AREA BY TSC.IN SEISMIC ZONES: ANCHORED BY FIXTURE INSTALLER. IN NON-SEISMIC ZONES: ANCHORED BY G.C. 308. PRESSURE WASH & SEAL CONCRETE FLOOR THROUGHOUT THIS AREA. FILL ANY CRACKS, HOLES, OR DEPRESSED AREAS TO BE FLUSH WITH EXISTING. SEE ALSO FINISH SCHEDULE, AND COLOR SCHEDULE ON SHEET A-0.5. 309. APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF NEW BALER. VERIFY FINAL LOCATION WITH TSC PROJECT COORDINATOR AND TSC PROVIDED FIXTURE PLAN. 310. INSTALL 4" DIA. PVC PIPE, 8'-0" LONG @ 36" A.F.F. FOR BALER WIRE MOUNTED TO WALL. 311. EXISTING SIDEWALK TO REMAIN. APPLY GRASS/WEED KILLER ALONG ENTIRE SIDEWALK. 312. NEW 6" BOLLARDS: SEE DETAIL 1/AS-2. BOLLARDS AT DOOR OPENINGS: FACE OF BOLLARD ALIGNS WITH FACE OF OPENING. 313. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD. MODEL NO: ACROVYN CO SERIES, 90 DEGREE SURFACE MOUNT, 60" HIGH. 314. PATCH AND INFILL WALL WHERE DAMAGED BY DEMOLITION TO MATCH AND ALIGN WITH ADJACENT SURFACE. PREP FOR NEW FINISH. 315. NEW HOT WATER HEATER. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 316. NEW PHONE BOARD AND EQUIPMENT. SEE DETAIL 10/ A-5. 317. NEW DUMPSTER AREA. 318. NEW LOUNGE COUNTER AND SINK. SEE DETAIL 6/A-5. 319. NEW DRINKING FOUNTAINS. SEE DETAIL 12/A-5. 320. EXTENTS OF NEW FIXTURE WALL. WALL TO BE ANCHORED TO SLAB. BRACKETS SUPPLIED BY SHELVING MANUFACTURER. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TSC PROVIDED FIXTURE PLAN. 321. NEW 6" BOLLARDS (UNO), SURFACE BOLTED TO EXISTING SLAB. LOCATE APPROX. 12" FROM CORNER OF WALL AND FACE OF BOLLARD TO ALIGN WITH FACE OF OPENING, TYP. 322. CLOSE AND LOCK EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS. CLOSE AND LOCK EXISTING STOREFRONT ROLL-UP SECURITY DOOR. 323. NEW PROPANE TANK AND SURROUNDING BOLLARDS. 324. NEW RAMP. G.C. TO VERIFY IN FIELD THE CONDITION OF THE EXISTING CONCRETE PAD AND ENSURE A LEVEL SURFACE IS PROVIDED AND THAT IT IS VOID OF CRACKS AND DEPRESSIONS. PATCH AND REPAIR PAD AS NECESSARY TO RECEIVE NEW STEEL RAMP BEARING AND ATTACHMENT/ BOLTING. 325. DESIGNATE DRIVE AISLE AS SHOWN. PROVIDE 6" WIDE YELLOW TRAFFIC STRIPE, BOTH SIDES. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 2 COATS OF NON-SLIP TRAFFIC PAINT. 326. NEW CHAIN LINK FENCE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS BELOW. 327. EXISTING JANITOR MOP SINK TO REMAIN. 328. ADJACENT BUILDING'S DUMPSTER AND ENCLOSURE. 329. EXISTING STAIRS TO REMAIN. PROVIDE SIGNAGE STATING "EMPLOYEES ONLY" OR SIMILAR. 330. NEW METAL, POST MOUNTED, GUARD RAILING. RAILING TO BE 3'-6" HIGH WITH A MIDDLE HORIZONTAL RAIL, 1-1/2" DIAMETER RAILS, AND THREE (3) POSTS SPACED EVENLY. PAINTED PER FINISH SCHEDULE. 331. INFILL OPENING W/ MTL STUDS AND GYP BD TO ALIGN FLUSH W/ EXISTING ADJACENT WALLSURFACE. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING GYP BD AS NECESSARY. INFILL CAVITY W/ BATT INSULATION TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT WALLS.332. INFILL AND PATCH WALL FROM EXISTING SAFE REMOVAL. INFILL TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL SURFACE. FINISH AND PAINT PER FINISH SCHEDULE. 333. PROVIDE HELLA WEED KILLER IN EXISTING TRUCK DOCK AREA. ENSURE DRAIN IS IN GOOD WORKING ORDER AND CLEAR OF DEBRIS/ OBSTRUCTION. GENERAL NOTES: •SEE COVER SHEET FOR ALL ALTERNATES. •PATCH ALL HOLES WHERE SURFACE MOUNTED EQUIPMENT FROM WALLS HAVE BEEN REMOVED. •PATCH AND REPAIR WALL AS REQUIRED WHERE DAMAGED PREVIOUSLY BY FORMER TENANT OR DAMAGED BY DEMOLITION TO MATCH AND ALIGN WITH ADJACENT SURFACE. PREP FOR NEW FINISH. •UPON COMPLETION TSC REQUIRES TOTAL INTERIOR CLEANING OF BUILDING COMPONENTS AND FLOORS, PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF THE BUILDING. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE. •PATCH / REPAIR ALL SURFACES AS REQUIRED TO "LIKE NEW" CONDITION. INFILL ALL RECESSED SLABS AND HOLES (WALLS, FLOORS, ETC) THROUGHOUT ENTIRE TENANT SPACE. NEW FINISH FACES TO ALIGN WITH EXISTING. •APPLY WEED / GRASS KILLER ON ALL PAVEMENT AREAS WITH VEGETATION. TYPICAL ENTIRE SITE INCLUDING FENCED OUTDOOR AREA, SIDEWALK DISPLAY AREA, DRIVE AISLES, & PARKING LOT. •EXTERIOR PENETRATIONS: FLASH, DRAFT-STOP AND INSULATE AROUND ALL PENETRATIONS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: PLUMBING PIPES AND VENTS, ELECTRICAL WIRES AND CONDUITS, ELECTRICAL FIXTURES , OTHER MECHANICAL SERVICES, AND, IN SOME CASES, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITH A NON-DELETERIOUS ELASTOMERIC SEALANT, CAULK, FOAM, PAINT, ADHESIVE OR EFFECTIVE GASKET THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING ENCLOSURE. CHOOSE APPROPRIATE INFILL MATERIAL(S) AS REQUIRED. DO NOT EXCEED MANUFACTURERS PUBLISHED TOLERANCES FOR MAXIMUM OPENING SIZES TO INFILL. REFER TO ASTM C1193 FOR A STANDARD GUIDE FOR USE OF JOINT SEALANTS. •COORDINATE THE FOLLOWING ITEMS WITH THE FINAL TSC-PROVIDED FIXTURE SCHEDULE: A. FINAL LOCATION OF IMPACT DOORS. B. FINAL EXTENTS AND LOCATION OF VINYL PLANK FLOORING FINISH. C. FINAL LOCATIONS OF SALES COUNTERS. D. FINAL LOCATION OF FITTING ROOM E. FINAL LOCATIONS OF PALLET RACKS AND FIXTURE WALL. F. FINAL LOCATION OF BALER. G. FINAL LOCATION AN NUMBER OF OPENINGS INTO I.O.D. •COORDINATE THE FOLLOWING ITEMS WITH THE TSC PROJECT MANAGER: A. LOCATION AND ATTACHMENT METHOD OF SAFE. B. STRIPING LOCATION OF OUTDOOR DISPLAY AREA. C. LOCATION OF NEW DUMPSTER AND BOLLARDS. A-2 1 THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TENANT FURNISHED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AT LOCATIONS REQUIRED BY THE FIRE MARSHALL AND/OR LOCAL CODES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 1 1 A-5 300 TYP. 301 303 304 305 TYP. 306 309 310 311 312 313 318 A-2 2 A CHAIN LINK SPECIFICATIONS: 1.FABRIC: 96" 9 GA. GALVANIZED (2" MESH) CHAIN LINK FABRIC. 2.TOP AND BOTTOM RAIL: 1 5/8" O.D. FULL WEIGHT PIPE, 2.27 LBS. PER FOOT (MIN.). TOP RAIL TO BE JOINED WITH 1 5/8" SLEEVE BOTTOM RAIL @ 18" ABOVE GRADE. 3.LINE POST: 2 1/2" O.D. FULL WEIGHT PIPE, 3.65 LBS PER FOOT (MIN.). LINE POSTS TO BE SET 10' ON CENTER MAX. SPACING. CONC. FOOTING TO BE 8" DIA. BY 30" DEEP CONCRETE. 4.TERMINAL POST: 3" O.D. FULL WEIGHT PIPE, 5.79 LBS. PER FOOT (MIN.). SET IN 8" DIA. BY 36" DEEP CONC. FOOTING. 5.GATE POST: 4" O.D. FULL WEIGHT PIPE, 9.10 LBS. PER FOOT (MIN.). 8" DIA. 36" DEEP CONC. FTG. 6.GATES: (4) 10'-0" CANTILEVERED CHAIN LINK ROLLING GATE AND (1) 4'-0" SWING MAN GATE W/ 12" x 4'-0" x 1/8" GALVANIZED PLATE FOR HARDWARE MOUNTING **COORDINATE SIZE AND NUMBER OF GATES WITH PLAN** 7.SWING GATES: PROVIDE HARDWARE AND OTHER COMPONENTS SIZED PER INDUSTRY STANDARDS, INCLUDING HINGES (QUANTITY AS REQUIRED PER WEIGHT OF GATE LEAF), AND LOCKING HARDWARE. 8.ROLLING GATES: DESIGN AS PER THE MANUFACTURERS DESIGN STANDARDS. GATES SHALL BE MANUALLY OPERATED ROLLING CANTILEVERED W/ RUBBER WHEELS AT FRONT OF GATE, AND BUMPER STOPS AT GATE ENDS. (PROVIDE NYLON ROLLERS, TYP.) 9.TENSION WIRE: 7 GA COIL SPRING GALVANIZED TENSION WIRE ATTACHED TO BOTTOM OF FENCE FABRIC WITH 9 GAUGE ALUMINUM HOG RING SPACED 24" ON CENTER. 10.FITTINGS: HEAVY BRACED BAND AND CARRIAGE BOLT, PRESSED STEEL RAIL-END, PRESSED STEEL LOOP CAP, PRESSED STEEL CAP, 1/4" X 3/4" TENSION BAR, HEAVY TENSION BAND AND CARRIAGE BOLT. 11.TIE WIRE: 8 1/4" 12 GA. STEEL TIE WIRE AND 6 1/2" 12 GAUGE STEEL WIRE SPACED 15" ON CENTER FOR LINE POST AND 24" ON CENTER FOR RAILS. 12.POST FOOTING: TRUCK POURED CONCRETE. 13.MAN GATE: FRAMEWORK OF 1 5/8" FULL WEIGHT PIPE, 2.27 LBS. PER FOOT (MIN.). GATES BRACED AND TRUSSED AS NECESSARY. SAME FABRIC AS FENCE. AREA OF NEW CONCRETE. SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS. NEW MAN GATE W/ EGRESS/ PANIC HARDWARE AS NECESSARY. A-4 A CONCRETE HATCH SHOWN FOR EXTENTS OF NEW CONCRETE. ±15 S.F. SEE CONCRETE SLAB INFILL DETAIL 14/A-5. 59'-8" (CONCRETE) E8EDCBA EDCBAB3B8C6D2D5D6 E7 3 2 1 4 5 6 9 8 7 20'-10"20'-0" 18'-10" (FENCE) 16 5 ' - 6 " ( C O N C R E T E ) 22 ' - 9 " 20'-10"20'-0"2' - 0 " 2' - 0 " 6" TYP PLACEMENT OF BOLLARDS AT GATES 20'-2" (FENCE) 301 ±4'-8" WALL TYPE E: BUILD OUT FLUSH W/ FITTING ROOM INSTALLATION. ±8'-0" WALL HT. 325 302 38'-2"6'-4" ± 114'-6" (CLEAR)± 36'-1" (CLEAR) ±41'-3" ±5 6 ' - 1 " ±12'-6" ±1 2 ' - 6 " 315 8" 8" 15 ' - 3 " 105 LOUNGEEMPLOYEE 108 MANAGER 106 MEN 107 WOMEN 101 VESTIBULE 102 SALES - OUTDOOR DISPLAYFENCED 2 3-E 5 4 6 7 89-E 10-E 11-E 12-E 13-E 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25-E A-2 1A A-2 3 103 RECEIVING/ STOCK 113 ROOMHAY 112 ROOMFEED 111 OUTDOOR DISPLAYI.O.D. - INDOOR/ 307 TYP. 308 308 TYP. TYP OF 4 AT EACH GATE 313 313 10 ' - 6 " 6' - 4 " ± 56'-6" (CLEAR) 330 ±12'-0" 25 ' - 0 " 10 ' - 0 " x 10 ' - 0 " H T OP E N I N G 7' - 0 " 10 ' - 0 " x 10 ' - 0 " H T . OP E N I N G ±2 2 ' - 2 " 2'-6"6'-4" ±2 7 ' - 1 " 314 316 317 319 321 321 321 321 321 321 321 104 IT 109 UTILITY 110 HALLWAY 115 STAIRWELL 322 AD J A C E N T R E T A I L ST R I P C E N T E R NOTE: ALL MEASUREMENTS AND ITEMS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE DEEMED ACCURATE. HOWEVER, ALL BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHOULD FIELD VERIFY THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS. ANY ITEMS/CONDITIONS THAT DEVIATE FROM THIS PLAN OR SCOPE OF WORK SHOULD BE IDENTIFIED AND COMMUNICATED TO THE ARCHITECT AND TSC PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THEIR BID. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS WITH FINAL FIXTURE PLAN ISSUED BY TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. VERIFY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD. AREA OF NEW CONCRETE. EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN SHOWN OPEN 45° - G.C. TO ENSURE ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE ARE OPERATIONAL. BRING TO "LIKE NEW" OPERATIONAL ORDER AS REQUIRED. ALL EXTERIOR DOORS TO REMAIN ARE TO BE WEATHER TIGHT. EXIST. WALLS TO REMAIN NEW FIXTURE WALL. NEW PARTITION WALL LEGEND #WALL TAG. DENOTES WALL TYPE. REFER TO WALL TYPE DETAILS ON THIS SHEET. NEW DOOR. REFER TO SHEET A-0.5 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. DOOR TAG. SEE SHEET A-0.5 FOR DOOR SPECIFICATIONS AND PAINT SCOPE LIGHT GREY HATCH DENOTES AREA OF BUILDING NIC A A A1 A1 E ±1 6 4 ' - 2 " ( F E N C E ) 323 324 ±1 2 ' - 8 " ( T Y P ) 14'-0" 326 TYP. CONCRETE HATCH SHOWN FOR EXTENTS OF NEW CONCRETE. ± 83 S.F. & ± 3'-10" DEEP. SEE CONCRETE SLAB INFILL DETAIL 14/A-5. 109A JANITOR 327 114 ROOMSPRINKLER 328 329 C D C E1 313 313 312 312 312 312 1'-0"1'-0" 1'-0"1'-0" MAILBOX 314 314 A A 28'-9" 4'-6" 5' - 0 " 23'-1" 320 FACE OF WALL TO ALIGN WITH FACE OF COLUMN. 3'-7" ± 77'-9" (CLEAR) 1'-0" 1'-0" ± 36'-1" (CLEAR) 116 STORAGE INFILL MASONRY OPENING W/ MASONRY TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT WALLS. SEE DETAIL 15/ A-5 FOR MASONRY REINFORCING DETAIL.331 332 LINE INDICATES EXTENT OF PLYWOOD. SEE WALL TYPES. CONCRETE HATCH SHOWN FOR EXTENTS OF NEW CONCRETE. ±796 S.F. SEE CONCRETE SLAB INFILL DETAIL 14/A-5. 333 PROVIDE PRESSURE TREATED 4X4, ANCHORED TO SLAB @ 12" FROM FACE OF WALL AND 10'-0" FROM OPENING, TYP. 326" DASHED LINE INDICATES EXTENT OF PLYWOOD THROUGHOUT STOCK AREA. SEE WALL TYPES. WALL TYPE B, B1 6" THICK FIBERGLASS NOISE BARRIER FULL HEIGHT METAL TRACK SECURED TO EXIST. ROOF DECK WITH #8 WAFERHEAD FRAMING SCREW @ 24" O.C.- TYPICALEXIST. ROOF DECK NOTE: THIS CONDITION ONLY REQUIRED IF JOIST IS CENTERED OVER FULL HEIGHT WALL, V.I.F. 6" 20 GA. METAL TRACK 6" 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" SCHEDULED BASE FINISHED FLOOR 5/8" GYP. BD. (USE MOISTURE RESISTANT GREEN BOARD IN RESTROOMS & AROUND MOP SINK) 3-5/8" 20 GA. STUDS @ 16" O.C. 6" SUSPENDED ACT CEILING, SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION EXIST. STRUCT. 3-5/8", 20 GA. METAL TRACK SALES FLOOR 2 1 / 2 " FINISHED FLOOR SCHEDULED BASE 3 5/8" 18 GA. METAL TRACK SLIPTRACK RUNNER **4" WHEN RATED WALL **INFILL FLUTES w/ FIRE RETARDANT MATERIAL WHEN RATED WALL 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE. ** FIRE RATED GYP. WHEN RATED WALL 6" THICK FIBERGLASS NOISE BARRIER FULL HEIGHT EXIST. ROOF DECK 6" 20 GA. METAL TRACK 6" 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" WALL TYPE A, A1 A/A1 SCHEDULED BASE FINISHED FLOOR NOTE: WALL TYPE A1: SAME AS WALL TYPE A EXCEPT 1 HOUR FIRE RATED BUILT PER UL419. (**) INDICATES ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RATED WALL ** FIRE RATED GYP. WHEN RATED WALL **INFILL FLUTES w/ FIRE RETARDANT MATERIAL WHEN RATED WALL 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE. PROVIDE SLIPTRACK, SEE DETAIL A1 (THIS SHEET). SEE DETAIL A2 FOR FIRE RATED SLIPTRACK SCHEDULED BASE FINISHED FLOOR 5/8" GYP. BD. (USE MOISTURE RESISTANT GREEN BOARD IN RESTROOMS & AROUND MOP SINK) 3-5/8" 20 GA. STUDS @ 16" O.C. EXIST. STRUCT. 3-5/8", 20 GA. METAL TRACK 3 5/8" 18 GA. METAL TRACK 3-1/2" R-13 BATT INSULATION PROVIDE CEILING BATT INSULATION AT RESTROOMS AND OFFICES, TYP. 6" SUSPENDED ACT CEILING, SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 3-1/2" R-13 BATT INSULATION G.C. TO PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING ON UNSHEATHED WALL FLANGES. SEE DETAIL A3 (THIS SHEET) FOR DETAILS. PROVIDE CEILING BATT INSULATION AT RESTROOMS AND OFFICES, TYP. 1-5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. SECURED TO SLIPTRAK RUNNER WITH #8 WAFERHEAD FRAMING SCREW @ 24" O.C. EXISTING ROOF JOIST STOCKROOM & HAY AREAS: PROVIDE 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD TO 12'-0" A.F.F., TYP. ON STOCKROOM SIDE OF WALL B/B1 NOTE: WALL TYPE B1: SAME AS WALL TYPE B EXCEPT 1 HOUR FIRE RATED BUILT PER UL419. (**) INDICATES ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RATED WALL WALL TYPE C SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"C WALL TYPE D SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"D/D1 G.C. TO PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING ON UNSHEATHED WALL FLANGES. SEE DETAIL A3 (THIS SHEET) FOR DETAILS. STOCKROOM & HAY AREAS: PROVIDE 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD TO 12'-0" A.F.F., TYP. ON STOCKROOM SIDE OF WALL 1. REFER TO GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET A-0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION2. G.C. TO VISIT SITE AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING PROPOSALS ANDCOMMENCING WORK.3. THE MATERIALS AND DETAILS SHOWN ARE FOR TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS. WHERE THE STUDMANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS OR LOCAL ORDINANCES ARE MORE RESTRICTIVE, THEYSHALL APPLY.4.TYPICAL FASTENER:4.1. STEEL STUDS TO STEEL STUDS OR TRACKS: #12-18 X 1/2" TEKS /2 WITH PHIL PAN HEAD FOR25 GA. OR 20 GA. #10 - 16 X 9/16" TEKS/3 WITH PHIL PAN HEAD FOR INTERCONNECTION OF 18GA. OR 16 GA.4.2. STEEL STUDS OR TRACKS TO WOOD PURLINS, GIRDERS & BEAMS: #14-10 X 1 1/2" H.W.H.TYPE "S" METAL-TO- WOOD TEKS.4.3. STEEL STUDS OR TRACKS TO STRUCTURAL STEEL (TUBE STEEL, WIDE FLANGE COLUMNS,BEAMS, GIRDERS, ETC.): TEKS/3 OR TEKS/4 - GAUGE AND LENGTH AS REQUIRED FOR THECOMBINED THICKNESS OF THE FRAMING TO BE DRILLED.4.4. PLYWOOD TO STEEL STUDS: #10 - 24 X 3/4" TEKS/3 (PLYMETAL TEKS) WITH THIN WAFERHEAD.4.5. GYP. BOARD TO STEEL STUDS: #7 X 1 1/4" HI-LO TYPE "S" BUGLE HEAD SCREWS FOR 3/8" TO5/8" GYP. BOARD TO 25 GAUGE OR 20 GAUGE STUDS. #6 X 1 1/4" TYPE S-12 BUGLE HEADSCREWS FOR 3/8" TO 5/8" TO 18 GA. OR 16 GA. STUDS OR TRACKS.5. GYPSUM BOARD NOTES:5.1. ALL GYPSUM BOARD RETURNS SHALL HAVE METAL CORNER BEADS MINIMUM FLOOR TOCEILING.5.2. ALL PENETRATIONS IN DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION ABOVE FINISHED CEILING AND AS NOTEDELSEWHERE SHALL BE EFFECTIVELY SEALED TO PREVENT SOUND LEAKAGE AND FIRECAULKED AT U.L. RATED PARTITIONS. ALL DRY-WALL JOINTS ABOVE FINISHED CEILING SHALLBE "FIRE TAPED."5.3. ALL MECHANICAL CHASES AND OTHER NOTED CHASES ARE TO EXTEND UP TO THEUNDERSIDE OF THE DECK STRUCTURE ABOVE. ALL PLUMBING CHASES UNLESS OTHERWISENOTED SHALL EXTEND ABOVE THE HIGHEST ADJOINING CEILING AND BE BRACED TOSTRUCTURE.5.4. ALL VERTICAL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO THE TOP OF THE SLAB, UNLESS NOTEDOTHERWISE.6.DRYWALL CONTROL JOINTS ARE TO BE INSTALLED AT MINIMUM 30'-0" O.C. AT PARTITIONS ANDELSEWHERE AS NOTED.7. ALL FRAMING SHALL BE METAL STUDS.8. ALL WOOD IS TO BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. WALL TYPE NOTES SCHEDULED BASE FINISHED FLOOR 5/8" GYP. BD. (USE MOISTURE RESISTANT GREEN BOARD IN RESTROOMS & AROUND MOP SINK) 3-5/8" 20 GA. STUDS @ 16" O.C. 3 5/8" 18 GA. METAL TRACK NOTE: WALL TYPE E1: SAME AS WALL TYPE E EXCEPT W/ 6" METAL STUDS 3-1/2" R-13 BATT INSULATION G.C. TO PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING ON UNSHEATHED WALL FLANGES. SEE DETAIL A3 (THIS SHEET) FOR DETAILS. WALL TYPE E, E1 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"E/E1 EXISTING SOFFIT 3-5/8", 20 GA. METAL TRACK TO UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT/ STRUCTURE. NOTE: TYPE E1: GYP BD WILL ONLY EXTEND TO 6" ABOVE CEILING. FACE OF EXISTING WALL NOTE: LATERAL BRACING OCCURS AT ANY UNSHEATHED FLANGES OF METAL STUD @ 5'-0" O.C. SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" FIRE RATED SLIP TRACK DETAILA2 5/8" 'FIRE RATED' GYP. BOARD LINE OF EXISTING DECKING OR STRUCTURE METAL STUD, CUT 1.5" SHORT OF DECK, SEE WALL TYPES FOR STUD SIZE 1. 5 " DRYWALL SCREWS 4"SLIP TRACK BY 'FIRE TRAK' OR EQUAL GALV'D METAL STUD 5' - 0 " O . C . @ A N Y U N S H E A T H E D FL A N G E S O F M E T A L S T U D TRADE READY SPAZZER 9200 SPACING BAR SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" FULL HEIGHT WALLSA3 LATERAL BRACING @ 1. 5 " SLIPTRACK RUNNER GYP. BOARD LINE OF EXISTING DECKING OR STRUCTURE MTL. STUD CUT 1.5" SHORT OF DECK 1. 5 " DE F L E C T I O N #8 WAFERHEAD FRAMING SCREW (TYP.) SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" SLIP TRACK DETAILA1 JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 FLOOR PLAN A-1 ELEVATION WORK KEYNOTES 400. PAINT SW 7513 'SANDERLING'. PAINT TO 4'-0" ABOVE GRADE (TYP.) 401. PAINT SW 7532 'URBAN PUTTY'. PAINT FROM 4'-0" TO UNDERSIDE OF COPING (TYP.) 402. PAINT 24" WIDE STRIPE AT SMOOTH FACE BLOCK BAND AS SHOWN, SW 4081 'SAFETY RED'. STRIPE IS CONTINUOUS AROUND ENTIRE EAST, SOUTH & WEST ELEVATIONS. 403. HATCHING INDICATES AREAS OF EXISTING CMU - GROUTED SOLID. VERIFY IN FIELD AND COORDINATE WITH CHANNEL DETAILS ON SHEET A-5. 404. EXTERIOR LIGHTING OVER MAN DOORS. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 405. NEW AND EXISTING DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE PAINTED SW 7532 'URBAN PUTTY' 406. PAINT EXISTING CANOPY FACE, STRUCTURE, UNDERSIDE, GUTTER, & DOWNSPOUTS TO MATCH EXISTING COLOR. CLEAN, PATCH, & REPAIR ALL SURFACES TO RECEIVE PAINT FINISH 407. NEW CHAIN LINK FENCING. SEE SITE PLAN FOR DETAILS AND SPECS. 408. NEW AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM 409. SIGNAGE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TSC. SIGNAGE SHOWN ONLY FOR REFERENCE. FINAL SIGN PACKAGE AND SIZES TO BE UNDER SEPARATE SUBMISSION / PERMIT BY SIGN VENDOR 410. NEW WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 411. EXISTING ROOF COPING AND METAL ROOF TO REMAIN. PATCH, REPAIR, AND PAINT ANY DAMAGED, OR WEATHER WORN, AREAS TO MATCH EXISTING. NOTIFY TSC CPM OF ANY DAMAGED ROOFING. 412. STOREFRONT SYSTEM & WINDOWS TO REMAIN. APPLY WHITE OPAQUE FILM TO INSIDE FACE OF STOREFRONT: HATCH INDICATES FILM. VERIFY EXTENTS IN FIELD AND PROVIDE . 413. EXISTING WINDOWS TO REMAIN. CLEAN AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE WEATHER-TIGHT. 414. EXISTING ROOF COPING TO REMAIN. PATCH, REPAIR, AND PAINT ANY DAMAGED, OR WEATHER WORN, AREAS TO MATCH EXISTING COLOR. NOTIFY TSC CPM OF ANY DAMAGED ROOFING. 415. AREA OF NEW BLOCK INFILL. NEW BLOCK TO MATCH ADJACENT EXISTING BLOCK. PAINT TO MATCH NEW SCHEME. SEE DETAIL 15/ A-5. 416. CANOPY PIERS TO MATCH NEW PAINT SCHEME AS SHOWN. TYPICAL OF ALL PIERS ASSOCIATE WITH TSC SPACE. PAINT SCHEME ON ALL FOUR (4) SIDES OF PIERS. 417. EXISTING METAL BAR GRID TO BE PATCHED & REPAIRED AS REQUIRED. PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING COLOR. 418. NEW PIER LIGHTS. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION. 419. ROOF SCUPPER TO REMAIN. GC TO ENSURE GOOD WORKING ORDER AND WEATHER-TIGHT. 420. LINE OF NEW F.O.D CONCRETE SLAB. 421. CLEAN STOREFRONT AND CANOPY GLASS ASSOCIATED WITH TSC SPACE. PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY. 422. NEW MECHANICAL GRILL. PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL COLOR PER NEW PAINT SCHEME. 423. GC TO VERIFY IF VENT IS TO REMAIN: IF YES: PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL COLOR PER NEW PAINT SCHEME. IF NO: REMOVE AND PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING. PAINT PER NEW PAINT SCHEME. 424. METAL PANELING AROUND WINDOW SYSTEM UNDER CANOPY AND ON CANOPY TO REMAIN AS IS. 425. CORRUGATED METAL PANELING TO REMAIN AS IS. PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY. PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING. 426. CONNECT A NEW, SAME SIZE, PIPE TO THE EXISTING OVERFLOW DRAIN STICKING OUT OF THE WALL. RUN PIPE DOWN, ALONG WALL, AND EXPEL OUT ONTO SIDEWALK. 427. GC TO PROVIDE NEW GLAZING FOR WINDOW SHOWN. NEW GLAZING TO MATCH EXISTING GLAZING. 428. NEW GUARD RAIL. •GENERAL NOTES: •SEE COVER SHEET FOR ALL ALTERNATES. •PROVIDE 4" TALL BLOCK STYLE NUMBERS FOR ADDRESS. PROVIDE BACKGROUND BEHIND NUMBERS IN CONTRASTING COLOR. FINAL LOCATION TO BE COORDINATED WITH TSC PROJECT MANAGER. •CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR ALL NEW BUILDING MOUNTED SIGNAGE. NOTE: ALL MEASUREMENTS AND ITEMS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE DEEMED ACCURATE. HOWEVER, ALL BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHOULD FIELD VERIFY THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS. ANY ITEMS/CONDITIONS THAT DEVIATE FROM THIS PLAN OR SCOPE OF WORK SHOULD BE IDENTIFIED AND COMMUNICATED TO THE ARCHITECT AND TSC PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THEIR BID. 4' - 0 " 6' - 0 " 2' - 0 " 402 401 408 401 400 SCALE: CANOPY NOT SHOWNEAST ELEVATION1A -1/8"=1'-0" SCALE: EAST ELEVATION1 -1/8"=1'-0" PAINT SCHEME TO EXTEND TO EDGE AS SHOWN. AREA OF WORK N.I.C. SCALE: SOUTH ELEVATION2 -1/8"=1'-0" PAINT SCHEME TO EXTEND TO EDGE AS SHOWN. AREA OF WORK N.I.C. SEE FRONT ELEVATION WITHOUT CANOPY FOR DESIGN EXTENTS. AREA OF WORK N.I.C. RETURN PAINT SCHEME ON TRUCK DOCK WALL ONLY. SCALE: WEST ELEVATION3 -1/8"=1'-0" F.O.D. FENCE IN FRONT NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 402 401 400 401 402 401 425 425 403 TYP. 404 TYP. 404 TYP. 405405 405 405 406 407 407 408 409 410 411 412412412412 413 FRONT CANOPY EXTENSION NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 414 414 414 414 TYP. TYP. TYP. TYP. 415 NEW RAMP NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. ADJACENT STRUCTURE ADJACENT STRUCTURE 403 416 424 424 417 418 TYP. NEW RAMP NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 419 401 419 420 419 402 401 400 402 401 401 400 414 TYP. 414 TYP. 421 414 421 422423 413 413 413 413 A-4 A A-4 A 405 12 ' - 0 " 422 405 424 426 427 412 405 12 ' - 6 " FRONT CANOPY EXTENSION NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SCALE: CANOPY NOT SHOWNEAST ELEVATION - DEMO1B -1/8"=1'-0" AREA OF WALL, STOREFRONT, AND CURB REMOVAL FOR NEW ENTRY DOOR. FIN. FLR. 0'-0" B.O. FRONT OF CANOPY @ +12'-9" A.F.F. T.O. BLDG @ +25'-2" A.F.F. T.O. CANOPY STEP @ +28'-6" A.F.F. T.O. SECOND CANOPY STEP @ +32'-7" A.F.F. T.O. GABLE @ +36'-8" A.F.F. A B B3 B8 C C6 D D2 D5 D6 E E7 F D E F ABCD E 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 92 2'-0" MIN. LINE OF NEW ASPHALT LINE OF GRADE 428 416 416 416 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-2 JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 PROVIDE (2) #5'S EACHSIDE OF OPENING.GROUT SOLID TO ROOF NEW LIGHT FIXTURE, SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. NEW HVAC DIFFUSERS EXISTING CEILING GRID AREA OF NEW CEILING GRID. SOLID HATCH MAY OCCUR TO HELP SHOW NEW AREAS, PATCHING, OR PARTIAL AREAS TO BE REPLACED/ REPAIRED. SCALE: REFLECTEDCEILING PLAN1 -3/32" = 1'-0" LEGEND CEILING WORK KEYNOTES 500.EXISTING CEILING GRID TO REMAIN. CLEAN ALL CEILING GRID, TILE, DIFFUSERS AND GRILLS.REPLACE ALL MISSING, BROKEN, DAMAGED OR STAINED CEILING TILE AND/OR GRID TO MATCH EXISTING CEILING THROUGHOUT SPACE. 501. NEW 2X4 CEILING GRID & LIGHT FIXTURES. SEE PLAN FOR HEIGHTS.502.NEW LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS:TIGHT TO DECK: IN STOCK & HAY ROOMUNDERSIDE OF CLG: IN VESTIBULE, CORE, & HALLWAY AREAS AT 13'-0" HT A.F.F: IN SALES, I.O.D., & FEED ROOM 503. NEW L.E.D. WALL PACK. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.504. NEW WALL MOUNTED GABLE SIGN. SIGN WILL BE MOUNTED TO THE EXISTING METAL FRAMING ABOVE THE EXISTING ENTRY TO THE BUILDING. COORDINATE WITH ELEVATIONSAND SECTIONS. 505. NEW RTU AND DIFFUSER ABOVE. PATCH TO MATCH ANY SURROUNDING DAMAGE TO WALLS, CEILING, EQUIPMENT, ETC. FROM INSTALLATION. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICALDRAWINGS. 506. NEW HEATER TO BE INSTALLED. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION. 507. EXISTING ROOF HATCH. G.C. TO SEAL SHUT AND ENSURE WEATHER-TIGHT. 508. LIGHTS SHOWN ARE LOCATED UNDER EXISTING CANOPY. 509. EXISTING SKYLIGHT. 510. EXISTING SOFFIT/ PIER LIGHT FIXTURES. GC TO ENSURE GOOD WORKING ORDER. RE-LAMP AND RE-BALLAST AS REQUIRED. 511. NEW EXHAUST UTILIZING EXISTING PENETRATION. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION. 512. NEW LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE INSTALLED ON EXISTING CONDUIT. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 513. INSTALL (2) WALL MOUNTED LIGHTS PER ELEVATIONS & ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 514. AS A RESULT OF SOFFIT DEMO, PATCH WALL AS NECESSARY. PATCH TO MATCH EXISTINGWALL. 515. NEW ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DWGS. 516. PROVIDE NEW GYP BD TO MATCH EXISTING ON BACKSIDE OF EXISTING SOFFIT TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK. 517. PROVIDE NEW WALL PACK FIXTURE TO MATCH EXISTING PIER FIXTURES. 518. NEW INTAKE LOUVER. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 519. CHAIN HUNG PVC TUBE. SEE DETAIL 8/ A-5. GENERAL NOTES: •SEE COVER SHEET FOR ALL ALTERNATES. •GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO HIRE LANDLORD ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS TO ENSURE ROOFING WARRANTY IS MAINTAINED. REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR LANDLORD ROOFING CONTRACTOR INFORMATION. •ALL HOLES / PENETRATIONS CAUSE BY CONTRACTOR ARE TO BE WATER TIGHT AND TO BE SEALED PER ROOFING MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. ALL MEASUREMENTS AND ITEMS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE DEEMED ACCURATE. HOWEVER,ALL BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHOULD FIELD VERIFY THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS. ANY ITEMS/CONDITIONS THAT DEVIATE FROM THIS PLAN OR SCOPE OF WORK SHOULD BE IDENTIFIED AND COMMUNICATED TO THE ARCHITECT AND TSC PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THEIR BID. CEILING @ 12'-0" OPEN TO DECK 501 504517 502 3 2 1 4 5 6 9 8 7 E8EDCBA EDCBAB3B8C6D2D5D6 E7 5'-0"9 ROWS OF LIGHTS @ 13'-0" O.C. 26 ' - 2 " 5'-0"9 ROWS OF LIGHTS @ 13'-0" O.C. 5'-6"6 ROWS OF LIGHTS @ 13'-0" O.C. 8'-9"4 ROWS OF LIGHTS @ 13'-0" O.C. 4' - 7 " 7 R O W S O F L I G H T S @ 1 3 ' - 0 " O . C . 10 ' - 0 " 16'-0"11'-0" 6' - 1 0 " 5 R O W S O F L I G H T S @ 1 3 ' - 0 " O . C . 16 ' - 0 " 10 ' - 6 " 16 ' - 7 " 16 ' - 0 " 16 ' - 0 " 7' - 5 " 509 509 509 509 500 501 501 105 LOUNGEEMPLOYEE 106 MEN 107 WOMEN 101 VESTIBULE 102 SALES 103 RECEIVING/ STOCK 113 ROOMHAY 112 ROOMFEED 111 OUTSIDE DISPLAYINSIDE/ 104 IT 109 UTILITY 110 HALLWAY 110A STAIRWAY 109A JANITOR 114 ROOMSPRINKLER CEILING @ 8'-0" CEILING @ 8'-0" OPEN TO DECK OPEN TO DECK OPEN TO DECK OPEN TO DECK TYP. 510 510 510 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 LIGHT GREY HATCH DENOTES AREA OF BUILDING NIC 506 508 108 MANAGER 510510 510 510 PR O V I D E N E W B O X H E A D E R : 18 G A . 8 " S T U D S W / (2 ) 1 8 G A . 6 " T R A C K S A-3 ACA B3 B8 C6 9 8 SCALE: MEZZANINE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN1 -3/32" = 1'-0" 507 505 505505 505 505 505511 512 513 TYP. OF 6 LI N T E L : W8 x 2 4 + PL ( 3 / 8 x 7 - 1 / 2 ) SE E S H E E T A - 5 514 507 515 ± 42'-11" (NEW SOFFIT) 516 500 LINTEL:(2) 6x4x1/4" LLV 518 519 519 519 519 519 A-3 BCEILING @ 8'-0" SOFFIT @ 10'-0" PR O V I D E N E W B O X H E A D E R : 18 G A . 8 " S T U D S W / (2 ) 1 8 G A . 6 " T R A C K S SOFFIT @ 10'-0" PR O V I D E N E W B O X H E A D E R : 18 G A . 8 " S T U D S W / (2 ) 1 8 G A . 6 " T R A C K S LI N T E L : W8 x 2 4 + PL ( 3 / 8 x 7 - 1 / 2 ) SE E S H E E T A - 5 PROVIDE (2) #5'S EACHSIDE OF OPENING.GROUT SOLID TO ROOF LI N T E L : (2 ) 4 x 3 1 / 2 x 5/ 1 6 " L L V LI N T E L : W8 x 2 4 + PL ( 3 / 8 x 7 - 1 / 2 ) SE E S H E E T A - 5 PROVIDE (2) #5'S EACHSIDE OF OPENING.GROUT SOLID TO ROOF LI N T E L : (2 ) 6 x 3 1 / 2 x 5/ 1 6 " L L V PROVIDE (2) #5'S EACHSIDE OF OPENING.GROUT SOLID TO 24"ABOVE OPENING PROVIDE (2) #5'S EACHSIDE OF OPENING.GROUT SOLID TO 24"ABOVE OPENING GROUTJAMBS SOLID SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" SOFFIT SECTIONA - EXISTING STUD SOFFIT LINE OF STRUCTURE SALES AREAENTRY AREA EXISTING GYP. BOARD EXISTING TOP TRACK PROVIDE NEW GYP. BOARD TO UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT. NEW FACE OF GYP. BOARD TO ALIGN WITH EXISTING ADJACENT SOFFIT, TYP. PROVIDE METAL STUD KICKERS @ 48" O.C. OR AS REQUIRED TO SECURE EXISTING SOFFIT PORTION OF EXISTING WALL TO BE REMOVED. SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" SOFFIT SECTIONB - EXISTING SOFFIT ENCLOSURE LINE OF STRUCTURE SALES AREAENTRY AREA EXISTING GYP. BOARD SOFFIT TO REMAIN PROVIDE NEW GYP. BOARD TO UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT. NEW FACE OF GYP. BOARD TO ALIGN WITH EXISTING ADJACENT SOFFIT, TYP. VERIFY IN FIELD EXISTING GYP. BOARD ON BACK SIDE OF EXISTING SOFFIT. PROVIDE NEW GYP. BOARD INFILL AS REQUIRED FOR A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE WITH EXISTING ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. PORTION OF EXISTING WALL TO BE REMOVED UP TO UNDERSIDE OF EXISTING SOFFIT. JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A-3 STOREFRONT DOOR SYSTEM SHIM AS REQUIRED - TYP. BACKER ROD & SEALANT EXISTING MASONRY WALL CONSTRUCTION INTERIOR NEW ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM EXTERIOR C -SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" STOREFRONT JAMB DETAIL STOREFRONT JAMB DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" B NEW 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" ALUMINUM POST - STOREFRONT DOOR SYSTEM STEEL STUD BOX POST: (2) 362T150-54 + (2) 362S162-54 W/ #10 SCREWS @ 12" O.C. EACH CORNER. POST TO EXTEND ABOVE STOREFRONT TO ALIGN WITH TOP EDGE OF NEW BOX BEAM HEADER. FASTEN TO FLOOR SLAB THROUGH BOTTOM TRACK W/ (2) 3/8" DIA. HILTI KWIK BOLT 3. - MIN. EMBED. 2-1/2" NEW ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL NEW 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" ALUMINUM POST GENERAL NOTES 2 - 1 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT KEY NOTES 2' - 4 " STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" VESTIBULE PLAN DETAIL - 10 ' - 0 " SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 1. COORDINATE WITH DOOR MANUFACTURER FOR FINAL DOOR OPENING SIZES. SEE SHEET A.0 FOR CONTACT INFORMATION. 2. ALL GLASS TO BE 1/4" TEMPERED 3. STANDARD DOOR PACKAGE FROM VENDOR INCLUDES DOOR AND THE TRANSOM ONLY. **G.C. TO COORDINATE AND CONFIRM SCOPE OF WORK WITH DOOR VENDOR INCLUDING EXTENTS OF STOREFRONT GLAZING, POSTS & ACCESSORIES.** 4. ALL STOREFRONT AND VESTIBULE MULLIONS TO ALIGN WITH EXISTING STOREFRONT MULLIONS AS APPLICABLE 7' - 8 " G. C . T O V E R I F Y F I E L D D I M E N S I O N S W I T H D O O R M A N U F . CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" ALUMINUM POST NOTE: FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING STOREFRONT DIMENSIONS AND COORDINATE SCOPE AND MATERIALS WITH DOOR MANUFACTURER BEFORE ORDERING. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 600. DENOTES EMERGENCY DOOR BREAK OUT PANEL. BREAK OUT PANEL SIZE IS 39.5". 601. 4-1/2" ALUMINUM POST. 602. DENOTES STOREFRONT ENTRY DOOR. REFER TO SHEET A-0.5. 603. NEW STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM. 2' - 4 " 10 ' - 0 " V E R I F Y I N F I E L D 7' - 8 " G. C . T O V E R I F Y F I E L D D I M E N S I O N S W I T H D O O R M A N U F . -A600 600 603 601 B - 4 1/2" C - 4 1/2" BOX BEAM POST EXTENSION -A -A SIM. 14'-9" 14'-0" CLEAR 603 2" 10 ' - 0 " 602 602 EQ . EQ . 14'-0" MASONRY OPENING EQ . 2" 2" 2" 4 1 / 2 " 4 1/2" -A SIM. @ HDR 601 -2 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS3 -SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" -3 EX I S T I N G ST O R E F R O N T AB O V E 601 601 4 1 / 2 " SCALE: ENTRY DOOR SECTIONA -3/4"=1'-0" NEW ENTRY DOOR SYSTEM. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. EXISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN. INTEXT EXISTING CONC FTG TO REMAIN. CONDITIONS MAY VARY. VIF. EXT WALL BEYOND NEW CEILING GRID. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE. VESTIBULE SALES NEW ENTRY DOOR SYSTEM OR CURTAIN SYSTEM. 2'x4' LAY-IN CLG. PROVIDE HOLD-DOWN CLIPS AT VESTIBULE CLG. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 5/8" GYP BD R-13 BATT INSUL SHIM AS REQ'D AT CURTAIN SYSTEM AND HEADER. 362T 125-68 BOT TRACK BOX BEAM HEADER: PROVIDE (2) 362T125-68 + (2) 800S162-65. PROVIDE METAL FRAMING CLIP ANGLES AND CONNECTOR PLATES AS NECESSARY TO CONNECT TO BOX POST. EXISTING CONC SLAB EXISTING CONC SIDEWALK EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM ATTACH NEW TRANSOM FRAME TO EXISTING STOREFRONT FRAME AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT EXISTING SYSTEM. 3' - 8 " INSTALL NEW LIGHT FIXTURES ON EXISTING HANGING CONDUIT. SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. CONC TO BE PATCHED FROM DEMOLITION OF WALL AS REQUIRED FOR SMOOTH, CLEAN FINISH. 3-5/8" 20 GA. MTL STUDS @ 16" O.C. 6' - 4 " SLIP TRACK 3-5/8" 18 GA. MTL KICKER @ 4'-0" O.C. - ATTACH AT TOP AND BOT W/ (4) #10 TEK SCREWS. EXISTING STUD WALL ABOVE STOREFRONT SYSTEM WITH MTL PANELING ON EXT AND GYP BD ON INT. LIGHT FIXTURE. PROVIDE SCREW CONNECTION AND BLOCKING AS NECESSARY. COORDINATE W/ ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. NEW PATCHED CONC. SEE DETAIL 9, A-5. GYP BD TO EXTEND 6" ABOVE CEILING NEW ALUM. POST PROVIDE 6" OF GYP. BOARD AND BATT INSULATION ACROSS CEILING SPAN, TYP. 6" PROVIDE NEW METAL STUDS SPANNING THE VESTIBULE FRAMING TO HANG CEILING GRID FROM. BASE BID: PROVIDE SOFFIT FRAMING TO 13'-0" A.F.F. AND PROVIDE METAL FRAMING FOR CEILING SUPPORT. ALTERNATE BID: PROVIDE SOFFIT FRAMING TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK. VESTIBULE DETAILS A-4 JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 SCALE: ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN1 -1/4"=1'-0" A-54 A-53 C E 2 EXTENTS OF FRP WAINSCOT (TYP.) F D NEW DRINKING FOUNTAIN. SEE DETAIL 12/A-5. 4'-0" KNEE WALL. WALL TYPE C (SIM). 1' - 6 " 4'-0" 7'-6"4'-8" PROVIDE OPAQUE FILM ON LOUNGE SIDE OF WINDOW. 10 ' - 3 1 / 2 " FLOOR DRAIN (TYP) SEE PLMBG DWGS. C E D 6'-5 3/4" CLEAR B A B1 39"-41" TO BOTTOM 40" MAX. TO BOTTOM 15" MIN. TO BOTTOM 36" MAX. TOP OF BAR 40" MAX. TO CONTROL 40" MAX. TO BOTTOM MODEL # MOUNTING HEIGHTMANUFACTURER F.B.O. F.B.O. BRADLEY 8320-001-18 8320-001-36 8320-001-42BRADLEY EXCEL TYPE TOILET PAPER DISPENSER HCAP TOILET GRAB BAR - 42" SOAP DISPENSER ELECTRIC HAND DRYER MIRROR BY G.C. (1/4" POLISHED PLATE GLASS) 1 PIECE (18X36) HCAP VERTICAL TOILET GRAB BAR 36" MAX. TOP OF BARBRADLEYHCAP TOILET GRAB BAR - 36" KEY NOTE XL-BW-110-120V A B B1 C D E F 3' - 0 " CL E A R 5' - 0 " CL E A R EMPLOYEE LOUNGE SINK AND COUNTER. SEE DETAIL 6/ THIS SHEET.B1 FBA EXISTING SOFFIT @ ±8'-0" INFILL WALL AT OLD WINDOW LOCATION. PATCH AND MATCH TO BE FLUSH W/ ADJACENT WALL FINISH. 1' - 6 " 4' - 9 " 1' - 6 " ℄ ℄ ℄ 1' - 7 " 1' - 7 " ℄ ℄ 5' - 4 " ℄ 4'-4"℄ 11 ' - 5 " ℄ 5'-0" CLEAR BREAK ROOM UNIT 4 x 8 plywood phone board painted white (Always Horizontal) GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ACQUIRE MOST CURRENT PHONE BOARD TEMPLATEFROM PLAN EXPRESS TO ENSURE THE MOST UP TO DATE VERSION IS USED. Tr a n s f o r m e r JackSmart AREC xxxxxxTr a n s f o r m e r B NlJRJ11 RJ31x 56k A RJ31x NlJRJ11 NlJRJ11 RJ11NlJ AC S r u g e P r o t e c t o r / P o w e r S t r i p LC Space for Expansion Unit 1234 CO Line Surge Prot Attach to AC Protector below Locate quad outlet 6" below PhoneboardLocate quad outlet 6" below PhoneboardLocate (3) duplex outlets, 4" apart, 6" below Phoneboard Bottom Line of Phone Board Diagram to be Mounted @ 2'-6" A.F.F. FromTelco/LEC Phone System Cell BackupDuctMonitor ADT Phone Company 1234 Line 1 Co n d u i t FCPS-24FirePanel PowerSupply 4 x 8 plywood phone board (Always Horizontal) PowerSupply Main board (Radionics BAControl) Hardwired Hardwired Hardwired Hardwired Wall-wartTransformer TransformerWall-wart 3'-0"2'-0"3'-0" Main Line Hunt 1Line 2 Line 3Hunt 2 FaxLine 4 EMS 4 x 4 J-Box PA System SHELF PLAY NETWORK SHELF SIX HOLE FACEPLATE LINE 1 LINE 2 BLANK LINE 3 LINE 4 FAX VALCOM V-2000 A PAGEADAPTER VALCOM V-1092 LC LC EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB. DOWEL NEW CONCRETE INTO EXISTING. SEE STRUCTURAL.SAWCUT & REMOVE SECTION OF EXISTING C.M.U. 8" NEW 8" CONCRETE INFILL. ENSURE NEW CONC. IS FLUSH WITH EXISTING, TYP. V.I.F. EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL (TYP.) FOOTING TO REMAIN EXISTING CONCRETE (2) #5 CONT. BENCH 4'-0" 2' - 0 " 30" x 48" CLEAR SPACE FOR SEAT TRANSFER Ø60" ADA CLEARANCE 20 " MA X 17 " - 1 9 " T. O . S E A T 48" MIN. (SEE PLAN) MIRROR CLOTHING HOOK ACCESSIBLE BENCH 48 " 6' - 8 " CL DOOR MOUNTED SIGN ( 1/4" THK.) LATCH SIDE OF DOOR TYP. ADA SIGNS 8" 6" R.5" 5/ 8 " MI N . 3. 5 " EXIT3" 5" 3/ 8 " M I N . 1/ 2 " M A X . 1" TYP. EXIT SIGNS TO EXIT4" 6" 3/ 8 " M I N . 1/ 2 " M A X . 1" GRADE II BRAILLE GRADE II BRAILLE NOTES: 1. CHARACTERS, SYMBOLS AND THEIR BACKGROUND SHALL HAVE A NONGLARE FINISH. CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND. 2. CHARACTERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32" MINIMUM & SHALL BE SANS SERIF UPPERCASE CHARACTERS ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE 2 BRAILLE RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 5/8" AND A MAXIMUM OF 2" HIGH. 3. PICTOGRAMS SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE OUTSIDE DIMENSION OF THE PICTOGRAM FIELD SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6" IN HEIGHT. 4. CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE SHALL BE IN A HORIZONTAL FORMAT. BRAILLE SHALL BE PLACED A MINIMUM OF 3/8" AND A MAXIMUM OF 1/2" DIRECTLY BELOW THE TACTILE CHARACTERS; FLUSH LEFT OR CENTERED. WHEN TACTILE TEXT IS MULTILINED, ALL BRAILLE SHALL BE PLACED TOGETHER BELOW ALL LINES OF TACTILE TEXT. 5. CONTRACTED II BRAILLE SHALL BE USED WHEREVER BRAILLE IS REQUIRED. DOTS SHALL BE 1/10" ON CENTER IN EACH CELL WITH 2/10" SPACE BETWEEN CELLS. DOTS SHALL BE RAISED A MINIMUM OF 1/40" ABOVE THE BACKGROUND. BRAILLE DOTS SHALL BE DOMED OR ROUNDED. BRAILLE SHOWN IS FOR PLACEMENT ONLY. USE CORRECT BRAILLE FOR SIGN PRODUCTION. 6. WHERE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS ARE PROVIDED FOR ROOMS AND SPACES, SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL. 7. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 60" A.F.F. TO THE CENTER LINE OF THE SIGNS. MOUNTING LOCATION SHALL BE DETERMINED SO THAT A PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3" OF SIGNAGE W/O ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS. 8. ALL SIGNS SHALL COMPLY WITH STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND / OR ORDINANCES 9. INSTALL INTERNATIONAL SIGN OF ACCESSIBILITY AT ALL BUILDING ENTRANCES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE AND USEABLE BY PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. 10. INSTALL SIGNAGE AT ALL ROOM LOCATIONS THROUGHOUT ENTIRE TENANT SPACE AS DIRECTED BY TSC PROJECT MANAGER 18" MIN. CL CENTERED ON TACTILE CHARACTERS 18 " M I N . AREA OFREFUGE 60 " M A X . 48 " M I N . FITTING ROOM GENERAL NOTES: 1. DRESSING ROOMS ARE PREFABRICATED AND SUPPLIED BY TSC, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR TO ASSEMBLE AND ANCHOR DRESSING ROOM AND BENCH TO WALL AND/OR FLOOR. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL: (2) 24" X 60" MIRRORS (1/4" POLISHED PLATE GLASS - 1 PIECE), ONE PER SIDE OF DOOR, HUNG WITH STANDARD MIRROR CLIPS PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS W/ BOTTOM EDGE OF THE REFLECTING SURFACE IS AT 18" A.F.F., AND (4) FOUR HOOKS ON DRESSING ROOM WALL. MOUNT (2) TWO TO MEET ACCESSIBILITY ACCESS (48" MAX. A.F.F. / 46" MAX. A.F.F. IF MOUNTED OVER THE BENCH) AND (2) TWO AT 60" A.F.F. VERIFY LOCATION WITH FINAL FIXTURE PLAN AND TSC PROJECT MANAGER. 2. ACCESSIBLE CHANGING STALL SHALL HAVE ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL LOCATED ON STALL DOOR. 3. ALLOWABLE STRESSES SHALL NOT BE EXCEEDED FOR MATERIALS USED WHERE A VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL FORCE OF 250 POUNDS IS APPLIED AT ANY POINT ON THE SEAT, FASTENER MOUNTING DEVICE, OR SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. SCALE: FITTING ROOM ACCESSIBILY7 -NOT TO SCALE SCALE: TYPICAL ELECTRICAL ELEVATION10 -NOT TO SCALE SCALE: TYPICAL ELEVATION6 -3/8"=1'-0" SCALE: TYPICAL ELEVATION2 -3/8"=1'-0" SCALE: ELEVATION3 -3/8"=1'-0" SCALE: ELEVATION4 -3/8"=1'-0" SCALE: SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS8 -3/8"=1'-0" 6"36" MAX. 40 " M A X . B.O. PAPER TOWEL, MIRROR & SOAP EXTERIORINTERIOR WOMEN'S RESTROOM TOILET AREA MEN'S SIM / OPP. HAND MEN'S RESTROOM TOILET/SINK AREA WOMEN'S RESTROOM TOILET/SINK AREA AB CD E EXISTING MASONRY BEYOND. 6"36" MAX. 17 " M A X . EXISTING CONDITIONS VARY. SEE FLOOR PLAN. SCALE: NOT USED5 -SCALE: DOOR THRESHOLD DETAIL9 -3/8"=1'-0" 7" TO 9" 1' - 6 " 15 " MI N . 1- 1 / 2 " MI N . 36 " T . O . G R A B B A R 12" MAX. 42" MIN. 39" TO 41" 39 " T O 4 1 " 1' - 6 " A B1 F F 4" RUBBER BASE 4" RUBBER BASE 4" RUBBER BASE 48 " F R P W A I N S C O T 48 " F R P W A I N S C O T WATER & WASTE LINE WRAP 102G BY TRUEBRO, INC. 30" CLEAR 34 " M A X . 27 " C L E A R @ B O T T O M SINK, SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS PLASTIC LAM COUNTER WITH 4" BACKSPLASH WATER & WASTE LINE WRAP 102G BY TRUEBRO, INC. 4" RUBBER BASE WALL BRACKET (TYP. OF 3) 4" PLASTIC LAMINATE SKIRTBOARD 5'-0" 22" PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER, FURNISHED BY OTHERS 3' - 0 " ELECTRIC HAND DRYER B B1 E C D F 1'-5" MIN. DEPTH 8" MIN. KNEE CLEARANCE 3' - 4 " M A X . 2' - 1 0 " M A X . 2' - 5 " M I N . 2' - 3 " M I N . 9" M I N . 6" MAX. TOE CLEARANCE 6' - 2 " M I N . INSULATE HOT WATER & DRAIN PIPES SCALE: DRINKING FOUNTAIN DETAILS12 -NOT TO SCALE SCALE: H.C. ELEVATION11 -NOT TO SCALE 8" MIN. KNEE CLEARANCE 36 " M A X . 27 " M I N . 9" M I N . 6" MAX. TOE CLEARANCE 18" 3' - 6 " 30"x48" CLEAR FLOOR PLACE CENTERED ON 'LOW' FIXTURE FRP WAINSCOT TO 4'-0" A.F.F. REFER TO SHEET A-0.5 3' - 8 " M I N . 2'-6" EXISTING SLAB. VERIFY THICKNESS IN FIELD. TYP. ALL AROUND TRENCHED OPENING: PROVIDE #4 SLAB DOWELS AT 16"OC MAX. STAGGERED - DRILL AND EPOXY GROUT REINFORCING 6" MIN. INTO EXISTING S.O.G. USING HILTI HIT HY 200 ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM- TYP. NEW S.O.G. TO MATCH EXISTING - SEE PLAN FOR THICKNESS AND REINFORCEMENT EXISTING SLAB NEW SLAB APPLY BONDING AGENT TO EXISTING CONCRETE SURFACES ABUTTING NEW CONCRETE SCALE: TRENCHED SLAB PLAN14 -NOT TO SCALE SCALE: SLAB SECTION 'A'14A -NOT TO SCALE 14A 6" 16 " TRENCH / SAWCUT SLAB 36" WIDE MAX. SCALE: OVERHEAD DOOR DETAIL13 -1/2" = 1'-0" ALL LOOSE LINTELS SHALL HAVE 16" MINIMUM BEARING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LINTELS EXPOSED TO EXTERIOR SHALL BE HOT-DIP GALVANIZED. 13A/A-5 FINISHED FLOOR OVERHEAD DOOR HOOD ANCHORED TO MASONRY WITH 1/4"Ø TAP CONS @ 24" O.C. MAX. EXISTING MASONRY WALL TO REMAIN, PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION STEEL CHANNEL BEYOND PREP AND PAINT SW 1012 'POWER GREY' CL E A R O P E N I N G 1 1 / 2 " B O T T O M CO V E R M A X - T Y P FINISHED FLOOR OVERHEAD DOOR. COORDINATE WITH DOOR VENDOR. 24 GA. MIN GALVANIZED STEEL HOOD BY DOOR MANUFACTURER. CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM ALL DIMENSIONS DOOR TRACK BEYOND BY DOOR MANUFACTURER. EXTERIOR INTERIOR PRIME AND PAINT EXPOSED CHANNEL SW 1012 'POWER GREY' PROVIDE CONCRETE AT NEW DOORS. SEE THRESHOLD DETAIL, THIS SHEET. SEE NOTES SEE NOTES AT RIGHT EXISTING BLOCK TO REMAIN GROUT CORES CONTAINING STUDS SOLID ABOVE LINTEL- 2 COURSES MIN 1/2"Ø x 6" HEADED STUDS SPACED AT SAME SPACING AS WALL REINFORCING OR 16" OC IN EXISTING WALLS- SEE NOTESNEW LINTEL - SEE PLANS AND TYP. STRUCTURAL NOTES ON THIS SHEET. NEW BRG. PLATE - SEE NOTES MASONRY NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY- REPAIR WALL AS REQUIRED BEAMS BEARING ON MASONRY SHALL BE WELDED TO BEARING PLATES. BEAMS BEARING ON MASONRY SHALL HAVE ANGLE WALL ANCHORS AS SHOWN IN THE A.I.S.C. MANUAL EXCEPT ANGLES SHALL BE WELDED TO THE BEAMS. PROVIDE 1/2" X 7" X 0'-8" BEARING PLATES FOR ALL WALL BEARING BEAMS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL LOOSE BEAM LINTELS SHALL HAVE 8" MINIMUM BEARING UNLESS NOTED. LINTELS EXPOSED TO EXTERIOR SHALL BE HOT-DIP GALVANIZED. ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE PAINTED. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF (2)- 1/2" Ø x 6" HEADED STUD ANCHORS ON ALL LINTEL BEARING PLATES. PROVIDE 1/2" Ø x 6" HEADED STUD ANCHORS WELDED TO TOP FLANGE OF W-SHAPE LINTELS. IN NEW WALLS, MATCH STUD SPACING TO CORRESPOND WITH WALL REINFORCING. IN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, PLACE STUDS AT 16"OC. GROUT CORES CONTAINING HEADED STUDS ABOVE LINTEL SOLID FOR (2) COURSES MIN. BLOCK IN LINTEL ABOVE BEARING MIN- BLOCK IN LINTEL ABOVE OPENING IF REQUIRED GROUT AND REINFORCE JAMBS AS REQUIRED FOR MAN DOOR OPENINGS UP TO 8'-0": PROVIDE 2 - #5 BARS AT EACH SIDE OF JAMB AND ABOVE ALL OPENINGS. BARS TO EXTEND 24" ABOVE DOOR. SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & QUANTITY OF OVERHEAD DOOR JAMB REINFORCING HATCHED AREA DENOTES THE MINIMUM AMOUNT OF CMU BLOCK THAT MUST BE REPLACED AND GROUTED. CONTRACTOR MAY OPT TO REMOVE FACE SHELL OF BLOCK IN ORDER TO INSERT REBAR, RATHER THAN REMOVING AND REPLACING BLOCK. SEE PLANS OR LOOSE LINTEL SCHEDULE FOR LINTEL SIZE PLACE BARS ABOVE AND BELOW OPENING IN CMU BOND BEAM AND GROUT SOLID PROVIDE FOOTING DOWELS TO MATCH REINFORCING AROUND OPENINGS- ANCHOR TO EXISTING FOOTING WITH HILTI HIT HY 200 ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM OR TO FOUNDATION WALL WITH HILTI HIT HY 70 ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM- PROVIDE 6" MIN EMBEDMENT TOOTH NEW MASONRY INTO EXISTING MASONRY TO MATCHOPENING SIZE VARIES SEE PLANS FINISHED FLOOR (BEYOND)- NEW SLAB MAY OCCUR TYPICAL STEEL LINTEL BEARING STRUCTURAL NOTES REINFORCING. SEE PLANS FOR QUANTITY AND SIZE SCALE: TYPICALNEW MASONRY OPENING DETAIL16 A-5 NOT TO SCALE SCALE: TYPICALSTEEL LINTEL BEARING DETAIL17 A-5 NOT TO SCALE SEE LOOSE LINTEL DETAIL THIS SHEET FOR BEARING CONDITION SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" NEW CMU INFILL IN EXISTING OPENING15 - SCALE: 3"=1'-0" OVERHEAD DOOR JAMB13A 12 GA. MTL. CHANNEL - BRAKE IN FIELD TO MATCH EXISTING WALL THICKNESS AND RETURN 2 1/2" MIN. PARALLEL TO FACE OF CMU, PREP. AND PAINT PER FINISH SCHEDULE EXTERIOR INTERIOR CAULK AROUND ENTIRE OPENING DOOR TRACK BY DOOR MANF. FULLY GROUTED BLOCK 2 1/2" MIN. 1/2" x 5" GALV. TAPCON OR EQUAL STAGGERED @ 16" NOTE: SEE PLANS FOR QUANTITY AND SIZE OF JAMB REINFORCING SAWCUT CMU AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW PLACEMENT OF NEW VERTICAL REINFORCING. PROVIDE FORMWORK AS NECESSARY TO ALLOW FOR SOLID GROUTING OF REINFORCED MASONRY CELLS. JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 DETAILS A-5 NOTE: MOUNT ALL OUTLETS SECURELY TO BENCH RECEIVING TABLE LAYOUT11SCALE: NONE POWER/DATA JUNCTION BOXES PURLINS FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT POWER POLE UNISTRUT SUPPORT (BOLTED TO STRUCTURE) EXTEND VERTICAL UNISTRUT SUPPORT TO TOP OF POWER POLE SERVICE AND DISPLAY COUNTER 10 SCALE: NONE 3' - 6 " 2' - 6 " 5' - 9 3 / 4 " RECEIVING TABLE ISOMETRIC11ASCALE: NONE NOTE: 1. FINAL FIXTURE PLAN TO BE DEVELOPED BY TSC. FIXTURES, CHECKOUT COUNTERS AND SERVICE DESKS ARE SUPPLIED BY TSC AND INSTALLED CONTRACTOR IN LOCATIONS DESIGNATED BY PLAN. 2. FINAL FIXTURE PLAN TO BE RECEIVED BY CONTRACTOR AND/OR LL APPROXIMATELY 8 WEEKS PRIOR TO FIXTURE DATE TO ESTABLISH PROPER PLACEMENT OF ALL COUNTERS, POWER POLES, AND WOOD GRAIN FLOORING. 97" 72 1 2" 24 1 2" 24 1 2" 36 " 60 1 2" NOTES: -1" BLACK CARTGUARD INSTALLED ON CABINETS AS SHOWN. SEE CABINET DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION SPECIFICATIONS. -TOEKICKS OF CABINETS ARE TO BE FORMED OF 16 GA. STEEL POWDER-COATED BLACK. -CABINET EDGES, MELAMINE COUNTERTOP EDGES, SHELF EDGES, PANEL EDGES TO HAVE 3MM BLACK PVC EDGE TAPE APPLIED. -DOOR AND DRAWER FRONT EDGES TO HAVE 1/2MM BLACK PVC EDGE TAPE APPLIED. FINISH SCHEDULE MW-61 - 3/4" MELAMINE W/WILSONART #15023-38 BULLSEYE RED FINISH BOTH SIDES 4" 4 1 4" 53 3 4" 48 " 12 12" 17 1 2" 19 " 6 1 2" 24 3 4"28 3 4" 24"29" 60 1 2" 1 3 16 " 36" MIN. CLEAR 34 " 42 " 20 " 12 1 2" 3 1/2" 2" 1'-6 3/4" 3 3 / 4 " CLOSE-OUT BINDER REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE OWNER WITH TWO CLOSE-OUT BINDERS, WHICH SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING. THE CLOSE-OUT BINDERS SHALL BE SENT TO THE CONSTRUCTION COORDINATOR AT THE OWNER'S/TENANTS ADDRESS. 5401 VIRGINIA WAY, BRENTWOOD, TN 37027. TWO IDENTICAL CLOSE-OUT BINDERS ARE REQUIRED, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED UNDER ITEM #6 BELOW. 1. NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF THE CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS. 2. A PROPERLY COMPLETED CONDITIONAL WAIVER AND RELEASE ON FINAL PAYMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS, SUB-SUBCONTRACTORS (IF ANY) AND SUPPLIERS. 3. A PROPERLY COMPLETED FINAL SWORN STATEMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR. 4. THE FINAL CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY OR THE EQUIVALENT THEREOF DESCRIBED IN ARTICLE 15.5.2(b). 5. AN ASSIGNMENT BY CONTRACTOR OF ALL GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES, (e.g. HVAC, ROOF, DOORS, WATER HEATER, etc., AS APPLICABLE) 6. A LIST OF ALL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED (INCLUDING MANUFACTURER, MAKE, MODEL AND SERIAL NUMBERS) AND COPIES OF ALL MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING MANUALS, PRODUCT DATA, KEYS, MAINTENANCE STOCK, AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS; THE SECOND BINDER SHALL INCLUDE EVERYTHING EXCEPT OPERATING MANUALS. 7. CONFIRMATION IN WRITING FROM THE INSTALLER OF THE HVAC SYSTEM OR COMPONENTS THEREOF CONFIRMING THAT THE PROPER START UP PROCEDURES WERE FOLLOWED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SYSTEM AND ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, IF APPLICABLE. 8. HVAC BREAKDOWN OF COST. IF UNITS WERE INSTALLED, INCLUDE THE MAKE, MODEL, TONNAGE, COST FOR EACH UNIT, COST FOR LABOR, etc. IF COMPONENTS WERE INSTALLED, INCLUDE TYPE, COSTS, AND COSTS FOR LABOR. THE TOTAL OF ALL ITEMIZED COSTS SHOULD EQUAL TOTAL COST TO OWNER. 9. CERTIFICATION OF SEWER LINE CLEAN OUT BY THE PERSON WHO PERFORMED THE SAME. 10. DISABILITY ACCESSIBILITY INSPECTION REPORTS SENT TO THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND REGULATION (FOR TEXAS STORES ONLY). 11. A COPY OF THE PUNCH LIST SIGNED BY THE OWNER (OR STORE MANAGER, IF SO AUTHORIZED BY OWNER) CONFIRMING ALL PUNCH LIST ITEMS ARE COMPLETED. 12. TWO (2) CD'S CONTAINING WORKING DRAWINGS AND PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS REFLECTING "AS-BUILT" CONDITIONS, WITH A SUMMARY LIST OF CHANGES, INCLUDING IN .pdf FORMAT. 13. A COMPLETE SET OF FIRE SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS, IF APPLICABLE. 14. A CERTIFICATE EVIDENCING THAT INSURANCE REQUIRED UNDER THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL REMAIN IN FORCE AFTER FINAL PAYMENT AND SHALL NOT BE CANCELLED, REDUCED OR ALLOWED TO EXPIRE UNTIL AT LEAST 30 DAYS PRIOR WRITTEN NOTICE HAS BEEN GIVEN THE OWNER. 15. DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE "BEFORE" AND "AFTER" OF THE FRONT VIEW OF THE STORE. 16. LIST OF PAINTS USED, INCLUDING MANUFACTURES, FINISHED, SHADES AND COLOR FORMULAS, AND IDENTIFICATION OF LOCATIONS WHERE EACH PAINT WAS APPLIED. 17. TRAINING CERTIFICATES CERTIFYING TRAINING OF STORE MANAGER ON LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM, HVAC SYSTEM, LIGHTING SYSTEM, AND ALL DOOR SYSTEMS. 18. DETAILED BREAKDOWN OF DOLLARS SPENT IN FENCING, PAVING, DOORS, AND ALL FLOOR COVERINGS, AND HVAC. EXHIBIT H-1 TRAINING CERTIFICATION INITIAL TSC STORE MANAGER INITIAL GC TRAINING HAS BEEN COMPLETED WITH THE STORE MANAGER BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ON HOW TO USE, OPERATE AND MAINTAIN: THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM. ALSO, THE TSC STORE MANAGER HAS BEEN ADVISED THAT THE STORE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING ALL LANDSCAPING STARTING AT EITHER FIXTURE DATE OR COMPLETION DATE, THE LATTER OF THE TWO DATES. THE LIGHT TIMER SYSTEM INCLUDING REVIEW OF THE SCHEDULE THE HVAC SYSTEM OPERATION INCLUDING HOW TO ADJUST THE PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTATS. THE AUTOMATIC FRONT DOORS OPERATIONS INCLUDING SENSOR ADJUSTMENTS. THE OVERHEAD DOORS OPERATIONS INCLUDING TIMER, TIMER OVERIDE, AND SAFETY EDGE. THE DELAY EGRESS DOOR (THE RESET BUTTON IS IN THE CONTROL BOX AND HAS TO BE RESET ANY TIME POWER IS LOST). STORE # CITY/STATE STORE MANAGER GENERAL CONTRACTOR COPY OF THIS EXECUTED DOCUMENT TO BE INCLUDED IN THE CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTS PROVIDED BY THE TENANT OR LANDLORD TO TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY! TSC PM APPROVAL & DATE 19. ROOFING INSPECTION REPORT FROM THE ROOFING MANUFACTURER (SHOULD REFLECT ROOF PROPERLY INSTELLED AND AS WARRANTY 100% IN TACT) PAINT TESTING - SPECIAL INSPECTION.20. PROVIDE ONE DISC CONTAINING ALL APPLICABLE ITEMS ABOVE, EXCEPT ITEM #6.21. ENLARGED PLAN6BSCALE: NONE CUSTOMER SERVICE DETAIL6SCALE: NONE CUSTOMER SERVICE DETAIL6ASCALE: NONE CUSTOMER SERVICE EXHIBIT H-19 TRAINING CERTIFICATION ELEVATION6CSCALE: NONE CUSTOMER SERVICE CHECK OUT COUNTER SPECS A-6 ENLARGED PLAN4SCALE: NONE CHECK OUT COUNTER DETAIL2SCALE: NONE CHECK OUT COUNTER DETAIL3SCALE: NONE CHECK OUT COUNTER DETAIL1SCALE: NONE CHECK OUT COUNTER ELEVATION2aSCALE: NONE CHECK OUT COUNTER JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c hi t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a nd i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w, s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r oj e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r an t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 MECHANICAL PLAN SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TAG NOTES: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT; CARRIER 50LJQ004 WITH NEW 6 TON ROOFTOP UNIT AS SCHEDULED ON DWG. M-2. REWORK EXISTING ROOF OPENING AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE NEW DUCTWORK FROM NEW ROOFTOP UNIT. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ROOF CURB ADAPTER AND/OR NEW ROOF CURB FOR NEW ROOFTOP UNIT. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING NEW ROOF CURB ADAPTER AND/OR ROOF CURB. THE WEIGHT OF THE EXISTING UNIT IS APPROXIMATELY 700 LBS. THE WEIGHT OF THE NEW ROOFTOP UNIT IS APPROXIMATELY 1200 LBS. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ROOFTOP UNIT COMPLETE WITH NEW ROOF CURB. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR NEW ROOF OPENINGS SERVING NEW ROOFTOP UNIT. REFER TO ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE ON DWG. M-2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. A B LANDLORDLL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOREC PLUMBING CONTRACTORPC DUCT W/ INTERNAL LINING DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL EXHAUST AIREA MECHANICAL LEGEND OA SA RA EF CD SUPPLY AIR DUCT FRESH/RETURN/EXHAUST AIR DUCT ELBOW W/ DBL THICKNESS TURNING VANES MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FLEXIBLE DUCT (4'-0" MAX. LENGTH) THERMOSTAT CEILING DIFFUSER EXHAUST FAN RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR OUTSIDE AIR TOD TOP OF DUCT BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTOR MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR SMOKE DETECTOR (PROVIDED WITH ROOFTOP UNIT) GENERAL MECHANICAL NOTES: 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL CODES. 2. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A WRITTEN GUARANTEE THAT SHALL WARRANT ALL WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. ANY BREAKDOWN OCCURRING IN THE FIRST YEAR SHALL BE AT NO EXPENSE TO T HE OWNER. ALL REFRIGERATION COMPRESSORS SHALL HAVE A FIVE YEAR (PARTS ONLY) WARRANTY, AND ALL NATURAL GAS HEAT EXCHANGERS SHALL HAVE A TEN YEAR (PARTS ONLY) WARRANTY. 3. DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC, NOT ALL RISERS AND DROPS ARE SHOWN. TRADES ARE TO COORDINATE THEIR WORK WITH ALL OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. GENERALLY, DUCTWORK SHALL BE KEPT AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. 4. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING (LVW) (EXCEPT FOR TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT THERMOSTATS FOR HVAC) TO BE INSTALLED BY THE LVW VENDER. GENERAL CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE TO COMMUNICATE AND MANAGE TO THIS. 5. HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND VERIFY THE WORK SUCH THAT THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE BUILDING, INCLUDING ROOF, IS NOT COMPROMISED. 6. INSTALL ALL NEW SHEETMETAL DUCTWORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA STANDARDS. DUCT BOARD IS NOT ALLOWED. 7. ALL INTERIOR CONCEALED SUPPLY AIR DUCTS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH 2" THICK 3/4# DENSITY BLANKET INSULATION WITH VAPOR TAPED JOINTS. DUCT BOARD IS NOT ALLOWED. ALL INTERIOR EXPOSED SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE 1" DUCT LINING. 8. HVAC MUST BE FULLY OPERATIONAL BY TSC FIXTURE DATE, IF IT IS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY, A MECHANICAL REPORT IS REQUIRED STATING THAT IT HAS BEEN INSTALLED PROPERLY AND HAS BEEN BALANCED, IF LANDLORD'S RESPONSIBILITY, GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO ASSIST IN OBTAINING THE REPORT AND NOTIFY TSC OF ANY ISSUES PRIOR TO FIXTURE DATE. 9. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE FILTERS FOR EACH ROOFTOP UNIT SERVING TRACTOR SUPPLY'S LEASE AFTER CONSTRUCTION OF THIS SPACE IS COMPLETE. 10. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ALL CUTTING AND FLASHING OF ROOF. 11. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM 13'-6" CLEAR THROUGHOUT TOW MOTOR PATHWAY. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REWORK HVAC AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THIS CLEARANCE REQUIREMENT. 12. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW MERV 8 FILTERS AFTER ANY FLUSH-OUT OR TESTING AND PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY AND RECOMMENDATION FOR MAINTENANCE WITH FILTERS OF THE SAME VALUE SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL. 13. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM 10 FEET BETWEEN EXHAUST VENTS, FANS, PLUMBING VENTS THRU ROOF, ETC..., AND OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES. 14. DUCTWORK AND PIPING TO BE SUPPORTED PER SMACNA SEISMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL AND ALSO THE FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY "INSTALLING SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR DUCT AND PIPE" AND PER WASHINGTON BUILDING CODE AND WASHINGTON MECHANICAL CODE SMACNA STD. ETC. CHAPTER 1, SECTION 113.3. NOTES: ALL ROOMS AND ENTIRE SPACE SHOULD BE FREE FROM DEBRIS AND DIRT. ALL PROJECTS TO HAVE A DAILY MEETING AND CLEAN UP AT THE END OF EACH WORK DAY. RG RETURN GRILLE SR SUPPLY REGISTER RTU ROOFTOP UNIT UH GAS-FIRED UNIT HEATER 1. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRING DEMOLITION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WORK WITH THE ARCHITECT AND WITH THE OWNER. 2. EXISTING DUCTWORK, TEMPERATURE CONTROLS, AND EQUIPMENT ARE TO REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED TO REMAIN. 3. THE HVAC DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED EXCLUSIVELY BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 4. THE HVAC DEMOLITION WORK SHALL CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING: DISCONNECT, REMOVAL, AND DISPOSAL OF FOLLOWING DUCTWORK, EQUIPMENT, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES: SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK AND DIFFUSER ETC... NOT RE-USED FOR TRACTOR SUPPLY'S LEASE SPACE. 5. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 6. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR DISCONNECTING POWER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT BEING REMOVED. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR FOR DISCONNECTING GAS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT BEING REMOVED. HVAC DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES: CUH CABINET UNIT HEATER PLAN MECHANICAL M-1 CO2 CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR MECHANICAL TAG NOTES: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SMOKE DETECTOR IN THE RETURN AND SUPPLY AIR DUCT AND SHALL BE WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. NEW 18x18 SUPPLY AIR DUCT FROM RTU-6 SHALL DROP DOWN IN EXISTING CHASE TO SERVE AREA BELOW. EXTEND AND CONNECT EXISTING SUPPLY AIR MAIN DUCT(S) SERVING UPPER MEZZANINE ARE INTO THIS DUCT PRIOR TO DROPPING IN CHASE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZES AND LOCATIONS. NEW 18x20 RETURN AIR DUCT FROM RTU-6 SHALL DROP DOWN IN EXISTING CHASE TO SERVE AREA BELOW. EXTEND AND CONNECT EXISTING RETURN AIR MAIN DUCT(S) SERVING UPPER MEZZANINE ARE INTO THIS DUCT PRIOR TO DROPPING IN CHASE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZES AND LOCATIONS. DROP FULL SIZE EXHAUST AIR DUCT THRU ROOF IN PRE-FABRICATED ROOF CURB FROM EXHAUST FAN AND TRANSITION TO 30x36 EXHAUST AIR DUCT IN DROP BELOW ROOF DECK. TRANSITION TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK. NOTE: REUSE EXISTING EXHAUST FAN ROOF PENETRATION AND REWORK AS NECESSARY. REFER TO RTU DROP BOX DIFFUSER DETAIL ON DWG. M-3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. EXISTING DUCTWORK IN LOWER MEZZANINE AREA SHALL BE REMOVED. USE EXISTING DUCT PENETRATION IN CMU WALL AT THIS LOCATION FOR NEW DUCTWORK SERVING MANAGER'S OFFICE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF OPENING. COVER OPEN END OF RETURN AIR DUCT WITH 1"x1" WIRE MESH SCREEN. NEW 18x18 SUPPLY AIR AND 18x20 RETURN AIR DUCTS FROM DROP IN EXISTING CHASE ABOVE. DUCTS SHALL STOP ABOVE LOUNGE CEILING AND TRANSITION TO SIZES SHOWN. EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT TO BE REMOVED COMPLETELY ALONG WITH ALL ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, GRILLES, ETC. (UNLESS SERVING UPPER MEZZANINE ARE AND BEING RECONNECTED TO RTU-6) MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT POWER. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PATCH AND REPAIR ROOF. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT GAS. 1" UNDERCUT DOOR BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 10x8 EXHAUST AIR TO EXTEND THRU EXTERIOR WALL WITH VENT CAP. SEAL WALL PENETRATION WEATHERTIGHT. EXISTING GAS UNIT HEATER TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW GAS UNIT HEATER AS SCHEDULED ON SHEET M-2. REUSED EXISTING FLUE AND COMBUSTION AIR PENETRATION IF POSSIBLE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING. THERMOSTAT FOR RTU INDICATED. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 MEZZANINE MECHANICAL PLAN SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" 10 SHEET NO. JOB NO. DATE REVISIONS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DA T E # TY P E 10 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A 03/09/2016 14332 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 F a x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . E8EDCBA WH EDCBAB3B8C6D2D5D6 E7 FEED ROOM RTU 1 NEW 12.5 TONS RTU 3 NEW 12.5 TONS RTU 4 NEW 12.5 TONS RTU 2 NEW 6 TONS RTU 5 NEW 7.5 TONS RTU 6 NEW 6 TONS EF 1 NEWGUH 1 NEWCUH 1 A B B B B B EF 2 EF 3 EF 4 SD 1 SD 1 CD 1 26x26 5000 5 7 SD 1 SD 1 CD 1 26x26 5000 5 7 SD 1 SD 1 CD 1 26x26 5000 5 7 SD SD 1 1 5 CD 2 22x22 3000 7 SD 1 SD 1 5 7 CD 3 18x18 2400 30 x 3 6 24x30 16x2424x3016x24 ROOF MTD. EXPLOSION PROOF 4 NOTE: EXHAUST DUCT TO BE MOUNTED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. E 1 40x18 2600 (TYP. FOR 4) DUCT MOUNTED 72"x48" INTAKE LOUVER. MOUNT AT 11'-0" AFF +/-. RUSKIN MODEL ELF 6375DX DRAINABLE LOUVER WITH INSECT SCREEN, COLOR BY ARCHITECT. 8x8 14x12 14x14 R 1 16x12 500 10 10 10 R 1 8x8 200 8x8 8x8 S 1 8"Ø 250 (TYP. FOR 2) 8"Ø S 2 6"Ø 75 (TYP. FOR 2) 11 8x8 10x8 8 S 1 8"Ø 200 S 3 8x8 100 8x8 RTU-68x8 E 1 8x8 125 8"Ø 62 SDSD 11 18x18 3 CD(E)CD(E) CD(E) CD(E) CD(E) RG(E) RG(E) RG(E) RG(E) S 3 8x8 150 RTU-5 RTU-2 RTU-3 RTU-4 RTU-1 NOTE: CO2 SENSOR SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: IF BASE BUILDING EMS CONTROL IS INSTALLED DURING CONSTRUCTION: CO2 SENSOR SERVING RTU-3 SHALL BE INTERLOCKED WITH RTU-4 O.A. DAMPERS VIA EMS PANEL. NOTE: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MOUNT EF-2 FROM STRUCTURE WITH ALL THREADED RODS AND VIBRATION ISOLATORS. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS AT THE INLET AND OUTLET OF THE EXHAUST FAN. TRANSITION INLET AND OUTLET OF EXHAUST FAN OPENING TO RECTANGULAR DUCT AS INDICATED ON THE MECHANICAL PLAN. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 18" OF EXHAUST DUCTWORK AT THE INLET AND OUTLET OF THE EXHAUST FAN. TERMINATE THRU WALL TO I.O.D. WITH REGISTER AS SHOWN. NOTE: EXISTING CEILING DIFFUSERS, RETURN GRILLES, TRANSFER AIR GRILLES, EXHAUST GRILLES, DUCTWORK, DAMPERS, EXISTING EXHAUST FAN(S) (SERVING EXISTING RESTROOMS), ETC... FOR UPPER MEZZANINE AREA TO REMAIN. RECONNECT INTO NEW SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCT DROPS FROM RTU PRIOR TO DROPS IN CHASE TO LOWER MEZZANINE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND SIZES OF DUCTWORK. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO REPAIR OR REPLACE IF NECESSARY AND DAMAGED OR MISSING DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, DUCTWORK, INSULATION, ETC... MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL EXISTING DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, DUCTWORK, ETC... TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. IF ANY COMPONENTS ARE MISSING TO PREVENT THE PROPER FUNCTION OF THE SYSTEM THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTION. NOTE: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL ROOFTOP UNITS, AIR HANDLER, FAN COIL UNITS, CONDENSING UNITS, DUCTWORK INCLUDING EXHAUST FANS, DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, THERMOSTATS, ETC... COMPLETELY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED TO REMAIN. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENGAGE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ALL ROOFING WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL SERVICE FROM REMOVED EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT GAS PIPING FROM REMOVED EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE REMOVAL OF EXISTING ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. NOTE: CEILING GRIDS ARE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR CEILING GRIDS. 12 NOTE: EXISTING FAN COIL UNIT IN LOWER MEZZANINE CEILING SHALL BE REMOVED ALONG WITH ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK AND CONDENSING UNIT MOUNTED ON ROOF. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS. EXISTING DUCT PENETRATION OF CMU WALL SHALL BE RE-UTILIZED FOR NEW DUCTWORK AS SHOWN. 9 11 12 10 6"Ø 6"Ø 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 M-2 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES & DETAILS REQUIRED O.A. (CFM) (CFM) REMARKSO.A. SUPPLIEDLOAD OCCUPANTAREA SERVEDUNIT HVAC REQUIRED VENTILATION VENTILATION AIR REQUIREMENT 10056EMPLOYEE LOUNGE 5 SALES 269 5214 5220 VESTIBULE 132 SF 4% FLOOR AREA 6 SF 42 SF (17,947 SF) (332 SF) RTU .06 CFM/SF 5 CFM/PERSON (1.25) .12 CFM/SF 7.5 CFM/PERSON (1.25) WHERE Az = ZONE FLOOR AREA Pz = POPULATION Rp = TABLE 6.1 OUTDOOR AIR PER PERSON Ra = TABLE 6.1 OUTDOOR AIR PER AREA NOTE: ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 BREATHING ZONE OUTDOOR AIR FLOW (CFM) VBz = RpPz+RaAz x 1.25 8. ACCEPTABLE EQUALS SHALL BE ANEMOSTAT, CARNES, KRUEGER, NAILOR, PRICE, TITUS, AND TUTTLE & BAILEY. 7. PROVIDE FLANGED END BORDER. 6. PROVIDE INSULATED BOOT PLENUM AND FLANGED END BORDER. 5. ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION. AIR DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULE NOTESMODELMANUFACTURERDESCRIPTIONTYPEIDENT 4. STEEL CONSTRUCTION. NOTES: 3. FINISH SHALL BE OFF-WHITE. 2. PROVIDE OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERS IN NECK OF DIFFUSER OR REGISTER, WITH ACCESS TO DAMPER THROUGH FACE OF DIFFUSER OR REGISTER. 1. PROVIDE SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITIONS. TURNING VANES NO SCALE TYPICAL SUPPLY, RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT SYSTEM RP ELL WITH TURNING VANES FULL RADIUS ELL OR SQUARE RISE OR DROP THICKNESS TURNING VANES OR SQUARE ELL W/DOUBLE FULL RADIUS ELL WHERE POSSIBLE TRANSITION M.V.D. OR SPIN-IN W/M.V.D. WITH EXTERNAL INSULATION BELL MOUTH FITTING W/ ROUND SHEET METAL RUNOUT FLEX RUNOUT SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER SQUARE ELL W/DOUBLE THICKNESS OR RUNOUT. EACH BRANCH TAKE OFF BALANCING DAMPER - TYPICAL OPPOSED BALDE MANUAL FITTING-"SHOE" TYPE 45 DEGREE TEE DUCT DOWN RETURN OR EXHAUST REGISTER EXHAUST RETURN OR SUPPLY DUCT DOWN DUCT UP RETURN OR EXHAUST SUPPLY DUCT UP FIRE DAMPER ACCESS DOOR FIRE DAMPER-SEE PLANS FOR TYPE RATED WALL-SEE PLANS FOR TYPE 57 36,228 636 TOTAL TONNAGE SQUARE FOOT/TON TOTAL SQUARE FOOTAGE TONNAGE BREAKDOWN ECONOMIZER ACCESSORY HOOD. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS INSTALLED ABOVE ROOF. SUPPORTS FOR THE COPPER CONDENSATE LINES SHALL BE 4"x4"x12" TREATED BLOCKING SET IN MASTIC ON A MODIFIED BITUMEN PAD. PIPE SUPPORTS SHALL BE SPACED NO FURTHER THAN 6'-0" APART. HVAC UNIT PLUG VENT CLEAN OUT PLUG NO SCALE ROOFTOP UNIT DETAIL REFER TO CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SDSD DUCT MTD. SMOKE DETECTORS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MC AND WIRED BY EC. NOTES: CURB SUPPORT: INSTALL ROOF CURB ON ROOF STRUCTURE; LEVEL, ACCORDING TO LANDLORD'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. INSTALL AND SECURE ROOFTOP UNITS ON CURBS AND COORDINATE ROOF PENETRATIONS AND FLASHING WITH ROOFER HAVING WARRANTY FOR THE ROOF. NOTE: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING STRUCTURE PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK. 4" 4" FOR EACH RTU, LABEL SIDE OF UNIT @ ROOF & UNDERSIDE OF DROP DIFFUSER INSIDE BLDG. W/NAME OF UNIT IN 4" HIGH STENCILED BLACK LETTERS. CONDENSATE DRAIN TO DISCHARGE ONTO SPLASH BLOCK ON ROOF. SPLASH BLOCK ON ROOF BY MC. COORDINATE WITH GC. 3,4 1 RTU 530528RECEIVING/STOCK (6037 SF) DUSK (BY PHOTOCELL)ON LIGHTING AND HEATING SCHEDULE PYLON/BUILDING SIGN OFF 9:15 PM PARKING LOT LIGHTS BUILDING LIGHTS WALL PACKS DUSK TO DAWN PHOTOCELL (ALWAYS ON DURING DARK) DURING THE DAY BUSINESS LIGHTS 8:30 PM 7:30 AM HEATING 68 DEGREES AT 8:00 AM 62 DEGREES AT 9:00 PM COOLING 74 DEGREES AT 8:00 AM 80 DEGREES AT 9:00 PM SUNDAY SAME TEMPS AT 10:00 AM SAME TEMPS AT 6:00 PM LIGHTING LZ-3 LZ-2 LZ-1B CONTROL ZONE NOTES: CONTROL ZONE THE SYSTEM CAN BE OVERRIDDEN BY THE OVERRIDE SWITCH IN CASE THE STORE IS OPEN EARLIER OR LATER THAN NORMAL STORE HOURS. NOTE: VACANT SPACE WITHIN TSC'S LEASE SPACE SHALL BE NIGHT/SAFETY LIGHTING ONLY, HEAT SET AT 55 DEGREES WITH 1 HOUR FAN OPERATION EVERY 12 HOURS FOR AIR CIRCULATION. LZ-X DENOTES ROUTING THRU A LIGHTING CONTACTOR IN THE UNITIZED BOARD. GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR PROGRAMMING AL NON EMS CONTROLLED THERMOSTATS AND LIGHTING CONTROLS. EMPLOYEE LIGHTS 8:30 PM 7:30 AM LZ-1A COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 HVAC SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS THE FOLLOWING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS INDICATE THE MINIMUM DESIGN CONDITIONS ACCEPTABLE TO TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY. WHETHER OR NOT INDICATED ON THE PLANS, THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL CODES AND ORDINANCES GOVERNING THE INSTALLATION OF HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS. SYSTEM AND COMPONENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE DESIGN PARAMETERS INDICATED IN THE LATEST EDITION OF ASHRAE AND SMACNA STANDARDS. BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS PROPOSAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE PREMISES OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH PROJECT CONDITIONS (I.E., ANY STRUCTURAL, ARCHITECTURAL OR ELECTRICAL OBSTRUCTIONS). NO CLAIMS FOR "EXTRA" COMPENSATION DUE TO UNFAMILIARITY WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND/OR DESIGN DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED. SCHEDULE OF WORK: THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. PRIOR TO ANY WORK, THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL STRUCTURAL OR ELECTRICAL DEVICES THAT IS REQUIRED FOR THE HVAC EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND, THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD FOR DESIGN CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO THE HVAC EQUIPMENT. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INSTALLATION AND OPERATIONAL CUT SHEETS FOR THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAL CHECK: AFTER THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR COMPLETES THE HVAC INSTALLATION AND STARTUP, AS PER THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS, THE HVAC MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE LENNOX AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL TO INSPECT EQUIPMENT AND ITS OPERATION. THE EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAL CHECK (EOC) WILL AID THE CONTRACTOR IN CHECKING EACH SYSTEM FOR PROPER OPERATION AND MAKING FINAL ADJUSTMENTS AS NECESSARY. THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING THE EOC WITH THE MANUFACTURER AT LEAST THREE WEEKS PRIOR TO DESIRED DATE. THE FOLLOWING PARTIES MUST BE PRESENT FOR DURATION OF THE EOC: - HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR'S QUALIFIED MECHANIC - SERVICING CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFIED MECHANIC (IF DIFFERENT HVAC SUB) ALL TEST EQUIPMENT TO BE MADE AVAILABLE BY THE SERVICING CONTRACTOR AND MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR. IF AMBIENT CONDITIONS DO NOT PERMIT PROPER AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONAL CHECK, AN ADDITIONAL COOLING EOC MUST BE SCHEDULED WITH ABOVE PARTIES PRESENT. HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE TRACTOR SUPPLY CO. WITH THREE (3) COPIES OF EOC REPORTS PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SHALL BE BALANCED AND TESTED BY NEBB CERTIFIED CONTRACTOR. BALANCE AND TEST REPORT MUST BE PRESENTED TO TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY AS PART OF ACCEPTANCE OF SPACE. PROVIDE A SET OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT TO STORE MANAGER AND TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY CONSTRUCTION DEPARTMENT AT THE TIME OF ACCEPTANCE. ANY STARTERS REQUIRED FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. MANUFACTURER WARRANTIES: COMPRESSOR SHALL HAVE FIVE (5) YEAR PARTS ONLY WARRANTY. TOTAL UNIT SHALL HAVE A ONE-YEAR PARTS WARRANTY. INSTALLATION WARRANTIES: EQUIPMENT WARRANTIES FROM THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE A ONE (1) YEAR LABOR WARRANTY ON TOTAL JOB EFFECTIVE FROM THE DATE OF TURNOVER TO OWNER. ALL INSTALLING CONTRACTORS AND THEIR REPRESENTATIVES MUST BE CERTIFIED TO PURCHASE AND RECYCLE REFRIGERANT FOR ALL HVAC UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DOE REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT COPIES OF MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLATION WARRANTIES AND CERTIFICATIONS TO TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT WILL BE MADE. ROOFTOP UNITS: RTUs SHALL BE NEW BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR & VERIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE. ALL REQUIRED ROOFTOP SYSTEM OPTIONS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE ROOFTOP PACKAGE SCHEDULE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CHANGE FILTER MEDIA AND ADJUST REFRIGERANT CHARGE UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MERV 8 THROWAWAY TYPE FILTERS. DUCT CONSTRUCTION LOW PRESSURE (MAXIMUM .2" W.C.) PER SMACNA "DUCT CONSTRUCTION" CLASSIFICATION - DUCTWORK AND PLENUMS - OR CONSTRUCT OF THE FOLLOWING GAUGES: DUCT AT WIDEST DIMENSION U.S. GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL UP THRU 12" 24 GAUGE 13" THRU 30" 22 GAUGE 31" THRU 54" 20 GAUGE LOW PRESSURE SHEET METAL FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARDS SET FORTH IN THE LATEST EDITION OF THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND SMACNA HVAC SYSTEMS DUCT DESIGN UNLESS MODIFIED HEREIN. DUCT SIZES SHOWN ON PLANS ARE ACTUAL SHEET METAL INSIDE DIMENSION. ALL CONCEALED DUCT WORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH 2" THICK FIBERGLASS INSULATION BLANKET WITH FOIL BARRIER (R VALUE - 6.4 AT 25% COMPRESSION). ALL EXPOSED DUCT WORK SHALL BE INTERNALLY LINED WITH 1" LINER (R VALUE - 4.2). WHERE LOCAL MUNICIPAL ENERGY CODES REQUIRE MORE DUCT INSULATION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THOSE REQUIREMENTS. FLEXIBLE DUCT SECTIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED 6'-0" IN OVERALL DEVELOPED LENGTH. PROVIDE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER AT ALL TAKEOFFS (INTEGRAL W/SPIN-IN FITTINGS) AS ILLUSTRATED BELOW. EXTRACTORS OR AIR SCOOPS ARE REQUIRED AT EACH SPLIT IN THE DUCT AS ILLUSTRATED ON THIS DRAWING. TRANSITION ANGLES SHALL NOT EXCEED 15 DEGREES AS ILLUSTRATED ON THIS DRAWING. PROVIDE MINIMUM DUCT TURNING RADIUS AS ILLUSTRATED ON THIS DRAWING. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WIRING DIAGRAMS TO ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. WIRING BETWEEN THERMOSTATS, SENSORS, AND RTUs SHALL BE COMPLETED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SMOKE DETECTORS THE UNIT NEW SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL BE WIRED BY THIS CONTROL CONTRACTOR AND SHALL FUNCTION TO DE-ENERGIZE UNIT SUPPLY FAN. PROVIDE CONTACTS AS REQUIRED FOR THE FIRE ALARM PANEL. DUCT WORK INSTALLATION: ALL DUCT WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED BY A QUALIFIED HVAC CONTRACTOR. ALL MAIN TRUNK AND BRANCH DUCTS SHALL RUN PERPENDICULAR OR PARALLEL TO THE STRUCTURE. DUCT WORK IN THE SALES AREA SHALL BE NEAT IN APPEARANCE. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS FOR ALL CONCEALED SMOKE DETECTORS AND DEVICES IN DUCT WORK OR MECHANICAL CHASES. PERMITS: THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION INCIDENTAL TO HIS WORK REQUIRED BY THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES. ALL SUCH CERTIFICATES SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE ARCHITECT IN DUPLICATE. TESTING AND ADJUSTING: AFTER THE VARIOUS PORTIONS OF THE WORK ARE COMPLETED, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE THE FOLLOWING TESTS: DUCT SYSTEM - THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OPERATE THE VARIOUS FAN AND BLOWER SYSTEMS AND SHALL DO ALL ADJUSTING AND BALANCING AS REQUIRED TO DELIVER THE AIR QUANTITIES SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL PLANS AT EACH SUPPLY GRILLE, OUTLET AND REGISTER. GUARANTEE: THIS CONTRACTOR HEREWITH AGREES TO FURNISH ONLY MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WHICH ARE FIRST CLASS. SHOULD ANY TROUBLE OCCUR TO THE INSTALLATION DUE TO DEFECTIVE MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP, WITHIN ONE (1) YEAR. E-1 2, 5, 8DUCT MOUNTED, NECK SIZE AS INDICATED ON DWG.METAL-AIREEXHAUST 4002R EF-1 FAN SCHEDULE NOTESCFMMANUFACTURER / MODEL NO.AREA SERVEDTAG VOLTAGEMOTOR HPSERVICE NOTES: 1. PROVIDE UNIT WITH MOTORIZED BACKDRAFT DAMPER. ACCEPTABLE EQUALS SHALL BE ACME, CARNES, COOK, AND PENN. HAY AREA 10,400GREENHECK / CUBE-300-30 EXHAUST 3 HP 460V/3/60 2. SPARK RESISTANT 3. RUNS CONTINUALLY 4. 10,400 CFM @ .5" SP; 720 RPM (FAN); 19.9 SONES; 250 LBS. .06 CFM/SF 5 CFM/PERSON (1.25) 12 5. INSULATED PRE-FAB ROOF CURB (18" HIGH MIN.) 6. DISCONNECT SWITCH SEE NOTES 1-5 BELOW NONEEXHAUST AIR 1" W.C.GALVANIZED STEELDUCTWORKC CDUCTWORK STEEL GALVANIZED1" W.C.RETURN AIR 1" DUCT LINING ALL DUCTWORK SIZES ARE AIRWAY DIMENSIONSNOTE: CLASS DUCTWORK SCHEDULE DUCT SYSTEM SMACNA PRESSURE MATERIAL DUCT INSULATION EXPOSED SUPPLY AIR 2" W.C.GALVANIZED STEELDUCTWORKB SEAL SMACNA CLASS 2" DUCT WRAPCONCEALED SUPPLY AIR 2" W.C.GALVANIZED STEELDUCTWORKB REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SP .5" RPM 720 4019MANAGER1 (170 SF).06 CFM/SF 5 CFM/PERSON (1.25) COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 1040010380HAY BARN 1 (2076 SF)15 ACH QUANTITIES ARE EXHAUSTED1 EF EF MEN 1 WC (142 SF) EF WOMEN 14014070 CFM EXH. PER FIXTURE COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 (15 CFM O.A. - RTU-6) 1 WC (94 SF)707070 CFM EXH. PER WC COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 (15 CFM O.A. - RTU-6) AIR OUTDOOR S/A FAN MOCPMCATEMP. AMBIENTEAT DB/WB(%) AFUE (LBS) ELECTRICAL DATA VOLTAGE WEIGHT (MBH) SENSIBLE GROSS COOLING CAPACITY (MBH) TOTAL ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE CFM & MODEL NUMBER MANUFACTURERTAG TOTAL SP HEATING CAPACITY 1st STAGE 2nd STAGE (MBH)(MBH) REMARKS HPEER/SEER NOMINAL TONNAGE (IN.) 1 RTU 2 RTU 3 RTU 4 RTU 5 RTU 6 RTU NOTES: EXCLUSIVE WITH YORK AND LENNOX TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY HAS NATIONAL ACCOUNTS WITH YORK/JOHNSON CONTROLS AND LENNOX. PLEASE CALL 1-405-419-6531 FOR YORK/JOHNSON CONTROLS QUOTATIONS AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT. PLEASE CALL 1-800-367-6285 FOR LENNOX QUOTATIONS AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT. ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE MANUFACTURER: LENNOX 'L' SERIES. MUST BE COMPATIBLE WITH TSC FURNISHED EMS. MUST BE EQUAL TO OR BETTER THAN YORK PREDATOR/SUNLINE SERIES INCLUDING HINGED DOORS, HIGH EFFICIENCY, WARRANTY, AND MAINTENANCE. COOLING CAPACITIES BASED ON 80 DEG. F DB/67 DEG. F WB ENTERING COIL, 95 DEG. F ENTERING CONDENSER. HEATING CAPACITY BASED ON NATURAL GAS AT 1000 BTU PER CUBIC FOOT AND 0.6 SPECIFIC GRAVITY. PROVIDE FACTORY FURNISHED 14" HIGH INSULATED ROOF CURB OR ROOF CURB ADAPTER GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FULLY 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT WITH AUTO HEAT/COOL CHANGEOVER. PROVIDE 1 YEAR PARTS AND LABOR WARRANTY. THERMOSTAT SHALL BE EQUAL TO HONEYWELL TB7220. MOUNT THERMOSTATS LOCATED IN RETAIL AREA 96" AFF. THERMOSTATS TO HAVE 5°F DEADBAND MINIMUM FOR SYSTEMS CONTROLLING BOTH HEATING AND COOLING. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED DIRTY FILTER SWITCH AND BLOWER PROVING SWITCH. PROVIDE 1 YEAR PARTS AND LABOR WARRANTY. PROVIDE 5 YEAR PARTS WARRANTY ON COMPRESSOR. PROVIDE 10 YEAR HEAT EXCHANGER WARRANTY. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED SMOKE DETECTORS ON THE SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCT DISCHARGES. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY ECONOMIZER AND BAROMETRIC RELIEF. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A START UP CHECKLIST CONFIRMING ALL UNITS HAVE BEEN PROPERLY STARTED AND CONFIRMED RUNNING PROPERLY. CHECKLIST MUST BE PROVIDED TO TSC VIA CLOSE-OUT BINDER. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A SECOND SET OF FILTERS TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO STORE OPENING. UNIT SHALL BE R-410A REFRIGERANT (NO EXCEPTIONS). 120V NON-POWERED GFI CONVENIENCE OUTLET GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONDUITS AND GANG BOXES FOR FUTURE EMS. SEE DRAWING E-3A FOR DETAILS. LOW VOLTAGE VENDOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL LOW VOLTAGE PRE-WIRE FOR FUTURE EMS. SEE DRAWING E-3A FOR DETAILS. PROVIDE UNITS INSTALLED WITHIN 20 MILES OF A COASTAL MARINE ARE WITH A FACTORY INSTALLED EPOXY, OR PHENOLIC BASED COATING TO THE CONDENSER COILS FOR PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION CAUSED BY SEA SALT. CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR. (SEE CO2 SENSOR SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS) PROVIDE WITH MSAV BLOWER TYPE. PROVIDE WITH PHASE MONITOR. PROVIDE WITH FAULT DETECTION DIAGNOSTICS. PROVIDE WITH DRAIN PAN OVERFLOW SWITCH. 1. 2. 3.4. 5. 6. 7.8. 9. 10.11.12. 13. 14.15. 16. 17. 18.19. & MODEL NUMBER MANUFACTURER ALTERNATE 1 UR 2 RTU (1.25) FEED ROOM 36 692 700(2363 SF).12 CFM/SF 7.5 CFM/PERSON COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 6 RTU CD-1 SUPPLY 4, 8SLANT FACE PLENUM-DIFFUSER SYSTEM, 26x26 CONNECTION.CURBS PLUS INC. SFPD 2410-12.5 290109MEZZANINE2 (1281 SF).06 CFM/SF 5 CFM/PERSON (1.25) COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 CD-2 SUPPLY 4, 8SLANT FACE PLENUM-DIFFUSER SYSTEM, 22x22 CONNECTION.CURBS PLUS INC. SFPD 2008-7.5 S-1 R-1 3, 4, 8SURFACE MOUNTED, DOUBLE DEFLECTION, NECK SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN METAL-AIRESUPPLY V4004S 2, 3, 4, 8LAY-IN, 24x 24 IN. FACE, NECK SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN METAL-AIRE 5500SSUPPLY S-3 3, 5, 8SURFACE MOUNTED, NECK SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN.METAL-AIRERETURN RHE S-2 2, 3, 4, 8SURFACE MOUNTED, 12x 12 IN. FACE, NECK SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN METAL-AIRE 5500SSUPPLY SEE BELOW1475STERLING / GG120STOCK ROOMGUH-1 6. ACCEPTABLE EQUALS SHALL BE MODINE, REZNOR, LENNOX, OR TRANE. 5. UNITS SHALL BE U.L. LISTED. NEW GAS UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE NOTESCFMMANUFACTURER / MODEL NO.AREA SERVEDTAG NOTES: 3. PROVIDE SUPPORT TO MOUNT UNIT HEATER TO STRUCTURE. 2. PROVIDE THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION FOR FAN MOTOR. 1. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTAT (24V) AT 84" A.F.F. 120.0 GAS 98.4 INPUT OUTPUT VOLTAGE 115V/1/60 4. UNIT HEATER SHALL BE INSTALLED AT 14'-0" A.F.F. VENT(MBH) (MBH)DIA. 4 IN. MOTOR HP 1/10 HP 7. LV VENDOR TO PROVIDE, INSTAL, AND PRE-WIRE FOR FUTURE EMS. SEE DRAWING E-3A FOR DETAILS. IT ROOM SEE NOTES 7 & 8 BELOW125FANTECH / FG 4XL EXHAUST 72 WATTS 120V/1/60EF-2 .5" 2559 7. LINE VOLTAGE COOLING THERMOSTAT; WHITE RODGERS #ET5SRTHS 8. UNIT SHALL BE UL LISTED AND AMCA CERTIFIED. LGH072H4BH1G LENNOX 3 PH 460V 15 202 HP 700 95°F1.1"2400 80 80/67 77.2 57.9 12006113/90 150/120 SEE NOTES BELOW12.0 EERZJ078N15V4MAD7 YORK/JOHNSON LGH092H4BH1G LENNOX 3 PH 460V 20 252 HP 1010 95°F1.2"3000 80 80/67 93.0 67.9 14007.5 156/125 240/192 SEE NOTES BELOW12.5 EERZJ090N15V4MAD7 YORK/JOHNSON AIR OUTDOOR (MIN.) 240 300 SHEET NO. JOB NO. DATE REVISIONS 03/09/2016 14332 LGH150S4BH1G LENNOX 3 PH 460V 30 35 5 HP SEE NOTES BELOW53095°F1.85000 80156/125 240/192 80/67 147.6 113.7 150011.0 EER12.5ZJ150N20V4MAD7 YORK/JOHNSON 500 LGH150S4BH1G LENNOX 3 PH 460V 30 35 5 HP SEE NOTES BELOW261095°F1.85000 80156/125 240/192 80/67 147.6 113.7 150011.0 EER12.5ZJ150N20V4MAD7 YORK/JOHNSON 500 LGH150S4BH1G LENNOX 3 PH 460V 30 35 5 HP SEE NOTES BELOW261095°F1.85000 80156/125 240/192 80/67 147.6 113.7 150011.0 EER12.5ZJ150N20V4MAD7 YORK/JOHNSON 500 LGH072H4BH1G LENNOX 3 PH 460V 15 202 HP 480 95°F1.1"2400 80 80/67 77.2 57.9 12006113/90 150/120 SEE NOTES BELOW12.0 EERZJ078N15V4MAD7 YORK/JOHNSON 240 SEE 1-3 BELOW REMARKS 4MARKEL ELECTRIC CABINET UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE & MODEL NUMBER MANUFACTURERTAG KW BTU/HR HEATING CAPACITY 13,600 VOLTAGE 277V CFM 425CUH 1 G3484 AMPS 14.41 PHASE NOTES: 3. SIMILAR MANUFACTURER: QMARK, BERKO, TRANE 2. HEATER TO BE RECESSED CEILING (LAY-IN) MOUNTED 1. PROVIDE INTEGRAL THERMOSTAT, DISCONNECT, LOUVER OUTLET, AND MOUNTING HARDWARE EF-3 WOMEN 150GREENHECK / SP-A250 EXHAUST 83 WATTS 120V/1/60 SEE NOTES 1-3,9-11 BELOW.4" 864 MEN SEE NOTES 1-3,9-11 BELOW150GREENHECK / SP-A250 EXHAUST 83 WATTS 120V/1/60EF-4 .4" 864 9. CONTROLLED BY LIGHT SWITCH. 10. HANGING KIT WITH VIBRATION ISOLATORS. 11. METAL CEILING GRILLE. CD-3 SUPPLY 4, 8SLANT FACE PLENUM-DIFFUSER SYSTEM, 18x18 CONNECTION.CURBS PLUS INC. SFPD 1608-6 (1.25)5 RTU I.O.D.52 1004 1010(3446 SF).12 CFM/SF 7.5 CFM/PERSON COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 2017STORAGE1 (145 SF).06 CFM/SF 5 CFM/PERSON (1.25) COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 4 3 20. 21. 22.23. M-3 MECHANICAL DETAILS MAY USE FERRULE ATTACHMENT SEISMIC CABLE 45° ± 15° ROD COUPLING THREADED ROD ROD STIFFENER AS REQUIRED SELF TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS DUCT TRAPEZE SUPPORT UPPER SUPPORT (FOR SEISMIC BRACE) CABLE BRACKET 45° ± 15° MAY USE FERRULE ATTACHMENT ANCHOR ANCHOR SEISMIC CABLE STIFFENER CLAMP THREADED ROD ROD STIFFENER AS REQUIRED STIFFENER CLAMP TRAPEZE SUPPORT CABLE BRACKET UPPER SUPPORT (FOR SEISMIC BRACE) ROD COUPLING DUCT LONGITUDINALTRANSVERSE SEISMIC CABLE 45° ± 15° ROD COUPLING THREADED ROD ROD STIFFENER AS REQUIRED SELF TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS UPPER SUPPORT (FOR SEISMIC BRACE) CABLE BRACKET 45° ± 15° ANCHOR ANCHOR SEISMIC CABLE STIFFENER CLAMP THREADED ROD ROD STIFFENER AS REQUIRED STIFFENER CLAMP CABLE BRACKET ROD COUPLING DUCT LONGITUDINAL TRANSVERSE USE THE SHORTEST SCREW POSSIBLE WHEN PENETRATING DUCTWORK TO MINIMIZE AIRFLOW NOISE INSIDE THE DUCT. NO SCALE DUCT BRACING DETAIL - RECTANGULAR (VERTICAL RODS AND BRACE WITH CABLES) NO SCALE DUCT BRACING DETAIL - ROUND (VERTICAL RODS AND BRACE WITH CABLES) SUPPORT DUCT WITH STRAPS PER SMACNA SEISMIC GUIDELINES AND/OR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER'S DIRECTION. STRAP MUST BE A MIN. 1" WIDE, 26 GA. OR HEAVIER. SELF TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS DUCT NO SCALE STRAP SUPPORT DETAIL 1/4" NEOPRENE FOAM GASKET FASTEN EQUIPMENT BASE TO PRE-FABRICATED CURB INTAKE HOOD, PIPE HOOD, GAS VENT OR FAN FASTEN EQUIPMENT BASE TO PRE-FABRICATED CURB (2) PLACES EACH SIDE OF UNIT W/ #12 TEK SCREWS 1/4" NEOPRENE FOAM GASKET FASTEN EQUIPMENT BASE TO PRE-FABRICATED CURB ROOFTOP UNIT (SIDE VIEW) ROOFTOP UNIT (END VIEW) INSTALL FACTORY FURNISHED DRIP EDGE ON NON-RAIL SIDES COUNTERFLASHING ROOFINGPRE-FABRICATED CURB WELD CURB TO STRUCTURE PRE-FABRICATED CURB WELD CURB TO STRUCTURE 1/4" NEOPRENE FOAM GASKET COUNTERFLASHING ROOFING WOOD NAILER ROOFTOP UNIT (NON-RAIL SECTION) WOOD NAILER AC-UNIT RAIL WOOD NAILER ROOFTOP UNIT (RAIL SECTION) SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR SUPPORT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING BELOW CURB SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR SUPPORT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING BELOW CURB NO SCALE EQIUPMENT ROOF DETAIL R.T.U. R.A. RA DUCT, FULL SIZE OF UNIT OPENING W/ 1" LINING. NO SCALE RTU DROP BOX DIFFUSER DETAIL SASA SLANT FACE GRILLE (TYP. FOR 4) TRANS. TO 22x22 & CONNECT TO PLENUM DIFFUSER - SUPPLY DUCTWORK SHALL BE LINED. CURBS PLUS INC. PLENUM DIFFUSER. ALTERNATES ACCEPTABLE, MUST YIELD QUIET DISTRIBUTION. CALCULATIONS: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY - ARLINGTON, WA DESIGN CONDITIONS: SUMMER: INDOOR OUTDOOR T 75°F DB/63°F WB 80°F DB/65°F WB 5°F DB WINTER: INDOOR OUTDOOR T 75°F DB 21°F DB 54°F DB AREAS: SALES AREAS 23821 SQ.FT. STOCK 6045 SQ.FT. CORE AREA 3042 SQ.FT. VESTIBULE 133 SQ.FT. TOTAL SPACE 33277 SQ.FT. CFM/S.F. S.F./TON 0.7 595 PEOPLE: 379 - BASED ON 2012 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE VENTILATION: 7940 CFM BASED ON MECHANICAL SCHEDULE ROOF U VALUE: (0.1) WALL U VALUE (0.1); WINDOW VALUE: (1.13 U & 0.95 SC); HEAT GAIN FACTOR QUANTITY SENSIBLE GAIN LATENT GAIN ROOF: 1.6 BTU/SF 33,277 53,243 BTU/HR - NORTH WALL: 1 BTU/SF 750 750 BTU/HR - EAST WALL: 3.1 BTU/SF 2,904 9,002 BTU/HR - EAST GLASS: 18.95 BTU/SF 846 16,032 BTU/HR - SOUTH WALL: 1.2 BTU/SF 5,650 6,780 BTU/HR - WEST WALL: 0.4 BTU/SF 3,400 1,360 BTU/HR - PEOPLE: 250/250 379 94,750 BTU/HR 75,800 BTU/HR LIGHTS: 3.41 39,932 WATTS 136,168 BTU/HR - RECEPTACLES: 3.41 33,277 WATTS 113,475 BTU/HR - MISC. 3.41 33,277 WATTS 113,475 BTU/HR - TOTAL ROOM GAIN: 545,035 BTU/HR 75,800 BTU/HR VENTILATION AIR: 7940 x 1.085 x5 F 43,074 BTU/HR 7940 x .68 x 2 GR/LB 10,798 BTU/HR TOTAL HEAT GAIN: 588,109 BTU/HR + 86,598 BTU/HR 674,707 BTU/HR = 56 TONS SUPPLY AIR CFM: ROOM SENSIBLE GAIN 545,035 BTU/HR = = 25,117 CFM; USE 22,800 CFM 1.085 x (75 - 55) 21.7 HEAT LOSS ROOF: 33,277 S.F. x 5.4 BTU/SF 179,696 BTU/HR VENTILATION: 7940 x 1.08 x 58 465,205 BTU/HR 1/2 AC INFILTRATION: 737,140 x 0.55 405,427 BTU/HR WALLS 12,704 S.F. x 5.4 BTU/SF 68,602 BTU/HR GLASS: 846 S.F. x 61.02 BTU/SF 51,623 BTU/HR TOTAL HEAT LOSS: 1,170,552 BTU/HR DUCT DUCT COLLAR RETURN AIR GRILLE PLENUM BOX 24"x24"x8" 18 GA W/ROLLED EDGES CEILING INSTALL VOLUME DAMPER AT TRUNK CONNECTION OF EACH RETURN AIR INLET CONNECTION DUCT FLEX DUCTCONN. DUCT PLENUM BOX 24"x24"x8" 18 GA W/ROLLED EDGES INSTALL VOLUME DAMPER OF EACH RETURN AIR INLET CONNECTION DUCT AT TRUNK CONNECTION CEILING DUCT COLLAR RETURN AIR GRILLE EGG CRATE 1/2"x1/2"x1/2" PLASTIC GRID RIGID GALV. STEEL ELBOW 1.5x RADIUS DIFF. NECK SIZE=DIA. TAKE-OFFBELLMOUTH DUCT MAIN MAX. 4'-0" FLEX DUCT NEW DIFFUSER DAMPERVOLUME CEILING (LAY-IN, GYP BOARD, ETC...) PER W.M.C. & SMACNA SEISMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL, TYPICAL FOR ALL BRACING. SEISMIC RESTRAINTS, (TYPICAL) PER W.M.C. & SMACNA SIESMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL, TYPICAL FOR ALL BRACING.SEISMIC RESTRAINTS, (TYPICAL) BATT INSULATION OVER TOP OF CD BACK PAN NO SCALE RETURN DUCT DETAIL NO SCALE SUPPLY DUCT DETAIL 4"Ø FLUE PIPE FROM UNIT HEATER 14'-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TO BOTTOM OF UNIT HEATER CAP DIRT LEG CONNECTION TO UNIT HEATER INCLUDES REDUCER. GAS COCK SUPPORT FROM UNIT HEATER TO SUPPORT ANGLE SPANNING JOISTS ABOVE CEILING. (TYPICAL OF 2) ANGLE IRON SUPPORT CONCENTRIC ADAPTER TALL CONE FLASHING STORM COLLAR 6"Ø OUTER FLUE COMBUSTION AIR INLET 4"Ø INNER FLUE EXHAUST TERMINAL NO SCALE NEW GAS UNIT HEATER DETAIL SHEET NO. JOB NO. DATE REVISIONS 03/09/2016 14332 COOLING LOAD CALCULATION BASED ON ASHRAE STANDARD 183 - TOTAL SPACE REQUIREMENT - 56 TONS COOLING LOAD DESIGNED HVAC SYSTEM - TOTAL SPACE DESIGN OF 57 TONS WE COMPLY WITH WSEC #C403.2.1 & C403.2.2 HEATING LOAD CALCULATION - 1,170,552 BTU/HR TOTAL SPACE REQUIREMENT HEATING LOAD DESIGNED HVAC SYSTEM - 1,128,000 BTU/HR TOTAL SPACE DESIGNED WE COMPLY WITH WSEC #C403.2.2 DESIGN SUMMARY: PLAN P-1 PLUMBING PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND HEALTH REGULATIONS HAVING JURISDICTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL FEES AND PERMITS REQUIRED. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE INSTALLATION AGAINST DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL FURNISHED ON PROJECT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. PROVIDE EXTENDED GUARANTEES FOR EQUIPMENT SUCH AS WATER HEATERS WHEN REQUIRED. 3. SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL THE NUMBER OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE ON ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND EXAMINE PREMISES AT AND ADJACENT TO PROPOSED WORK. VERIFY EXISTING PIPE SIZES, LOCATION AND SUITABILITY FOR CONNECTION TO THE NEW SYSTEM PRIOR TO BID. 5. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INTEND TO SHOW APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF PIPING, FIXTURES, ETC. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL ARCHITECTURAL, CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR PIPE ROUTING AND EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT. INSTALL ALL WORK WITHOUT CONFLICT WITH OTHER TRADES AND MAKE MINOR ALTERATIONS AS REQUIRED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE FULLY WITH OWNER IN SCHEDULING AND MAKING CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SERVICE LINES SO AS TO CAUSE THE LEAST POSSIBLE INCONVENIENCE AND SHORTEST POSSIBLE INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ALL VOLTAGES, ELECTRICAL LOADS, ETC., OF ELECTRICALLY OPERATED EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO PURCHASING EQUIPMENT. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE U.L. AND NEMA APPROVED. 8. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 3'-0" IN FRONT OF ALL ELECTRICAL PANELS AND 1'-0" EITHER SIDE OF PANEL TO STRUCTURE. ALL PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED AROUND THIS AREA. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ACCESS PANELS, TO BE INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING INSTALLATIONS. 10. SANITARY VENT ROOF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 10'-0" AWAY FROM ALL ROOFTOP MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT OR OTHER AIR INTAKE DEVICES. 11. ALL HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. SUPPORTS SHALL SECURELY HOLD PIPING, PREVENT VIBRATION, COMPENSATE FOR STATIC AND OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS OF THE VARIOUS SYSTEMS, AND SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ELECTROLYTIC ACTION. 12. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE AND INSTALL, IF REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT, NEW WATER METER AS PER REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL TAP FEES AND COSTS INTO BID FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 13. ALL DOMESTIC HOT WATER AND COLD WATER PIPING ABOVE SLAB SHALL BE TYPE 'L' HARD COPPER WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS USING "NO-LEAD" SOLDER. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING BELOW CONCRETE SLAB SHALL BE TYPE 'K' SOFT COPPER. NO SOLDER JOINTS ARE ALLOWED BELOW CONCRETE SLAB. COPPER PIPING PASSING UNDER AND THROUGH CONCRETE SLAB OR WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH A PROTECTIVE SHEATHING OR WRAPPING TO PREVENT CORROSION TO THE COPPER PIPING. 14. VALVES SERVING DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS SHALL BE BALL VALVES OR APPROVED EQUAL. ALL VALVES SHALL BE LOCATED SO AS TO BE ACCESSIBLE BY MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL. 15. PROVIDE 1" THICK FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION WITH SERVICE JACKET ON ALL DOMESTIC WATER PIPING. DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPE INSULATION SHALL HAVE A CONTINUOUS VAPOR BARRIER. 16. ALL WATER PIPING SHOWN ROUTED IN EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE LOCATED BETWEEN INSULATION AND FINISHED WALL TO PREVENT FREEZE DAMAGE. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD DETERMINE THE LOCATION AND INVERT AT THE POINT OF CONNECTION TO THE SEWER SYSTEM BEFORE DETERMINING FINAL ROUTING OF SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING. 18. ALL SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC DMV PLASTIC PIPE WHERE ALLOWED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR THIS INSTALLATION. PROVIDE 3M FIRE BARRIER CAULK CP-25 CAULKING, OR UL APPROVED EQUAL, AT ANY PENETRATION OF THE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. 19. ALL SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE UNIFORMLY GRADED AND SHALL HAVE SLOPE OF NOT LESS THAN 1/4 INCH PER FOOT FOR PIPING 4" IN DIAMETER AND LARGER. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES: CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES WITH RESPECT TO ROUTING AND CLEARANCES PROVIDING OFFSETS, DROPS, RISERS, ETC. AS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE PLUMBING WORK. PROVIDE PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS ON SINK AND ANY OTHER CONNECTIONS TO QUICK CLOSING VALVES PER PDI RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ROUGH-IN AND FINAL CONNECTIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE REQUIRED CLEARANCE FROM ELECTRICAL PANELS, TRANSFER SWITCHES, ETC. FOR ALL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PER ELECTRICAL CLEARANCE DETAIL. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM 13'-6" CLEAR THROUGHOUT TOW MOTOR PATHWAY. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL REWORK PIPING AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THIS CLEARANCE REQUIREMENT EXCEPT UNDER MEZZANINE AREAS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VIDEO EXISTING SANITARY AND STORM LINES DURING FIRST WEEK OF CONSTRUCTION AND CORRECT ANY ISSUES. ALL EXISTING SANITARY SEWER LINES USED IN THE TSC SPACE SHOULD BE SNAKED OUT TO BE CLEAR OF ALL OBSTRUCTIONS AND VERIFIED THAT ALL LINES FLOW PROPERLY TO THE NEAREST MANHOLE (NOT JUST THE NEAREST CLEANOUT), IF IT IS A LONG DISTANCE, RE-ENTER THE SNAKE AT CLEANOUTS AS NECESSARY TO SNAKE OUT ENTIRE RUN OF SANITARY SEWER LINES. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A SUMMARY OF THE FINDINGS VALIDATING THE SEWERS ARE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE A HAND DRAWN LAYOUT OF THE SEWER LINES FOR RECORD. PIPING TO BE SUPPORTED PER SMACNA SEISMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL AND ALSO THE FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY "INSTALLING SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR DUCT AND PIPE" AND PER WASHINGTON BUILDING CODE EACH INSTALLING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DETAILS TO THE CITY FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO STARTING WORK 240.0 CFH (TRACTOR SUPPLY'S LEASE SPACE) NOTES: 1. GAS PRESSURE AFTER METER IS 7 INCHES W.C. 2. GAS PIPE SIZES ARE BASED ON THE 2012 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE; TABLE 402.4(2) SCHEDULE 40 METALLIC PIPE; INLET PRESSURE OF LESS THAN 2 PSI; 0.5" W.C. PRESSURE DROP AND APPROXIMATELY 500 FEET EQUIVALENT LENGTH. ROOFTOP UNIT (RTU-1), NEW ROOFTOP UNIT (RTU-2), NEW 150.0 CFH GAS DEMAND 240.0 CFHROOFTOP UNIT (RTU-3), NEW ROOFTOP UNIT (RTU-4), NEW 240.0 CFH 240.0 CFHROOFTOP UNIT (RTU-5), NEW AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WC WATER CLOSET FLOOR DRAIN PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PLUMBING LEGEND DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL COLD WATER PIPING HOT WATER PIPING SANITARY SEWER GAS PIPING SHUT-OFF VALVE SHUT-OFF VALVE IN RISER GENERAL CONTRACTOR ELECTRIC WATER COOLER GC FLOOR CLEANOUTCO MS MOP SINK FPHB FROSTPROOF HOSE BIBB FD PC EWC RISER DOWN (ELBOW) RISER UP (ELBOW) BRANCH-TOP CONNECTION BRANCH-BOTTOM CONNECTION TEE ELBOW LAV LAVATORY BS BREAKROOM SINK G (E)EXISTING (N)NEW UR URINAL SANITARY VENT PIPING V 6. 7. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION WHEN THE INSTALLATION IS READY FOR INSPECTION (AT ROUGH-IN PRIOR TO COVERING AND FINAL). PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL MANUAL SHUT-OFF VALVE, DRIPS AND/OR SEDIMENT TRAPS AT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT AND AT THE OUTLET OF THE METER. VALVES AND DRIPS SHALL BE READILY ACCESSIBLE TO PERMIT CLEANING, EMPTYING OR SERVICING. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PRESSURE TESTING AND INSPECTION PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE, PER NFPA 54. TEST PRESSURE SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 1-1/2 TIMES THE MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE, BUT NOT LESS THAN 3 PSI. TEST SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 1/2 HOUR PER 500 CF OF PIPE VOLUME. GAS PIPING ABOVE GROUND SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL WITH 125 POUND BLACK MALLEABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS FOR 2" AND SMALL AND WELDED FOR 2-1/2" AND ABOVE. GAS PIPING COMPOUND AT JOINTS SHALL BE PER NFPA BULLETIN #54 AND LOCAL CODES. GAS VALVES SHALL BE UL LISTED FOR GAS SERVICE SUCH AS DEZURICK MODEL S-425 FOR 2" AND LESS AND MODEL F-425 FOR 2-1/2" AND LARGER. NOTE: WELDED PIPE TO BE WITH APPROVED WELD-O-LET FITTINGS. ALL EXTERIOR GAS PIPING IS TO BE PRIMED AND PAINTED WITH TWO (2) COATS OF RUST RESISTANT PAINT, COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SEMI-RIGID OR FLEXIBLE TUBING AND FITTINGS BETWEEN PIPE OUTLET AND EQUIPMENT. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURELY SUPPORT GAS PIPING AND SLOPE AT A MINIMUM OF 1/4 INCH PER 15 FEET TO PREVENT TRAPS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPORT GAS PIPING AS FOLLOWS: 1/2" PIPE AT 6 FEET SPACING 3/4" TO 1" PIPE AT 8 FEET SPACING 1-1/4" AND LARGER AT 10 FEET SPACING GAS PIPE BEING REMOVED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED FROM SOURCE, PURGED WITH AIR, WATER OR INERT GAS BEFORE CUTTING. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL QUICK-DISCONNECT DEVICES AT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WHICH WILL AUTOMATICALLY SHUT-OFF THE GAS SUPPLY WHEN THE DEVICE IS DISCONNECTED. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH GAS COMPANY FOR THE (DSA-SS) EARTHQUAKE-ACTUATED GAS SHUT-OFF VALVE TO AUTOMATICALLY SHUT OFF GAS AT THE LOCATION OF THE VALVE IN THE EVENT OF A SEISMIC DISTURBANCE. GAS PIPING NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 150.0 CFHROOFTOP UNIT (RTU-6), NEW TOTAL GAS DEMAND 1380.0 CFH THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING PIPING, EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES REQUIRING DEMOLITION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WORK WITH THE ARCHITECT, GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AND WITH THE OWNER. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT EXISTING SANITARY AND WASTE PIPING 3" BELOW FLOOR AND PLUG WITH PERMANENT STOPPER. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ANY FLOOR DRAINS THAT ARE NOT USED FOR NEW SPACE LAYOUT. CUT WASTE LINE TO 3" BELOW FLOOR AND PLUG WITH PERMANANT STOPPER. THE PLUMBING DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED EXCLUSIVELY BY THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALL PATCHING AND SEALING OR WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, ETC... TO BE DONE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO MAKE ALL FINAL PLUMBING CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES & EQUIPMENT. PLUMBING DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.MEZZANINE PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" (D)REMOVE SHEET NO. JOB NO. DATE REVISIONS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DA T E # TY P E 10 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A 03/09/2016 14332 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 F a x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . EDCBAB3B8C6D2D5D6 E7 FEED ROOM REFER TO DRAWING P-2 FOR ENLARGED PLUMBING PLAN THIS AREA. MS (E)NEW 20 GALLON WATER HEATER TO REPLACE EXISTING WATER HEATER IN SAME LOCATION. REFER TO DETAIL ON DWG. P-2 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 3/4" 3" VTR FROM TOILET ROOMS BELOW. EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW 3/4" HOT AND COLD WATER LINES INTO EXISTING FROM NEW REPLACEMENT HOT WATER HEATER UNDER STAIRS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZES AND LOCATIONS. EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW WATER HEATER HOT AND COLD WATER LINES INTO EXISTING LINES SERVING MOP SINK AND UPPER MEZZANINE TOILET ROOMS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES ON UPPER MEZZANINE TO REMAIN AS IS. EXISTING WATER SERVICE ENTERS SPACE IN REAR SPRINKLER RISER ROOM. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH LOCAL WATER COMPANY FOR INSTALLING NEW WATER METER WITH BACKFLOW PREVENTER FOR NEW DEMISED TSC SPACE. RUN NEW 1-1/2" COLD WATER MAIN LINE FROM THIS NEW METER BACK TO SERVE TSC SPACE. EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW 1-1/2" COLD WATER MAIN LINE FROM NEW WATER METER INTO MAIN WATER LINE SERVING TSC SPACE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT, CAP, AND REWORK ANY EXISTING COLD WATER LINES AS NECESSARY IN ORDER TO ENSURE NEW TSC DEMISED SPACE IS SERVED ENTIRELY FROM NEW COLD WATER LINE. RTU 1 NEW 240 CFH RTU 3 NEW 240 CFH RTU 4 NEW 240 CFH RTU 2 NEW 150 CFH RTU 5 NEW 240 CFH RTU 6 NEW 150 CFH GG G G G G G G G G G G G G GAS PIPING ON ROOF TO RUN ON MIRO INDUSTRIES PIPING SUPPORTS AT 10'-0" ON CENTER & AT EACH CHANGE IN DIRECTIONS. (TYP.) NEWGUH 1 120 CFH G REFER TO 'MEZZANINE PLUMBING PLAN' ON THIS SHEET FOR CONTINUATION.REFER TO 'PLUMBING PLAN' ON THIS SHEET FOR CONTINUATION. 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-1/4" 120.0 CFHGAS UNIT HEATER (GUH-1), NEW 2" 2-1/2" 3" 3" 3"3"3" NEW 3" GAS LINE TO RUN ON ROOF APPROXIMATELY 100 FEET TO EXISTING GAS SERVICE. PC SHALL COORDINATE WITH LOCAL GAS COMPANY FOR INSTALLING NEW GAS METER TO SERVE NEW TSC DEMISED SPACE SEPARATELY. 1-1/2" GAS CONNECTION TO ROOFTOP UNIT COMPLETE WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE & DIRT LEG. (TYPICAL) 1-1/4" GAS CONNECTION TO ROOFTOP UNIT COMPLETE WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE & DIRT LEG. (TYPICAL) 1-1/4" GAS DROP THRU ROOF IN PATE PIPE CURB AND CONNECT TO GAS-FIRED UNIT HEATER COMPLETE WITH DIRT LEG. FPHB EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW 3/4" CW LINE FROM NEW FPHB INTO EXISTING CW MAIN IN AREA. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION. 4" EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW 4" SANITARY LINE INTO EXISTING SANITARY LINE IN AREA. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF EXISTING PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK. 1-1/2" EXISTING HOSE BIBB TO REMAIN. PC TO ENSURE EXISTING HOSE BIBB IS IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION. FIELD VERIFY THAT HOSE BIBB IS CONNECTED TO WATER PIPING THAT DOES NOT EXTEND PAST DEMISING WALL. IF IT IS CONNECTED TO PIPING PAST THE DEMISING WALL THAT WILL NO LONGER BE CONNECTED TO TRACTOR SUPPLY SPACE, THEN RECONNECT INTO NEAREST CW LINE SERVING TRACTOR SUPPLY SPACE. EXISTING HOSE BIBB TO REMAIN. PC TO ENSURE EXISTING HOSE BIBB IS IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION. FIELD VERIFY THAT HOSE BIBB IS CONNECTED TO WATER PIPING THAT DOES NOT EXTEND PAST DEMISING WALL. IF IT IS CONNECTED TO PIPING PAST THE DEMISING WALL THAT WILL NO LONGER BE CONNECTED TO TRACTOR SUPPLY SPACE, THEN RECONNECT INTO NEAREST CW LINE SERVING TRACTOR SUPPLY SPACE. PLUMBING P-2 ENLARGED ENLARGED PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" PLAN 1-1/22-3/4URINALUR BREAKROOM SINK ELECTRIC WATER COOLER BS EWC WATER CLOSET DESCRIPTION WC TAG VENT (IN.) 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1-1/2 -1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHDULE CW (IN.)WASTE (IN.)HW (IN.) -4 2 PLUMBING FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS: PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND HEALTH REGULATIONS HAVING JURISDICTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL FEES AND PERMITS REQUIRED. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE INSTALLATION AGAINST DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL FURNISHED ON PROJECT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. PROVIDE EXTENDED GUARANTEES FOR EQUIPMENT SUCH AS WATER HEATERS WHEN REQUIRED. 3. SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL THE NUMBER OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE ON ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND EXAMINE PREMISES AT AND ADJACENT TO PROPOSED WORK. VERIFY EXISTING PIPE SIZES, LOCATION AND SUITABILITY FOR CONNECTION TO THE NEW SYSTEM PRIOR TO BID. 5. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INTEND TO SHOW APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF PIPING, FIXTURES, ETC. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL ARCHITECTURAL, CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR PIPE ROUTING AND EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT. INSTALL ALL WORK WITHOUT CONFLICT WITH OTHER TRADES AND MAKE MINOR ALTERATIONS AS REQUIRED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE FULLY WITH OWNER IN SCHEDULING AND MAKING CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SERVICE LINES SO AS TO CAUSE THE LEAST POSSIBLE INCONVENIENCE AND SHORTEST POSSIBLE INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ALL VOLTAGES, ELECTRICAL LOADS, ETC., OF ELECTRICALLY OPERATED EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO PURCHASING EQUIPMENT. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE U.L. AND NEMA APPROVED. 8. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 3'-0" IN FRONT OF ALL ELECTRICAL PANELS AND 1'-0" EITHER SIDE OF PANEL TO STRUCTURE. ALL PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED AROUND THIS AREA. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ACCESS PANELS, TO BE INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING INSTALLATIONS. 10. SANITARY VENT ROOF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 10'-0" AWAY FROM ALL ROOFTOP MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT OR OTHER AIR INTAKE DEVICES. 11. ALL HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. SUPPORTS SHALL SECURELY HOLD PIPING, PREVENT VIBRATION, COMPENSATE FOR STATIC AND OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS OF THE VARIOUS SYSTEMS, AND SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ELECTROLYTIC ACTION. 12. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE AND INSTALL, IF REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT, NEW WATER METER AS PER REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL TAP FEES AND COSTS INTO BID FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 13. ALL DOMESTIC HOT WATER AND COLD WATER PIPING ABOVE SLAB SHALL BE TYPE 'L' HARD COPPER WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS USING "NO-LEAD" SOLDER. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING BELOW CONCRETE SLAB SHALL BE TYPE 'K' SOFT COPPER. NO SOLDER JOINTS ARE ALLOWED BELOW CONCRETE SLAB. COPPER PIPING PASSING UNDER AND THROUGH CONCRETE SLAB OR WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH A PROTECTIVE SHEATHING OR WRAPPING TO PREVENT CORROSION TO THE COPPER PIPING. 14. VALVES SERVING DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS SHALL BE BALL VALVES OR APPROVED EQUAL. ALL VALVES SHALL BE LOCATED SO AS TO BE ACCESSIBLE BY MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL. 15. PROVIDE 1" THICK FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION WITH SERVICE JACKET ON DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING. PROVIDE 1/2" THICK FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION WITH SERVICE JACKET ON DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING. DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPE INSULATION SHALL HAVE A CONTINUOUS VAPOR BARRIER. 16. ALL WATER PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED TIGHT TO DECK AND EXTERIOR WALLS WITHIN SPACE. NO DOMESTIC HOT WATER OR COLD WATER PIPING WILL BE PERMITTED WITHIN CMU WALLS. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD DETERMINE THE LOCATION AND INVERT AT THE POINT OF CONNECTION TO THE SEWER SYSTEM BEFORE DETERMINING FINAL ROUTING OF SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING. 18. ALL SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC DMV PLASTIC PIPE WHERE ALLOWED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR THIS INSTALLATION. PROVIDE 3M FIRE BARRIER CAULK CP-25 CAULKING, OR UL APPROVED EQUAL, AT ANY PENETRATION OF THE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. 19. ALL SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE UNIFORMLY GRADED AND SHALL HAVE SLOPE OF NOT LESS THAN 1/4 INCH PER FOOT FOR PIPING 4" IN DIAMETER AND LARGER. ELECTRIC WATER COOLER (EWC) - A.D.A. COMPLIANT: SHALL BE OASIS MODEL P8AC WITH TOUCH PAD CONTROLS AND WALL MOUNTING BRACKET. 8 GPH, 115/1/60. MOUNT UNIT AT 42" MAXIMUM FROM FLOOR TO SPOUT OUTLET. PROVIDE McGUIRE 8872 P-TRAP AND McGUIRE 2165-CC SUPPLY WITH STOP. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE RECEPTACLE BEHIND WATER COOLER. NOTE: (2) TWO REQUIRED, MOUNT ONE HIGH AND ONE LOW. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. WATER CLOSET (WC) - FLUSH TANK, FLOOR MOUNTED/A.D.A. COMPLIANT: SHALL BE AMERICAN STANDARD "CADET" MODEL 2467.016 VITREOUS CHINA ELONGATED BOWL, 12" ROUGH-IN, 1.6 GPF PRESSURE ASSISTED SIPHON JET ACTION. 16-1/2" RIM HEIGHT, COMPLETE WITH BOLT CAPS, OLSONITE MODEL 10-CC/SS OPEN FRONT SEAT LESS COVER AND McGUIRE 2166-CC SUPPLY WITH STOPS. MOUNT FLUSH LEVER OPPOSITE OF WALL. PROVIDE WITH ALTERNATE TANK CONFIGURATION MODEL 4142.800. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING CORRECT TANK SELECTION WITH LATEST ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS TO ACCOMMODATE ADA ACCESSIBILITY PRIOR TO ORDERING. URINAL (UR) - AMERICAN STANDARD "WASHBROOK FLOWISE" MODEL 6590.001 VITREOUS CHINA, WALL MOUNTED URINAL WITH TOP SPUD, 1.0 GPF. FLUSH VALVE: AMERICAN STANDARD MODEL 6045.101.002 (1.0 GPF) EXPOSED MANUAL PISTON-TYPE FLUSHOMETER VALVE. PROVIDE COMPLETE WITH FOOTED CHAIR CARRIER (JOSAM FIG. NO. 17810). REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. LAVATORY (LAV) - WALL HUNG/A.D.A. COMPLIANT: SHALL BE AMERICAN STANDARD "LUCERNE" MODEL 0355.012 VITREOUS CHINA COMPLETE WITH AMERICAN STANDARD FAUCET 7385.003 FAUCET CENTERSET SINGLE LEVER FACUET WITH 0.5 GPM AERATOR, GRID DRAIN NO. 7723.018 AND OFFSET 1-1/4" TAILPIECE, McGUIRE PW2165 PRE-WRAPPED P-TRAP, SUPPLY COVERS AND TWO McGUIRE 2165-CC SUPPLIES WITH STOPS, JOSAM NO. 17100-67 CARRIER WITH MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL HAVE FLOOD RIM 34" A.F.F. INSULATE ANY ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORY WITH TRUEBRO "HANDI-LAV-GUARD" INSULATION KIT. MODEL 102W WITH ACCESSORY 105W. PROVIDE TEMPERATURE LIMITING VALVE FOR MAX. 105° F HOT WATER. BREAKROOM SINK (BS) - SHALL BE ELKAY MODEL LRAD-2522 21"x15"Ax6.2" DEEP BOWL, 18 GA. STAINLESS STEEL, SELF RIMMING AND REAR DECK FACUET (2.2 GPM) MOUNTING WITH 3 HOLES COMPLETE WITH AMERICAN STANDARD MODEL 4275.550 FAUCET WITH GOOSENECK SPOUT AND METAL LEVER HANDLE, TWO McGUIRE 8892 P-TRAP AND TWO McGUIRE 2165-CC SUPPLIES WITH STOPS WATER HEATER (WH) - RHEEM MODEL 81VP20S, 20 GALLON, 2.0 KW, 120/1/60 WITH A RECOVERY RATE OF 9.5 GPH AT A 90° TEMPERATURE RISE. PROVIDE COMPLETE WITH AMTROL EXPANSION TANK MODEL ST-5 PRE-PRESSURED TO 50 PSIG, T&P RELIEF VALVES, ALL OPERATING AND SAFETY CONTROLS AND 3" HIGH GALVANIZED SHEET METAL DRAIN PAN SEALED WATERTIGHT. FROSTPROOF HOSE BIBB (FPHB) - SHALL BE WOODFORD MODEL 27CP, 3/4", AUTOMATIC DRAINING, BRASS FINISH, NIDEL MODEL 34DHA VACUUM BREAKER AND WHEEL HANDLE. WALL CLEANOUT (WCO) - SHALL BE J.R. SMITH MODEL NO. 4422 DUCO CAST IRON CAULK FERRULE WITH CAST BRONZE TAPER THREAD PLUG WITH STAINLESS STEEL COVER. FLOOR CLEANOUT (CO) - SHALL BE J.R. SMITH #4020 DUCO CAST IRON CLEANOUT WITH ADJUSTABLE SECURED NICKEL BRONZE TOP. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FOR SQUARE OR ROUND TOP. CABINET. FLOOR DRAIN (FD) - ROUND TOP; SHALL BE J.R. SMITH MODEL 2005-B-PB WITH CAST IRON BODY AND TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION AND POLISHED BRONZE STRAINER. SIZE AS SHOWN ON PLANS. NO SCALE UNDER LAVATORY TRAP PRIMER (TP) DETAIL COPPER PIPING PASSING UNDER OR THRU CONCRETE SLAB SHALL BE PROTECTED BY A PROTECTIVE SHEATHING OR WRAPPING TO PREVENT CORROSION TO THE COPPER PPP MODEL PRO1-ULP500 TRAP PRIMER WITH BACKFLOW PREVENTER SEAL AND VACUUM BREAKER PORT FLOOR DRAIN SUPPLY AND STOP FINISHED FLOOR TRAP PRIMER VALVE SHALL BE MOUNTED ONE FOOT ABOVE THE P-TRAP FINISHED FLOOR NOTE: TEMPERING VALVE SERVING LAVATORY IN TOILET ROOMS AND BREAK ROOM SINK SHALL BE WATTS SERIES MMV WITH A MINIMUM FLOW OF .5 GPM AND 2 GPM @ 10 PSI PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL. NOTE: TEMPERING VALVE SHALL BE LISTED TO ASSE 1070 STANDARD. SET OUTLET TEMPERATURE TO 105°F. NO SCALE VALVE (TTV) DETAILTHERMOSTATIC TEMPERING 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" TEMPERED WATER LINE UNDER-THE-COUNTER THERMOSTATIC TEMPERING VALVE LAV NOTE: COORDINATE FLOOR DRAIN STRAINER TYPE WITH FINISH FLOOR MATERIAL. ADJUSTABLE DRAIN HEAD DRAIN SUPPORT STRAP STRAINER, FLUSH W/FLOOR PIPE INSIDE CAULK DRAIN BODY FINISHED FLOOR (SEE ARCHITECTURAL DWGS. FOR FLOOR TYPE & SLOPES) FLOOR DRAIN (FD) DETAIL NO SCALE FINISH FLOOR SLAB ROUGH FLOOR SLAB TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION (WHEN SPECIFIED) CAULKING REQUIRED TO PRODUCE WATERTIGHT SEAL BRONZE SCORATED TOPCENTER SECURING SCREW FLOOR LINE FITTING TYPE AS REQ'D TO SUIT THREADED PLUG FLOOR CLEANOUT VENT THRU ROOF DETAIL NO SCALE 24" MIN. FROM ANY WALL OR VERTICAL SURFACE FLASHING: EDM VENT THRU ROOF HAND WIPE OR SOLDER JOINT ROOF CONSTRUCTION ESCUTCHEON FOR EXPOSED RISER VENT PIPE OFFSET IN CEILING WHERE REQUIRED MASTIC CAULKING COMPOUND PIPE SLEEVE 12" MINIMUM 10" NO SCALE NO SCALE SANITARY SCHEMATIC PC SHALL REFER TO DWG. P-1 FOR CONTINUATION. SHEET NO. JOB NO. DATE REVISIONS 03/09/2016 14332 WC WC 3" FD W/TP 3" FD W/TP UR LAV LAV BS 3/4"3/4" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 1/2" 3" 3" 4" HCO3" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" V V V TP TP 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"2" 1-1/2" 2" VENT RISER WITH 3" VTR. RISE UP THRU MEZZANINE AND TUCK CLOSE ALONG WALL ON UPPER FLOOR. 1/2" CW UNDERFLOOR COMPLETE WITH 1" THICK "ARMAFLEX" PIPE INSULATION. (TYPICAL) MEN 109 WOMEN 108 EMPLOYEELOUNGE 110 REFER TO DWG. P-1 FOR CONTINUATION. EWC REFER TO DWG. M-1 FOR CONTINUATION. REFER TO DWG. M-1 FOR CONTINUATION. WC WC HCO BS EWC 3" FD W/TP 3" FD W/TP LAV LAV UR 3" VTR 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 3" 3" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2"3" 3" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 3" MEZZANINE UPPER FLOOR WELDED STEEL EXPANSION TANK W/POLYPROPYLENE LINING, FDA APPROVED FOR DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE. PRECHARGE TANK TO MATCH WATER PRESSURE AS PER TANK MANUFACTURER. NO SCALE ELECTRIC WATER HEATER DETAIL-FLOOR MOUNTED DIP TUBE CONNECTIONTHERMOMETER WATER HEATER RELIEF VALVE 3/4" COLD WATER TO HEATER MTD IN HORIZONTAL POSITION SIZE TO DRAIN PAN. BALL VALVE (TYP.) DIELECTRIC UNION (TYPICAL) GALVANIZED NIPPLE (TYPICAL) BUILDING WALL DRAIN PAN CHECK VALVE (TYP) 3/4" HOT WATER TO SYSTEM DRAIN VALE. PIPE CONNECTION PIPE FULL SIZE TO SERVICE SINK OR NEAREST FLOOR DRAIN A.S.M.E. TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE 3/4" VACUUM RELIEF VALVE OR FINISHED FLOOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO FABRICATE WATER HEATER STAND. (NOTE: STAND SHALL BE HIGH ENOUGH TO DISCHARGE T&P VALVE AND DRAIN INTO MOP SINK) WALL PER CODE PROVIDE METAL STRAPS AROUND WATER HEATER AND FASTEND TO NOTE: WATER HEATER SHALL BE ANCHORED OR STRAPPED TO RESIST HORIZONTAL DISPLACEMENT DUE TO EARTHQUAKE MOTION. STRAPPING SHALL BE AT POINTS WITHIN THE UPPER ONE-THIRD (1/3) AND LOWER ONE-THIRD (1/3 ) OF ITS VERTICAL DIMENSIONS. AT THE LOWER POINT, A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF FOUR (4) INCHES SHALL BE MAINTAINED ABOVE THE CONTROLS WITH THE STRAPPING. DRAIN VALVE SHALL CONFORM TO ASSE 1005. THE VACUUM RELIEF VALVE SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI Z21.22. THE TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE VALVE SHALL BE SELF CLOSING (LEVERED) CONFORMING TO ANSI Z21.22. INSTALL HEAT TRAP ON SUPPLY AND DISCHARGE PIPING NEAR WATER HEATER. TRAP TO BE MINIMUM OF 18" DEEP CENTER TO CENTER. GENERAL NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" FIRE PROTECTION PLAN PLAN FP-1 PROTECTION FIRE GENERAL FIRE PROTECTION NOTES: 1. ALTER EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 13 AND AS REQUIRED BY ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES. 2. PROVIDE BRONZE HEADS IN ALL OPEN STRUCTURE AREAS. 3. PROVIDE NON-RECESSED CHROME PLATED HEADS IN ALL SUSPENDED CEILING AREAS, COMPLETE WITH CHROME ESCUTCHEON AND TRIM RINGS. 4. HEADS TO BE LOCATED AND ORIENTED INTENTIONALLY AND ACCORDING TO CODE REQUIRED COVERAGE. HEADS TO BE CENTERED IN CEILING TILES. HEIGHT OF MAIN AND LATERAL LINES TO BE COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER SERVICES. 5. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS (WORKING DRAWINGS AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS) OF ALTERATIONS TO THE SYSTEM TO THE FIRE MARSHALL'S OFFICE FOR PERMITTING AND APPROVAL. 6. LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT THE EXISTING TAMPER AND FLOW DEVICE IS OPERABLE AND IS CAPABLE OF BEING CONNECTED TO A MONITORING PANEL. 7. FIRE SPRINKLER PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORIZED HAVING JURISDICTION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY COMPONENT OF THE SYSTEM. TWO (2) SETS OF PLANS NEED TO BE SUBMITTED AND SHALL INCLUDE CALCULATIONS, MANUFACTURER, SPECIFICATIONS ON EACH TYPE OF SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLED, VALVE LOCATION, AND SPRINKLER PIPE LOCATION. 8. THE ENTIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE TESTED AT 200 PSI FOR TWO HOURS WITH NO LEAKS OR DROP IN PRESSURE. ALL SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE EXPOSED DURING THIS TEST. 9. PRESSURE TESTS SHALL BE ARRANGED 24 HOURS IN ADVANCE THROUGH THE FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE. NO TESTING WILL BE SCHEDULED AFTER 2 P.M. 10. BACKFLOW DEVICE TESTING SHALL BE CONDUCTED AND DOCUMENTATION OF TEST GIVEN TO TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY AND TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT BEFORE THE SYSTEM'S FINAL APPROVAL BY THE LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR IF REQUIRED. 11. ANY PERMITS REQUIRED WILL BE OBTAINED THROUGH THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. 12. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM 13'-6" CLEAR THROUGHOUT TOW MOTOR PATHWAY. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL REWORK PIPING AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THIS CLEARANCE REQUIREMENT. 13. SPRINKLER HEADS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS SHALL HAVE A 2" OVERSIZED RING, SLEEVE OR ADAPTER THROUGH THE CEILING TO ALLOW FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF AT LEAST 1" IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS. NOTES: •ALL ROOMS AND ENTIRE SPACE SHOULD BE FREE FROM DEBRIS AND DIRT. •ALL PROJECTS TO HAVE A DAILY MEETING AND CLEAN UP AT THE END OF EACH WORK DAY. NOTE: TSC'S SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IS IN PROPER WORKING ORDER INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO BACKFLOW PREVENTION, FLOW AND TAMPER SWITCHES, ALARMS, ETC... AND MEETS NFPA-13 AND LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. MODIFY/ADD SPRINKLERS AND PIPING TO EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IN THIS GENERAL AREA AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE REMOVAL OF EXISTING WALLS, SOFFITS, MECHANICAL MEZZANINE, AND LIGHTS AND THE INSTALLATION OF NEW WALLS AND LIGHTS AS APPLICABLE TO MEET NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING SPRINKLERS IN THIS GENERAL AREA ARE UPRIGHT TYPE. NEW HEADS SHALL BE UPRIGHT TYPE. (ORDINARY HAZARD) MODIFY/ADD SPRINKLERS AND PIPING TO EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IN THIS GENERAL AREA AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE REMOVAL OF EXISTING WALLS, GRID, AND LIGHTS AND THE INSTALLATION OF NEW LIGHTS, WALLS, AND GRID AS APPLICABLE TO MEET NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING SPRINKLERS IN THIS GENERAL AREA ARE PENDENT TYPE. NEW HEADS SHALL BE PENDENT TYPE TO MATCH EXISTING. (LIGHT HAZARD) MODIFY/ADD SPRINKLERS AND PIPING TO EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IN THIS GENERAL AREA AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE REMOVAL OF EXISTING WALLS, GRID, AND LIGHTS AND THE INSTALLATION OF NEW LIGHTS AND WALLS AS APPLICABLE TO MEET NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING SPRINKLERS IN THIS GENERAL AREA ARE PENDENT TYPE. NEW HEADS SHALL BE UPRIGHT TYPE. (ORDINARY HAZARD) MODIFY/ADD SPRINKLERS AND PIPING TO EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IN THIS GENERAL AREA AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE THE INSTALLATION OF NEW LIGHTS, WALLS, AND GRID AS APPLICABLE TO MEET NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS. NEW HEADS SHALL BE PENDENT. (ORDINARY HAZARD) MODIFY/ADD SPRINKLERS AND PIPING TO EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IN THIS GENERAL AREA AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE REMOVAL OF EXISTING LIGHTS AND THE INSTALLATION OF NEW LIGHTS AS APPLICABLE TO MEET NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING SPRINKLERS IN THIS GENERAL AREA ARE PENDENT TYPE. NEW HEADS SHALL BE PENDENT TYPE. (ORDINARY HAZARD) MODIFY/ADD SPRINKLERS AND PIPING TO EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IN THIS GENERAL AREA AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE REMOVAL OF EXISTING LIGHTS, WALLS, GRID AND MEZZANINE, AND THE INSTALLATION OF NEW WALLS AND LIGHTS AS APPLICABLE TO MEET NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS. NOTE: SPRINKLER HEADS IN THIS GENERAL AREA SHALL BE UPRIGHT TYPE. (HIGH HAZARD) MODIFY/ADD SPRINKLERS AND PIPING TO EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE NEW DEMISING WALL. CUT, CAP AND REMOVE PIPING EXTENDING THRU NEW EXTERIOR WALL. REFEED AS NECESSARY SO THAT TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY HAS OWN FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SERVING UPPER MEZZANINE IS TO REMAIN. EXISTING DRY SYSTEM UNDER EXISTING CANOPY IS TO REMAIN. 1 FIRE PROTECTION KEY NOTES: 2 3 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS: THE REQUIREMENTS AS SET FORTH UNDER GENERAL CONDITIONS, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ARE A PART OF THIS CONTRACT. BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS PROPOSAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE PREMISES OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH PROJECT CONDITIONS (I.E., ANY STRUCTURAL, ARCHITECTURAL OR ELECTRICAL OBSTRUCTIONS). NO CLAIMS FOR "EXTRA" COMPENSATION DUE TO UNFAMILIARITY WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND/OR DESIGN DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED. GENERAL NOTE: THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE APPLICATION FOR, OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL FEES IN CONNECTION WITH: A. PERMITS, SERVICES AND INSPECTIONS. B. TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL. C. FINAL CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL, WHEN JOB IS COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK: THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK REQUIRED TO REWORK THE EXISTING AUTOMATIC WET SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW LAYOUT FOR THIS SPACE. ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED IN PREPARING A SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATION DRAWING FOR APPROVAL. THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL BE MADE IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH RULES AND REGULATIONS OF FACTORY MUTUAL, NFPA-13 AND THE OWNER. THE INSTALLATION IS TO BE COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT PROVIDING ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS. ALL SPRINKLER LINES SHALL BE RUN AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE AVOIDING INTERFERENCES WITH LIGHTS, DUCTS, PIPES, ETC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE SHOP DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED WHICH AVOID SUCH INTERFERENCES. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT ALL EXISTING PIPING AND UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEADS TO DETERMINE IF ALL HEADS ARE FUNCTIONAL. REPAIR AND/OR REPLACE EXISTING HEADS ON PIPING AS REQUIRED. THE SPRINKLERING OF THE AREA IS TO BE BASED ON AN ORDINARY HAZARD SCHEDULE USING 130-SQ.FT. PER HEAD SPACING IN THE OFFICE AREAS. THE SYSTEM SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA-13 AND ALL LOCAL AND STATE CODES. SHOP DRAWINGS: DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS ARE REQUIRED FOR THIS WORK. THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE THEM AND SUBMIT FOUR (4) COPIES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR THEIR APPROVAL. OUTLINE ALL DUCT WORK, LIGHTS AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS ON SHOP DRAWINGS TO SHOW PROPER INSTALLATION OF ALL SPRINKLER WORK. NO WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED UNTIL SHOP DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN APPROVED. ALSO, THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOUR (4) COPIES TO LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIALS AND RETURN ONE (1) APPROVED COPY TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER WATER SERVICE: SPRINKLER WATER SERVICE SHALL BE FROM THE EXISTING FIRE LINES WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. PIPING 2-INCH AND LARGER SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT, SCHEDULE #40 STEEL PIPING WITH GROOVED AND GASKETED FITTINGS AND PIPING 1-1/2 INCH AND SMALLER SHALL BE SCHEDULE #40 BLACK STEEL WITH SCREWED FITTINGS. HEADS (SPRINKLER): ALL CEILING MOUNTED SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE NEW "VIKING" AUTOMATIC SPRAY PENDENT TYPE, CHROME PLATED SIMILAR TO EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS. ALL UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE ROUGH BRASS UPRIGHT AUTOMATIC SPRAY TYPE SIMILAR TO "VIKING" MICROMATIC. PROVIDE GUARDS AS REQUIRED. SPRINKLER HEADS TO BE UL APPROVED AND FACTORY MUTUAL APPROVED. SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS: IN ALL FINISHED AREAS HAVING A GRIDDED CEILING SYSTEM, SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE CENTER OF THE CEILING TILE IN BOTH DIRECTIONS AND SHALL BE COORDINATED TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH THE EQUIPMENT OF OTHER CONTRACTORS. TEST CONNECTIONS: PROVIDE AND INSTALL VALVED TEST CONNECTIONS FOR THE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, AS MAY BE REQUIRED. TESTS: WHEN COMPLETED, THE ENTIRE PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED AT 200-PSI FOR TWO (2) HOURS AS REQUIRED BY THE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND MUST BE FREE ENTIRELY OF LEAKS AND OTHER DEFECTS. EXTRA HEADS: FURNISH SPARE CHROME PLATED PENDANT HEADS PER NFPA-13. LEAK DAMAGE: CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES TO THE WORK OF OTHER CONTRACTORS OR TO THE BUILDING OR TO ITS CONTENTS, PEOPLE, ETC., CAUSED BY LEAKS IN ANY OF THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLED BY HIM THROUGH EQUIPMENT OR MATERIAL FAILURES OR DISCONNECTED PIPE, FITTINGS OR BY OVERFLOWS AND SHALL MAKE, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, ALL REPAIRS TO MERCHANDISE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SO DAMAGED. GUARANTEE: MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION. SEISMIC RESTRAINTS: PIPING TO BE SUPPORTED PER SMACNA SEISMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL AND ALSO THE FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY "INSTALLING SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR DUCT AND PIPE" AND PER WASHINGTON BUILDING CODE. EACH INSTALLING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DETAILS TO THE CITY FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. FIRE PROTECTION AREA TYPES: A) ORDINARY HAZARD-II - 0.20 GPM/S.F. OVER 1500 S.F. SPRINKLERS SHALL BE SPACED AT A 130 SQ. FT. MAXIMUM WITH SPRINKLER HEADS AT A MAXIMUM OF 13'-0" APART AND SPACED AT A MAXIMUM OF 6'-6" FROM ALL WALLS. B) LIGHT HAZARD - 0.10 GPM/S.F. OVER 1500 S.F. SPRINKLERS SHALL BE SPACED AT A 225 SQ. FT. MAXIMUM WITH SPRINKLER HEADS AT A MAXIMUM OF 15'-0" APART AND SPACED AT A MAXIMUM OF 7'-6" FROM ALL WALLS. C) HIGH HAZARD (GROUP 1) - .30 GPM/S.F. OVER 2500 S.F. SPRINKLERS SHALL BE SPACED AT A 90 SQ.FT. MAXIMUM WITH SPRINKLER HEADS AT A MAXIMUM OF 10'-0" APART AND SPACED AT A MAXIMUM OF 5'-0" FROM ALL WALLS. DESIGN CRITERA NOTE: SPRINKLER PIPING LOCATED IN STOCK AREAS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 13'-6" A.F.F. ADJUST EXISTING SPRINKLER PIPING AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE MINIMUM SPRINKLER PIPING HEIGHTS. 4 5 6 SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" MEZZANINE PLAN 7 SHEET NO. JOB NO. DATE REVISIONS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DA T E # TY P E 10 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A 03/09/2016 14332 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 F a x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . WH EDCBAB3B8C6D2D5D6 E7 FEED ROOM NEW DEMISING WALL 7 1 1 11111 11111 11111 11111 111 111 2 2 2 3 4 55 2 5 5 6 6 NEW DEMISING WALL 7 NEW DEMISING WALL 7 8 8 88 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 EXISTING SPRINKLER RISER SERVING DRY SYSTEM UNDER EXTERIOR CANOPY. 8 TSC ELECTRICAL ROOM UTILITY COMPANY PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER. PAD BY G.C. ADJACENT LEASE SPACE COORDINATE METERING (HOT OR COLD SEQUENCE) & UTILITY SPLITS AS WELL AS ANY SERVICE SPLICING REGULATIONS WITH POWER COMPANY & ADJUST INSTALLATION AS REQUIRED. IMMEDIATELY UPON RECEIPT OF CONTRACT, CONTACT POWER & TELEPHONE COMPANIES & COORDINATE INSTALLATION. ANY WORK INVOLVING THE SECONDARY SERVICE OR TRANSFORMER SHALL BE PERFORMED WITH THE SYSTEM SHUT-OFF. COORDINATE SHUT DOWN WITH LANDLORD & TSC & PROVIDE A TEMPORARY GENERATOR FOR ALL TENANTS AFFECTED BY THE SHUTDOWN AS WELL AS FOR TSC CONSTRUCTION. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL REQUIREMENTS AND/OR RESTRICTIONS OF THE POWER COMPANY. INCLUDE ANY REQUIRED DEVIATIONS OF THIS DESIGNS IN BID (5)SETS (4)600KCMIL-4"PVC CONDUITS AT 30" BELOW GRADE. IN SECONDARY DUCT BANK. HP 20/1 100A 277/480V 65,000AIC 3PH 4WSN MLO 24 POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL. 15KVA CONNECTED. COORDINATE EXACT FILL W/EXISTING CIRCUITS 277V TIME CLOCK INTERMATIC #T7402B HEAVY DUTY ELECTRICALLY HELD CONTACTORS. SIZE & # OF POLES AS REQUIRED 277V PHOTOCELL INTERMATIC #EK4536 100A.S. 100A.F. LANDLORD SERVICE: 100A 600V 3PH 4WSN FUSIBLE SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED DISC. SWITCH W/ CURRENT LIMITING FUSES 100A 277/480V 3PH 4WSN NEMA 3R METER SOCKET PER POWER COMPANY REQUIREMENTS #4AWG TO GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM. 4#2,#6GND LANDLORD 4#2,#6GND-1 1/2"C 12"x12" WIREWAY #3/0 TO GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM 3 SETS (4)600KCMIL #3/0GND-4"C ADJACENT LEASE SPACE NEW GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM. SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET. TSC SERVICE 600A 400V 3PH NEMA 3R FUSIBLE SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED DISC SWITCH WITH CURRENT LIMITING FUSES METER SOCKET PER POWER CO. REQUIREMENTS 600A 277/480V 3PH BUS STYLE CT CABINET PER POWER CO. REQUIREMENTS. 600A.S. 600A.F. 1-1/2"C TSC PULL BOX. SIZE AS REQUIRED. 4#2 - 1 1/2"C TAP ALL SETS OF CONDUCTORS. TYPICAL.2 SETS (4)350KCMIL-3"C DISCONNECT ALL PARKING LOT LIGHTING, EXTERIOR WALL LIGHTING & REMOTE SIGN CIRCUITS & EXTEND TO PANEL 'HP'. DUPLICATE CONTROL. RUN IN A COMPLETE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALS 3 SETS (4) 600KCMIL, #3/0GND 4"C INTERCEPT EXISTING DUCT BANK. PROVIDE 3 SETS OF (3)600KCMIL FEEDER & TAP SETS FOR NEW SERVICE 2 SETS (4)350KCMIL-3"C 277/480V & 120/208V 3PH 4WSN ONE LINE DIAGRAM NO SCALE PHOTOCELL LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL M B 20/1 125AMCB #4AWG COPPER TO BUILDING STEEL 30KVA 480;120/208V TRANSFORMER (4)#1, #4GND - 1-1/2"C (3)#8,#8GND 1-1/4"C A (4)#2, #4GND - 1 1/2"C 100A 50A PRIMARY DUCT BANK 'PC' ON, 'PC' OFF 'PC' ON, 'TC' OFF 2 SETS (4)500KCMIL #3/0GND-4"C EXISTING METER TO BE REMOVED 600AMCB 25/1 BUCK BOOST TRANSFORMER FOR PROPANE DISPENSING SYSTEM PROVIDED SEPARATELY BY E.C. 1-1/2"C METER SOCKET PER POWER CO. REQUIREMENTS 1200A 277/480V 3PH BUS STYLE CT CABINET PER POWER CO. REQUIREMENTS. 1200A 600V 3PH FUSIBLE SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH CURRENT LIMITING FUSES EXISTING 2000A 277/4804V 3PH 4WSN SWITCH & FUSE STYLE PANEL. PROVIDE PHENOLIC LABEL INDICATING THAT PANEL IS FED WITH 1200 AMP CONDUCTORS AND PROTECTED AT 1200 AMPS REMOVE EXISTING SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS AND ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 50/3 50A/3 RTU-1,3,4(3)30/3 RTU-2,6(2)15/3 RTU-5,EF-1(2)20/3 BAILER SPARE 1200A COORDINATE WITH CPI & PROVIDE THIS SYSTEM IN A UNITIZED POWER WALL IF CPI CANNOT BUILD SYSTEM AS DESIGNED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LOSE GEAR SYSTEM. TYPICAL 2 POLE BREAKER BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING LC-1 2 POLE BREAKER. 30A MAX TYPICAL 1 POLE BREAKER 1 POLE BREAKER. 30A MAX TYPICAL 1 POLE BREAKER 1 POLE BREAKER. 30A MAX BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING TYPICAL LIGHTING CONTACTOR DETAIL N.T.S. NOTES: 1.TYPICAL CONTACTORS ARE DEFINITE PURPOSE, 30 AMPERE, 4 POLES. 2.LINE SIDE OF CONTACTOR IS FIELD WIRED (#12AWG MIN.) 1 OR 2 POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER. 3.LOAD SIDE OF CONTACTOR IS FIELD WIRED (#12AWG MIN.) TO CONTROLLED LIGHTING LOAD. 4.COIL WIRES ARE INDIVIDUALLY FACTORY WIRED (#14AWG MIN.) TO TERMINAL BLOCKS. LIGHTING CONTROL REMOTE OVERRIDE IN OFFICE PHOTOCELL 120V CC1 CONTROL WIRING CONTROL WIRING MANUAL OVERRIDES IN MANAGERS OFFICE AS REQUIRED OUTPUTEQUIPMENT REFERENCE.LIGHTING CONTROL POWER CKTS.TERMINALCONTACTOR #BREAKER ID. 1A 1A 8 3 2 1 LIGHTING CONTACTOR SCHEDULE 6 5 4 7 9 10 1A 1A SALES FLOOR LIGHTING SALES FLOOR LIGHTING SALES FLOOR LIGHTING SALES FLOOR LIGHTING A-1 A-3 A-5 A-7 SALES FLOOR LIGHTING SALES FLOOR LIGHTING 1B 1B STOCK LIGHTING OPEN SIGN 1B SALES FLOOR LIGHTING STOCK LIGHTING 3 2 4 SALES FLOOR LIGHTING A-9 A-11 A-17 A-21 SALES FLOOR LIGHTING SALES FLOOR LIGHTING SALES FLOOR LIGHTING SALES FLOOR LIGHTING B-20 A-10 A-20 A-2 A-4 A-6 A-8 A-16 STOCK LIGHTING STOCK LIGHTING A-23 SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE STOCK LIGHTING SPARE SPARE EXTERIOR WALL LIGHTING EXTERIOR WALL LIGHTING SPARE SPARE SPARE SIGN DAYLIGHT ZONE LIGHTING A-22 A-24 A-18 A-19 A-40 A-1 A-3 A-5 A-7 A-9 A-11 A-13 A-17 A-19 A-18 A-15 A-40 A-20 STOCK LIGHTING MEZZANINE LIGHTING SPARE A-27 DAYLIGHT ZONE LIGHTING DAYLIGHT ZONE LIGHTING DAYLIGHT ZONE LIGHTING A-12 A-13 A-14 A-15 A-12 A-13 A-14 A-15 SPARE SPARE SPARE B-20 A-10 A-20 A-2 A-4 A-6 A-8 A-16 A-18 Coordinate requirements with Carolina Products (CPI) & provide contactors, cabinets, controller, photocell & all associated wiring as required. Outdoor Light Sensor shall be mounted on the exterior of the building by the electrical contractor. Contractor provides shielded cable for connecting from controller to sensor. For ordering information contact Eric Line with Carolina Products at (800)-736-4455 Verify configuration with CPI prior to bidding. Provide contactor panel from local vendor in this configuration if CPI cannot provide. ONE LINE DIAGRAM, SCHEDULES & DETAILS E-1 JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . WIRE LEGEND Tag Fill No Tag (2) #12, #12GND-3/4"C 12-3 (3) #12, #12GND-3/4"C 12-4 (4) #12, #12GND-3/4"C 10-2 (2) #10, #10GND-3/4"C 10-3 (3) #10, #10GND-3/4"C 10-4 (4) #10, #10GND-3/4"C 8-2 (2) #8, #8GND-3/4"C 8-3 (3) #8, #8GND-1"C 8-4 (4) #8, #8GND-1"C 6-2 (2)#6, #6GND-1"c 6-3 (3) #6, #6GND-1"C 6-4 (4) #6, #6GND-1"C 4-2 (2) #4, #4GND-1"C 4-3 (3) #4, #4GND-1"C 4-4 (4) #4, #4GND-1 1/4 "C 2-2 (2) #2, #4GND-1"C 2-3 (3) #2, #4GND-1 1/4 "C 2-4 (4) #2, #4GND-1 1/4" C 1-2 (2) #1, #4GND-1 1/4" C 1-3 (3) #1, #4GND-1 1/4" C 1-4 (4) #1, #4GND-1 1/2" C 1/0-2 (2) #1/0, #2GND-1 1/4" C 1/0-3 (3) #1/0, #2GND-1 1/2" C 1/0-4 (4) #1/0, #2GND-2" C 3/0-2 (2) #3/0, #2GND-1 1/2" C 3/0-3 (3) #3/0, #2GND-2" C 3/0-4 (4) #3/0, #2GND-2" C 4/0-2 (2) #4/0, #2GND-2" C 4/0-3 (3) #4/0, #2GND-2" C 4/0-4 (4) #4/0, #2GND-2 1/2"C 300-2 (2) 300KCMIL, #1/0GND-2"C 300-3 (3) 300KCMIL, #1/0GND-21/2" C 300-4 (4) 300KCMIL, #1/0GND-2 1/2"C 350-2 (2) 350KCMIL, #3/0GND-2"C 350-3 (3) 350KCMIL, #3/0GND-2 1/2"C 350-4 (4) 350KCMIL, #3/0GND-3"C 500-2 (2) 500KCMIL, #3/0GND-2 1/2"C 500-3 (3) 500KCMIL, #3/0GND-3"C 500-4 (4) 500KCMIL, #3/0GND-3 1/2" C 600-2 (2) 600KCMIL, #3/0GND-3"C 600-3 (3) 600KCMIL, #3/0GND-3 1/2" C 600-4 (4) 600KCMIL, #3/0GND-3 1/2" C NOTE: CONDUIT SIZES ARE FOR EMT & IMC. FOR PVC & RGC INCREASE CONDUIT BY (1) TRADE SIZE. FOR FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SIZES REFER TO NEC. ALL WIRE SIZES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE FOR COPPER CONDUCTORS. Tag Fill Tag Fill 46795 JJ.INSULATION FOR CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR 600 VOLTS AND AND PROVIDE PANELS WITH AIC RATING EXCEEDING AVAILABLE CURRENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT WITH UTILITY TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR A RECORDED SET OF PRINTS SHOWING THESE WORK AS THE JOB PROGRESS, AND UPON COMPLETION SHALL TURN OVER ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RECORD ALL FIELD CHANGES IN HIS ELECTRICAL TRADESMAN SHALL DISCUSS WITH THE OTHER TRADES DOCUMENT SHALL BE CONSIDERED A COORDINATION ITEM THAT THE DEVIATIONS IN EQUIPMENT ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS FROM THE CONTRACT VENDOR PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS FROM THE CONTRACT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION WITH THE RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR OF TRADESMAN SHALL VERIFY ALL PURCHASED EQUIPMENT THAT REQUIRES INDICATED WITHIN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .THE DIVISION 16 REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ARE BASED ON THE DESIGN AS ALL POWER AND CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT STATED USING THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. NAMPLATE DATA AND CONNECT AS THE LISTING REQUIREMENTS ARE VERIFY THE THERMAL CONDITIONS OF THE EQUIPMENT BASED ON PRIOR TO PURCHASE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR INSTALLATION. FROM OTHER CONTRACTORS AND VERIFY THE ACTUAL EQUIPMENT THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST OBTAIN ROUGH-IN INFORMATION RESPONSIBILITY OF OTHER TRADES. CONTROL WIRING NOT INDICATED ON THE PLANS WILL BE THE ALL THE ONES INSTALLED BY THE HVAC AND PLUMBING CONTRACTORS. ALL TO MOTORS , STARTERS. EXHAUST FANS, WATER HEATERS , ETC., INCLUDING THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL POWER CONNECTIONS ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE BOLT-ON. INDICATING EQUIPMENT SERVED , AND FOR ALL PANELBOARDS. PROVIDE ENGRAVED PHENOLIC NAMEPLATES FOR ALL SAFETY SWITCHES MANUFACTURER'S MNAME STAMPED AT REGULAR INTERVALS. MUST BEAR THE CONDUCTOR SIZE, TYPE OF INSULATION AND THE ALL WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE. THAN SHOWN. DO NOT INSTALL MORE CONDUCTORS IN A BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUN FURNISH SERVICE TO TRANSFORMER POLE AS REQUIRED BY THE THE LOCAL POWER COMPANY AND FURNISH THEM LOAD INFORMATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE NEW SERVICE REQUIREMENTS WITH POWER COMPANY. PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN VERIFY LOCATION OF PANEL BOARDS AND SWITCHES WITH ARCHITECT PANEL BOARDS SHALL BE CUTLER HAMMER, OR SQUARE D, UON, INCANDESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE 130 VOLT, INSIDE FROSTED , UON. FLUORESCENT FIXTURES SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH ENERGY SAVING ELECTRONIC BALLASTS. DEGREES KELVIN, UON, PHILLIPS, GENERAL ELECTRIC, OR SYLVANIA. FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE ENERGY SAVING TYPE T8, 3500 OUTLET BOX TO LAMPHOLDERS. INCANDESCENT FIXTURES SHALL HAVE 150 DEGREES C WIRING FROM CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL UTILITES, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. USE BUSS TYPE LPS OR LPN FUSES FOR MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT. UNUSED EXISTING WIRING UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. REMOVE TEMPORARY WIRING UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. REMOVE FLUORESCENT FIXTURES SHALL HAVE HOLD DOWN CLIPS. Y. X. W. V. T. U. S. P. R. Q. O. N. M. RR. CHANGES. INVOLVED. QQ. PP. OO. NN. MM. KK. LL. CIRCUITS WITH LARGER THAN NO. 12 CONDUCTORS ALREADY INDICATED ON MINIMUM OF NO. 10AWG TO THE FIRST OUTLET (THIS DOES NOT APPY TO BRANCH CIRCUITS EXCEEDING 7O FEET IN TOTAL LENGTH SHALL BE A BETWEEN FIXTURE, EXCEPT WHERE CONNECTING TO LIGHT FIXTURES. CONTINUOS WITHOUT REDUCTION IN SIZE THROUGHOUT THEIR LENGTH BRANCH CIRCUIT SIZES ARE NOTED ON THE PLANS AND MUST BE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FOR EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT. USE " PATE" PIPE SEALS FOR CONDUIT THROUGH ROOF. USE SEALITE METAL HALIDE LAMPS SHALL BE GENERAL ELECTRIC OR SYLVANIA. ASSEMBLED LUMINAIRE. INSTALLED TO BE OPERABLE AND VISIBLE FROM THE OUTSIDE OF AN YEAR LIFE. INCLUDE TEST SWITCH AND AC ON INDICATOR LIGHT, THE BATTERY SHALL BE A NICKEL CADMIUM TYPE, RATED FOR A TEN AS SCHEDULED ON THE PLANS PROVIDING 1100-1400 LUMENS, MINIMUM. FLUORESCENT LAMP EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY SHALL BE ONE LAMP MANUFACTURED BY TAYMAC CORPORATION OR EQUAL LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. ENCLOSURE MUST BE RESISTANT POLYCARBONATE . THE OUTLET ENCLOSURE SHALL BE STEEL MOUNTING HARDWARE AND BE CONSTRUCTED OF IMPACT ASSURE A PROPER SEAL. THE ENCLOSURE MUST EMPLOY STAINLESS AND THE MOUNTING SURFACE , AND BETWEEN THE COVER AND BASE TO WHILE IN USE". THERE MUST BE A GASKET BETWEEN THE ENCLOSURE OUTLET ENCLOSURE CLEARLY MARKED " SUITABLE FOR WET LOCATIONS, RECEPTACLES IN WET LOCATIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH AN PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL SHALL BE FIXED MOUNTED , SPST, WITH 2 MINUTE DELAY AND 2000 WATT CONTACT RATING. INSTALL IN A DIE CAST, WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE. WITH 3 POLES IN ANSI/NEMA ICS 6, TYPE 1 ENCLOSURE. ACCEPTABLE ASTRONOMICAL DIAL AND 12 HOUR SPRING CARRY OVER . PROVIDE TIME CLOCK ARE TO BE 40A, NEMA ICS, 7 DAY TIMER WITH ARE TORK (7200ZL/7302ZL), PARAGON OR INTERMATIC EQUALS. GENERAL ELECTRIC, AND ASCO ARE ACCEPTABLE. SPARE. ENCLOSURE TO BE ANSI/NEMA ICS 6, TYPE 1. SQUARE D, HELD WITH COIL VOLTAGE AS INDICATED . POLES AS INDICATED, PLUS 2 LIGHTING CONTRACTORS ARE TO BE 20A NEMA ICS2, MECHANICALLY USE SEALTITE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FOR EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT. MECHANICAL CONTROL AND MANUFACTURER'S DRAWINGS. TERMINAL UNITS TO THERMOSTATS AND ROOFTOP UNITS, ETC. SEE INSTALL CONTROL WIRING IN MINIMUM 1/2" CONDUIT FOR ALL FAN USE 6' MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT TO FIXTURES. ABOVE CONDUIT OUTSIDE MUST BE GALVANIZED STEEL OR PVC, AS NOTED DISCONNECT SWITCHES. J. EQUIPMENT OUTSIDE MUST BE WEATHERPROOF. USE HEAVY DUTY 1 HOUR TIMER -20AMP , 120/277 VOLT: TORK # A560M RECEPTACLES -GFCI, GF5262-W (15A), GF5362-W (20A). RECEPTACLES -20AMP, SG63H-W FOR SAFETY TYPE. RECEPTACLES -15 AMP, # 5252-W, FOR GENERAL SWITCHES- MOTOR STARTERS , USE SQUARE D CLASS 2510 SWITCHES-20AMP, DECORA WHITE (LEVITON) SWITCHES-20AMP, # 1221-W, 1222-W, 1223-W, 1224-W USE HUBBELL WIRING DEVICES AS FOLLOWS: ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE UL LISTED, COMMERCIAL GRADE. USE WHITE DEVICE & COVER PLATES, UON. UNDERGROUND. WHERE CONCEALED IN WALLS AND CEILINGS. USE RIGID IN SLAB AND PVC. TRANSITION TO RIGID BEFORE EMERGING FROM BELOW. USE EMT COATED WITH ASPHALTUM OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC BELOW GRADE. FOR USE MINIMUM 1/2 INCH CONDUIT. USE 3/4" MINIMUM GALVANIZED GROUND-GREEN NEUTRAL -WHITE PHASE C-BLUE PHASE B-RED PHASE 1-BLACK 208Y/120V SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS: USE TYPE THHN. UON. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL BE COLOR CODED. THROUGHOUT USE ONLY COPPER CONDUCTORS, AS NOTED. MINIMUM SIZE #12 AWG. COMPLY WITH THE NEC, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES. DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. GUARANTEE ALL MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP FOR ONE YEAR FROM K. L. H. G. F. E. D. B. C. A. PURPOSES. II. PLANS.) HH. GG. FF. EE. GENERAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS DD. CC. BB. AA. Z.GENERAL ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SURFACE FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURE RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURE FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHT FIXTURE CEILING OUTLET, RECESSED FIXTURE CEILING OUTLET, SURFACE FIXTURE BRACKET OUTLET EXIT SIGN, SURFACE FIXTURE w/BATTERY BACK UP CEILING OUTLET, SURFACE FIXTURE, NL BRACKET OUTLET, ON LIFE SAFETY CIRCUIT FLOODLIGHT FIXTURE EXIT LIGHT, ARROWS AS SHOWN. ON LIFE SAFETY CIRCUIT EMERGENCY LIGHT WALL MOUNTED AT 12'-0" AFF, UON DUPLEX GROUNDING RECEPTACLE, 15 AMP - 'C' INDICATES CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX GROUNDING RECEPTACLE, 1/2 SWITCHED DUPLEX GROUNDING RECEPTACLE 250V, SINGLE PHASE OUTLET (SIZE AS NOTED) DOUBLE DUPLEX GROUNDING RECEPTACLE, 15 AMP FLOOR RECEPTACLE - 15 AMP CLOCK OUTLET MTD. AT 7'-0" AFF. UON THERMOSTAT. SEE MECHANICAL MOTOR, E.F. DENOTES EXHAUST FAN SPEAKER, CEILING MOUNTED TELEVISION OUTLET MULTI USE OUTLET FOR VOICE, DATA, VIDEO (1"C. TO ABOVE CEILING) TELEPHONE FLOOR OUTLET, SEE SPECS SINGLE POLE SWITCH DOUBLE POLE SWITCH THREE-WAY SWITCH FOUR-WAY SWITCH TIMER MANUAL MOTOR STARTER OR RELAY CONTROL DIMMER SWITCH - SLIDE TYPE, WATTAGE AS REQUIRED PILOT LIGHT SINGLE POLE SWITCH, KEY OPERATED SAFETY SWITCH. WP INDICATES NEMA 3R, FUSED , U.O.N. MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER OR TERMINAL CONNECTION COMBINATION STARTER OR CONTROLLER BY M.C. AREA OR STREET LIGHTING FIXTURE FIRE ALARM FLASHING LIGHT (2) REMOTE EGRESS LIGHTING HEADS (WP) ISOLATED GROUND JUNCTION OR PULL BOX LIGHTING OR POWER PANEL MAIN OR SUB-DISTRIBUTION PANEL TRANSFORMER TIME CLOCK - SEE SPECS CONTRACTOR - SEE SPECS PHOTOELECTRIC SWITCH - AIM NORTHEAST, SEE SPECS CONDUIT, CONCEALED IN CEILING OR WALL CONDUIT, CONCEALED IN SLAB OR BELOW FLOOR/GRADE CONDUIT, TURNING UP CONDUIT, TURNING DOWN CONDUIT, 3/4" WITH CONTROL WIRING, SEE MECHANICAL WEATHERPROOF GROUND FAULT CURRENT INTERRUPTING ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ABOVE COUNTER UNDER COUNTER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED GENERAL CONTRACTOR MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ROOF TOP UNIT WATER HEATER ABOVE FINISHED GRADE TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE PROTECTOR PROGRAM CLOCK BELL, WALL MOUNTED ELECTRIC DRINKING FOUNTAIN OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONDUIT, ELECTRICAL PRIMARY CONDUIT, ELECTRICAL SECONDARY MTG. HGT. 15" AFF 15" AFF 4" ABC 8" AFF 15" AFF 48" AFF 48" AFF 48" AFF 48" AFF 48" AFF 48" AFF 48" AFF 6'-8" AFF 6'-8" AFF 18" AFF 16" AFF C T S TV S S S3 3 S4 ST SM SD PS SK J IG C WP G AFF A UC UON GC MC EC R.T.U. W/H AFG TTB TVSS EDF T TC C PE M EP B GROUND-GREEN NEUTRAL -WHITE WITH BLACK STRIPE PHASE C-YELLOW PHASE B-ORANGE PHASE 1-BROWN 480Y/277V SYSTEM 2#12,#12GND-3/4" (MINIMUM HOMERUN TO PANEL A)A-4 EXISTINGEX WHERE APPROVED BY OWNER AND AHJ, THE USE OF TYPE MC CABLE IS ACCEPTABLE.SS. ALL WIRING MUST BE IN CONDUIT. CONDUIT SHALL BE EMT (INTERIOR) PVC (BELOW GRADE) & HEAVY WALL RIGID STEEL (EXTERIOR ABOVE GRADE) TRACTOR SUPPLY LIGHTING & HEATING SCHEDULE 9:15 PM DUSK (BY PHOTOCELL) PARKING LOT LIGHTS PYLON/BUILDING SIGN DURING THE DAY DUSK TO DAWN WALL PACKS BUILDING LIGHTS PHOTOCELL (ALWAYS ON DURING DARK) 8:30 PM 7:30 AM LIGHTS BUSINESS 68 DEGREES HEATING AT 8:00 AM 62 DEGREES AT 9:00 PM 74 DEGREES COOLING AT 8:00 AM 80 DEGREES AT 9:00 PM SAME TEMPS SUNDAY AT 10:00 AM SAME TEMPS AT 6:00 PM OFF ON CONTROL ZONE LIGHTING LZ-3 LZ-2 LZ-1B CONTROL ZONE NOTES: OR LATER THAN NORMAL STORE HOURS. THE SYSTEM CAN BE OVERRIDDEN BY THE OVERRIDE SWITCH IN CASE THE STORE IS OPEN EARLIER LIGHTS EMPLOYEE 8:30 PM 7:30 AM LZ-1A G GFI CIRCUIT BREAKER HT R LO LZ-X ST PROVIDE HANDLE TIE - POLE IN () PROVIDE LOCK ON DEVICE FOR CIRCUIT BREAKER BREAKER WITH SHUNT TRIP PANEL SCHEDULE NOTES PROVIDE RED RECEPTACLE FOR OUTLETS ON THIS CIRCUIT TO IDENTIFY CIRCUITS FOR COMPUTER LOADS ONLY. DO NOT PLUG REFRIGERATORS OR COMPRESSORS INTO THIS CIRCUIT. CIRCUIT TO BE CONTROLLED BY LIGHTING CONTROLS VIA RELAYS AND SMART BREAKERS IN UNITIZED SWITCHGEAR. *PROVIDE MATCHING STYLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE ALL LOADS SHOWN IN PANEL SCHEDULES. PANEL: MDP - 120/208 VOLTS,3 PHASE LOAD SUMMARY LOAD TYPE CONNECTED K.W. DEMAND FACTOR DEMAND K.W. LIGHTING RECEP. HEATING COOLING MISC. TOTAL USE 600A SERVICE 26.7 12.0 93.1 17.4 149.2 1.25 0.71 1.03 1.0 33.4 8.5 95.9 17.4 155.2 --- BB PROVIDE BUCK-BOOST TRANSFORMER FOR 240V OPERATION. FEDERAL PACIFIC #SB16N.500F OR EQUAL. MOUNTING: SURFACE LOCATION: BUS RATING: 125A AMPS CONN.: 75.6 125A MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER A.I.C.: 65,000 LTG. REC. HVAC MISC.MISC. HVAC REC. LTG. 1 2 TOTALS 7.5 2.0 0.0 4.5 B C/B C/BCKT.DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION CKTREMARKSKVA CONNECTED KVA CONNECTED TOTALS 20/1 COMMENTS: VOLTAGE: 120/208V-3PH-4W RECPT-LOUNGE POWER 20/1 0.00 9.8 0.003.4 72.8AMPS DEMAND.: 0.8 0.2 1.5 0.2 1.0 0.8 - 0.5 0.6 0.4 LOAD CONNECTED DEMAND LIGHTING -- RECEPTACLE 12.0 11.0 HVAC 2.0 2.0 MISC 13.2 13.2 1.1 0.8 - 1.2 0.4 0.7 0.7 2.0 - 0.9 1.0 0.8 RECPT-RESTROOMS / EWC 3 4RECPT-MANAGER OFFICE 0.4 RECPT-PANEL 5 6RECPT-LOUNGE COUNTER 0.6 RECPT-STOCKROOM 7 8SPARE0.9 RECPT-SALES FLOOR 9 10DOCK DOOR OPERATOR 0.4 RECPT-EXTERIOR 11 RECP-SALES FLOOR 0.4 POWER POLE-RECEIVING, SERVICE 13 AUTO ENTRY DOORS 0.8 15 AUTO ENTRY DOORS -SPARE 17 WATER HEATER -SPARE 19 SPARE 0.4 RECPT-OPEN SIGN 21 RECPT-ROOF -SPARE 23 GUH-1 0.4 RECPT-TELEPHONE BOARD 25 RECPT-CLOTHING DEPT 0.4 RECPT-ALARMS 27 - SPARE 29 ELECTRIC DOOR BELL 0.4 POWER POLE-CASHIER 31 RECPT - CHICK DAYS 0.8 33 EF-3 SPARE 35 EF-1,2 - SPARE 37 EMS-POWER 39 RECPT-CLOTHING 41 SPARE 43 POWER POLE - MONTANA SMITH 45 POWER POLE - MONTANA SMITH 47 POWER POLE - PET COOLER 49 SPARE 51 SPARE - SPARE 53 SPARE - SPARE 55 SPARE - SPARE 57 HAND DRYER - SPARE 59 HAND DRYER - SPARE 0.4 0.8 1.0 - - - - 1.5 1.5 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 BREAKER REMARKS C-CONTACTOR CONTROLLED, S-SHUNT TRIP, L-LOCK ON, G-GFCI, A-ARC FAULT, SW-SWITCHING DUTY, HA-HACR, HI-HID 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - MOUNTING: SURFACE LOCATION: BUS RATING: 100A 36.9 MAIN LUGS ONLY A.I.C.: 65,000 LTG. REC. HVAC MISC.MISC. HVAC REC. LTG. 1 2 TOTALS 0.00 0.00 4.0 0.00 C/B C/BCKT.DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION CKTREMARKSKVA CONNECTED KVA CONNECTED TOTALS 20/1 COMMENTS: VOLTAGE: 277/480V-3PH-4W SALES LIGHTING 20/1 14.3 0.00 12.20.00 45.0 1.0 1.0 1.2 - 0.6 - - - - - LOAD CONNECTED DEMAND LIGHTING 26.7 33.4 RECEPTACLE -- HVAC 4.0 4.0 MISC -- 0.7 1.5 1.5 0.7 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.6 0.6 1.0 1.0 0.8 SALES LIGHTING 3 41.5 5 61.5 7 80.7 9 100.5 11 0.9 13 0.9 15 0.5 17 0.5 19 0.4 SALES LIGHTING 21 STOCK LIGHTING 1.4 CANOPY LIGHTING 23 STOCK LIGHTING 0.5 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 25 HAY BARN LIGHTING 1.0 SALES LIGHTING 27 MEZZANINE LIGHTING - SPARE 29 MEZZANINE LIGHTING 1.0 EM/NL LIGHTING 31 SPARE 1.0 EM/NL LIGHTING 33 SPARE 0.1 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 35 SPARE - SPARE 37 SPARE 39 SPARE 41 SPARE 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 BREAKER REMARKS C-CONTACTOR CONTROLLED, S-SHUNT TRIP, L-LOCK ON, G-GFCI, A-ARC FAULT, SW-SWITCHING DUTY, HA-HACR, HI-HID 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 C C C C C C C - - L - L - C - - - C - C - - A RECPT-CLOTHING DEPT POWER POLE-RECEIVING, SERVICE POWER POLE-CASHIER - AMPS CONN.: AMPS DEMAND.: SALES LIGHTING SALES LIGHTING SALES LIGHTING SALES LIGHTING SALES LIGHTING DAYLIGHT ZONE LIGHTING DAYLIGHT ZONE LIGHTING STOCK LIGHTING STOCK LIGHTING C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C SALES LIGHTING SALES LIGHTING SALES LIGHTING SALES LIGHTING DAYLIGHT ZONE LIGHTING DAYLIGHT ZONE LIGHTING STOCK LIGHTING STOCK LIGHTING SIGN20/1 SIGN20/1 CUH-120/1 SPARE SPARE SPARE 4.0 SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 LZ-X DENOTES LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE VIA CONTACTOR IN THE UNITIZED SWITCHGEAR. GC REPONSIBLE FOR PROGRAMMING ALL THERMOSTATS AND LIGHTING CONTROLS. LIGHTSTAT TME THERMOSTAT MODEL TME-DGC. SEE MECHANICAL PLANS FOR MORE INFORMATION. VACANT SPACE WITHIN TSC'S LEASE SPACE SHALL BE NIGHT/SAFTEY LIGHTING ONLY, HEAT SET AT 45 DEGREES WITH 1 HOUR FAN OPERATION EVERY 12 HOURS FOR AIR CIRCULATION. RETROFIT REFERENCE NOTE ONLY: 1.2 1.2 I. ALL HOMERUNS ARE 12-2 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 20 AMP CIRCUIT RUNS GREATER THAN 100' MEASURED FROM THE PANEL TO THE LAST DEVICE ON THE CIRCUIT AND THEN BACK, WIRE SHALL BE INCREASED TO 10-2 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES & LEGENDS E-1A JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . 46795 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E-1B JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . 46795 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E-1C JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . 46795 J 3 B-12,14 17 (RECEIVING) B-47 2 35 J (SERVICE) 14 3 B-12,14 24 25 B-10 WP/GFI 31 43 B-6 XXXXX X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X WH 7 J B-3423 33 B-11 (PART.) CUH-1 m A-42 B-15 J6 B-13 4 B-20 9 B-10 12" J6 4 B-20 12" B-8 J 30 A-40 B-25 B-27 10'-0" +88" +88" 10 ' - 0 " J 3 B-43,45 42 44 B-39 +88" J J B-30,32 3 14 8 B-30,32 14 8 3 J22 DOOR BELL ATTACHEDTO CEILING 11 B-29 (SCALES)(SCALES)B-32 (PART.) 1914 14 B-32 B-11T B B-17 AC/GFI B-5 20 GFI B-120 GFIB-1 20 GFIB-120 GFIB-2 GFI 20B-2 B-2GFI 20 J 45 B-57 J 45 B-59 33 B-11 (PART.) 25 B-10 WP/GFI 31 373627 38 10 ' - 0 " B-10 WP/GFI 31 25 J 212736 28 31 B-42 B-36,38 J J 21 J 2121 15 15 EF-4 EF-3 1 B-35 B-35 1 B-11+96"B-11 +96" MANUAL OVERRIDE FOR EMS SYSTEM. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITHA.H.J. PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. B-3 B-3 B-3 B-3 B-4 B-22/IG B-24/IG B-26/IG 12 16SEE PHONE/ ALARM BOARD DETAILS B-297TB B-6 RTU-3 B-50 WP/GFION ROOF 13 10 M1-35/3 RTU-1 B-50 WP/GFION ROOF 13 10 M-35/3 RTU-2 B-50 WP/GFION ROOF 13 10 M-20/3 RTU-5 B-50 WP/GFION ROOF 13 10 M1-25/3 RTU-4 B-50WP/GFI ON ROOF 13 10 M1-35/3 B-33 1 EF-2 EF-1 B-23 UH-1 32 18 M1-90/3 100A HP B-9 J PROVIDE REMOTE TRANSMITTER TO BE MOUNTED ON FORKLIFT FOR POWER DOOR. OVERRIDE SWITCH FOR POWER DOOR BY G.C.INSTALLED BY E.C. MOUNT ON SAME SIDE AS DOOR CONTROLS. LABEL SWITCH "SWITCHCLOSED/ON = TIMER", "SWITCH OPEN/OFF = OVERRIDE". COORDINATE REQUIREMENTSWITH DOOR SUPPLIER. JBOX FOR POWER DOOR CONTROLS.FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY E.C. DOOR OPERATOR SHALL BE ON A DEDICATED CIRCUIT. M-20/3 26 B-18 B-6 A B M T1 B-22 GFIB-1 20 GFI B-1 20 25 B-10 WP/GFI 31 29 29 B-7 J PROVIDE REMOTE TRANSMITTER TO BE MOUNTED ON FORKLIFT FOR POWER DOOR. OVERRIDE SWITCH FOR POWER DOOR BY G.C.INSTALLED BY E.C. MOUNT ON SAME SIDE AS DOOR CONTROLS. LABEL SWITCH "SWITCHCLOSED/ON = TIMER", "SWITCH OPEN/OFF = OVERRIDE". COORDINATE REQUIREMENTSWITH DOOR SUPPLIER. JBOX FOR POWER DOOR CONTROLS.FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY E.C. DOOR OPERATOR SHALL BE ON A DEDICATEDCIRCUIT. J30 A-38 10-3 8-3 8-3 8-3 10-3 10-3 2-3 40 B-31 38'-11 3/4" 77 ' - 8 1 / 1 6 " GENERAL POWER PLAN E-2SCALE: NORTHPOWER PLAN 3/32"=1'-0" JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . SEE DRAWING E-2A FOR GENERAL AND DRAWING NOTES 46795 CA B3 B8 C6 9 8 RTU-6 B-50 WP/GFION ROOF 13 10 M1-20/3 10-3 MEZZANINE POWER PLANS & NOTES E-2A GENERAL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES: A) NO ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE TO INDICATE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, COMMUNICATION DEVICES, WIRING, CONDUIT, ETC. TO BE REMOVED AND/OR RELOCATED. HOWEVER, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. B) REMOVE AND/OR RELOCATE EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES ON WALLS OR CEILING BEING REMOVED. COORDINATE SUCH CONDITIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. C) EXISTING CONDUITS, CIRCUITS OR SYSTEMS IN WALLS OR CEILING BEING REMOVED WHICH SERVE SURROUNDING UN REMODELED AREAS SHALL BE REWORKED AND MAINTAINED. D) EXISTING CONDUITS, CIRCUITS OR SYSTEMS PASSING THROUGH THE REMODELED AREAS WHICH SERVE UNREMODELED AREAS SHALL REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION AND REMODELING, AND SHALL BE RELOCATED AND REROUTED. E) CONTINUITY OF CIRCUITS INTERRUPTED BY REMOVAL OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHALL BE MAINTAINED. F) ALL UNUSED WIRE (POWER & COMMUNICATION) SHALL BE REMOVED. G) ALL EXISTING WIRING (POWER & COMMUNICATION) THAT IS TO REMAIN SHALL BE REWORKED OR REPLACED WITH CODE COMPLIANT MATERIAL & SUPPORTS. ALL EXISTING SURFACE CONDUIT IN SALES AREA SHALL BE REWORKED & REROUTED TO JOIST SPACE AND/OR WALL CAVITIES. PLAN NOTES: 1. CONNECT AND SWITCH FROM LIGHTING CIRCUIT IN ROOM. PROVIDE RELAY AS REQUIRED. 2. COORDINATE CONDUIT ROUGH-IN FOR TAMPER AND FLOW CONNECTIONS AS WELL AS ALL OTHER FIRE ALARM DEVICES WITH FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. 3. FURNISH AND INSTALL POWER POLES FROM SALES COUNTERTOPS TO CEILING STRUCTURE. SPECIFY RELOC #PP2-L186-HW-B-SIL OR EQUIVALENT. REFER TO OFFICIAL TSC FIXTURE PLAN LAYOUT SENT FROM TSC TO GC FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. ATTACH POWER POLE TOP TO UNI-STRUT AT BAR JOIST WITH A "U" CLAMP TO THE TOP OF THE POWER POLE AT THE BAR JOIST. LOOSEN THE "U" BOLT USED TO TIGHTEN THE CONNECTION TO THE POWER POLE SO THAT THE POWER POLE IS ABLE TO REMAIN IN POSITION AND THE ROOF CAN FLEX DURING EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION WITHOUT DAMAGING THE POWER POLE. 4. RECEPTACLE FOR "STORE OPEN" AND "CUB CADET" SIGN MOUNTED IN CEILING AS SHOWN ON PLANS. INSTALL WITHIN 6" OF VERTICAL STOREFRONT. 5. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONDUIT, CONDUCTORS, ETC. AS NECESSARY TO CONNECT TO PYLON SIGN. SEE SITE PLAN FOR LOCATION OF SAID SIGN. INSTALL RIGID ELBOW AND CONDUIT AT SIGN. 6. JUNCTION BOX FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR POWER DOORS. 7. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL EDWARDS 744 DOOR BELL, AN EDWARDS 590 TRANSFORMER, AND AN INTELLIGENT LIGHTING CONTROLS WTS-1-1-19-SS PUSHBUTTON. TEST TO ASSURE WORKING SYSTEM. MOUNT TRANSFORMER & BELL AT 14'- 0" AFF. 8. REFER TO SHEET E1.0 AND E1B.0, MATRIX AND COUNTER DETAILS FOR RECEPTACLE AND DATA OUTLET LOCATIONS AT REGISTER COUNTERS (2) RED RECEPTACLES PER CIRCUIT MAXIMUM. (COORDINATE COUNTER LOCATIONS WITH FIXTURE DRAWINGS AND G.C.) THE OUTLET BOXES WILL BE PRE-INSTALLED IN CASEWORK. 9. REFERENCE MECHANICAL FOR WHICH VESTIBULE HEATING AND VENTILATION PACKAGE IS UTILIZED. 10. ALL ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE THROUGH THE UNIT ROOF CURB. ROOF PENETRATIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 11. EDWARDS 744 DOOR BELL @ CASH REGISTER & CONNECT TO SYSTEM AS NECESSARY. COORDINATE WITH G.C. FOR EXACT LOCATION OF BELL. 12. ALARM CO. SHALL PROVIDE & INSTALL NECESSARY HOOK-UPS TO FACP. ALARM CO. SHALL ALSO PROVIDE COMPLETE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY AHJ, ADA, NATIONAL AND LOCAL CODES. 13. VERIFY A/C UNIT MANUFACTURER AND LOAD REQUIREMENTS. FURNISH AND INSTALL BRANCH CIRCUIT RATED FOR UNIT LOAD. 25. EXTERIOR OUTLET TO BE FLUSH MOUNTED IN WALL AT 36" AFF. 26. 120 VOLT COMPRESSOR OUTLET LOCATED IN THE ASSEMBLY AREA. VERIFY FINAL LOCATION WITH TSC FINAL FIXTURE PLAN. 27. AMERIGAS NOTE: LOCATION FOR CONDUIT PENETRATION THROUGH GRADE FROM BUILDING TO PROPANE GAS DISPENSING SYSTEM. VERIFY WITH TSC PROJECT MANAGER IF SCP CAN NOT BE FOLLOWED. REFERENCE DETAIL 9,10,11,&12/E1B.0 28. AMERIGAS NOTE: WALL MOUNTED PROPANE DISPENSING SYSTEM EMERGENCY STOP PUSHBUTTON IN WEATHER PROOF JUNCTION BOX. MOUNT EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON AT 48" AFG. PUSHBUTTON SHALL BE FULL SHROUD, RED, PUSH/PULL PUSHBUTTON WITH NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SIGN AT PUSHBUTTON TO IDENTIFY AS "EMERGENCY SHUTOFF". COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION OF PUSHBUTTOM WITH ARCHITECT. REFERENCE DETAIL 8/E1B.0 FOR CONTROL DIAGRAM. 29. AMERIGAS & TYCO NOTE: INSTALL CONDUIT SEALS FOR CLASS 1, DIVISION 2 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENT ON BOTH ENDS OF ADT SECURITY CONDUIT THAT ROUTES BENEATH THE CLASS 1, DIVISION 2 BOUNDARY OF THE PROPANE DISPENSING SYSTEM WITHIN TEN FEET OF EMERGENCE OF CONDUIT FROM BELOW GRADE. CLASS 1, DIVISION 2 HAZARDOUS BOUNDARY EXTENDS FROM FIVE FEET FROM DISPENSING SYSTEM TO 20 FEET OF DISPENSING SYSTEM. FOR CONDUITS ROUTING WITHIN FIVE FEET OF DISPENSING SYSTEM, SEALS SHALL BE RATED FOR CLASS 1, DIVISION 1 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENT. 30. JUNCTION BOX FOR EXTERIOR BUILDING MOUNTED SIGN. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SIGN SUPPLIER. PROVIDE DISCONNECTING MEANS FOR SIGN PER NEC. 31. CONTRACTOR SHALL ROUTE CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL DEVICES LOCATED BELOW 96" AFF RECESSED IN THE WALL. CONDUIT MAY BE ROUTED EXPOSED ABOVE 96"AFF. PAINT TO MATCH WALL. 32. PROVIDE CORD AND PLUG CONNECTION TO UH-1. CORD AND PLUG SHALL SERVE AS DISCONNECTING MEANS. MOUNT TO UNISTRUT ADJACENT UNIT HEATER. 33. QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE LOCATED HIGH (+96" MINIMUM) ON WALL FOR CORDLESS PHONE REPEATER AND EAS. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT AND LOCATION WITH TSC CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 34. POWER POLE SHALL EXTEND FROM THE ROOF JOIST DOWN TO THE FLOOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL POWER POLE DUPLEX OUTLET AT 18" AFF. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TSC PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 14. REFER TO CASEWORK ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS ON PLAN E1B.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON REGISTER AND DISPLAY COUNTERS. 15. ALL CONDUIT TO RUN PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE. HORIZONTAL CONDUIT SHALL BE NO LOWER THAN 15'-6". 16. COORDINATE WITH TYCO FOR THEIR INSTALLATION OF FIRE ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PANELS. PROVIDE 120 VOLT RED DUPLEX AND PHONE JACK. 17. PROVIDE RED RECEPTACLE IN POWER POLE FOR COMPUTER LOADS. 18. COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS OF BALER WITH SUPPLIER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH TSC FINAL FIXTURE PLANS. E.C. SHALL MAKE FINAL CONNECTION TO BALER. LOCATE DISCONNECT WITHIN TEN FEET OF BALER. BREAKER SIZE IS DETERMINED BY STORE VOLTAGE: 208/230V - 90/3, 460/480V - 50/3. 19. PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED RECEPTACLE FOR SECURITY MONITOR. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH TSC CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN .CONTACT EDDIE FOLEY @ 615.440.4693 FOR EXACT LOCATION AT REGISTER AREA. 20. IF GFI OUTLETS ARE NOT INSTALLED, OUTLETS SHALL BE CIRCUITED TO A GFI BREAKER. LABEL OUTLETS THAT ARE ON THE GFI BREAKER. 21. PROVIDE A 1" CONDUIT STUBBED UP WITH A 90 DEGREE CONNECTOR AT LEAST 6" ABOVE THE SLAB. CONDUIT TO BE 1-1/2 FT AWAY FROM CHAIN LINK FENCE.EC TO COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF STUB UP AND ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH GC AND TYCO. 22. J-BOX IN STRUCTURE FOR FUTURE THIRD REGISTER. 23. J-BOX FOR POWER TO THE POWER SUPPLY ES100 MOUNTED ABOVE THE CEILING IN LINE WITH THE HINGE SIDE OF THE DOOR. PROVIDE A 1/2"CONDUIT FROM THE ES100 TO THE ELECTRIC POWER TRANSFER ES105 OF THE DOOR FRAME. PROVIDE AND PULL TWO #18 AWG WIRE FROM THE ES100 TO THE ES105 AND INTO THE DOOR. COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH SUPPLIER / INSTALLER. 24. LOCATE WP/GFI OUTLET 14" AS MEASURED FROM INSIDE CORNER OF WALL. EXPOSED CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL OUTLET SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN 18" OF INTERIOR BUILDING CORNER. 35. ALL CONDUITS INSTALLED IN THE STOCKROOM AREA SHALL BE INSTALLED AS TIGHT TO ROOF DECK AS POSSIBLE. 36. PROVIDE AND INSTALL (1) EXPLOSION PROOF JUNCTION BOX AT THE DISPENSING UNIT. JUNCTION BOX TO BE COOPER CAROUSE HINDS MODEL # GUAWZ6. INSTALL SUCH THAT BOX IS IN A VERTICAL POSITION SO THE MAXIMUM WIDTH IS 4-1/4". COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH PROPANE DISPENSING VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. COORDINATE LOCATION OF CONDUIT ENTRIES WITH PROPANE DISPENSING VENDOR PRIOR TO ORDERING. (NOTE NOT USED) 37. PROVIDE AND INSTALL 3/4" SEALING FITTING WITHIN 18" OF PUMP. T.L.S. ENGINEERING INC. #XEYK22 OR OREMCO SYSTEMS #SBCS075. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH PROPANE DISPENSING VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. (NOTE NOT USED) 38. EXTEND UNDERGROUND CONDUIT FROM BUILDING TO PROPANE GAS DISPENSING SYSTEM. SEE SHEET ES-1 FOR LOCATION OF PROPANE STORAGE TANK IN RELATION TO THE BUILDING. (NOTE NOT USED). 39. CLASS II DIVISION I HAZARDOUS AREA ROUTE CONDUITS TO BYPASS AREA TO EXTENT POSSIBLE. UTILIZE HEAVY WALL RIGID STEEL CONDUIT TO CONNECT DEVICES/LIGHT FIXTURES WITH IN ROOM. PROVIDE SEAL OFF FITTINGS ON CONDUITS WITH IN 6" AS CONDUITS ARE ROUTED OUTSIDE OF ROOM. FIXTURES/DEVICES SHALL BE DUSTTIGHT. (NOTE NOT USED). 40. INSTALL OUTLET TO BOTTOM OF JOIST AT DIMENSIONED LOCATION. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TSC PRIOR TO INSTALL. 41. EXISTING ROOF TOP UNIT PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY LANDLORD E.C. TSC E.C. TO WIRE AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO PANEL AS SHOWN. 42. POWER POLE FOR MONTANA SMITH. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TSC FINAL FIXTURE PLAN PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 43. POWER POLE FOR PET COOLER. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TSC FINAL FIXTURE PLAN PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 44. CLOTHING DEPARTMENT RECEPTACLE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TSC PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. 45. J-BOX FOR CONNECTION TO HAND DRYER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT. JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . SCALE: NORTHMEZZANINEPOWER PLAN 3/32"=1'-0" 46795 LV17LV16 LV11LV10 LV12 LV6 3 S TO MANAGERS OFFICE TO EMS CABINET LV8 LV21 XXX X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X WH B T T2 1 T2 1 B T2 J J1 TO TTB S2 11 WP J J 1 TO TTB S2 11WP (RECEIVING) 6 T2 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 6 9 8 2 TO RTU CONTROL CABINET LV9 TO EMS CABINET LV10 LV3 LV1 LV23 TTB 4'x8' LV19 LV20 3S TO TTB T1 1 D1 3 5 10 10 3 A WP A B T B11 LV22LV10LV7 COIL DAISY CHAIN ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING LV10 LV10 LV9 LV9 LV9 LV9 LV10 LV10 2S 2 S TO TTB 2S 2 S 2S 2 S TO TTB 2S 2 S 2 S TO TTB 2S 2S 2S TO TTB 2S LV12LV11 LV10LV5 LV12LV11 LV10LV5 TO EMS CABINET LV15LV14 LV13LV2 TO EMS CABINET LV9 LV12LV11 LV10LV5 TO EMS CABINET LV10 LV7 LV10 LV22 LV10 LV10 2S TO TTB 2S 2S 2S 3 1 LV12LV11 LV10LV5 A B CA B3 B8 C6 9 8 1 3 TO EMS CABINET LV9 TO EMS CABINET LV10 LOW VOLTAGE PLAN E-3.1ASCALE: NORTHLOW VOLTAGE PLAN 3/32"=1'-0" JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . SCALE: NORTHMEZZANINELOW VOLTAGE PLAN 3/32"=1'-0" SCALE: NORTHMEZZANINELOW VOLTAGE PLAN 3/32"=1'-0" SEE DRAWING E-2A FOR GENERAL AND DRAWING NOTES 46795 TELEPHONE CABLE- DATA CABLE- DATA SYSTEM: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 GENERAL NOTES: KEYED NOTES: T1 T2 D1 D2 LVW VENDOR SHALL ROUTE TWO CAT5E CABLES FROM REGISTER TO THE MANAGERS OFFICE. PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT BOTH ENDS AT THE CEILING. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AT EACH END AND SUSPEND AT 10 FEET AFF. PROVIDE AS REQUIRED FOR EACH ADDITIONAL REGISTER. PROVIDE LABELS FOR EACH CABLE ON BOTH ENDS. LABEL CABLES `REG1A' AND `REG1B' FOR REGISTER ONE AND `REG2A' AND `REG2B' FOR REGISTER 2. LABEL ADDITIONAL REGISTER CABLES `REG3A' AND `REG3B', ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR ADDITIONAL REGISTERS. NOTE NOT USED. LVW VENDOR SHALL ROUTE FOUR CAT5E CABLES FROM SERVICE DESK TO THE MANAGERS OFFICE. PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT BOTH ENDS AT THE CEILING. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AT EACH END AND SUSPEND AT 10 FEET AFF. PROVIDE LABELS FOR EACH CABLE ON BOTH ENDS. LABEL CABLES `SDA', `SDB', `SDC', `SDD'. NOTE NOT USED. LVW VENDOR SHALL ROUTE CAT5E CABLES TO MANAGERS OFFICE TO CEILING SPACE ABOVE THE RED POWER RECEPTACLE (CIRCUIT B-24). REFERENCE DRAWING E2.0 FOR RECEPTACLE LOCATION. REFER TO GENERAL NOTE 'E' ABOVE. LVW VENDOR SHALL ROUTE THREE CAT5E CABLES FROM RECEIVING DESK TO THE IT ROOM. PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT BOTH ENDS AT THE CEILING. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AT EACH END AND SUSPEND AT 10 FEET AFF. PROVIDE LABELS FOR EACH CABLE ON BOTH ENDS. LABEL CABLES `RDA', `RDB', `RDC'. NOTE NOT USED. LVW VENDOR SHALL ROUTE THREE CAT5E CABLES FROM IT ROOM ABOVE THE RED POWER RECEPTACLE (CIRCUIT B-24) TO THE TELEPHONE BOARD. PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT BOTH ENDS AT THE CEILING. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AT EACH END AND SUSPEND AT 10 FEET AFF. PROVIDE AS REQUIRED FOR EACH ADDITIONAL REGISTER. PROVIDE LABELS FOR EACH CABLE ON BOTH ENDS. LABEL CABLES `DSL', `T1A' AND `T1B'. LVW VENDOR SHALL ROUTE THREE CAT5E CABLES FROM THE IT ROOM AT THE DATA WALL OUTLET TO THE TELEPHONE BOARD. PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT BOTH ENDS AT THE CEILING. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AT EACH END AND SUSPEND AT 10 FEET AFF. PROVIDE LABELS FOR EACH CABLE ON BOTH ENDS. LABEL CABLES `DIAL TONE', 'FAX', AND 'MUSIC ON HOLD'. LVW VENDOR SHALL ROUTE TWO CAT5E CABLES FROM THE BREAKROOM AT THE CEILING ABOVE THE POWER OUTLET TO THE IT ROOM ABOVE THE IG POWER RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT BOTH ENDS AT THE CEILING. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AT EACH END AND SUSPEND AT 10 FEET AFF. PROVIDE LABELS FOR EACH CABLE ON BOTH ENDS. LABEL CABLES `LRA' AND `LRB'. A. TSC SHALL FURNISH & INSTALL ALL POS, PA & PHONE SYSTEMS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING ALL BACKBOXES AND CONDUITS. LVW VENDOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WIRING.B. LVW VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL DATA AND TELEPHONE WIRING WITH WHITE JACKETS. ALL PHONE AND DATA CABLE MUST BE CAT5E CERTIFIED, NO EXCEPTIONS. C. ALL CABLES ROUTED EXPOSED IN CEILING JOIST SHALL BE RUN PERPENDICULAR AND PARALLEL TO THE CEILING JOIST. D. LVW VENDOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING IF CABLES SHALL BE PLENUM RATED TO MEET CODES. 1. PROVIDE STANDARD OUTLET BOXES AT ALL TELEPHONE LOCATIONS WITH 3/4" CONDUIT (WITH PULL WIRE) TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AREA OR TO BAR JOIST. 1. PROVIDE STANDARD OUTLET BOXES AT ALL DATA LOCATIONS WITH 3/4" INCH CONDUIT (WITH PULL WIRE) TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AREA OR TO BAR JOIST. E. ROUTE CAT5E CABLES TO MANAGERS OFFICE TO CEILING SPACE ABOVE THE RED POWER RECEPTACLE (CIRCUIT B-24). REFERENCE DRAWING E2.0 FOR RECEPTACLE LOCATION. REFER TO KEYED NOTE '5' BELOW. 11 LVW SHALL ROUTE SIX CAT5E DATA CABLES (TWO PER ACCESS POINT) BACK TO MANAGERS OFFICE. SEE ACCESS POINT SITE SPECIFIC MAP PROVIDED BY TSC FOR EXACT LOCATION OF EACH ACCESS POINT. LVW RESPONSIBILITY AND TIMING PLAN PROTOTYPES ACTION BY WHO WHEN SPECIAL NOTES STORE ADDED TO SOS CODES AND BUILDING TYPE (CONTACT TSC PM AS NECESSARY) RESEARCHED, BA AND FA PLANS COMPLETED TYCO COMPLETES PLANS SENDS TO EDDIE FOLEY AND TSC PM PLANS FORWARDED TO LL AND/OR HIS ARCHITECT IF KNOWN LL TO COMPLETE ALL LVW SOW PER PLANS USING TSC VENDOR TYCO TO INSTALL THEIR EQUIPMENT AND MAKE TERMINATIONS INSTALLATION OF PA SYSTEM, PHONE SYSTEM, SPEAKERS, OUTSIDE HORNS, PHONES, PATCH PANEL, AP'S W/ ANTENNAS INSTALLATION OF POS SYSTEMS AT ALL LOCATIONS AND TESTING OF AP SYSTEM TSC REAL ESTATE TYCO TYCO TSC PM MERCURY TECH TERRY DRAKE / MERCURY TECH TERRY DRAKE / AGILYSIS 1ST MONDAY OF EACH MONTH WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER ADDED TO THE SOS ON 30TH DAY AFTER ADDED TO SOS 31 DAYS WHEN SENT BY LL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION START STARTING APPROXIMATELY 3 WEEKS FROM FD TO BE DONE LAST AS LVW VENDOR COMPLETES NO LATER THAN 2 WEEKS PRIOR TO FD. MONDAY AND TUESDAY BEFORE FD TUESDAY BEFORE FD TSC TO REVIEW LL PLANS FOR ACCURACY TSC PM TYCO RETROFITS ACTION BY WHO WHEN SPECIAL NOTES STORE ADDED TO SOS TSC ARCHITECT TO SEND BASE PLAN TO TYCO CODES RESEARCHED, BA AND FA PLANS TSC ARCHITECT TO NOTIFY TYCO VIA EMAIL THAT FULL SET OF PLANS IS AVAILABLE AT PLAN EXPRESS TYCO COMPLETED PLANS SENT TO EDDIE FOLEY AND TSC PM TSC ARCHITECT TO INSERT TYCO PLANS INTO SET FOR PERMIT GC TO CONTACT ASSIGNED LVW VENDORS FOR PRICING GC / LVW VENDOR FINISHED ALL LVW SOW PER PLANS TYCO TO INSTALL THEIR EQUIPMENT AND MAKE TERMINATIONS INSTALLATION OF PA SYSTEM, PHONE SYSTEM, SPEAKERS, OUTSIDE HORNS, PHONES, PATCH PANEL, AP'S W/ ANTENNAS INSTALLATION OF POS SYSTEMS AT ALL LOCATIONS AND TESTING OF AP SYSTEMNOTE: ALL OTHER ACTIONS AND TIME FRAMES TO BE PER THE EXISTING TIMING AND ACTION CALENDAR. TSC REAL ESTATE TSC PM TYCO TSC PM TYCO TSC PM TSC PM MERCURY TECH TYCO TERRY DRAKE / MERCURY TECH TERRY DRAKE / AGYLISIS 1ST MONDAY OF EACH MONTH 10-20 DAYS AFTER ADDED TO SOS UPON RECEIPT OF BASE PLAN 20-30 DAYS AFTER REC APPROVAL W/IN 3 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF FULL SET OF PLANS UPON RECEIPT OF TYCO PLAN VERIFIED AT BID EVALUATION NO LESS THAN 2 WEEKS PRIOR TO FD STARTING APPROXIMATELY 3 WEEKS FROM FD TO WEDNESDAY PRIOR TO FD. TERMINATION TO BE DONE LAST AS LVW VENDOR COMPLETES NO LATER THAN 2 WEEKS PRIOR TO FD. MONDAY AND TUESDAY BEFORE FD THURSDAY BEFORE FD TYCO TO IDENTIFY EXISTING HVAC UNITS BY LL PER THE TYCO CHECKLIST PLEASE BE SURE TO VERIFY HVAC SYSTEMS (GROUND MOUNT VS. ROOF MOUNT, ETC...) PLEASE BE SURE TO VERIFY HVAC SYSTEMS (GROUND MOUNT VS. ROOF MOUNT, ETC...) TYCO TO IDENTIFY EXISTING HVAC UNITS BY LL PER THE TYCO CHECKLIST PUBLIC ADDRESS SPEAKER CABLE- PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM: GENERAL NOTES: S1 S2 A. TSC SHALL FURNISH & INSTALL THE PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM B. LVW VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SPEAKER WIRING. SPEAKER WIRING SHALL BE 18AWG / 2 CONDUCTOR WITH WHITE JACKETS. C. ALL CABLES ROUTED EXPOSED IN CEILING JOIST SHALL BE RUN PERPENDICULAR AND PARALLEL TO THE CEILING JOIST ORIGINATING FROM TELEPHONE BOARD. D. PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM DEVICES SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES AND RACEWAYS PER THE PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM VENDOR RECOMMENDATIONS. PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM DEVICES FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE SYSTEM VENDOR. E. LVW VENDOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING IF CABLES SHALL BE PLENUM RATED TO MEET CODES. 1. PROVIDE A BLACK 4" X 4" WEATHERPROOF JUNCTION BOX AT THE EXTERIOR SPEAKER LOCATION MOUNTED 13'-0" AFF OR ABOVE THE AWNING. PROVIDE A SLEEVE THRU WALL TO THE INTERIOR 4" x4" JUNCTION BOX LOCATED ON THE INTERIOR WALL. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 2. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND CONDUIT (1" EMT) FROM EXTERIOR SPEAKER TO THE RETAIL SALES INTERIOR WALL. LOW VOLTAGE DOOR BELL SYSTEM: A B GENERAL NOTES: KEYED NOTES: A. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING BY LVW VENDOR (DOOR BELL, ETC.) SHALL BE 18AWG / 2 CONDUCTOR WITH WHITE TEFLON JACKET IN CONDUIT TO CEILING AND EXPOSED ALONG CEILING STRUCTURE. B. ALL CABLES ROUTED EXPOSED IN CEILING JOIST SHALL BE RUN PERPENDICULAR AND PARALLEL TO THE CEILING JOIST. C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING IF CABLES SHALL BE PLENUM RATED TO MEET CODES. EDWARDS 744 DOOR BELL @ CASH REGISTER & CONNECT TO SYSTEM AS NECESSARY. COORDINATE WITH G.C. FOR EXACT LOCATION OF BELL. GENERAL NOTES: B ALL CONDUITS INSTALLED IN THE STOCKROOM AREA SHALL BE INSTALLED AS TIGHT TO ROOF DECK AS POSSIBLE. Cable Specifications: Type Maximum cable length shall not exceed 330 feet. TSC LVW CONTROL WIRING AND EMS PREWIRE: ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING (LVW) (EXCEPT FOR TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT THERMOSTATS FOR HVAC) TO BE INSTALLED BY THE LVW VENDOR. THIS INCLUDES THE DOOR BELLS. GC'S ARE RESPONSIBLE TO MANAGE TO THIS AND INCLUDE THIS IN THEIR COSTS. ALL cable must be jacketed in a fire-retardant material, shielded (unless otherwise noted) and WHITE in color. In the event that a specific cable is not available, Contractor may substitute for a cable with more conductors (i.e. 2 conductor can be substituted with 3 conductor of the same ratings). Do not route cables over or touching a fluorescent light. Cross over fluorescent lights perpendicular to the length of the fixture. All cables shall be supported from the ceiling joist above. Do not lay cables on the grid of a drop ceiling. one twisted pair - 18ga - shielded - plenum rated - white jacket one CAT5 Cable GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL EDWARDS 744 DOOR BELL, AN EDWARDS 590 TRANSFORMER, AND AN INTELLIGENT PUSH BUTTON. TEST TO ASSURE LIGHTING CONTROLS WTS-1-1-19-SS WORKING SYSTEM. MOUNT TRANSFORMER & BELL AT 14'- 0" AFF. 1 2 3 KEYED NOTES: JUNCTION BOX ON WALL WITH 1" CONDUIT STUBBED OUTSIDE FOR SPEAKER MOUNTING. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. ROUTE ONE TWO CONDUCTOR #18 AWG SPEAKER WIRE FROM JUNCTION BOX TO TELEPHONE BOARD. COIL 6 FEET OF SPEAKER WIRE OUTSIDE OF BUILDING AT PROPOSED SPEAKER LOCATION. PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT THE CEILING ABOVE THE TELEPHONE BOARD. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AND SUSPEND 10 FEET AFF. TYPICAL OF 2 LOCATIONS. LOCATION IN BAR JOIST FOR PUBLIC ADDRESS SPEAKER. ROUTE ONE TWO CONDUCTOR #18 AWG SPEAKER WIRE BETWEEN LOCATIONS LEAVING SIX FEET OF COILED WIRING AT EACH LOCATION FOR CONNECTION OF SPEAKERS. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. HOME RUN SPEAKER CABLE FROM LAST DEVICE LOCATION AS SHOWN AND PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT THE CEILING ABOVE THE TELEPHONE BOARD. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AND SUSPEND AT 10 FEET AFF. LOCATION IN SUSPENDED CEILING FOR PUBLIC ADDRESS SPEAKER. ROUTE ONE TWO CONDUCTOR #18 AWG SPEAKER WIRE BETWEEN LOCATIONS LEAVING SIX FEET OF COILED WIRING AT EACH LOCATION FOR CONNECTION OF SPEAKERS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND THE PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. HOME RUN SPEAKER CABLE FROM LAST DEVICE AS SHOWN AND PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT THE CEILING ABOVE THE TELEPHONE BOARD. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AND SUSPEND AT 10 FEET AFF. S J J S Preface: This store will be wired for a future EMS system This contractor shall price in the base bid wiring. LV1 G.C. shall install a 2" EMT conduit into the top of the future EMS section of the unitized switchboard (hereafter referred to as the EMS cabinet) so as to provide EMS cable access to the panel without having to route the cables past substantial line voltage wire. LV2 G.C. shall provide a 3/4" (inch) trade size rigid conduit on the RTU closest to the future TSC EMS control panel for the purpose of acting as a mast for the future EMS "WeatherStation". See outdoor sensor assembly detail. LV3 Tractor Supply shall provide EMS jack in one of 6- up boxes in the IT room and an orange patch, with white boot, cable connected to port 23 on the 2960 switch and run to port #46 on the patch panel. LV4 G.C. shall install a recessed single gang switch box in corridor next to manager's office - see mechanical drawings for exact placement. This box should be mounted 60" AFF. This box is for installation of the RTU thermostat / future EMS control thermostat. LV5 G.C. shall install a double gang switch box (4 11/16" with the appropriate adapter plates) on the column closest to each sales floor RTU for purpose of installing the thermostat / future EMS thermostat. If HVAC is needed to condition the building prior to the installation of the LVW by the TSC LVW vendor, the G.C. is to make HVAC units operable using temporarily until the TSC HVAC vendor installs permanent LVW per the timing and action calendar contained within the set of plans. Once the LVW vendor installs the LVW, the G.C. is responsible to remove the temporary bi-metal thermostats and make final connections of the thermostats to the newly installed LVW as mentioned above. LV6 G.C. shall install 3 double gang switch boxes (4 11/16" with the appropriate adapter plates) on the column closest to RTU. These 3 boxes shall be mounted vertically; one above the other, seperated by no less than 6" with the bottom box mounted at a height of approximaetly 7'-6" AFF and MUST be mounted to the surface of the column that faces the center of the building so as to shield the sensor from direct supply air. A quantity of (2) 1" (inch) conduits shall be installed above & between the boxes so as to provide a path for continuous wire pull from the overhead into the bottom most box. These boxes are for (from top to bottom) the installation of the CO2 sensor, the humidity sensor & the RTU thermostat/future EMS thermostat in the bottom box each of which required a dedicated double gang box. "doubling up" the sensors in a 2 gang box is not acceptable. LV7 G.C. shall install a single gang box and a 3/4" EMT conduit for the vestibule Unit Heater and the stockroom's Unit Heater. The conduits shall be installed from the ceiling deck to each unit heater's thermostat designated mounting location in the vestibule and stockroom. G.C. is to make each unit heater operate using the thermostats provided with the unit heaters and installed wiring. LV8 G.C. shall install a 3/4" EMT conduit from the ceiling deck to 12" (inches) AFF so as to provide future EMS cable access for routing the LV cable from above the dock door to the finished floor. The conduit is to be installed directly adjacent to the dock door, within 2" (inches) of the rollup door track. LV9 LVW vendor shall install a total of two twisted pair, 18ga plenum cables (Windy City #002320-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled continuous from the "EMS Cabinet" in the electrical switchgear to each RTU's control cabinet in turn (Daisy Chain) starting with the RTU closest to the electrical room. The wire shall be pulled into the RTU's control panel near the York "Simplicity 1A" board within the RTU, leaving a 5' coil. Label both un-spliced ends of this cable pull as "HVAC COMM". LV10 LVW vendor shall install one twisted pair, 18ga, shielded, plenum cable (Windy City # 002320-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled continuous from the future "EMS Cabinet" in the electrical swtichgear to each Unit Heater's & RTU's thermostat gang boxes location (see LV5 and LV6 for specifics) in turn (Daisy Chain) starting with the Unit Heater / RTU thermostat mounting location closest to the electrical room. The wire shall be pulled into the RTU's designated gang box, leaving a 5' coil. Label both un-spliced ends of this cable pull as "TStat COMM". LV11 LVW vendor shall install one ten conductor, 18ga, plenum cable (Windy City # 002393-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled from each RTU's control cabinet to the RTU specific thermostat gang box, leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "RTUx CONTROL", where x is the RTU #. LV12 LVW vendor shall install one twisted pair, 18ga plenum cable (Windy City # 002320-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled from each RTU's supply hard air duct, just below ceiling, to the corresponding RTUs thermostat gang box, leaving a 10' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "RTUx SUPPLY", where x is the RTU #. LV13 LVW vendor shall install one twisted pair, 18ga plenum cable (Windy city # 002320-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled from the EMS cabinet to the future "WeatherStation", leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "OA TEMP". LV14 LVW vendor shall install a total of two twisted pair, 18ga plenum cables (Windy city # 002320-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled from the EMS cabinet to the future "WeatherStation", leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "OA HUMID". LV15 LVW vendor shall install one twisted pair, 18ga plenum cable (windy city # 002320-s or equivalent). the cable shall be pulled from the MES cabinet to the future "Weatherstation", leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "OUTDOOR LIGHT LEVEL". LV16 For each indoor humidity sensor specified, the LVW vendor shall install a total of two twisted pair, 18ga plenum cables (Windy city # 002320-s or equivalent). the cables shall be pulled from the EMS cabinet to the top single gang box installed as per note LV^, leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "INSIDE HUMID #1" and, if installed, "INSIDE HUMID #2". LV17 LVW vendor shall install a total of two twisted pair, 18ga plenum cables (Windy city # 002320-S or equivalent). The cables shall be pulled from the EMS cabinet to the next to the top single gang box installed as per note LV6, leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "CO2". LV18 LVW vendor shall install one twisted pair, 18ga plenum cable (Windy city # 002320-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled from the EMS cabinet to the power pole installed for the vaccine case, leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "VACCINE TEMP". This cable should be pulled down through the unused half of the power pole that is installed to supply power to the vaccine case. Coordinate with the GC to determine the exact location.NOTE: IN THE EVENT THAT THE FINAL LOCATION OF THE ANIMAL HEALTH CASE IS UNKNOWN, LEAVE A 50' COIL OF CABLE IN THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION. LV19 LVW vendor shall install a total of two twisted pair, 18ga plenum cables (Windy city # 002320-S or equivalent). The cables shall be pulled from the EMS cabinet to the alarm installer's junction box labeled "EMS/SI ALARM INTERFACE" (located on the telephone board, beside the security alarm panel), leaving a 5' coil of each at both ends. Label both ends of each these cables "OCCUPANCY" and "ALL LIGHTS ON" respectively. If the security system installer has not installed this junction box, install and label these cables leaving a 15' loop of each at the ceiling joist on the vicinity of the building security system equipment. LV20 TYCO shall install a total of two twisted pair, 18ga plenum cables (Windy City # 002320-S or equivalent). The cables shall be pulled from the Security Panel to the junction box labeled "EMS/SI ALARM INTERFACE" (located on the telephone board, at the designated location beside the security alarm panel). Tyco to terminate this wiring to the appropriate security system "ARM/DISARM" and "ALARM" outputs to the corresponding terminals within the "EMS/SI Alarm interface" junction box (installed by the LVW vendor). If the LVW Vendor has not installed this junction box, Tyco to install and label their cables leaving a 5' loop at the designated location of the EMS/SI ALARM Interface" on the telephone backboard. LV21 LVW vendor shall install one twisted pair, 18ga plenum cable (Windy City # 002320-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled from the EMS cabinet through the EMT conduit installed for dock door monitoring, leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "DOCK DOOR". This is used for future EMS monitoring and is in addition to the cabling required for the security system door monitoring. This EMS cable should be pulled down through the conduit that is installed to monitor the dock door via the EMS (see LV8). Coordinate with the GC to determine the exact location. NOTE: IN THE EVENT THAT THE FINAL LOCATION OF THE DOCK DOOR EMS CONDUIT IS UNKNOWN, LEAVE A 50' COIL OF CABLE ABOVE THE DOCK DOOR. LV22 LVW Vendor to install one twisted pair, 18ga plenum cable for each unit heater (Windy City # 002320-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled from each Unit Heater's control cabinet to the Unit Heater's specific thermostat gang box, leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "UH Control". Note: In the event that the location of the unit heater is unknown, leave a 50' coil of cable at this location. LV23 LVW VENDOR to provide a CAT5 cable run from the patch panel in the IT Room to the future EMS cabinet location. LV24 When specified, the LVW vendor to install a total of two twisted pair, 18ga plenum cable (windy city # 002320-s or equivalent) from EMS cabinet to the single gang junction box for the indoor light sensor, leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "Indoor Amb. Light". a) Indoor light sensor shall not be mounted any higher than 7' AFF. b) Indoor light sensor shall be mounted so that the sensor eye is facing zone to be controlled. LOW VOLTAGE PLAN E-3A JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . 46795 XXX X X X BE NL A-30 B X A-30 A-22 A-22 A-22 A-22 A-22 A-22 5 5 5 5 5 K A-24 K A-24 K A-24 K A-24 K A-24 K A-24 K A-24 K A-24 K A-24 K A-24 B A-1 BE B A-2 B A-3 B A-4 B A-6 B A-7B A-5 B A-8 B A-9 BE BE BE BE BB BE B A-10 BE BE BEBE BE BE BE BE BE BE BEBE BE BE BEBE BE BE BE 6 6 666 6 6 6 66666 6 6 6 6 6 BE B BE BE BE66 BE 6 BE BE BE 6 BE 6 BE 6 BE 6 BE 6 BB BBBBB B B B B B BBBBB X A-32 E1A-32 XA-30 NL A-30 A-30 NL A-30 NL A-30 NL A-30 NLA-30 NL A-30 NLA-11 A-21,23 A-16,18 B B B B B B B BE BE BE A-17,19 BE B B B B B B B B B B BE BE BE BE A-32 NL BE BE B S 9 A-25 F F F F FFFF 10 E1 X A-32 A-32 E1 A-30A-30 X M 3M 3 M 3 M 3 M3 BEB BE BE X A-30 B1 A-2 A-3 A-8 A-9 A-12 A-15 A-14 A-13 19 17 17 19 19 17 19 17 19 17 19 17 17 19 16 18 18 18 18 18 16 16 16 16 21 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 2323 23 23 NL A-32 6 6 X A-30 PROVIDE W/2 FACES X A-30 X A-30 X A-30 PROVIDE W/2 FACES B1 A-30 X A-32 X A-32 NLA-30 NLA-30 A-26 X A-30 PROVIDE W/2 FACES X A-30 X A-32 NL A-32 M 3 21 21 21 2121 21 21 A-20 21 21 21 21 X A-32 B1 M3 X A-30 PCc SKYLIT ZONE 'c' (1225 SQFT) SKYLIT ZONE 'a' (1225 SQFT) SKYLIT ZONE 'd' (962 SQFT) SKYLIT ZONE 'b' (962 SQFT) 5 5 55 5 5 A-26 A-26 A-22 A-34 K1K1 PROVIDE NEW FIXTURE TO MATCH ADJACENT DECORATIVE LIGHTING PCc PCc 11 11 11 SA A-22 SA A-22 SA A-22 SA A-22 SA A-22 SA A-22 A-22 A-22 8 2 B R R PCa 11 PCa 11 PCa11 PC b 11 PC b 11 R PC b11 PCd 11 R PCd11 PCd 11 7 7 7 1 TYPICAL 6 7 6 7 6 7 7 6 767 X A-30 X A-30 XA-30 XA-30 M 3 M 3 M3 A-27 A-29 M 3 M 3 A-2967 6 7 1 TYPICAL PC PC PC LIGHTING CONTACTOR LINE VOLTAGE WIRING CONSTANT HOT 1-10V CONTROL MAXIMUM (4) LIGHT FIXTURES LOCAL LINE VOLTAGE DIMMING SCHEMATIC N.T.S. PHOTOCELL GENERAL LIGHTING PLAN E-4SCALE: NORTHLIGHTING PLAN 3/32"=1'-0" A. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION MUST BE ACHIEVED ONE WEEK PRIOR TO THE FIXTURE DATE ESTABLISHED BY TSC AND THE G.C. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INCLUDES FULL PERMANENT POWER, SECURE BUILDING READY FOR FIXTURES, COMPLETED OFFICE/RESTROOMS, SALES FLOOR, DOCK WITH ALL WEATHER ACCESS, AND SIDEYARD WITH FENCING. B. EXIT SIGNS & EMERGENCY LIGHT LOCATIONS SHALL BE ADJUSTED & CENTERED OF MAIN AISLES. COORDINATE WITH TSC FIXTURE PLAN. C. ANY EXISTING FLUORESCENT FIXTURES LOCATED WITHIN TSC SPACE THAT ARE T12 OR 8' LONG SHALL BE RETROFITTED WITH T8 4' LONG BI-PIN T8 LAMPS & MATCHING BALLASTS. UTILIZE PROPER RETROFIT KIT FOR 8' LONG FIXTURES TO CONVERT FIXTURE TO A TANDEM MOUNTED TYPE. D. PROVIDE AN EXTRA CONSTANT HOT CONDUCTOR BYPASSING LIGHTING CONTROLLER FOR FIXTURES WITH EMERGENECY BALLASTS NOT MARKED AS 'NL' NIGHT LIGHT. E. CONTRACTOR MAY USE UNI-STRUT IN LIEU OF CABLE PROVIDED WITH LIGHT FIXTURES. COORDINATE ORDERING WITH LIGHTING VENDOR. CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE ONE ADDITIONAL "LED SITE HEAD" AND ONE ADDITIONAL "LED WALL PACK" AS PART OF NEW CONSTRUCTION EXTERIOR LIGHTING PACKAGE. THESE FIXTURES ARE TO BE LEFT IN THE CARE OF THE "TSC STORE MANAGER" FOR ANY FUTURE WARRANTY FULFILLMENT. GENERAL NOTES: PLAN NOTES: 1. 2. 4. 3. 5. GENERAL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES: 6. NO ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE TO INDICATE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, COMMUNICATION DEVICES, WIRING, CONDUIT, ETC. TO BE REMOVED AND/OR RELOCATED. HOWEVER, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. REMOVE AND/OR RELOCATE EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES ON WALLS OR CEILING BEING REMOVED. COORDINATE SUCH CONDITIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. EXISTING CONDUITS, CIRCUITS OR SYSTEMS IN WALLS OR CEILING BEING REMOVED WHICH SERVE SURROUNDING UN REMODELED AREAS SHALL BE REWORKED AND MAINTAINED. EXISTING CONDUITS, CIRCUITS OR SYSTEMS PASSING THROUGH THE REMODELED AREAS WHICH SERVE UNREMODELED AREAS SHALL REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION AND REMODELING, AND SHALL BE RELOCATED AND REROUTED. CONTINUITY OF CIRCUITS INTERRUPTED BY REMOVAL OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHALL BE MAINTAINED. ALL UNUSEDWIRE (POWER & COMMUNICATION) SHALL BE REMOVED. ALL EXISTING WIRING (POWER & COMMUNICATION) THAT IS TO REMAIN SHALL BE REWORKED OR REPLACED WITH CODE COMPLIANT MATERIAL & SUPPORTS. EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES THAT REMAIN OR ARE BEING RELOCATED SHALL BE CLEANED AND RE-LAMPED. BROKEN LENSES SHALL BE REPLACED. PROVIDE NEW BALLASTS IF REQUIRED TO MAKE FIXTURE OPERATIONAL. 8. 7. LED FIXTURES LABELED WITH SUFFIX 'E' SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A REMOTE MOUNTED EMERGENCY AC POWER SYSTEM. THE EMERGENCY AC POWER SYSTEM SHALL BE MOUNTED IN JOIST SPACE ABOVE FIXTURE. RUN 2#10,#10GND MC CABLE FROM SYSTEM DOWN FIXTURE SUPPORT OPPOSITE NORMAL CIRCUIT WIRING. PROVIDE A CONSTANT HOT OF THE SAME BRANCH CIRCUIT BYPASSING CONTRACTOR CONTROL FOR EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES THAT ARE TO BE TURNED OFF DURING UNOCCUPIED TIMES. EMERGENCY LIGHTING NOTE TYPE MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER VOLT QTY TYPE MOUNTINGLAMPS REMARKS LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PURCHASE LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS. NO SUBSTITUTES. LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE 4 D 4 RECESSED 2x4 TROFFER2GTL4-LP840 2GTL-4-40L-EZ1-EL14L-LP840 RECESSEDDE E1 ELA-T-NX-H1212 ELM1254 -EMERGENCY W/ BATTERYINCL. SURFACE AT 12'-0" OR ON CEILING K 1 EXTERIOR WALL LIGHT, MTD. AT 14' AFG, UNO LED SURFACEOLW-31-M2 K1 1ANP LIGHTING 32 PLW518-42-E1-43(RED)-1000GLFR- GUP-42-RTC-32WPL-43(RED) EXTERIOR WALL LIGHTSURFACE SA LITHONIA OLCFM-WH - LED SURFACE EXTERIOR CANOPY FIXTURE UNVLITHONIA 120 OR 277 120 F 8' LED VAPOR TIGHTSIMKARSURFACE OR JOISTEN2LED8RFAF9241U14 B BE 4 4 SUSPENDEDLITHONIATZL1N-L96-10000LM-FST- MVOLT-40K-80CRI-WH B1 2 LED SUSPENDED SUSPENDED CABLE MOUNTED UNV UNVTZL1N-L96-10000LM-FST- MVOLT-40K-80CRI-WH-EL7L WATTS 84 84 42 39 39 12 92 45 32 28 LITHONIA LITHONIA LED CABLE MOUNTED CABLE MOUNTED B1E UNV LEDTL1N-L48-5000LM-FST- MVOLT-40K-80CRI-WH TL1N-L48-5000LM-FST- MVOLT-40K-80CRI-WH-EL7L 2 SUSPENDED CABLE MOUNTED42LITHONIAUNVLED LED LED LITHONIA LITHONIA UNV UNV 2x4 TROFFER LITHONIA UNV LEDUNV1) EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN. CLEAN, RELAMP & REBALLAST WITH LED DRIVERS & LED LAMPS. PURCHASED FROM TSC NATIONAL VENDOR. TYPICAL FOR ALL FIXTURES WITHOUT LETTER DESIGNATION. COORDINATE WIDE BODY RETROFIT KIT & REPLACE SOCKETS WITH BI-PIN TYPE & PROVIDE CENTER SOCKETS FOR 4' LED LAMPS FOR 8' FIXTURES. 2) WIRE EMERGENCY FIXTURE AHEAD OF LOCAL SENSOR. 3) OCCUPANCY SENSOR EQUAL TO LEVITON "001-0SP20-0D00SC1-MOW" SENSOR TO CONTROL LIGHT FIXTURES. 4) PROVIDE NECESSARY RELAYS & CONTROL EXHAUST FAN. 5) EXISTING FIXTURE. CLEAN, RELAMP, REBALLAST & REFURBISH AS REQUIRED. 6) WIRE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AHEAD OF CONTACTOR OR LOCAL CONTROL. 7) RETROFIT EXISTING FIXTURE WITH 1100 LUMEN LED DRIVER PURCHASED FROM TSC NATIONAL VENDOR SELF TEST BALLAST. PROVIDE AN EXTRA HOT CONDUCTOR TO BYPASS CONTACTOR, OCC SENSOR OR LOCAL CONTROL. 8) CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FIXTURE FROM LOCAL VENDOR IF NATIONAL VENDOR CANNOT PROVIDE. 9) CONTROLLER SHALL BE RATED NEMA 4X. 10) UTILIZE IMC CONDUIT. SEAL CONDUITS OUTSIDE OF HAY AREA WALL. 11) PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE 1-10V OUTPUT DIMMING SKYLIGHT PHOTOCELL & POWER RELAY. WIRE IN LINE WITH CONTACTOR CONTROL. PROVIDE CONSTANT HOT CONDUCTOR AS REQUIRED. CALIBRATE PHOTOCELL SO THAT WHEN THERE ARE 90 FOOT CANDLES AS MEASURED AT THE FLOOR, THE PHOTOCELL WILL THEN BEGIN TO DIM. LEVITON# PCSKY-000-0PP20RD3. 12) ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ORDER LIGHT FIXTURE FROM LOCAL VENDORS. JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . SCALE: NORTHMEZZANINELIGHTING PLAN 3/32"=1'-0" X EXITRONIX VEX-U-BP-WB-WH-120 - INCL.SURFACE LED EXIT SIGN1204 46795 B WH 105 LOUNGEEMPLOYEE 108 MANAGER 106 MEN 107 WOMEN 101 VESTIBULE 102 SALES - OUTDOOR DISPLAYFENCED 103 RECEIVING/ STOCK 113 ROOMHAY 112 ROOMFEED 111 OUTDOOR DISPLAYI.O.D. - INDOOR/ 104 IT 109 UTILITY 110 HALLWAY 115 STAIRWELL 109A JANITOR 114 ROOMSPRINKLER 116 STORAGE C C D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E EE E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E 101 VESTIBULE 114 ROOM SPRINKLER A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A AA A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A WH 108 MANAGER D D E A A A A A A A A B B C C D D E E F F NO. DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE / REVISION LOG INT. TRACTOR © SUPPLY CO THE STUFF YOU NEED OUT HERE 8' SCALE 1/8"=1'-0" 4' 0 8' 4' SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" 2' 0 4' SCALE 3/32"=1'-0" 04'8'12' 4' SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" 2' 0 4' MO MO ARLINGTON WA 17020 SMOKEY POINT BLVD Tenant I mprov ement retail s pac e for Trac tor Supply retail tenanat$1,000,000.00 206-957-9600SMOKEY POINT PROPERTY, LLC WA1218 THI RD AVE, SUITE 230 SEATTLE 98101 RI CHARD LEI DER 206-957-9600 206-957-9600 PGI ERLACH@ADAARCHI TECTS.CC 1218 THIRD AVE, SUI TE 230 SEATTLE WA 98101 TO BE DETERMINED AFER BI DDING 216-521-5134 17710 DETROIT AVE CLEVELAND OH 44107 TO BE DETERMINED TBD ✔ TRACTOR SUPPLY CO. 17020 SMOKEY POINT BLVD I I-B FULLY SPRI NKLED MERCANTI LE RETAIL STORE 36,228 1 + MEZZANI NE 36,228 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Sprink ler s ys tem t o be revis ed per floor plan lay out & demis ing of space Fire alarm sy s tem to be rev is ed per f loor plan lay out & demising of s pac e Propane tank s hown on outside of building Rac k s torage deferred s ubmitt al. No high pile s torage. PAUL GIERLACH 04/15/2016 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Mechanical Summary MECH-SUM Project Info Project Address: For Building Dept. Use Applicant Name: Applicant Address: Applicant Phone: Project Description Equip ID Type of System (Note 1)Space(s) Served Compliance Path and Cooling Fan Flow Controls Air (Note 2) Ventilation (Note 3)Energy Recovery RTU-1 Packaged Rooftop Stock Complex single zone Heating and cooling Constant volume (CV)Yes Minimum per IMC Not Applicable RTU-2 Packaged Rooftop Feed Room single zone Heating and cooling Constant volume (CV)Yes Minimum per IMC Not Applicable RTU-3 Packaged Rooftop Sales single zone Heating and cooling Constant volume (CV)Yes Minimum per IMC Not Applicable RTU-4 Packaged Rooftop Sales zone system Heating and cooling Constant volume (CV)Yes Minimum per IMC Not Applicable RTU-5 Packaged Rooftop Sales zone system Heating and cooling Constant volume (CV)Yes Minimum per IMC Not Applicable RTU-6 Packaged Rooftop Core Area zone system Heating and cooling Constant volume (CV)Yes Minimum per IMC Not Applicable CUH-1 Electric Vestibule Heater Vestibule zone system Heating only Constant volume (CV) No cooling, NA Natural ventilation Not Applicable UH-1 Gas Unit Heater Stock zone system Heating only Constant volume (CV) No cooling, NA Not Applicable Not Applicable 17020 Smokey Point Blvd.4/13/2016 Arlington, WA Mechanical Systems Summary HVAC Hydronic Systems Date Alterations to existing tenant spaces to form one (1) new space. Replace existing rooftop units with new rooftop units with new ductwork. New Building Building Addition System Upgrade No System Changes Briefly describe mechanical systems in the text box provided Total Bldg Performance compliance includes all mandatory provisions per C401.2 Option 2. Only MECH-SUM and MECH-CHK forms required. Note 1 -Provide basic description of system type, for example: unitary rooftop air handler, built-up central air handler; single-packaged, split system or packaged terminal air conditioner or heat pump; unit heater, warm-air furnace, electric resistance heater, 4-pipe fan coil,VRF system, energy recovery air handler, make-up air system, ground or water-source heat pump, etc. Note 2 -If taking an exception to air economizer, select exception taken from drop down menu and complete MECH-ECONO form. Summary definitions of each exception are listed in MECH-ECONO. Note 3 -If ventilation "Not applicable" is selected, provide explanation in Project Description box above. Hydronic chilled water Hydronic heating No hydronic systemsWater-loop heat pump Geothermal Total Bldg Performance 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Design Load Calculations Mechanical Schedules Service Water Heating Systems Mechanical Plans MECH-EQ Form Indicate location of equipment compliance information. If provided on plans then MECH-EQ forms are not required, however, include on plans all applicable compliance information listed in MECH-EQ tables. Hot water heating tank(s) Dedicated boiler No service water systemsInstantaneous Heat exchange from space heat boiler or central hot water/steam Load calculation summary MECH-LOAD-CALC Form Provide design load calculations for all mechanical systems and equipment serving the building heating, cooling or ventilating needs. If a load calculation summary is provided with the permit documents that includes all applicable compliance information then the MECH-LOAD-CALC form is not required. Equipment retrofit and repair projects where design loads in space(s) served have not changed from original design conditions are not required to perform load calculations. Equipment retrofit or repair 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Mechanical Summary, pg. 2 MECH-SUM Low Energy and Semi-Heated Spaces Space Type Location in Plan(s)Space(s) Served Area Served, square feet Heating (Note 4) Cooling (Note 5) Peak Space Conditioning Capacity, Btu/h-sf Compliance Check Notes Commissioning Exception Summary Fan Power Air system exceeding 5hp No air system exceeds 5hp Provide a MECH-FANSYS form for each HVAC system having a total fan system motor nameplate horsepower exceeding 5 horsepower. Refer to Section C403.2.10 and MECH-FANSYS-DOC for requirements and exceptions. Note 4 -Provide total installed heating output capacity of systems serving Low Energy or Semi-Heated space(s) in btuh. Note 5 -Provide total installed cooling capacity of system serving Low Energy space(s) in Btu/h. Not allowed for semi-heated spaces. Enter 0 if no cooling. Note 6 -Refer to Section C101.5.2 Low Energy Building. Intalled peak space conditioning capacity, heating or cooling, may not exceed 3.4 Btu/h-sf. Note 7 -Refer to Section C402.1.4 and Semi-Heated Space definition in Chapter 2. Total heating output capacity may not exceed 8 btuh/sf. Only systems without electric resistance heating and no cooling are eligible for the wall insulation exception under semi-heated. Mechanical system(s) Service water heating system(s) Commissioning will be provided for all applicable systems Commissioning Exceptions: Describe means of eligibilty for commissioning exception (capacity, etc) for all systems noted as taking exception in Mechanical Systems Summary table. Refer to Section C408.2 and C408.4 for exceptions. (Note 6 and 7) For systems requiring commissioning, Figure C408.1.2.1 Commissioning Compliance Checklist shall be submitted to the code official upon project completion. 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist - Page 1 of 4 MECH-CHK 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised May 2015 Project Address Date 4/13/2016 Applicable (yes,no,na)Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes yes C403.2.1 Load calculations Load calculations performed per ASHRAE Std 183 or equivalent per Chapter 3 Summary yes C403.2.2 Equipment and system sizing Output capacity of heating and cooling equipment and systems do not exceed calculated loads, note exceptions taken Summary yes C403.2.5 Minimum ventilation of being reduced to minimum requirement per IMC schedule note #11 yes C403.2.3 & C403.2.12.1 Equipment minimum efficiency Provide equipment schedules or complete MECH-SUM tables with type, capacity, efficiency, test standard (or other efficiency source) for all mechanical equipment Equipment schedules yes C403.2.13 Electric motor efficiency Provide equipment schedule with hp, rpm, and efficiency for all motors; note exceptions taken schedule (integral) yes C403.2.10.1 Fan power limitation For all applicable systems > 5hp, provide system total nameplate hp in MECH-FANSYS-SUM form hp) yes C403.2.10.1 Fan power limitation For all applicable fan systems > 5hp, verify fan system motor hp or bhp complies with fan power limits per Table C403.2.10.1(1), provide MECH-FANSYS form for each system hp) yes C403.2.10.2 Motor nameplate hp Indicate fan motors specified are the smallest available motor hp size greater than fan bhp, note exceptions taken schedule based on cfm and s.p. na C403.2.10.3 & C403.2.13 Fractional hp fan motors Indicate fan motors 1/12 to 1 hp are ECM type or meet minimum efficiency req. na C403.2.3 Indicate air-cooled chiller capacity does not exceed air-cooled chiller limit na C403.2.3.1 Non-standard water-cooled chillers Full-load and NPLV values for water-cooled centrifugal chiller adjusted for non-standard operational conditions na C403.2.12.1.2 Centrifugal fan cooling na C403.2.3 Forced air furnace and unit Indicate intermittent ignition or IID, flue/draft damper & jacket loss na C403.2.3.3 na C403.2.3.4 Humidification Indicate method of humidification (note requirements for systems with economizer) HVAC System Controls & Criteria yes C403.2.4.1 Thermostatic controls Indicate locations of thermostatic control zones on plans, including perimeter systems tag note #13 na C403.2.4.1.1 °F or less yes C403.2.4.2 Setpoint overlap (deadband)Indicate 5°F deadband minimum for systems controlling both heating & cooling schedule note #5 yes C403.2.4.3 Automatic setback and shutdown Indicate zone t-stat controls with required automatic setback & manual override schedule note #5 yes C403.2.4.3.3 Automatic (optimum) start Indicate system controls that adjust equip start time to match load conditions EMS, RTU schedule note #16 yes C402.4.5.2 & C403.2.4.4 OSA, exhaust, and relief air dampers Indicate location of outdoor air supply intake, and exhaust and relief outlet dampers; verify Class 1 leakage rating and control type (motorized or gravity); note exceptions taken schedule note #11 yes C402.4.5.2 Return air dampers Indicate location of return air dampers; verify motorized control; verify Class 1 leakage rating for all return air dampers not integral to packaged equipment schedule note #11 na C402.4.5.1 Stairway and shaft vents 17020 Smokey Point Blvd. The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanicial systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. GENERAL PROVISIONS 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 na C403.2.11 Heating outside a building Indicate radiant heat system and occupancy controls na C403.2.4.5 Snow melt systems Indicate shut-off controls based on outdoor conditions yes C403.2.4.6 Combustion heating equipment Indicate modulating or staged control schedule note #3 na C403.2.4.7 Group R1 hotel/motel systems Indicate method for guest room temperature automatic setback (heating) & set-up (cooling), confirm adjustment of at least 5°F minimum. na C403.2.4.8 / 9 Group R2/R3 dwelling and sleeping unit systems Indicate 5-2 programmable thermostats in primary spaces with minimum of two setback periods; note exceptions taken na C403.2.5.1 Demand controlled ventilation Indicate high-occupancy spaces and systems requiring DCV na C403.2.5.2 Occupancy sensors Indicate spaces requiring occupancy-based system control and method; or alternate means provided to automatically reduce OSA when partially occupied 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist - Page 2 of 4 MECH-CHK 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised May 2015 Project Address Date 4/13/2016 Applicable (yes,no,na)Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes na C403.2.5.3 dock/parking garage control method na C403.2.5.4.1 Kitchen exhaust hoods Indicate kitchen hoods requiring make-up air; indicate make-up air source and conditioning method na C403.2.5.4.2 Laboratory exhaust systems Indicate lab exhaust systems requiring heat recovery, method & efficiency; or alternative method taken (VAV, semi-conditioned makeup, or CERM calculation) na C403.2.6.1 Energy recovery (ER) - ventilation systems Indicate ventilation systems requiring ER, method & efficiency; note exceptions 5000 cfm outside air and zone 4c na C403.2.6.2 Energy recovery (ER) - condensate systems Indicate on-site steam heating systems requiring energy recovery na C403.2.6.3 Energy recovery (ER) - cooler/freezer condensers Indicate remote refrig. condensers requiring ER and use of captured energy na C403.4.6 Energy recovery (ER) - condenser systems note exceptions taken na C403.2.12 Variable flow control - fans/pumps Indicate fan and pump motors requiring variable flow control and method (VSD or equivalent controls) na C403.2.12.1 na C403.2.12.2 Large volume fan systems yes C403.2.12.2 Single zone AC systems Indicate method of cooling demand-based fan control for sys. > 110,000 Btu/h schedule note #20 na C403.2.4.10 DDC system capabilities Identify all DDC system input/output control points and indicate capability for trending and Ducting Systems yes C403.2.7.1 & C403.2.7.3 Duct construction spec #24 yes C403.2.7.3.1-3 Duct pressure classifications Identify location of low, medium and high pressure ductwork on plans spec #23 na C403.2.7.3.3 High pressure duct leakage Indicate high pressure duct leakage testing requirements on plans; provide test results to yes C403.2.7.1 / 2 Duct insulation Indicate R-value of insulation on ductwork M-2 HVAC spec #26 Piping Systems na C403.2.8 Piping insulation Indicate R-value of insulation on piping na C403.2.8.1 weather Indicate method of protection from damage/degredation Qualifying Systems na C403.3 Qualifying single zone systems Verify unitary or packaged equipment does not exceed capacity limits, does not have active humidifcation or simultaneous heating/cooling na C403.3 Verify 2-pipe heating-only system does not exceed capacity limits SIMPLE SYSTEMS HVAC System Controls & Criteria, Continued 17020 Smokey Point Blvd. The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanicial systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. GENERAL PROVISIONS, CONTINUED 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 na C403.3.2 Hydronic system controls Refer to Complex Systems Section C403.4.3 Simple System Economizers yes C403.3.1 Air economizer required Indicate cooling systems requiring economizer controls; note in equipment schedule M-2 RTU schedule note #11 na C403.3.1 Air economizer exceptions Indicate eligible exception(s) taken and provisions to comply with exception(s) yes C403.3.1.1.1 Air economizer capacity Indicate modulating OSA control capability up to 100% OSA; note exceptions taken M-2 RTU schedule note #11 yes C403.3.1.1.2 Integrated air economizer operation Indicate capability for partial air economizer operation for systems with capacity > 65,000 Btu/h schedule yes C403.3.1.1.3 Air economizer high limit controls Indicate high limit shut-off control method per Table C403.3.1.1.3(2)schedule #11 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist - Page 3 of 4 MECH-CHK 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised May 2015 Project Address Date 4/13/2016 Applicable (yes,no,na)Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes Complex System Economizers na C403.4.1 Air economizer required Indicate cooling systems requiring economizer controls; note in equipment schedule na C403.4.1 Air economizer exceptions Indicate eligible exception(s) taken and provisions to comply with exception(s) na C403.4.1.1 Water economizer capacity For eligible systems where water economizer may be provided in lieu of air economizer, indicate system is capable of 100% cooling capacity at 50°F db/45°F wb OSA na C403.4.1.2 Water economizer maximum pressure drop Indicate precooling coils and heat exchangers in water economizer system do not exceed pressure drop limit na C403.4.1.3 Integrated economizer operation Indicate capability for partial economizer operation for air or water economizer systems na C403.4.1.4 impact Verify control method of HVAC systems with economizers does not increase building heating energy usage during normal operation na C403.4.2 & C403.2.12 VAV fan control Indicate fans requiring variable flow control and method na C403.4.2.1 Indicate sensor locations on plans; include at least one sensor per major duct branch na C403.4.2.2 Indicate fan system static pressure setpoint based on zone requiring most pressure na C403.4.5 VAV systems serving multiple zones Indicate supply air systems serving multiple zones, method of primary air control, and zones served; Indicate VAV or note exceptions taken na C403.4.5 VAV systems serving For each air system terminal, indicate the maximum air flow rate of primary supply air during na C403.4.5.4 VAV system supply air reset Indicate controls that automatically reset supply air temp in response to loads na C403.4 na C403.4.7 Hot gas bypass limitation Indicate cooling equipment unloading or capacity modulation method na C403.4.3 Large capacity boiler Indicate multi-stage or modulating burner for single boilers > 500,000 Btu/h na C403.4.3 Boiler sequencing Indicate automatic controls that sequence operation of multiple boilers na C403.4.3.5 na C403.4.3.6 & C403.2.12 Variable flow control - pumps Indicate pumps requiring variable flow control & method na C403.2.12.1 & C403.4.4 Variable flow control - cooling towers Indicate cooling tower fans requiring variable flow control and method na C403.4.3.4 Hydronic system part load controls temp AND reduce flow by ≥ 50% for systems > 300,000 Btu/h na C403.4.3.2 Two-pipe changeover systems Indicate deadband, heating/cooling mode scheduling and changeover temperature range na C403.4.3.3.1 Water loop heat pump - deadband Indicate capability of central equipment to provide min. 20°F water supply temp deadband between heat rejection and heat addition modes na C403.4.3.3.2.1 Indicate method used to limit system heat loss when heat rejections is not needed 17020 Smokey Point Blvd. The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanicial systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. COMPLEX SYSTEMS 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 na C403.4.3.3.2.2 Water loop heat pump - Provide heat exchanger that separates cooling tower and heat pump loop na C403.4.3.3.3 Water loop heat pump - isolation Indicate 2-way isolation valve on each heat pump and variable flow control for systems with total pump power > 10 hp na C403.5 Walk-in cooler / freezer - anti-sweat heaters Indicate w/sf & control method for walk-in cooler/freezer door anti-sweat heaters na C403.5 / 6 and condenser fans Indicate motor type for evaporator and condenser fans < 1 hp 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist - Page 4 of 4 MECH-CHK 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised May 2015 Project Address Date 4/13/2016 Applicable (yes,no,na)Code Section Code Provision Information Required - Must be in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes Service Water Systems yes C404.2 Water-heating equip min. efficiency Provide equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency, test standard or other efficiency source P-2 fixture yes C404.3 Temperature controls Indicate temperature controls have required setpoint capability P-2 fixture specs WH yes C404.4 Heat traps Indicate piping connected to equipment have heat traps on supply & discharge heater detail na C404.5 Insulation under water heater Indicate R-10 insulation under electric water heater tanks yes C404.6 Service water piping insulation Indicate R-value of insulation on piping; note exceptions taken P-2 specs #15 na C404.7 / 8 Circulation systems and heat trace shut-off Indicate shut-off capability based on occupancy and periods of limited demand na C404.9 meters Indicate method of usage metering for dwelling units served by a central service hot water system Pools & In-Ground Permanently Installed Spas na C404.10.1 na C404.10.1 / 2 Pool heater on / off controls na C404.10.3 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover and insulation rating as required na C404.10.3 Pool assembly insulation Indicate rating of insulation on sides and bottom of pools heated to > 90°F na C404.10.4 Heat recovery Indicate method, exhaust air temperature reduction and recovered energy use; note C408.2 Mechanical systems C408.4 Service water heating systems commissioning Indicate all service water heating systems to be commissioned; for those that will not be commissioned, note exception taken C408.1.1 Commissioning plan C408.2.2.2 Air system and hydronic system balancing first minimize throttling losses, then adjust to meet design flow conditions C408.2.2.1 Air system balancing devices equipment requiring system balancing C408.2.2.2 Hydronic system balancing devices equipment requiring system balancing C408.2.3 Mechanical systems functional performance Provide description of functional performance testing procedures for all applicable systems including: equipment, controls, economizers C408.4.1 Service water heating functional performance Provide description of functional performance testing procedures for all applicable systems including: equipment, controls, pools and spas C408.1.4 Systems operation training Indicate required systems operation training measures to be provided Specific System Requirements SERVICE WATER HEATING 17020 Smokey Point Blvd. The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the mechanicial systems and equipment requirements of the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. COMMISSIONING 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 C408.1.2 & Documentation Indicate required documentation including: record documents, manuals, balancing reports, C408.1.2.1 Acceptance report Indicate that Commissioning Compliance Checklist (Figure C408.1.2.1) is required upon completion of preliminary commissioning report 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Mechanical Fan System Power Allowance MECH-FANSYS-SUM Project Info Project Address:17020 Smokey Point Blvd. Arlington, WA For Building Dept. Use Applicant Name: Applicant Address: Applicant Phone: HVAC Air Distribution System Schedule Fan System ID Speed Control (Note 1)Description System Total Nameplate HP (Note 2) Fan Power Calculation (Note 3) RTU-1 CV 5 HP Yes RTU-2 CV 2 HP < 5 hp RTU-3 CV 5 HP Yes RTU-4 CV 5 HP Yes RTU-5 CV 2 HP < 5 hp RTU-6 CV 2 HP < 5 hp MECH-FANSYS Forms 4/13/2016 Note 1 -Constant Volume (CV), Variable Air Volume (VAV), or Hospital/Lab CV system that qualifies for VAV budget per C403.2.10.1 Exception 1 Note 2 -Enter the total nameplate hp of all fans associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air by the system. Include all supply, return/relief, exhaust and exhaust hoods (>1 hp), make-up air, dedicated outside air (DOAS), booster fans, and series fan-powered terminals. VAV parallel fan-powered terminals and economizer relief fans do not need to be included if the fans do not operate at peak conditions. Note 3 -Indicate if MECH-FANSYS form is required (Yes), or the system is not required to provide this information because it has a combined total nameplate motor hp less than 5 hp (< 5 hp) or the system is ventilation only and thus has no heating or cooling capacity (No). Date List all HVAC systems that have the capability to provide heating and/or cooling to the spaces they serve. A MECH-FANSYS form shall be provided for each system with total nameplate hp greater than 5 hp. Select (Add Fan System Form) to generate an additional form. Added forms can be deleted with button in cell E38 of the added 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Mechanical Fan System Power Allowance MECH-FANSYS 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised May 2015 Project Info Project Address: For Building Dept. Use Applicant Name: Applicant Address:#REF! Applicant Phone:#REF! Fan System ID RTU-1 System Supply Fan Speed Control CV Compliance Option Nameplate HP Fan System Supply CFM Total 5,000 Fan Equipment Schedule Fan ID and Location Fan Type Quantity of Fan Type Total CFM (Note 1) Total Nameplate HP (Note 2) Total BHP (Note 3) RTU-1 Supply 1 5,000 5 Total Proposed:5.0 Total Allowance:5.5 #VALUE! Compliance Message: Brake Horsepower Allowance Adjustments Device Type Description and Location CFM thorough this device (CFMD) Assigned Pressure Drop, PD in w.c. (Note 5) Calculated Pressure Drop, PD in w.c. (Note 6) Adjustment, A in bhp (Note 7) Total Adjustment (bhp): COMPLIES 4/13/201617020 Smokey Point Blvd. Arlington, WA Date Provide maximum design supply airflow rate (CFM) of all supply fans serving the conditioned space in Fan Equipment Schedule below. Fan System CFM Total is the supply airflow of the central air handler at peak design conditions. Additional volumetric air flow provided at zone fan terminals, booster fans, or through induction is not included in the supply CFM total. However, the fan Note 4 -Bhp allowance for energy recovery devices and run around coil loops includes both air streams, so the CFMD is the sum of the supply CFM and exhaust CFM if both go through the device. Note 5 -Assigned pressure drop (PD) adjustment per Table C403.2.10.1(2). Note 6 -Pressure drop (PD) adjustment shall be calculated per the applicable method defined in Table C403.2.10.1(2) based on specific system conditions. Note 7 -A = PD * CFMD/4131 where A is the allowed system brake horse power adjustment, PD is pressure drop allowance, and CFMD is the cfm through the device. Note 1 -Total CFM is the maximum CFM of the listed fan(s) when operating at peak design operating conditions. Note 2 -Total namplate hp of the listed fan(s). Note 3 -Total brake horsepower (bhp) of the listed fan(s) at peak design operating conditions. Not required if Nameplate HP compliance option chosen. Constant Volume (CV), Variable Air Volume (VAV), or Hospital/Lab CV system that qualifies for VAV budget per C403.2.10.1, Exception 1 A separate MECH-FANSYS form must be completed for every HVAC system that exceeds the 5hp threshold. Compliance is based upon either the fan motor nameplate horse power (Option 1) or the fan brake horsepower (Option 2). The bhp calculation provides adjustments for special equipment per Table C403.2.13.1(2). 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 General Instructions: • Include all fans associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air by the system. Enter CFM and brake horsepower (bhp) of each fan at peak design conditions and the nameplate horsepower (hp). Include supply, return and relief fans, exhaust and exhaust hood fans (>1 hp), booster fans and fans included as part of make-up air units, dedicated outside air systems(DOAS), energy recovery ventilators (ERV), and series fan-powered terminal equipment. VAV parallel fan-powered terminals and economizer relief fans do not need to be included if the fans do not operate at peak conditions. • Fan power calculations are not required for non-central air HVAC systems such as 4-pipe fan coils and variable refrigerant flow (VRF) systems unless individual fan systems are greater than 5hp. • In the Brake Horsepower Allowance Adjustments table, if a Device Type is selected that has an Assigned Pressure Drop, this value will autofill into the Assigned Pressure Drop cell and the Calculated Pressure Drop cell will be write-protected. If the Device Type requires a Calculated Pressure Drop, then enter this value into the Calculated Pressure Drop cell and the Assigned Pressure Drop cell with be write-protected. • Refer to FAQ section of MECH-FANSYS-DOC for additional instructions. 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Mechanical Fan System Power Allowance MECH-FANSYS 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised May 2015 Project Info Project Address: For Building Dept. Use Applicant Name: Applicant Address:#REF! Applicant Phone:#REF! Fan System ID RTU-3 System Supply Fan Speed Control CV Compliance Option Nameplate HP Fan System Supply CFM Total 5,000 Fan Equipment Schedule Fan ID and Location Fan Type Quantity of Fan Type Total CFM (Note 1) Total Nameplate HP (Note 2) Total BHP (Note 3) RTU-2 Supply 1 5,000 5 Total Proposed:5.0 Total Allowance:5.5 #VALUE! Compliance Message: Brake Horsepower Allowance Adjustments Device Type Description and Location CFM thorough this device (CFMD) Assigned Pressure Drop, PD in w.c. (Note 5) Calculated Pressure Drop, PD in w.c. (Note 6) Adjustment, A in bhp (Note 7) Total Adjustment (bhp): COMPLIES 17020 Smokey Point Blvd.4/13/2016 Arlington, WA Date Provide maximum design supply airflow rate (CFM) of all supply fans serving the conditioned space in Fan Equipment Schedule below. Fan System CFM Total is the supply airflow of the central air handler at peak design conditions. Additional volumetric air flow provided at zone fan terminals, booster fans, or through induction is not included in the supply CFM total. However, the fan Note 4 -Bhp allowance for energy recovery devices and run around coil loops includes both air streams, so the CFMD is the sum of the supply CFM and exhaust CFM if both go through the device. Note 5 -Assigned pressure drop (PD) adjustment per Table C403.2.10.1(2). Note 6 -Pressure drop (PD) adjustment shall be calculated per the applicable method defined in Table C403.2.10.1(2) based on specific system conditions. Note 7 -A = PD * CFMD/4131 where A is the allowed system brake horse power adjustment, PD is pressure drop allowance, and CFMD is the cfm through the device. Note 1 -Total CFM is the maximum CFM of the listed fan(s) when operating at peak design operating conditions. Note 2 -Total namplate hp of the listed fan(s). Note 3 -Total brake horsepower (bhp) of the listed fan(s) at peak design operating conditions. Not required if Nameplate HP compliance option chosen. Constant Volume (CV), Variable Air Volume (VAV), or Hospital/Lab CV system that qualifies for VAV budget per C403.2.10.1, Exception 1 A separate MECH-FANSYS form must be completed for every HVAC system that exceeds the 5hp threshold. Compliance is based upon either the fan motor nameplate horse power (Option 1) or the fan brake horsepower (Option 2). The bhp calculation provides adjustments for special equipment per Table C403.2.13.1(2). 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 General Instructions: • Include all fans associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air by the system. Enter CFM and brake horsepower (bhp) of each fan at peak design conditions and the nameplate horsepower (hp). Include supply, return and relief fans, exhaust and exhaust hood fans (>1 hp), booster fans and fans included as part of make-up air units, dedicated outside air systems(DOAS), energy recovery ventilators (ERV), and series fan-powered terminal equipment. VAV parallel fan-powered terminals and economizer relief fans do not need to be included if the fans do not operate at peak conditions. • Fan power calculations are not required for non-central air HVAC systems such as 4-pipe fan coils and variable refrigerant flow (VRF) systems unless individual fan systems are greater than 5hp. • In the Brake Horsepower Allowance Adjustments table, if a Device Type is selected that has an Assigned Pressure Drop, this value will autofill into the Assigned Pressure Drop cell and the Calculated Pressure Drop cell will be write-protected. If the Device Type requires a Calculated Pressure Drop, then enter this value into the Calculated Pressure Drop cell and the Assigned Pressure Drop cell with be write-protected. • Refer to FAQ section of MECH-FANSYS-DOC for additional instructions. 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Mechanical Fan System Power Allowance MECH-FANSYS 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised May 2015 Project Info Project Address: For Building Dept. Use Applicant Name: Applicant Address:#REF! Applicant Phone:#REF! Fan System ID RTU-4 System Supply Fan Speed Control CV Compliance Option Nameplate HP Fan System Supply CFM Total 5,000 Fan Equipment Schedule Fan ID and Location Fan Type Quantity of Fan Type Total CFM (Note 1) Total Nameplate HP (Note 2) Total BHP (Note 3) RTU-3 Supply 1 5,000 5 Total Proposed:5.0 Total Allowance:5.5 #VALUE! Compliance Message: Brake Horsepower Allowance Adjustments Device Type Description and Location CFM thorough this device (CFMD) Assigned Pressure Drop, PD in w.c. (Note 5) Calculated Pressure Drop, PD in w.c. (Note 6) Adjustment, A in bhp (Note 7) Total Adjustment (bhp): COMPLIES 17020 Smokey Point Blvd.4/13/2016 Arlington, WA Date Provide maximum design supply airflow rate (CFM) of all supply fans serving the conditioned space in Fan Equipment Schedule below. Fan System CFM Total is the supply airflow of the central air handler at peak design conditions. Additional volumetric air flow provided at zone fan terminals, booster fans, or through induction is not included in the supply CFM total. However, the fan Note 4 -Bhp allowance for energy recovery devices and run around coil loops includes both air streams, so the CFMD is the sum of the supply CFM and exhaust CFM if both go through the device. Note 5 -Assigned pressure drop (PD) adjustment per Table C403.2.10.1(2). Note 6 -Pressure drop (PD) adjustment shall be calculated per the applicable method defined in Table C403.2.10.1(2) based on specific system conditions. Note 7 -A = PD * CFMD/4131 where A is the allowed system brake horse power adjustment, PD is pressure drop allowance, and CFMD is the cfm through the device. Note 1 -Total CFM is the maximum CFM of the listed fan(s) when operating at peak design operating conditions. Note 2 -Total namplate hp of the listed fan(s). Note 3 -Total brake horsepower (bhp) of the listed fan(s) at peak design operating conditions. Not required if Nameplate HP compliance option chosen. Constant Volume (CV), Variable Air Volume (VAV), or Hospital/Lab CV system that qualifies for VAV budget per C403.2.10.1, Exception 1 A separate MECH-FANSYS form must be completed for every HVAC system that exceeds the 5hp threshold. Compliance is based upon either the fan motor nameplate horse power (Option 1) or the fan brake horsepower (Option 2). The bhp calculation provides adjustments for special equipment per Table C403.2.13.1(2). 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 General Instructions: • Include all fans associated with the delivery and removal of conditioned air by the system. Enter CFM and brake horsepower (bhp) of each fan at peak design conditions and the nameplate horsepower (hp). Include supply, return and relief fans, exhaust and exhaust hood fans (>1 hp), booster fans and fans included as part of make-up air units, dedicated outside air systems(DOAS), energy recovery ventilators (ERV), and series fan-powered terminal equipment. VAV parallel fan-powered terminals and economizer relief fans do not need to be included if the fans do not operate at peak conditions. • Fan power calculations are not required for non-central air HVAC systems such as 4-pipe fan coils and variable refrigerant flow (VRF) systems unless individual fan systems are greater than 5hp. • In the Brake Horsepower Allowance Adjustments table, if a Device Type is selected that has an Assigned Pressure Drop, this value will autofill into the Assigned Pressure Drop cell and the Calculated Pressure Drop cell will be write-protected. If the Device Type requires a Calculated Pressure Drop, then enter this value into the Calculated Pressure Drop cell and the Assigned Pressure Drop cell with be write-protected. • Refer to FAQ section of MECH-FANSYS-DOC for additional instructions. Envelope Summary Zones 4c/5b ENV-SUM 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2013 Project Info Project Address 17020 Smokey Point Boulevard Date 4/13/2016 Arlington, WA For Building Department Use Applicant Name:Paul Gierlach - ADA Architects Applicant Address:17710 Detroit Ave. Cleveland, OH 44107 Applicant Phone:216-521-5134 Project Description Compliance Path Occupancy Group Total Vertical Fenestration (rough opening)divided by Gross Exterior Above Grade Wall Area times 100 equals % Vertical Fenestration 489.0 13482.0 X 100 =3.6% Total Skylight divided by Gross Exterior Roof Area times 100 equals % Skylight 96.0 34431.0 X 100 =0.3% Vertical Fenestration Area Skylight Area Refrigerated Spaces Mixed Occupancy and/or Space Conditioning Semi-Heated Spaces VERTICAL FENESTRATION AREA COMPLIES SKYLIGHT AREA COMPLIES Fenestration Area Compliance Vertical Fenestration Alternates Single Story Spaces Requiring Skylights Vertical Fenestration and Skylight Area Calculation New Building Addition Alteration Change of Occupancy/Conditioning Prescriptive Component Performance Commercial Group R -R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Project has semi-heated spaces as defined per C402.1.4 Total Building Performance If complying via the Prescriptive path, enter values for vertical fenestration, skylights, gross walls and roof on this ENV-SUM worksheet. If complying via the Component Performance path, enter these values in the ENV-UA worksheet. These values auto-fill from ENV-UA and are write-protected on ENV-SUM. Walk-in Cooler Walk-in Freezer Refrigerated Warehouse Cooler Refrigerated Warehouse Freezer Refrigerated spaces shall comply under the Prescriptive Path only. Compliance documentation for these areas may be combined with non-refrigerated areas in the ENV-PRESCRIPTIVE form. Refer to C402.5 and C402.6 for requirements. 1. Semi-heated spaces may comply under Prescriptive or Component Performance compliance path. 2. Semi-heated spaces shall be documented separately from other conditioned spaces –provide separate compliance forms for each conditioned space type. 3. Envelope elements separating semi-heated from other conditioned spaces shall comply with exterior thermal envelope requirements. Project includes more than one occupancy type and/or level of space conditioning. Multiple compliance forms may be required. Select all that apply to scope of project: Commercial R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Refrigerated Space Fully Conditioned Semi-Heated Low Energy* *Low energy areas are exempt from all thermal envelope provisions and compliance forms for these areas are not required. Refer to C101.5.2 for exemption. R2 & R3 -3 stories or less Applying wall exception to semi-heated spaces Compliance forms do not require a password to use. Instructional and calculating cells are write-protected. Selection required to enable forms. Selection required to enable forms. High Performance Fenestration U-factors and SHGC per C402.3.1.3 Skylight area 3% or greater, VT-0.40 or greater Skylight effective aperture 1% or greater, provide calculation Space eligible for exception Compliance Method Requires a minimum of 50% of floor area to be within a skylight daylight zone for specific space types. Refer to C402.3.2 for requirements. 50% or more of the floor area is within a daylight zone per C402.3.1.1 Prescriptive Path, pg. 1 Zones 4c/5b ENV-PRESCRIPTIVE 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2013 Project Address 17020 Smokey Point Boulevard Date 04/13/2016 Occupancy Group For Building Department Use Fenestration Area as % gross above-grade wall area 3.6%Max. Target:30.0% Skylight Area as % gross roof area 0.3%Max. Target:5.0% Vertical Fenestration Alternates:None Selected on ENV-SUM Building Component Provide page/plan # of assembly detail and ID. Cavity Ins. R-Value Continuous Ins. (CI) R-Value Alternate CI R-Value (Table C402.2 Footnote F)1 Assembly U-Factor ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: Perim. Ins. R-Value Full Slab CI R-Value F-Factor ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: F-Factor Source R-Value for Prescriptive Compliance U-Factor/F-Factor for Alternative Prescriptive Compliance U-Factor Source (Appendix A, Chapter 3 table, or approved calculation method) Sheet A-2 (Existing Shell) Sheet A-2 (Existing Shell) De c k Mt l B l d 2 Op a q u e W a l l s - Ab o v e Be l o w Gr a d e W a l l s Fr a m e d 5Fl o o r s Prescriptive compliance of envelope assemblies may be accomplished by providing insulation R-values per Table C402.2 or U-factors/F-factors per Tables C-402.1.2 and C-402.3. A single project may comply via R-values for some envelope assemblies and U-factors/F-factors for others. Note compliance method taken for each assembly in spaces provided. Commercial Group R Ot h e r Mt l . F r m . W oo d 3 Ma s s 4 Un h e a t e d He at e d Ro o f s Mt l B l d . Ma s s Sl a b -on -gr a d e 6 Note 1 -Calculations are required. Ratio of cross-sectional area of metal penetration through otherwise continuous insulation shall be 0.04-0.08%. Note 2 -Thermal spacer blocking and liner system are required for prescriptive R-Value compliance. Note 3 -Intermediate framing is required for prescriptive R-Value compliance in wood-framed wall assemblies. Note 4 -Proposed non-residential building CMU walls meeting Table C402.1.2 Footnote D requirements can enter the target U-value of 0.104. Note 5 -Refer to Table C402.2, Footnote E for prescriptive R-Value requirement for steel floor joist assemblies. Note 6 -Prescriptive slab-on-grade insulation shall extend from top of slab to minimum length per an approved method as defined in C402.2.6. Prescriptive Path, pg. 2 Zones 4c/5b ENV-PRESCRIPTIVE 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Oct 2013 Project Address 17020 Smokey Point Boulevard Date 04/13/2016 Fenestration Area as % gross above-grade wall area 3.6%Max. Target:30.0%For Building Department Use Skylight Area as % gross roof area 0.3%Max. Target:5.0% Building Component Provide page/plan # of assembly detail and ID. Cavity Ins. R-Value Continuous Ins. (CI) R-Value Alternate CI R-Value (Table C402.2 Footnote F) Assembly U-Factor ID: ID: ID: ID:R-9 ID: ID: Projection factor (PF) (if applicable) SHGC Adjustment Multiplier (if applicable) Assembly SHGC Assembly U-Factor ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID:0.60 ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: Floor R-Values for Prescriptive ComplianceNotes Doors Sheet A-0.5: Door type legend Refrigerated Spaces, Walk-in & Warehouse Sheet A-4: Vestibule Details Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) Sheet A-0.5: Door type legend U-Factor Source (NFRC, Appendix A, or Chapter 3 table) U-Factor for Prescriptive Compliance Coolers Walls Ceiling Doors Freezers Prescriptive U-Factor not allowed. Walls Ceiling Chapter 3 table R-Value for Prescriptive Compliance U-Factor/F-Factor for Alternative Prescriptive Compliance U-Factor Source (Appendix A, Chapter 3 table, or approved calculation method) Ve r t i c a l F e n e s t r a t i o n Sk y l i g h t s Al l T y p e s No n -Me t a l Me t a l , o p . Mt l e n t r a n c e Met a l , f i x e d Sw i n g Do o r s Ro l l -up Do o r s Notes: 1: If vertical fenestration or skylight area exceeds maximum allowed per C402.3.1, then Target Area Adjustment of all applicable envelope elements will be calculated by the compliance form. Refer to Target Area Adjustment worksheet for this calculation. 2: Provide U-factor for the fenestration assembly, which is the combination of frame and glazing Note 1 -SHGC Adjustment Multiplier based on calculated Projection Factor. Refer to Equation C4-2 Projection Factor Calculation and Table C402.3.3.1 for corresponding SHGC Multiplier. Building Permit Plans Checklist, pg. 1 ENV-CHK 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Project Address 17020 Smokey Point Boulevard Date 4/13/2016 Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes SCOPE na C101.5.2 Low energy spaces Low energy spaces identified on plans na C101.5.2.1 C402.1.4 Semi-heated spaces Semi-heated spaces identified on plans na C402.5 C402.6 Cooler and freezer spaces Walk-in and refrigerated warehouse cooler and freezer spaces identified on plans yes C101.4.6 Mixed occupancy Spaces with different occupancy requirements identified on plans Sheet CS-1 na C101.4.4 C101.4.5 Change of occupancy/space conditioning Existing F, S and U-occupancy building spaces undergoing a change of occupancy or space conditioning that require compliance are identified on plans ENVELOPE PROVISIONS na C303.1 Insulation identification Indicate identification mark shall be applied to all insulation materials yes C303.1.3 C402.4.3 Fenestration product rating Fenestration products shall be labeled with rated U-factor, SHGC, VT, and leakage rating Sheet A-0.5 Door types legend Indicate installation methods, thicknesses, densities and clearances to achieve the intended R-value of all insulation materials; Where two or more layers of rigid insulation will be used, indicate that edge joints between layers are staggered Indicate R-value(s) of cavity/continuous insulation on roof sections; Indicate framing materials on roof sections; Indicate method of framing for ceilings below vented attics and vaulted ceilings per A102.2 (std, adv); Provide area-weighted calculations for sloped insulation installed entirely above deck; Indicate R-values for thermal spacers and each insulation layer, and liner system (LS) method for metal building roofs na C402.2.1 Skylight curb insulation Indicate curb insulation R-value on roof section if not included in skylight NFRC rating Indicate R-value(s) of cavity/continuous insulation on wall sections; Indicate framing materials on wall sections; Indicate method of framing for wood const per A103.2 (std, int, adv); Indicate mass of masonry walls; Indicate loose-fill core insulation material, percentage of cores filled, and frequency of grouted cores and bond beams for masonry walls; Indicate method of protection of exposed exterior basement/crawlspace wall insulation Indicate insulation R-values of ceilings, walls, doors, floors on sections; Indicate method of minimizing door infiltration; Indicate type(s) of transparent doors and windows yes C402.2.7 Opaque doors Indicate rated U-factor (swinging) or R-value (roll-up/sliding) on wall sections - applies to doors with less than 50% glazed area Sheet A-0.5 Door types legend Indicate R-value(s) of cavity/continuous insulation on floor sections; Indicate framing material on floor sections; Indicate mass of masonry floors Indicate R-value of continuous insulation on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate insulation extends down vertically and/or horizontally the required distance from top of slab; Indicate method of protection of exposed exterior slab edge insulation Indicate R-value of continuous insulation on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate insulation extends down vertically from top of slab and then horizontally under the entire slab; Indicate method of protection of exposed exterior slab edge insulation na C402.2.8 Radiant heating system insulation Indicate insulation R-value behind radiant panels, U-bend/headers and bottom surface of radiantly heated floors (other than radiantly heated slab-on- grade) The following information is necessary to check a building permit application for compliance with the building envelope requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. na C303.1.1 C402.2 General insulation installation Alteration does not expose cavity yes C402.2.1 Roof assembly insulation Alteration involves re- roofing where neither sheathing nor insulation is exposed na C402.2.3 C402.2.4 C303.2.1 Above/below grade wall insulation na C402.5 C402.6 Walk-in/refrigerated warehouse cooler and freezer insulation na C402.2.5 Floor over outdoor or unconditioned space insulation na C402.2.6 C303.2.1 Slab-on-grade floor insulation Radiantly heated slab-on-grade floor insulation C402.2.6 C303.2.1na Building Permit Plans Checklist, pg. 2 ENV-CHK 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Project Address 17020 Smokey Point Boulevard Date 4/13/2016 Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents Building Department Notes yes C402.3.1 Vertical fenestration maximum area Provide calculation for total vertical fenestration area as percentage of gross above grade wall area Sheet A-2 South Elevation na C402.3.1.2 Skylight maximum area Provide calculation for total skylight area as percentage of gross roof area Indicate U-factors, SHGC and VT values in fenestration schedules; An area-weighted U-value may be used for all fenestration elements that qualify within the same fenestration category per Table C402.3; Indicate if values are NFRC or default. If default then specify frame type, glazing layers, gap width, low-e coatings, gas-fill. Provide calculations showing that percentage of overall conditioned floor area in the daylight zone is equal to or greater than 50%; Indicate method of daylighting control in lighting equipment schedules; Indicate VT of vertical fenestration is at least 1.1 times the rated SHGC Indicate high performance U-factors and SHGC values in fenestration schedules; An area-weighted U-value may be used for all fenestration elements that qualify within the same fenestration category per this section na C402.3.3 C402.3.3.1 Permanent shading devices Provide projection factor calculations (Equation C4-2) and associated SHGC multipliers for north and non-north orientations Provide calculations for percentage of conditioned floor area located within a skylight daylight zone; Provide calculations for percentage of skylight area to daylight zone under skylights, OR; Provide calculations for percentage of overall skylight effective aperture (Equation C4-1); Indicate haze factor of skylight glazing material or diffuser AIR LEAKAGE Indicate location of continuous air barrier on plans and sections; Provide details for all joints, transitions in materials, penetrations in air barrier and note method of sealing (caulked, gasketed, or other approved method) Indicate locations of all stairway and shaft vents; Provide leakage rating of motorized dampers in mechanical equipment schedules; Indicate method of emergency operation - activation of fire alarm or interruption of power Indicate locations of all outside air intakes, exhausts and relief outlets, including those integral to mechanical equipment; Provide in mechanical equipment schedules leakage rating of dampers, identify whether motorized or gravity, and note any exceptions taken Indicate IC rating of fixtures in lighting equipment schedules; Indicate method of sealing between light fixture housing and wall or ceiling na C402.4.6 Loading dock seals Indicate weather seal at cargo and loading dock doors Indicate locations and dimensions of vestibules; For unconditioned vestibules, indicate which envelope assembly (interior or exterior) complies with the requirements for a conditioned space Indicate air barrier test method in accordance with ASTM E779 or approved equivalent; Include the following requirements in project documents: (1) air barrier test report shall be submitted to jurisdiction once test is completed; (2) if test results exceed 0.4 cfm/ft2 at 0.3 in. wg then visually inspect air barrier and seal noted sources of leakage; (3) submit a follow-up report to jurisdiction noting corrective measures taken If "no" is selected for any question, provide explanation: End of Building Permit Plans Checklist na C402.3.2 Single story spaces requiring skylights yes C402.3.3 C402.3.1.3 C303.1.3 U-factors, SHGC and VT for all fenestration assemblies Sheet A-0.5, Door type legend Increased max. vertical fenestration area with daylighting controls C402.3.1.1 Chap. 2 Definition na na C402.3.1.2 Increased max. vertical fenestration area with high- performance glazing na C402.4.1.1 C402.4.2 Air barrier construction and sealing Stairway and shaft ventsC402.4.5.1na na C402.4.5.2 Outdoor air intakes, exhausts and relief openings na C402.4 - .1.2.3 Air barrier building test yes C402.4.7 Vestibules Sheet A-4: Conditioned space Recessed lighting in building envelope C402.4.8na 352326('5(752),775$&7256833/<6725(602.(<32,17%/9'$5/,1*721:$ &29(5 6+((7 7+(352326('352-(&7,192/9(67+($/7(5$7,212)$1(;,67,1* &200(5&,$/%8,/',1*)25$1(:7(1$1775$&7256833/<&203$1< &+$1*(25'(532/,&< 75$&7256833/<&203$1<6+$//127%(5(63216,%/()257+(3$<0(172)$1<:25.3(5)250('250$7(5,$/ 6833/,('%<7+(&2175$&72525$1<2),7668%&2175$&725668%68%&2175$&7256$1'$1<21(&/$,0,1*%< 7+528*+2581'(5$1<2)7+(0:+,&+,6127,'(17,),(',1:5,7,1*$1'6,*1('%<21(2)7+()2//2:,1* 75$&7256833/<&203$1<3(56211(/ 9,&(35(6,'(175($/(67$7(',5(&7252)&216758&7,2125$&216758&7,21352-(&70$1$*(5 12$&7,21&21'8&720,66,2135,25)$,/85(25&2856(2)'($/,1*%<75$&7256833/<&203$1<6+$//$&7 72:$,9(02',)<&+$1*(25$/7(57+(5(48,5(0(177+$7$//:25.:+(7+(5%<&2175$&7&+$1*(25'(5 25&+$1*(',5(&7,9(0867%(,1:5,7,1*$1'6,*1('%<7+(3(56211(/,'(17,),(',17+,63529,6,21 $1<:25.3(5)250('250$7(5,$/3529,'('%<7+(&2175$&725$1<2),7668%&2175$&7256 68%68%&2175$&7256&2175$5<727+,63529,6,216+$//%($7,762:15,6.$1'2:1(;3(16($1'75$&725 6833/<&203$1<6+$//127%(2%/,*$7('725(,0%856(253$<7+(&2175$&72525$1<2),76 68%&2175$&725668%68%&2175$&7256)256$0( 5(48,5('(;,7$&&(6675$9(/',67$1&( 6&$/( 1257+ 9,&,1,7<0$3 176 2&&83$17/2$' &216758&7,21&/$66,),&$7,21 7<3(  (*5(665(48,50(176 06$/(6 86(DQG2&&83$1&<&/$66,),&$7,21   352-(&76&23( ,,%)8//<635,1./(5(' )/5$5($2&&83$17 01216$/(6 2&&83$176 00(5&$17,/( 6) $33/,&$%/(&2'(6 *5266 )81&7,212)63$&( *5266 $//2:$%/(&$/&8/$7,21 01216$/(6 $//2:$%/(+(,*+7DQG%8,/',1*$5($6 2&&83$176*5266 6758&785$/)5$0( (;7(5,25%($5,1*:$//6+2856 +2856,17(5,25%($5,1*:$//6&2/8016 ),5(5(6,67$1&(5$7,1*5(48,5(0(176)25%8,/',1*(/(0(176 +2856  +2856 +2856 522)&216758&7,21 )/225&216758&7,21 +2856 +2856 (;,76 $&&(66,%/((;,7 ,17(5,25121%($5,1*:$//6 0,1,080180%(52)(;,765(48,5(' (;,76 $&&(66,%/((;,76 /(667+$1 3529,'('(;,7$&&(6675$9(/',67$1&( 727$/2&&[ 5(48,5('(*5(66:,'7+ 180%(52)(;,763529,'(' 3/80%,1*),;785(5(48,5(0(176 3529,'('(*5(66:,'7+ 727$/ 2&&83$176 2)),&(69(67,%8/(6/281*(&25($5($ 672&.5(&(,9,1* &2'($1'%8,/',1*'$7$ 6$/(6,1'225287'2256$/(6 2&&83$176 /$1'/25' 0(&+$1,&$/ 3/80%,1* 32,1721('(6,*1/7' $5&+,7(&7 (/(&75,&$/ $'$$5&+,7(&76 75$&7256833/<&2 7(1$17 9,5*,1,$:$< %5(17:22'7(11(66(( 7,0-$*1($8; 932)&216758&7,21 2)),&( '(752,7$9(18( /$.(:22'2+,2 352-(&70$1$*(5 3$8/*,(5/$&+  <25.7+(7$'5,9( 1257+52<$/7212+,2 352-(&7(1*,1((5 .(9,1+(5%(57  &20081,7<'(9(/230(17 3(50,7$33529$/ 127(72$87+25,7<+$9,1*-85,6',&7,21 x 7+(),5($/$50$1'),5(635,1./(5'5$:,1*66+$//%( 68%0,77('$6$'()(55('68%0,77$/ x 7+((;7(5,256,*1$*(6+$//%(68%0,77('81'(5 6(3$5$7(3(50,7 '5$:,1*,1'(; $6 6,7(3/$1 )2 5  7 6 &  5 ( 9 , ( :         , 6 6 8 ( ' $ *(1(5$/127(6 ' '(02/,7,213/$1 ( *(1(5$//,*+7,1*3/$1 ( *(1(5$/32:(53/$1 ($ (/(&75,&$/6&+('8/(6 /(*(1'6 0 0(&+$1,&$/3/$1 $ ),;785(3/$1 72%(3529,'('%<75$&7256833/<&2 $ 9(67,%8/('(7$,/6 $ '(7$,/6 $ 5()/(&7('&(,/,1*3/$1 $ (;7(5,25(/(9$7,216 $ )/2253/$1 $ 127(6$1'6&+('8/(6 &6 &29(56+((7 ),5(3527(&7,21 )3 ),5(3527(&7,213/$1 0 0(&+$1,&$/6&+('8/(6 '(7$,/6 $5&+,7(&785$/ 0(&+$1,&$/3/80%,1* (/(&75,&$/ ,668(')25&216758&7,21 3 3/80%,1*3/$1 ( 21(/,1(',$*5$06&+('8/(6 '(7$,/6 (% (/(&75,&$/'(7$,/6 3(52&&83$176'5,1.,1*)2817$,16 3/80%,1*),;785(&2817%$6('217$%/(3(57+(3/80%,1*&2'( 2&&83$17/2$' 2&&83$176 0$/()(0$/( 27+(56 3(52&&83$176 6(59,&(6,1.5(48,5(' 3(52&&83$176   /$9$725,(60(1 :$7(5&/26(760(1 3(52&&83$176 3(52&&83$176     85,1$/6 :$7(5&/26(76:20(1 3/80%,1*),;785(&$/&8/$7,21 5(48,5('3529,'('   /$9$725,(6:20(1     %8,/',1*&2'( ,17(51$7,21$/%8,/',1*&2'( (/(&75,&$/&2'( 0(&+$1,&$/&2'( 1$7,21$/(/(&75,&&2'( 3/80%,1*&2'( $&&(66,%,/,7< ,17(51$7,21$/0(&+$1,&$/&2'( ,17(51$7,21$/3/80%,1*&2'( ,&&$ 85,1$/60$<%(68%67,787('8372 2)7+(5(4:$7(5&/26(76 ($/2:92/7$*(3/$1 &6 $//2:$%/($5($ 6) $&78$/$5($ 6) $//2:$%/(+(,*+7 (;,67,1* $&78$/+(,*+7  ($ 0(==$1,1(32:(53/$16 127(6 3 (1/$5*('3/80%,1*3/$1 %,'',1*32/,&< 7+(*(1(5$/&2175$&725$1'($&+68%&2175$&7256+$//%(5(63216,%/()25&+(&.,1*(;,67,1* &21',7,216$77+(-2%6,7(%()25(68%0,77,1*%,'6 68%0,66,212)%,'66+$//%(7$.(1$6(9,'(1&(7+$768&+,163(&7,216+$9(%((10$'( &/$,06)25(;75$&203(16$7,21)25:25.7+$7&28/'+$9(%((1)25(6((1%<68&+,163(&7,21 :+(7+(56+2:121&2175$&7251276+$//127%($&&(37('253$,' ,7,67+(*(1(5$/&2175$&725 62%/,*$7,21$1'5(63216,%,/,7<72&217$&77+($5&+,7(&7 &21&(51,1*$1<,7(066+2:1217+('5$:,1*67+$7$5(81&/($5&21)86,1*2527+(5:,6( 6863,&,286727+(*(1(5$/&2175$&72525+,668%&2175$&7256 >  6725()5217(175<#  0$1'225#  '28%/(0$1 '225#@ 127( 75$&7256833/<352-(&70$1$*(56+$//%(&23,('21$//7(67,1*5(32576 x 7+(6(,60,&$1&+25,1*$1'&$/&8/$7,216)257+(5$&.,1* 6+(/9,1*:,//%(68%0,77('81'(56(3$5$7(3(50,7 -2%12 '$7(  6+((712  '$ 7 ( 7 < 3 (  5(9,6,216  $5 & + , 7 ( & 7 6   , 1 &       ' H W U R L W  $ Y H Q X H      / D N H Z R R G   2 K L R        3K R Q H               Ɣ  )D [              Ɣ ZZ Z  D G D D U F K L W H F W V  F F      6 0 2 . ( <  3 2 , 1 7  % / 9 '  $ 5 / , 1 * 7 2 1   : $ 7K L V  G R F X P H Q W  ³ , Q V W U X P H Q W  R I  6 H U Y L F H ´  Z D V  S U H S D U H G  E \  $ ' $  $ U F KL W H F W V   , Q F   ³ $ ' $ ´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dZ/ ^/'Eh^/E'ϮϬϭϮ/EdZEd/KE>h/>/E'K;/Ϳ KhWEzd'KZzdzW;/d>ϭϲϬϰ͘ϱͿ с//  ZKK&>K^ 'ZKhE^EKt>K͕WĨ  сϮϱW^& ^EKtyWK^hZ&dKZ͕Ğ;dZZ/Ed'KZzͿ сϬ͘ϵϬ ^EKt/DWKZdE&dKZ͕/^ сϭ͘ϬϬ d,ZD>&dKZ͕d;,d&/>/dzͿ сϭ͘ϬϬ ZKK&>/sͬ^EKt>K сϮϬW^&;^EKtͿ ZKK&>K сϮϬ͘ϬW^& ZKK&&>d/KE^d> с>ͬϮϰϬ ZKK&&>d/KE^>> с>ͬϭϴϬ  ^/^D/>K^ DWW^WdZ>Z^WKE^͘&KZ^,KZdWZ/K͕^^ сϭ͘Ϭϴϵ' DWW^WdZ>Z^WKE^͘&KZϭͲ^WZ/K͕^ϭ сϬ͘ϰϮϱ' ^/'E^WdZ>Z^WKE^͘K&&͘d^,KZdWZ/K͕^^  сϬ͘ϳϳϯ' ^/'E^WdZ>Z^WKE^͘K&&͘dϭͲ^WZ/K͕^ϭ сϬ͘ϰϰϲ' h/>/E'^/d>^^;/d>ϭϲϭϯ͘ϱ͘ϮͿ с ^/^D/^/'Ed'KZz;/d>ϭϲϭϯ͘ϱ͘ϲ;ϭΘϮͿͿ с ^/^D//DWKZdE&dKZ͕/ сϭ͘ϬϬ  ^K/>^Z/dZ/ >>Kt>^K/>Z/E'WZ^^hZ  сϭ͕ϱϬϬW^& D/E/DhD&ZK^dWd,  сϮϰΗ 6) 6) 352-(&7/2&$7,21 $ &+(&.287&2817(563(&6 0 0(&+$1,&$/'(7$,/6 12/<03,&$9(18( $5/,1*721:$ 3/$16(;$0,1(5 &+5,6723+(5<281*  602.(<32,173523(57<//& 7+,5'$9(68,7( 6($77/(:$ &217$&7 5,&+$5'/(,'(5  '($':((.$//&216758&7,21$&7,9,7,(6$5(72 %(&203/(7('35,25727+,6:((. 01216$/(6 2&&83$176*5266 0(==$1,1(2)),&(6 6) ($ /2:92/7$*(3/$1 &,9,/ & *5$',1*3/$1 & 63(&,),&$7,216 (6&(526,21$1'6(',0(17&21752/3/$1 (% /2:92/7$*(:,5,1*3/$1 %,'$/7(51$7(6 x $/7(51$7( )5$0(9(67,%8/(62)),77281'(56,'(2)522)'(&. EXISTING CONTOUR PROPOSED CONTOUR (0.2' INCR.) GRADE BREAK LEGEND: TA TS LG TC GB FG MX EX EX GR FF RIM TOP OF ASPHALT TOP OF SLAB LIP OF GUTTER TOP OF CURB GRADE BREAK FINISH GRADE MATCH EXISTING EXISTING EXIST. GRADE TO REMAIN FINISHED FLOOR EL RIM ELEVATION BENCH MARKS EXISTING FINISHED FLOOR OF BUILDING, ELEV. - 123.00. 2595 2595 EXPANSION JOINT, 12 FIBER BOARD. 6"X6" 8/8 WWF 6" 8" #4 DOWEL @ 24" O.C., 24"L. EMBED 6" INTO EXISTING FOUNDATION WALL AND GROUT WITH HILTI HIT-HY 200. CSBC PER WSDOT STAND. SPEC. 9-03.9(3) UNDISTURBED, PROOF ROLLED SUBGRADE OR COMPACTED STRUCTURAL FILL SUBGRADE. EXISTING FOOTING 6" 8" UNDISTURBED, PROOF ROLLED SUBGRADE OR COMPACTED STRUCTURAL FILL SUBGRADE. CSBC PER WSDOT STAND. SPEC. 9-03.9(3) 6"X6" 8/8 WWF 6" MI N . 1'-0" **THICKENED EDGE ONLY AT TRUCK DOCK 3" 3" CONCRETE SURFACE #4 CONT. @ THICKENDED EDGE ONLY 12" RADIUS ~3'-1" SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR DIMENSION FENCE POST INSTALLED PER ARCHITECTURAL DETAIL EXISTING BUILDING PR O P E R T Y L I N E CURB AND GUTTER EPOXY BOND CURB TO A.C. PAVEMENT PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. EXTEND A.C. A MINIMUM OF 4 INCHES BEYOND BACK OF CURB. 6" 8"4" 1/2" R. 1/2" R.1" R. 6"1" R. 1"5 1/2" 6 1/2" 12 " TOP OF PAVEMENT 6" 2' - 0" 2.0% SLOPE FACE OF CURB 1 CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE ALL EXISTING MONUMENTS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2 EXISTING A.C. PAVEMENT. RETAIN AND PROTECT. 3 EXISTING CONCRETE CURB, GUTTER OR SLAB. RETAIN AND PROTECT. 4 EXISTING UTILITIES (WATER, SEWER, GAS, ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, FIBER). RETAIN AND PROTECT. CALL 811 DIGLINE PRIOR TO EXCAVATION AT 800-424-5555. 5 EXISTING STRUCTURE PROTECT AND RETAIN. 6 NOT USED. 7 NOT USED. 8 PROPOSED DOOR LOCATION. INSTALL REINFORCING DOWEL FULL WIDTH PLUS 2 FEET EACH SIDE PER DETAIL 3. 9 INSTALL CONCRETE SLAB PER DETAIL 1. 10 INSTALL CONCRETE SLAB WITH THICKENED EDGE PER DETAIL 1. BOTTOM OF THICKENED EDGE ADJACENT TO PROPOSED SLAB SHALL EXTEND TO BOTTOM OF SLAB. 11 CONSTRUCT VERTICAL CURB AND GUTTER PER DETAIL 2 AND 4. 12 TAPER THE CURB HEIGHT DOWN PER DETAIL 7 TO ACCOMMODATE PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC THROUGH GATE. 13 PROPOSED FENCE PER DETAIL 2 AND ARCHITECTURAL PLAN. 14 GROUT VOID SPACE BELOW EXISTING SIDEWALK EDGE TO 4 INCHES BELOW SLAB. 15 SAWCUT EXISTING AC IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO PAVING FOR CLEAN EDGE. 16 TACK COAT AND FEATHER FINE HMA MIX ALONG EDGE OF AC OVERLAY/TAPER AREAS. 17 HOT MIX ASPHALT OVERLAY. TACK COAT PRIOR TO OVERLAY. 18 HOT MIX ASPHALT SECTION PER DETAIL 6. 19 SAWCUT AND REMOVE EXISTING CURB, AC PAVEMENT, OR SIDEWALK AS REQUIRED. 20 PROPERTY/ RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE. 21 PROPOSED PROPANE TANK AND BOLLARDS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR DETAILS. 22 INSTALL EXTRUDED CURB PER DETAIL 5 TO MATCH EXISTING. 2 1 / 2 " 10 " UNDISTURBED, PROOF ROLLED SUBGRADE OR COMPACTED STRUCTURAL FILL SUBGRADE. GRAVEL BORROW PER WSDOT STAND. SPEC. 9-03.14(1) CLASS 1/2-INCH HMA PER WSDOT STAND. SPEC. 9-03.9(3) CSBC PER WSDOT STAND. SPEC. 9-03.9(3)4" 1. EXISTING CONDITIONS SITE TOPOGRAPHY PERFORMED BY METRON AND ASSOCIATED INC, IN MARCH OF 2016. EXISTING TOPOGRAPHY SHOWN IS BASED ON THIS SURVEY. 2. SEE LIMITED GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION SMOKEY POINT PROPERTY BY GEOTEST (MARCH 3, 2016) FOR ADDITIONAL SOILS INFORMATION AND HANDLING SPECIFICATIONS. IN CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE SOILS REPORT AND THESE SPECIFICATIONS THE MORE STRINGENT SHALL APPLY. 3. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THE SPECIFICATIONS HEREIN OR TO THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE CITY OF ARLINGTON PUBLIC WORKS STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (WSDOT) STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD, BRIDGE, AND MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION AND THE AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE CODES WHERE NOT SPECIFICALLY ADDRESSED. 4. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN A GRADING PERMIT FROM THE CITY. ALL REQUIRED PERMITS FROM OTHER AGENCIES MUST ALSO BE OBTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 5. A COPY OF THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION PLANS MUST BE ON THE JOB SITE WHEN CONSTRUCTION IS IN PROGRESS. 6. ALL SITE WORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS. ANY DEVIATION FROM THE APPROVED PLANS WILL REQUIRE PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER, THE ENGINEER, AND OTHER APPROPRIATE PUBLIC AGENCIES. 7. ALL OF THE LOCATIONS OF THE EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN IN THE PLANS HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED BY FIELD SURVEY OR OBTAINED FROM AVAILABLE RECORDS AND SHALL THEREFORE BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATE AND NOT NECESSARILY COMPLETE. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY THE ACCURACY OF ALL UTILITY LOCATIONS. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE AND PROTECT ALL CASTINGS AND UTILITIES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL CONTACT THE UNDERGROUND UTILITIES LOCATE SERVICE (1-800-424-5555 OR 811) AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 9. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE APPROPRIATE INSPECTIONS, ALLOWING PROPER ADVANCE NOTICE. THE INSPECTOR MAY REQUIRE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ITEMS THAT DO NOT MEET SPECIFIED STANDARDS OR WERE CONSTRUCTED WITHOUT INSPECTION. 10. ASPHALT AND CONCRETE PAVEMENT SUBGRADE, AND BASE SHALL BE INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO SUBSEQUENT TO PLACEMENT OF NEXT SURFACE. 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE ON-SITE AND OFF-SITE STREETS CLEAN AT ALL TIMES BY CLEANING WITH A SWEEPING AND/OR VACUUM TRUCK. WASHING OF STREETS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE CITY. 12. SURVEY MONUMENTS ARE EXPECTED TO EXIST ON AND AROUND THE SITE. CONTRACTOR SHALL AVOID DESTROYING OR DISRUPTING ALL MONUMENTS SHOWN OR OTHERWISE AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR NOTIFICATION OF THE ENGINEER AND REPLACEMENT OF DISRUPTED OR DESTROYED MONUMENTS. A STATE OF WASHINGTON LICENSED LAND SURVEYOR SHALL BE HIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE ALL MONUMENTS REMOVED OR DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN TWO (2) SETS OF “AS- BUILT” PLANS SHOWING ALL FIELD CHANGES AND MODIFICATIONS. IMMEDIATELY AFTER CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DELIVER BOTH COPIES OF RED-LINED PLANS TO THE ARCHITECT. DIST. AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE FENCE GATE DROP TOP BACK OF CURB TO FLOW LINE 1'-0" FLOW LINE JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/09/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c hi t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a nd i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w, s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r oj e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r an t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . 9/8/20179/8/2017 GRADING PLAN1 AΩN O R T H C-1 GRADING PLAN SLAB/WALL @ DOORS3 CONC. SLAB SECTION1 CURB & GUTTER / FENCE RELATIONSHIP2 CURB AND GUTTER (WSDOT SP F-10.16-00)4 EXTRUDED CURB5 KEYNOTES: HMA SECTION6 CURB CUT @ FENCE GATE7 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Concrete Supplier: A firm experienced in producing ready-mixed concrete that complies with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. Comply with ACI 301, “Specification for Structural Concrete.” 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's “Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities.” Certification shall not be more than twelve months old. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-01 or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade II. C.Concrete Contractor Qualification: Concrete Contractor shall include in their bid package to the General Contractor, a minimum of three similar and successful projects that clearly indicates the Concrete Contractor's ability to successfully perform the work and to achieve the slab tolerances required in this specification. The concrete contractor's team shall have participated in the majority of these projects, and that team shall remain the same through the duration of this project. Concrete Contractor's qualification shall be submitted as part of the bid package. Based on experience, the Owner has the right to reject the Concrete Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete materials: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/ C150M, Type I, Type II or Type I/II. Use one brand of cement throughout the project. 2. Coarse and Fine Aggregates: ASTM C 33. Combined aggregate gradation for slabs on grade and other designated concrete shall be 8% - 18% for large top size aggregates (1½”) or 8% - 22% for smaller top size aggregates (1” or ¾”) retained on each sieve below the top size and above the no. 100 sieve. Slabs on grade shall have a maximum aggregate size of 1½” footings and piers 1” and beams ¾”. 3. Water: complying with ASTM C 94. 4. Air-Entraining Admixture (Exterior Concrete): ASTM C-260. Admixture manufacturer shall provide written certification that the air-entraining admixture is compatible with other required admixtures. All exterior slabs shall be air-entrained (4% - 6%). Acceptable products: Euclid Chemical AEA-92 or Air 40; BASF Micro Air; W.R. Grace Daravair or Darex or approved equivalent. 5. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A containing not more than 0.05% chloride ions. Acceptable products: Euclid Chemical Eucon series; BASF Pozzolith series; W.R. Grace WRDA or Daracem series or approved equivalent. 6. Water-Reducing, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494, Type D containing not more than 0.05% chloride ions. Acceptable products: Euclid Chemical Retarder 75; BASF Pozzolith series or Delvo; W.R. Grace Daratard 17 or approved equivalent. 7. High Range Water-Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): ASTM C494, Type F or G containing not more than 0.05% chloride ions. Acceptable products: Euclid Chemical Eucon 37; BASF Rheobuild 1000; W.R. Grace Daracem-100 or approved equivalent. 8. Water-Reducing, Non-Corrosive Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494, Type C or E containing not more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. The admixture manufacturer must have long-term, non-corrosive test data from an independent testing laboratory (of at least a year's duration) using an acceptable accelerated corrosion test method such as that using electrical potential measures. Acceptable products: Euclid Chemical Accelguard 80/90 or NCA; BASF NC534 or Pozzutec 20; W.R. Grace Polarset or approved equivalent. 9. Prohibited admixtures: a. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing more than 0.05% chloride ions are not permitted. b. Flyash is only permitted in exterior concrete in areas known for Alkali Silica Reactivity (ASR). 10. Macro-Synthetic fibers (Exterior Concrete): Comply with ASTM C1116. “Structural” fibers shall be a patented coarse monofilament, self-fibrillating, polypropylene/polyethylene fiber with a minimum tensile strength of 73ksi and minimum length of 2 inches. Acceptable macro-synthetic fiber (No Substitutions): Euclid Chemical “Tuf-strand SF” or approved equivalent. B. Related Materials: 1. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. Acceptable manufacturer: Euclid Chemical “Eucobar” or approved equivalent. 2. Exterior Curing: ASTM C 1315 with a maximum VOC content of 700 g/l. All exterior concrete slabs shall be cured using a liquid membrane-forming curing compound. Acceptable manufacturer: Euclid Chemical “Super Rez Seal” or “Super Diamond Clear VOX or approved equivalent. 3. Exterior Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920-86, Type S, Grade NS, and Class 25 Industrial gun grade polyurethane sealant shall exhibit a shore “A” hardness of 40 and an elongation of 250%. 4. Acceptable manufacturer: Euclid Chemical “Eucolastic 1 NS/SL” or Approved Equivalent. 2.02 CONCRETE MIXES A. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixes. B. Concrete mixes shall be proportioned according to ACI 301, for normal-weight concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix, field test data or both. C. Compressive strength (28 days): 4000psi (27.6 mpa), with a maximum water/cement ratio of .53, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Concrete materials included in the mix design shall be the same materials provided to the project, and shall be prepared by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Engineer. Per ACI requirements, if sufficient backup data is not available, the laboratory mix shall exceed the desired job strength of concrete by 1,200psi. Four copies of the mix shall be submitted to the engineer before concrete work begins. D.Slump: Concrete shall have a maximum slump of 5½” for the exterior “side yard.” Unless indicated on drawings, all other concrete shall not exceed a 4" slump. E.Macro-synthetic fiber addition: All exterior concrete shall contain the specified structural fibers used at a rate of no less than 3.0 lbs/cubic yard. Actual fiber dosage may vary based on job-site conditions and shall be calculated by strength equivalency to conventional reinforcement requirements. Required information may include, but not be limited to site prep, subbase and concrete properties, curing and loading conditions. Fibers may be added at plant location or job-site and shall be mixed in concrete for a minimum of 4 minutes. F. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix adjustments may be requested by General Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant; at no additional cost to the Owner and as accepted by the Owner. Laboratory test data for revised mix and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by the Owner and Engineer prior to work. Both Concrete Testing and Inspection Agency and Concrete Contractor shall verify that the concrete mix design will produce a concrete which will meet the specifications for this project. In addition, the General Contractor and Concrete Contractor shall verify that the workability, finishability and setting times are appropriate for concrete installations. Placement shall be made by concrete truck chute. If concrete pumping is required, the proportions established above shall not be altered to suit the capabilities of the pumping equipment. For concrete containing macro-synthetic fibers, additional water reducer may be necessary. The addition of water is not permitted into concrete mixture after addition of macro-synthetic fibers. G. Exterior Concrete: Concrete shall be designed to meet 4000 psi compressive strength @ 28 days and exhibit <0.04% shrinkage @ 28 days. The mix shall contain approximately 12 cubic feet of #467 aggregate (1-1/2” top size), the specified water reducing admixture and achieve a w/cm ratio of 0.53 (max.). Air-entrainment shall be as specified. Proposed mix design shall be similar to the following Exterior Side Yard Prototype mix: Materials Prototype mix Cement 517-564lbs. Fly ash/slag Prohibited, Except in areas of known Alkali Silica Reactivty Coarse aggregate 12 cubic feet +/- .50 (#467 stone) Fine aggregate 7 cubic feet +/- (adjust as necessary) Water content 250 - 300lbs. Air content (Entrained Air) 6.0% (max.) Water Reducer (Type A/F) 3oz.-10oz./100wt +/- (Mid-Range) W/cm 0.53 (max.) Initial slump (water)3” Final slump (with water reducer) 5.5” (max.) Macro Synthetic Fiber 3 lbs / cubic yard (min.) Maximum Shrinkage < 0.04% @ 28 days PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION (GENERAL) A.Formwork: Design, construct, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301. 11. Form Work: Form all slabs, stairs and other formed concrete with metal forms or ¾" plywood. For exposed surfaces use forms with an undamaged face. Form ties used shall be snap ties. Concrete release agent shall be a VOC compliant, light viscosity, non-staining oil. B. Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1643 (if indicated on drawings): Install, protect, and repair vapor-retarder sheets; place sheets in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. 1. Plastic vapor retarder for concrete floor slab shall be 6-mil (minimum) polyethylene. Seal vapor retarder completely around all pipes and conduits. Inspect vapor retarder thoroughly and repair all punctures and tears immediately prior to placing concrete. All laps shall be 18 inches minimum, and sealed with a completely continuous pressure sensitive tape. C.Steel Reinforcement (if indicated on drawings): Comply with CRSI's “Manual of Standard Practice” for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. 2. Install all anchors, ties, chairs and other supports as requested to insure reinforcing is supported at proper locations. All reinforcing shall be wired in place using #16 annealed wire. Wood or clay brick chairs are not acceptable. 3. Welded wire fabric mesh (if indicated on drawings) shall be lapped a minimum of 6 inches at side laps and secured with tie wires no more than 4 feet on center. 3.02 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A.Comply with requirements in ACI 301 for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. 1. Install crushed stone base to the minimum compacted thickness as indicated on the construction documents. Crushed stone shall be compacted to 98% Modified Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D 1557. The in-place density shall be tested for compliance no more than 48 hours prior to concrete placement using ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167, or ASTM D 2922. One copy of test results shall be forwarded to the Engineer. 2. Cooperate with all other trades. Confer with electrical, mechanical, plumbing, carpenters, steel workers, etc. Make sure that all sleeves, anchor, insert, conduit, floor boxes, pipes, fittings, and other items are installed before placing concrete. Make provisions for door saddles, and thresholds. 3. The General Contractor shall ensure the accuracy, placement and alignment of all under-slab work. The placement of all boxes shall be square, level and true in all respects. 4. Concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 94. 5. Transport and delivery of concrete by Non Agitating Equipment shall not be allowed. B. Comply with ACI 305, “Hot Weather Concrete” and ACI 306, “Cold Weather Concrete” for protection during placing, finishing and curing Hot Weather and Cold Weather concrete placement shall be at the risk of the General Contractor, and shall be removed and replaced at no additional payments if it becomes frozen or otherwise damaged. C.Form-Release Agent: Coat all removable wood and metal forming with a FOC compliant, non-staining, concrete form-release agent and allow excess liquid to drain off before forms are placed. D.Transport: Place at point of use and consolidate with a concrete vibrator. Do not allow concrete to segregate. Maximum free fall for concrete is 3 feet. A vibrator is required for placement of concrete in walls, piers, footings and turndowns. E. Concrete Placement: Place on firm, undisturbed earth or properly compacted fill. Consolidate without segregation, by vibrating. Do not place concrete when temperature is 40 degrees F and falling or when freezing weather is predicted within 24 hours. 1. Place concrete within the minimum temperature range as specified in ACI 301 2. Protect concrete as required in ACI 301 3. Type III, high early strength cement, calcium chloride, corrosive accelerators or antifreeze shall not be used. 4. Concrete shall be placed before initial set has occurred and in no event after it has contained its water content for more than 1½ hours. 5. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall be placed upon clean, damp, smooth surfaces that are free from running water. Subgrade and base shall be properly consolidated and rut-free. 6. Concrete shall not be placed upon soft mud or dry porous earth. The concrete shall be consolidated and worked, in an approved manner, into all corners and angles of the forms and around reinforcement and embedded fixtures in such a manner as to prevent segregation of the coarse aggregate as required in ACI 301. 7. Concrete shall not be placed on a frozen subgrade or sub base. Placement of concrete shall not begin until the ambient temperature is 35 degrees Fahrenheit and rising. 8. When the air temperature is expected to reach the freezing point during the day or night and the pavement has not reached 50 percent of its design strength or 2,500 psi which ever is greater the concrete shall be protected from freezing. The Contractor shall, at no expense to the Owner, provide a sufficient supply of straw, hay, grass, earth, blankets, or other suitable blanketing material and spread it over the pavement to a sufficient depth to prevent freezing of the concrete. The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality and strength of the concrete thus cured. Any concrete injured by frost action or freezing shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense. 9. Concrete sawcutting shall be done as soon as possible after poured concrete has cured and can support weight. Provide neat cut which is true in alignment. F. Carefully protect all masonry and metal building walls by covering with waterproof paper while concrete is placed. G.Water may be added in accordance with ASTM C 94. Water shall only be added at the job site under the direct supervision of a representative from the field quality control testing agency. Do not add more water than is indicated as allowable on the batch ticket. Water added at the job site shall be documented on the batch ticket. 3.03 FORMED SURFACE FINISHES A.Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding ¼ inch (6 mm) in height shall be rubbed down or chipped off. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Completely remove fins and other projections. All exposed concrete walls are to be grouted and hand rubbed. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, damp-proofing, veneer plaster, or painting. 2. Do not apply rubbed finish to smooth-formed finish. 3. Apply smooth-rubbed finish, defined in ACI 301, to smooth-formed finished concrete. C.Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.04 CONCRETE FINISHES AND TOLERANCES A.General: Unless otherwise noted by Engineer, concrete sales floor slab shall be cast in one continuous placement. Concrete shall be placed, screeded, re-straightened, and finished as necessary to meet the FF and FL tolerance requirements. Interior machine trowel finish shall be achieved within a 2"-3" tolerance of all walls, columns and partitions. Do not wet concrete surfaces while finishing concrete. 1. Laser screeds (required), vibratory screeds, highway straightedges and wood bull floats shall be used to initiate screeding and floating process to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. A back-up laser screed is required during concrete placement of the interior sales floor slab. Remove excess water before starting floating operations. Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations. 2. Highway straightedge operations shall continue before, during and after troweling operation, until the minimum specified floor tolerances are achieved. 3. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures (refer to cold weather protection requirements herein). 4. Heavy broom finish: Side yard, main entry and exit vestibules, cart storage, ramps, aprons and walks shall receive a heavy broom finish. 5. Apply penetrating, anti-spalling sealer treatment to clean, dry concrete surfaces. Sealer to be applied to all exterior concrete paving after concrete has cured for 28 days. B.Exterior Concrete Curing: All exterior concrete slabs shall be cured using the specified liquid membrane-forming curing compound. Application shall be made by an approved applicator of the manufacturer immediately following final finish. Concrete and air temperature shall be above 50º f. Surface shall be clean and damp, but not wet and can no longer be marred by walking workmen. Apply “Super Rez Seal” or “Super Diamond Clear VOX” at an application rate of 400sf/gallon or equivalent. C.Tolerances: ACI 117, “Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction & Materials.” The General Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with floor tolerance testing. A copy of the final floor tolerance report shall be provided by the General Contractor to Engineer within 24 hours of receiving the report from the testing laboratory. 1. All perimeter areas and edges of the exterior slabs shall exhibit the same final finish. Location Ff Tolerance Fl Tolerance Notes Exterior Concrete 20 17 Floated and/or Broomed Surfaces D.Repairs and Protection 1. Remove and replace concrete pavement that is broken, damaged or defective or that does not comply with the specifications herein. Removal and replacement subject to Engineers approval. 2. Protect concrete paving from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days after placement. 3. Maintain concrete paving to be free of stains, discoloration, dirt or foreign materials. Sweep paving not more than 2 days before substantial completion and/or inspection by Engineer. 3.05 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE JOINTS A.General: Joints shall be cut as indicated on Drawings, and as soon as the slab will support the weight of the saw and operator and when cutting action will not tear, abrade or otherwise damage the concrete surface. Cuts must be made before concrete develops random contraction cracks. Employ sufficient number of saws and workers to complete cutting of saw joints within 2 hours after final finish of interior floor slab. After saw cutting, immediately vacuum up and remove all residues completely. Spacing of joints shall not be more than 15'-0" between construction and control joints. 1. Construction Joints: a. Construction joints shall be true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete (refer to drawings), so as not to impair strength or appearance of concrete b. Construction joints in slab on grade shall be butt joints with dowels. Do not use metal keyways. 2. Isolation Joints: Install joint-filler strips at junctions with slabs-on-grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. a. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Control Joints: Form weakened-plane control joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated: a. All saw cutting shall be accomplished with a “Soff-Cut” saw, by Husqvarna Construction Products (800-288-5040), equipped with a patented color-coded, diamond blade and skid plate in new condition. Concrete Subcontractor must have documented successful experience in the use of this method prior to this project. Use 1/8-inch thick blade, cutting a minimum of 1¼” inch deep into interior floor slab. Chalk lines and concrete dust shall be removed completely and immediately after cutting operation. b. Random depth checks shall be performed by an independent testing company to confirm that the specified depth of cut is made. Any cut(s) found to be less than proper depth shall be re-cut to the proper depth and filled with specified joint filler at the General Contractor's expense. 4. Provide expansion joint isolation at building edge and the perimeter of any other block out in the slab such as, but not limited to, fence posts or bollards. The expansion pad shall be asphalt saturated cellulosic fiber or approved equivalent. 5. Concrete saw cutting shall be done as soon as poured concrete has cured and can support weight. Provide a neat cu which is true in alignment. 6. All construction joints shall be sawn, cleaned of debris, blown dry and immediately sealed with appropriate sealant according to manufacturer's directions. 3.06 URETHANE EXPANSION JOINT SEALANT APPLICATION A. Urethane Joint Sealant Application: 1. Apply joint sealants in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Back-up material: a. Install appropriate size backer rod, larger than the joint where necessary per manufacturer's recommendations and in a manner to provide concave sealant profile. b. Where joint depth does not permit installation of backer rod, install adhesive-backed polyethylene bond-breaker tape along the entire back of joint to prevent 3-sided adhesion of joint sealant. 3. Sealant: Verify that the temperature and moisture conditions are within manufacturer's acceptable limits. Using fresh sealant and equipment that is in proper working order, completely fill joint with sealant, filling from bottom up to avoid entrapping air. 4. Using clean, dry tool with rounded edge and of appropriate width for each joint, tool freshly installed sealant to provide preferred concave profile, to ensure intimate contact between sealant and substrate and to provide neat appearance. Where surface aggregate does not permit proper tooling, install sealant and backer rod so that face of joint is recessed behind exposed aggregate and sealant is bonded to firm, even surface. Use dry tooling method. Do not use tooling agents such as soapy water or tooling agents that have not been approved by sealant manufacturer. 3.07 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A.Unless otherwise noted by Tractor Supply Company, concrete floor slab shall be cast as one one continuous pour. B. Contractor shall provide termite protection. Apply termiticide to sub-base before concrete is poured. provide one gallon of diluted termiticide per 10 square feet of slab area. Apply an additional 2-4 gallons per 10 linear feet at the foundation perimeter. C.Contractor to pay special attention to detail at proposed door locations to achieve design that prevents the concrete from heaving at all doorways especially in cold weather. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Hot Mix Asphalt Paving shall be in accordance with the WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 5-04. Base course and surface course aggregates shall be in accordance with the WSDOT Standard Specifications Section 9-03. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Geotechnical Report by Geotest Engineering - Limited Geotechnical Evaluation Smokey Point Property, dated March 3, 2016. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not apply asphalt materials if subgrade is wet or excessively damp, if rain is imminent or expected before time required for adequate cure, or if the following conditions are not met: 1. Tack Coat: Minimum surface temperature of 40 deg F. 2. Asphalt Single Course: Minimum surface temperature of 40 deg F and rising at time of placement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. AGGREGATES 1. Aggregate for gravel base per Section 9-03.9(3). 2. Gravel Borrow per Section 9-03.14(1). 3. ½” Class HMA per WSDOT Standard Specification Section 9-03.8(6). B. ASPHALT MATERIALS 1. Asphalt Binder per WSDOT Standard Specification Section 9-02.1(4). 2. Cationic Emulsified Asphalt per WSDOT Standard Specification Section 9-02.1(6). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PATCHING A. Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement: Saw cut perimeter of patch and excavate existing pavement section to sound base. Excavate rectangular or trapezoidal patches, extending 12 inches into adjacent sound pavement, unless otherwise indicated. Cut excavation faces vertically. Remove excavated material. Recompact existing unbound-aggregate base course to form new subgrade. Tack Coat: Apply uniformly to vertical surfaces abutting or projecting into new, hot-mix asphalt paving at a rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gal./sq. yd.. 1. Allow tack coat to cure undisturbed before applying hot-mix asphalt paving. 2. Avoid smearing or staining adjoining surfaces, appurtenances, and surroundings. Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces. B. Patching: Fill excavated pavements with hot-mix asphalt base mix for full thickness of patch and, while still hot, compact flush with adjacent surface. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. General: Immediately before placing asphalt materials, remove loose and deleterious material from substrate surfaces. Ensure that prepared subgrade is ready to receive paving. B. Herbicide Treatment: Apply herbicide according to manufacturer's recommended rates and written application instructions. Apply to dry, prepared subgrade or surface of compacted-aggregate base before applying paving materials. C. Tack Coat: Apply uniformly to surfaces of existing pavement at a rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gal./sq. yd. 1. Allow tack coat to cure undisturbed before applying hot-mix asphalt paving. 2. Avoid smearing or staining adjoining surfaces, appurtenances, and surroundings. Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces. 3.3 HOT-MIX ASPHALT PLACING A. In addition to new work, this article applies to hot-mix asphalt paving overlay on existing asphalt or concrete pavements. 1. Machine place hot-mix asphalt on prepared surface, spread uniformly, and strike off. Place asphalt mix by hand to areas inaccessible to equipment in a manner that prevents segregation of mix. Place each course to required grade, cross section, and thickness when compacted. 2. Place hot-mix asphalt base course in number of lifts and thicknesses indicated. 3. Place hot-mix asphalt surface course in single lift. 4. Spread mix at minimum temperature of 250 deg F. 5. Begin applying mix along centerline of crown for crowned sections and on high side of one-way slopes unless otherwise indicated. 6. Regulate paver machine speed to obtain smooth, continuous surface free of pulls and tears in asphalt-paving mat. B. Place paving in consecutive strips not less than 10 feet wide unless infill edge strips of a lesser width are required. 1. After first strip has been placed and rolled, place succeeding strips and extend rolling to overlap previous strips. Complete a section of asphalt base course before placing asphalt surface course. C. Promptly correct surface irregularities in paving course behind paver. Use suitable hand tools to remove excess material forming high spots. Fill depressions with hot-mix asphalt to prevent segregation of mix; use suitable hand tools to smooth surface. 3.4 JOINTS A. Construct joints to ensure a continuous bond between adjoining paving sections. Construct joints free of depressions, with same texture and smoothness as other sections of hot-mix asphalt course. 1. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat to joints. 2. Offset longitudinal joints, in successive courses, a minimum of 6 inches. 3. Offset transverse joints, in successive courses, a minimum of 24 inches. 4. Construct transverse joints at each point where paver ends a day's work and resumes work at a subsequent time. 5. Compact joints as soon as hot-mix asphalt will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. 6. Compact asphalt at joints to a density within 2 percent of specified course density. 3.5 COMPACTION A. General: Begin compaction as soon as placed hot-mix paving will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. Compact hot-mix paving with hot, hand tampers or with vibratory-plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers. 1. Complete compaction before mix temperature cools to 185 deg F. B. Breakdown Rolling: Complete breakdown or initial rolling immediately after rolling joints and outside edge. Examine surface immediately after breakdown rolling for indicated crown, grade, and smoothness. Correct laydown and rolling operations to comply with requirements. C. Intermediate Rolling: Begin intermediate rolling immediately after breakdown rolling while hot-mix asphalt is still hot enough to achieve specified density. Continue rolling until hot-mix asphalt course has been uniformly compacted to the following density: 1. Average Density: 96 percent of reference laboratory density according to ASTM D 6927, but not less than 94 percent nor greater than 100 percent. D. Finish Rolling: Finish roll paved surfaces to remove roller marks while hot-mix asphalt is still warm. E. Edge Shaping: While surface is being compacted and finished, trim edges of pavement to proper alignment. Bevel edges while asphalt is still hot; compact thoroughly. F. Repairs: Remove paved areas that are defective or contaminated with foreign materials and replace with fresh, hot-mix asphalt. Compact by rolling to specified density and surface smoothness. G. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened. H. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked. 3.6 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Pavement Thickness: Compact each course to produce the thickness indicated within the following tolerances: 1. Base Course: Plus or minus 1/2 inch. 2. Surface Course: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus. B. Pavement Surface Smoothness: Compact each course to produce a surface smoothness within the following tolerances as determined by using a 10-foot straightedge applied transversely or longitudinally to paved areas: 1. Base Course: 1/4 inch. SPECIFICATIONS1 EXTERIOR CONCRETE SPECIFICATIONS :ASPHALT PAVEMENT SPECIFICATIONS : C-2 SPECIFICATIONS JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/09/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c hi t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a nd i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w, s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r oj e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r an t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . 9/8/20179/8/2017 EXISTING CONTOUR PROPOSED CONTOUR (0.2' INCR.) GRADE BREAK LEGEND: TA TS LG TC GB FG MX EX EX GR FF RIM TOP OF ASPHALT TOP OF SLAB LIP OF GUTTER TOP OF CURB GRADE BREAK FINISH GRADE MATCH EXISTING EXISTING EXIST. GRADE TO REMAIN FINISHED FLOOR EL RIM ELEVATION BENCH MARKS EXISTING FINISHED FLOOR OF BUILDING, ELEV. - 123.00. 2595 1 STAGING AREA (BMP S412). 2 RETAIN AND PROTECT EXISTING VEGETATION (BMP C101 AND C102). 3 CLEARING LIMITS. SHOWN AT A THREE FOOT OFFSET FROM ACTUAL LOCATION. 4 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE (BMP C105). EXISTING PAVEMENT TO BE USED AS A STABLE DRIVING SURFACE UNTIL REMOVED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. 5 DAILY SWEEPING OF DIRT TRACKING INTO STREET (BMP C107). 6 MANAGED STOCKPILE (BMP C123). WATER AS REQUIRED FOR DUST CONTROL IN DRY WEATHER. 7 SPILL PREVENTION CONTROL (BMP S426). LOCATE EMERGENCY SPILL PREVENTION CLEANUP MATERIALS ON SITE. 8 WASTE MANAGEMENT. SITE DUMPSTER FOR LIMITED WASTE DISPOSAL. OFFSITE HAUL TO LEGAL DUMPING SITE FOR ASPHALT PAVEMENT AND EXCESS EXCAVATED SOILS. 9 CONCRETE WASTE MANAGEMENT (BMP C154). 10 PORTABLE OUTHOUSE. 11 CATCH BASIN/STORM INLET SEDIMENT TRAP (BMP C208/C220). 12 EROSION CONTROL SOCK / FIBER ROLL / WATTLE (BMP C235). 13 TRENCH EXCAVATION / INTERCEPTOR DIKE (BMP C200). EXCAVATE 1.0 FT MINIMUM BELOW ADJACENT GRADE. COINCIDENTAL WITH EXCAVATION WORK. 14 EXISTING STORM DRAINAGE SWALE. RETAIN AND PROTECT. ALL BMPS ARE REFERENCED FROM THE 2012 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT MANUAL FOR WESTERN WASHINGTON. JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/09/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c hi t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a nd i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w, s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r oj e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r an t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . ESC PLAN1 AΩN O R T H KEYNOTES: PLAN DESIGNER: MIKE LIIMAKKA CON09-00121 ESTIMATED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: 1. BEGIN INSTALLATION OF BMPS MAY 1ST, 2016. 2. BEGIN CONSTRUCTION MAY 3RD, 2016. 3. COMPLETE CONSTRUCTION JUNE,15TH, 2016. 4. COMPLETE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION JULY 30TH, 2016. 5. MAINTAIN EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL BMPS. TIMING WILL CHANGE. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO MODIFY ESC PLAN FOR WEATHER CONDITIONS. ALL REMAINING DISTURBED SOIL SURFACES NOT LANDSCAPED, SHALL BE SEEDED, MULCHED OR PLANTED PER LANDSCAPE PLANS. CONSTRUCTION / CLEARING LIMITS. FLOW DIRECTION ARROWS. VEGETATIVE BUFFER. STREET SWEEPING. ESC PLAN LEGEND: ESC-1 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND IDENTIFY THE CERTIFIED EROSION CONTROL SPECIALIST WHO WILL BE MONITORING THE SITE ON A REGULAR BASIS OR WHO IS ON-CALL, AS REQUIRED BY THE CITY OF ARLINGTON. X X X X X X X RETAIL CENTER 16 9 T H P L . N E ADJACENT RETAIL CENTER KFC US BANK WE N D Y ' S SHELL 53 1 : 1 7 2 N D S T . N E SMOKEY POINT BLVD TRAILER AND EQUIPMENT DISPLAY AREA ±1,620 S.F. AREA OF NEW CONCRETE SCALE: SITE PLAN1 -1" = 30' LEGEND ENTRY / EXIT SIDEWALK DISPLAY AREAS ±1,416 S.F. (TOTAL) NEW CONC FOD. (FENCED OUTDOOR DISPLAY AREA) ±9,875 S.F. SITE WORK KEYNOTES100. NEW CONCRETE SLAB FOR F.O.D. SEE CIVIL PLANS AND FLOOR PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION.101. EXISTING MAILBOX TO BE REMOVED. NEW PEDESTAL MAILBOX TO BE PROVIDED AT EXISTINGMAILBOX LOCATION. CONFIRM WITH LOCAL POSTMASTER FOR REQUIREMENTS.G.C. TO COORDINATE FINAL MODEL AND LOCATION WITH TSC CONSTRUCTION MANAGER102. NO STRIPING INSIDE AREA OF TRAILER AND EQUIPMENT DISPLAY AREA.G.C. TO STRIPE PERIMETER OF AREA (SHOWN ON PLAN) WITH 6" WIDE YELLOW TRAFFIC STRIPE. MINIMUM 2 COATS OF NON-SLIP TRAFFIC PAINT.103. EXISTING LIGHT POLE.104. EXISTING GAS METER.105. EXISTING CURB TO REMAIN.106. DUMPSTER AREA. SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR DETAILS.107. NEW DOCK MOUNTED STEEL RAMP:7'-11" x 36'-0" RAMP WITH 48" HEIGHT.CONTACT QSI STEEL FABRICATORS TO GET PRICING AND TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND SPECS. SEE SHEET A-0 FOR CONTACT INFO.108. PROVIDE NEW PAINTED STRIPING AS SHOWN.109. PATCH / REPAIR ASPHALT IN THIS AREA THAT HAS BEEN DAMAGED AS A RESULT OFCONSTRUCTING NEW CONCRETE SLAB. NEW ASPHALT AND BASE COURSES TO MATCHEXISTING, TYP.110. REMOVE EXISTING LANDSCAPING, SIDEWALK, CURBS, AND ASPHALT AS REQUIRED FOR NEWCONCRETE WORK. PROTECT FOUNDATIONS, FOOTINGS, AND ANY ITEM TO REMAIN DURINGDEMOLITION.111. HATCH INDICATES AREA OF NEW ASPHALT. SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS.112. EXISTING WATER METER VAULT TO REMAIN.113. PAINT 6" WIDE YELLOW STRIPE ON CURB WITH NON-SLIP PAINT. PAINTING TO EXTEND THE FULLWIDTH OF STORE AND TERMINATE AT LEASELINE.114. EXISTING TRANSFORMER. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION.115. PROPANE TANK. SEE DETAIL A/ THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION.116. BLACK OUT EXISTING STRIPING FOR FOUR (4) SPACES AS SHOWN.117. EXISTING PYLON SIGN.118. COMPLETELY REMOVE EXISTING LANDSCAPE ISLAND AS SHOWN. PATCH TO MATCH ANYASPHALT THAT IS REMOVED OR DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF REMOVING THE REQUIREDDEMOLITION. GENERAL NOTES:•SEE COVER SHEET FOR ALL ALTERNATES. •UPON COMPLETION, TSC REQUIRES TOTAL EXTERIOR CLEANING OF BUILDING AND SITE PRIOR TOACCEPTANCE OF THE BUILDING. •PATCH / REPAIR PARKING LOT AS REQUIRED WHERE DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION. 102 103 104 105 106 107 TSC SQUARE FOOTAGE ANALYSIS SALES AREA 18,183 S.F. VESTIBULE 148 S.F. RECEIVING/ STOCK 6,200 S.F. SPRINKLER ROOM 49 S.F. HAY ROOM 2,173 S.F. FEED ROOM 2,515 S.F. I.O.D 3,571 S.F. CORE AREA 1,769 S.F. GROSS SQUARE FOOTAGE: 34,608 S.F. F.O.D. 9,875 S.F. TRAILER DISPLAY 1,620 S.F. SIDEWALK DISPLAY 1,416 S.F. FRONT MEZZANINE 1,620 S.F. 101 PROPOSED TRACTOR SUPPLY ±36,228 SQ. FT. (FORMER GROCERY) 22'-10"14'-0"22'-10" 35 ' - 5 " 115 118 108 109 FUTURE ADJACENT TENANT SPACE TYP 100 110 111 112 114 116 11 3 113 117 1 OF 2 117 2 OF 2 NOTE: SIGN TO BE INSTALLED ON WALL IN LOCATION SHOWN. COORDINATE W/ SIGN VENDOR; SEE SHEET A-0 FOR CONTACT INFO. M:\TSC\14332 Arlington, WA\I - Photos\Exterior\IMG_1173.JPG M:\TSC\14332 Arlington, WA\I - Photos\Exterior\IMG_0852.JPG PYLON: 1 OF 2 PYLON: 2 OF 2152'-9" 23 9 ' - 3 " 8' - 0 " SCALE: ENLARGED PLAN ATPROPANE STATIONA -1/8" = 1'-0" AMERIGAS NOTE: IN THE CASE OF A 'CONDUIT ONLY' INSTALLATION (i.e. PROPANE TANK INSTALLED AT A LATER DATE) PROVIDE OVER CONDUIT STUB-UP: •(1) BOLLARD COVER (GLOBAL INDUSTRIAL MODEL WG652899M) •(4) FOUR ANCHOR BOLTS (MODEL WG652901) •(1) EXPLOSION PROOF JUNCTION BOX.INSTALL VERTICALLY TO INSURE BOLLARD COVER FIT. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 4" BOLLARD, TYP. SEE DETAIL B/AS-1 PROPANE DISPENSING PUMPING STATION 5' - 0 " CL E A R 3'-0" CLEAR 4' - 0 " TY P . 1, 0 0 0 G A L L O N T A N K PROPANE RESPONSIBILITY NOTES: 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INFRASTRUCTURE RELATED TO PROPANE TANK INSTALLATION. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ELECTRICAL PERMITTING AND FINAL CONNECTION TO PUMP DISPENSING CONTROL PANEL. 3. AMERIGAS OR OTHER SPECIFIED PROPANE PROVIDER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR GAS PERMITTING, INSTALLATION AND FINAL CONNECTION OF THE TANK. 4. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES. IF PROPANE TANK IS DELIVERED AFTER FIXTURE DATE: AMERIGAS OR OTHER SPECIFIED PROPANE PROVIDER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ELECTRICAL PERMITTING AND FINAL CONNECTION TO PUMP DISPENSING CONTROL PANEL. CONDUIT ONLY INSTALLATION BOLLARD LOCATION X X2' - 1 0 " 7'-0" 4' - 0 " CL E A R 1' - 0 " CONCRETE TO BE RAISED FOR PROPER WATER RUN OFF SCALE: BOLLARD DETAILB -1" = 1'-0" BOLLARD PAINT COLOR: A. STANDARD: SW4084 'SAFETY YELLOW' B. AT DOOR FRAMES: SW1012 'POWER GREY' STEEL PIPE FILLED w/ CONC. AND EM-BEDDED IN CONC. FOOTER. SEE PLANS FOR BOLLARD SIZE BITUMINOUS JOINT AROUND PIPE (ONLY WHEN INSTALLED IN CONC.) PATCH AND REPAIR TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES (TYP.) 3000 PSI CONCRETE 10" @ 4" DIA. BOLLARD 1'-0" @ 6" DIA. BOLLARD 1'-2" @ 8" DIA. BOLLARD 4' - 0 " 3' - 0 " M I N . 1' - 0 " M I N 1'-2" @ 4" DIA. BOLLARD 1'-4" @ 6" DIA. BOLLARD 1'-6" @ 8" DIA. BOLLARD TOP OF EXIST. SLAB 1'-2" @ 4" DIA. BOLLARD 1'-4" @ 6" DIA. BOLLARD 1'-6" @ 8" DIA. BOLLARD 6" SHOWN JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 SITE PLAN AS-1 TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY GENERAL NOTES: GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE REGULATIONS, ORDINANCES AND STANDARDS HAVING JURISDICTION. IF THERE ARE ANY QUESTIONS OR CONFLICTS CONCERNING COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH CODES, ORDINANCES OR STANDARDS THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR NOTIFYING THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH. THE OWNER WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS OR TIME DELAYS INCURRED BY CHANGES DICTATED BY THE MUNICIPAL BUILDING INSPECTION AUTHORITIES AFTER ISSUANCE OF A PERMIT. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY ERRORS, INCONSISTENCIES, OR OMISSIONS HE MAY DISCOVER PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. IF THERE ARE ANY QUESTIONS THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING A CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK, THE WORK IN QUESTION OR RELATED WORK. 3. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER DIMENSIONS DETERMINED BY ANY OTHER SOURCE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. START OF WORK IS THE CONTRACTOR'S ACCEPTANCE OF THE CONFIGURATIONS REPRESENTED ON THE DRAWINGS. IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICT BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND LAWS/CODES THE MORE STRINGENT SHALL APPLY. DRAWINGS ARE PREPARED TO A SCALE AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE; HOWEVER, INDICATED DIMENSIONS AND NOTED RELATIONSHIPS (I.E. "EQUAL", "ALIGN", "CENTER") WILL GOVERN. 4. ALL MATERIALS FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE NEW UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL WORK SHALL BE GUARANTEED AGAINST DEFECTIVE MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF (1) YEAR AFTER THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OR ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE WHEN ORDERED TO DO SO, ALL WORK THAT MAY DEVELOP DEFECTS IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SAID PERIOD OF TIME. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CERTIFY SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL REQUIRED OPENINGS FOR STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING WORK AND EQUIPMENT WITH TRADES INVOLVED. PERFORM THE WORK WITH QUALIFIED SUB-CONTRACTORS, UNDER THE DIRECTION OF EXPERIENCED SUPERVISION HAVING EXPERIENCE IN INSTALLING PRODUCTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS OF SIMILAR TYPE. 6. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED TO THE HIGHEST INDUSTRY STANDARDS FOR QUALITY WORKMANSHIP. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. MATERIAL AND METHODS SHALL CONFORM TO APPROPRIATE NATIONAL TRADE PUBLICATIONS. INSTALL WORK READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATION, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIRS. 7. THE OWNER AND/OR TENANT MAY PERFORM ADDITIONAL WORK THAT IS NOT A PART OF THIS CONTRACT WITH THEIR OWN FORCES, UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE WITH OWNER AND/OR TENANT AND OTHER CONTRACTORS AND COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH THE OWNER AND/OR TENANT SO THAT WORK BY OTHERS MAY BE ACCOMPLISHED IN A TIMELY MANNER. 8. PROVIDE COMPLETE AND THOROUGH CLEANING OF ENTIRE LEASE SPACE UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING CARPET VACUUMING, AND STAIN REMOVAL, CLEANING HVAC DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES, WIPING DOWN ALL WALL, CEILING, BASE, DOOR AND FRAME SURFACES, PLUMBING FIXTURE SURFACES, CLEANING GLASS, WINDOW MULLIONS AND SILLS, WINDOW TREATMENTS, AND WAXING RESILIENT FLOORS. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR JOB SAFETY, AND SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO SECURE THE SAFETY OF WORKERS AND OCCUPANTS AT ALL TIMES. 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ALL EXPENSE OF REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF OTHER UTILITIES OR OTHER PROPERTY DAMAGED BY OPERATIONS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. 11. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SERVICE INTENDED. INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MADE BY EXPERIENCED CRAFTSMEN IN A NEAT, WORKMANLIKE MANNER. ALL MATERIALS, TOOLS, COSTS AND SERVICES NECESSARY TO COMPLETELY INSTALL ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 12. TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT ANY EXTERIOR OPENINGS AS NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF ANY PORTION OF WORK. 13. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TENANT FURNISHED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AT LOCATIONS REQUIRED BY THE FIRE MARSHALL AND/OR LOCAL CODES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 14. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO SECURE A SIGNED CHANGE ORDER FROM THE OWNER/DEVELOPER BEFORE ANY CHANGES OCCUR - SEE CHANGE ORDER POLICY THIS SHEET & COVER SHEET. 15. IT IS THE INTENT AND MEANING OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS THAT THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING INSTALLATION THAT IS COMPLETE. ALL ITEMS AND ACCESSORIES NECESSARY, REASONABLY INCIDENTAL, OR CUSTOMARILY INCLUDED, EVEN THOUGH EACH AND EVERY ITEM IS NOT CALLED OUT OR SHOWN IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL BE PROVIDED. 16. THE T.S.C. SIGN VENDOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, FINISHES COLORS, VOLTAGE, DIMENSIONS AND SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO T.S.C PRIOR TO AWNING/SIGN FABRICATION. 17. ALL WORK NOTED "N.I.C." OR "NOT IN CONTRACT" IS TO BE PROVIDED BY A CONTRACTOR OTHER THAN GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND IS NOT TO BE PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT. 18. WHEREVER PENETRATIONS ARE REQUIRED TO BE MADE IN ANY EXTERIOR ELEMENT AS PART OF THIS WORK, MAKE PENETRATIONS WATERTIGHT AND AIRTIGHT. WHERE PENETRATIONS RE TO BE MADE IN FIRE RATED ELEMENTS, SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS WITH MATERIALS WHICH WILL MAINTAIN THE RATING OF THE ELEMENT BEING PENETRATED. 19. PROVIDE KRAFT-FACED BATT INSULATION ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILING AT OFFICE/EMPLOYEE LOUNGE/TOILETS. DO NOT COVER LIGHT FIXTURES. BATT INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING NOT TO EXCEED 25 AND A SMOKE SPREAD DENSITY NOT TO EXCEED 450 AS PER UBC NO. 42-1. 20. DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT AND SHALL NOT BE COPIED OR DUPLICATED IN ANY MANNER. THEY SHALL BE USED WITH REFERENCE TO WORK UNDER CONSTRUCTION ONLY. MISUSE OR THE LOAN OF THESE DRAWINGS SHALL OBLIGATE THE VIOLATOR FOR FULL FEE TO THE ARCHITECT AS STIPULATED IN THE A.I.A. SCHEDULE OF FEES. VARIATION OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE PERMITTED ONLY BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT. 21. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR ALL BUILDING MOUNT TSC SIGNAGE.COORDINATE WITH SIGN COMPANY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF BLOCKING TO ENSURE PROPER STRUCTURE IS PROVIDED. 22. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM WITH TSC PROJECT MANAGER AT CONSTRUCTION START THAT ANY LANDLORD ITEMS ARE 100% COMPLETE. TSC PROJECT MANAGER TO PROVIDE DOCUMENT INDICATING THOSE ITEMS. 1. ALL CONSTRUCTION AND DETAILS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND ORDINANCES AS OF THE DATE OF THE DRAWINGS. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE SITE. DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE BARRICADES AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES SEPARATING CONSTRUCTION AREAS. TEMPORARY PASSAGES SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEMOLISH AND REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS NECESSARY TO INSTALL NEW CONSTRUCTION AS SHOWN. 5. REMOVE ALL CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION DEBRIS FROM JOB SITE DAILY. MAKE JOB PREMISES CLEAN AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER LOCATION AND SIZE OF OPENINGS FOR ALL TRADES AND SHALL COORDINATE ALL CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING SHOP DRAWINGS REVIEWED BY THE ARCHITECT. 7. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION. 8. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FACE OF DRYWALL AT NEW WALLS AND TO FINISHED FACE AT MASONRY WALLS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 9. NOTED DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DRAWINGS. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND, THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY. 11. THRESHOLDS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2 INCH IN HEIGHT. 12. DRYWALL TO BE HELD UP 1/2" ABOVE CONCRETE FLOOR. 13. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE FURNISHED BY T.S.C. AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. QTY ITEM 2 SET REST ROOM ACCESSORIES (IF APPLICABLE, COORDINATE WITH PLANS) 1 SET VINYL FLOORING IN CLOTHING DEPARTMENT 1 SET FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 1 PREFAB DRESSING ROOM 1 SET BRAILLE SIGNAGE ALL REGISTER COUNTERTOPS (G.C. ALSO TO INSTALL SHELF WHEN SETTING UP REGISTER 1 CUSTOMER SERVICE COUNTER ALL COUNTERTOPS - SHELF TO BE INSTALLED 21" A.F.F. (NOT INCLUDING BREAKROOM) 1 RECEIVING DESK 14. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY T.S.C. QTY ITEM 1 "OPEN" SIGN 1 "CUB CADET" SIGN 1 T.S.C. ROAD SIGN AND T.S.C. BUILDING SIGN, COORDINATE WITH SIGN COMPANY ASSIGNED TO THIS LOCATION 1 TYCO WORK (NOT INCLUDING LVW) PAID BY TSC 15. SPECIFIC MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS ARE NAMED ON THE DRAWINGS TO INDICATE THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE LEVEL OF QUALITY. EQUAL OR BETTER PRODUCTS WILL BE CONSIDERED. SUBSTITUTES MUST BE APPROVED BY TSC PM. 16. ALL OFFICE WALLS TO BE INSULATED. 17. CONCEAL ALL PIPING IN WALLS. WHERE PIPING IS TOO LARGE, WALLS ARE TO BE FURRED OUT A MINIMUM TO CONCEAL PIPING. 18. PROVIDE WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD BEHIND ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES. 19. ALL COUNTERTOPS TO BE 2'-0" IN DEPTH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS, SUCH AS PLUMBING FIXTURES, TABLES, SHELVING, CABINETS,GRAB BARS, AND ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED. 21. ALL MATERIALS USED BY ALL TRADES SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED BY AN APPROVED AGENCY AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 22. T.S.C. RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REVIEW THE BUILDING ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION OF THE LL'S ONE YEAR WARRANTY. IF ANY WARRANTY OR PUNCH LIST ITEMS ARE FOUND THE LL SHALL IMMEDIATELY CORRECT THE CONDITION AT IT'S EXPENSE. 23.THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO STORE, REMOVE AND UNLOAD THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: THEY ARE LISTED BY ITEM, PROBABLE VENDOR AND APPROX. DATE OF DELIVERY (IN WEEKS BEFORE COMPLETION, EXCEPT AS NOTED). IF THESE ITEMS ARE REFUSED AND REDELIVERY CHARGES ARE INCURRED, THE G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYMENT OF ANY CHARGES. ITEM PROBABLE VENDOR APPROX. DATE OF DELIVERY 1) BRAILLE SIGNS FORMSERVICE FOUR WEEKS 2) FIRE EXTINGUISHERS NOI FOUR WEEKS 3) TOILET ACCESSORIES BAYWEST FOUR WEEKS 4) FIXTURE PLAN T.S.C. FOUR WEEKS 5) FORKLIFT (VARIOUS) THREE WEEKS 6) DOCK PLATE/RED TABLES PALLET JACKS ADJUSTABLE DOOR JAMBS ALABAMA CONVERTER THREE WEEKS 7) RECEIVE AND INSTALL REGISTER CUSTOMER SERVICE COUNTERS RECEIVING TABLE LOZIER THREE WEEKS CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WAREHOUSE FIXTURE INSTALLATION AND BOLTING DOWN OF MANAGER'S SAFE. 24. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 2 COPIES OF SITE PLAN AND EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS TO SIGN COMPANY ASSIGNED TO THIS PROJECT. VERIFY SIGN COMPANY W/ T.S.C. 1 COPY OF ELEVATIONS TO DECKER CO. RICK TOWNE (901.795.5936). 25. WHEN SOS TRUCK COMES AS SCHEDULED 20 DAYS PRIOR TO FIXTURE DATE, GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ASSIST TSC STORE MANAGER WITH THE UNLOADING AND STORAGE OF ALL SOS TRUCK CONTENTS. IF GENERAL CONTRACTOR REQUESTS SOS TRUCK EARLY, GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL LABOR AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO UNLOAD AND PROPER PLACEMENT AND STORAGE OF CONTENTS ONCE OFF SOS TRUCK. 26. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE ENTIRE PROJECT AND SCHEDULE THE ALARM COMPANY FOR ALL ROUGH-IN AND FINAL CONNECTIONS AND INSPECTIONS. CONTACT T.S.C., EDDIE FOLEY 615.440.4693 FOR THE ALARM COMPANY ASSIGNED TO THIS LOCATION NO LATER THAN TWO WEEKS AFTER CONSTRUCTION START. REFER TO THE ADT PRE-CONSTRUCTION AND PRE-INSTALLTION CHECKLIST. 27. CLOSE-OUT REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO LEASE/CONTRACT. FOR QUESTIONS CONTACT GAYLE BASS @ 615.440.4795. 28. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ANY DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FOR NEW WORK ONLY. COORDINATE WITH THE ASSIGNED ALARM COMPANY. 29. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ALL UTILITY COST DURING CONSTRUCTION AND CONTACT RONDA ADER AT IQ ADVANTAGE #509.329.7071 TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO FIXTURE DATE FOR TRANSFER TO TSC. 30. DOCK ACCESS FROM ROAD MUST BE ACHIEVED 3 WEEKS PRIOR TO FIXTURE DATE. 31. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR LANDLORD SHALL SUBMIT A REPORT, ON A WEEKLY BASIS INDICATING THE PERCENT COMPLETE FOR EACH LINE ITEM ON THE SCHEDULE USING THE TSC WEEKLY PROGRESS REPORT ALONG WITH PHOTOS PER PHOTO LOG ON THE BLANK REPORTS PROVIDED BY TSC. 32. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FOR INDEPENDENT INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION FOR FOOTING COMPACTION AND CONCRETE QUALITY AND STRENGTH. THE RESULTS ARE TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER. THE G.C. SHALL LIKEWISE PROVIDE AN INDEPENDENT INSPECTOR TO CERTIFY PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE STRUCTURAL STEEL OR PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING SYSTEM. 33. FOR RED STRIPING, CONTACT DECKER COMPANY AT #901.795.5936, ACCOUNT REP.:RICK TOWN. 34. LANDLORD/LANDLORD GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY WITH LOCAL POSTMASTER IF A MAILBOX IS REQUIRED. IF SO, GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL MAILBOX TYPE AND LOCATION PER THE POSTMASTER RECOMMENDATION AND PER USPS STANDARDS. 35. 'J' MOLD TO BE USED AT ALL INTERSECTIONS OF GYPSUM BOARD AND ANY OTHER NON-GYPSUM MATERIAL. 36. CORNER GUARDS TO BE USED AT ALL INTERIOR 'OUTSIDE' CORNER CONDITIONS. 37. DURING CONSTRUCTION, ANY PARTIALLY COMPLETED MASONRY WALLS (CMU, BRICK, ETC.) SHALL BE COVERED WITH STRONG WEATHER RESISTIVE MATERIAL DURING ALL TIMES WHEN CONSTRUCTION IS NOT IN PROGRESS AND ESPECIALLY AT THE END OF EACH WORK DAY. THE COVER SHALL BE DRAPED OVER THE WALL AND EXTEND A MINIMUM OF (2) TWO FEET OUT FROM BOTH SIDES AND SECURELY HELD IN PLACE. 38. FINISHED SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED IN A MANNER THAT PREVENTS RODENT INTRUSION. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH EXTERIOR WALL SURFACES WITH AN AEROSOL, MOISTURE-CURING POLYURETHANE FOAM SIMILAR TO "PUR BLACK" BY TODOL PRODUCTS, INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL. GRAPHIC SYMBOLS ABBREVIATION LEGEND ABBR DEFINITION AB ANCHOR BOLT A/C AIR CONDITIONING UNIT ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE AFF (A.F.F.) ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AISI AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE ARCH (ARCH'L) ARCHITECTURAL ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS ATR ALL THREADED ROD AWS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY BFF (B.F.F.) BELOW FINISH FLOOR BL BLOCK LINTEL BLKG (BLK'G) BLOCKING BM BEAM BN BOUNDARY NAILING BO (B.O.)"BOTTOM OF" BOS (B.O.S.) "BOTTOM OF STEEL" BOT BOTTOM BRG BEARING (C=XX")BEAM CAMBER CJ CONTROL JOINT CL CENTER LINE CLR CLEAR CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COL COLUMN CONC CONCRETE CONST CONSTRUCTION CONT CONTINUOUS DIA DIAMETER (E)EXISTING EDC ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION CENTER EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM EJ EXPANSION JOINT EL ELEVATION ELEC ELECTRICAL EN EDGE NAILING EQ EQUAL EW EACH WAY EXP EXPANSION EXT EXTERIOR FBO FURNISHED BY OTHERS FDN FOUNDATION FF (F.F.)"FINISH FLOOR" FOD (F.O.D.) FENCED OUTDOOR DISPLAY FOM (F.O.M.) "FACE OF MASONRY" FOS (F.O.S.) "FACE OF STUD" FRP FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC FS FAR SIDE FTG FOOTING GA GAUGE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GLB GLU-LAM BEAM GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD H HEIGHT HGR (HGR'S) HANGER(S) HORIZ HORIZONTAL HSA HEADED STUD ANCHOR IBC INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE INFO INFORMATION INT INTERIOR I.O.D INDOOR / OUTDOOR DISPLAY ISO ISOLATION JBE JOIST BEARING ELEVATION JST JOIST JT JOINT KSI KIPS PER SQUARE INCH L LENGTH LB POUNDS LH LOW HYDROGEN LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL LONG LONGITUDINAL MAX MAXIMUM MECH MECHANICAL MFR MANUFACTURER MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANEOUS MO (M.O.) "MASONRY OPENING" MTL METAL (N)NEW NIC (N.I.C.) "NOT IN CONTRACT" NO NUMBER NS NEAR SIDE NTS (N.T.S.) "NOT TO SCALE" OC (O.C.) "ON CENTER" OD (O.D.) "OUTSIDE DIAMETER" OH (O.H.) "OPPOSITE HAND" PAF POWDER ACTUATED FASTENER PCF POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT PL PLATE PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE PLF POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PT (P.T.)"PRESSURE TREATED" QTY QUANTITY RE (REF)"REFER TO" REINF (REIN) REINFORCING REQ (REQ'D) REQUIRED REV REVERSE RR ROOF RAFTER RO (R.O.) "ROUGH OPENING" RTU ROOF TOP UNIT SCHED SCHEDULE SDI STEEL DECK INSTITUTE SIM SIMILAR SJI STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE SOS STORE OPENING SCHEDULE SPECS SPECIFICATIONS STIFF STIFFENER STL STEEL STL COL STEEL COLUMN STRUC STRUCTURAL T&B "TOP AND BOTTOM" THK THICK(NESS) TO (T.O.)"TOP OF" TOB (T.O.B.) "TOP OF BEAM" TOC (T.O.C.) "TOP OF CONCRETE" TOF (T.O.F.) "TOP OF FOOTING" TOGB (T.O.GB.) "TOP OF GRADE BEAM" TOM (T.O.M.) "TOP OF MASONRY" TOP (T.O.P.) "TOP OF PARAPET" TOS (T.O.S) "TOP OF STEEL" TRANS TRANSVERSE TYP TYPICAL UNO (U.N.O.) "UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE" VERT VERTICAL VIF (V.I.F.) "VERIFY IN FIELD" W/WITH WP WORK POINT &"AND" NOTE: FINAL FIXTURE PLAN TO BE RECEIVED BY CONTRACTOR AND/OR LL APPROXIMATELY 8 WEEKS PRIOR TO FIXTURE DATE TO ESTABLISH PROPER PLACEMENT OF ALL COUNTERS, POWER POLES, AND WOOD GRAIN FLOORING. CHANGE ORDER POLICY: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PAYMENT OF ANY WORK PERFORMED OR MATERIAL SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR OR ANY OF ITS SUB-CONTRACTORS, SUB-SUBCONTRACTORS AND ANYONE CLAIMING BY THROUGH OR UNDER ANY OF THEM WHICH IS NOT IDENTIFIED IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY PERSONNEL: VICE PRESIDENT REAL ESTATE, DIRECTOR OF CONSTRUCTION, OR A CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER. NO ACTION, CONDUCT, OMISSION, PRIOR FAILURE, OR COURSE OF DEALING BY TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY SHALL ACT TO WAIVE, MODIFY, CHANGE OR ALTER THE REQUIREMENT THAT ALL WORK, WHETHER BY CONTRACT, CHANGE ORDER OR CHANGE DIRECTIVE, MUST BE IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY THE PERSONNEL IDENTIFIED IN THIS PROVISION. ANY WORK PERFORMED OR MATERIAL PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR, ANY OF ITS SUB-CONTRACTORS, SUB-SUBCONTRACTORS CONTRARY TO THIS PROVISION SHALL BE AT ITS OWN RISK AND OWN EXPENSE AND TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO REIMBURSE OR PAY THE CONTRACTOR OR ANY OF ITS SUB-CONTRACTORS, SUB-SUBCONTRACTORS FOR SAME. TRACTOR SUPPLY AND VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION TSC FIXTURE PLANS RED STRIPING UTILITY TRANSFER INFO DOOR HARDWARE OVERHEAD DOORS VINYL PLANK FLOORING METAL RAINHOOD PROVIDER PRINTING SECURITY SYSTEMS CINDY PIND PLAN EXPRESS #866.404.2614 Ext - 4505 cindy.pind@planexpress.net SAMANTHA WILSON - ACCOUNT MANAGER METRO DOOR CORPORATION #800.669.3667 x712 swilson@metrodoor.com BRIAN WILMHOFF - PROJECT MANAGER #800.669.3667 x716 bwilmhoff@metrodoor.com RICH LUND PERMA-TECH, INC. #800.362.7325 KEN MARSH #615.440.4186 KMARSH@TRACTORSUPPLY.COM VICKY DERON VDERON@TRACTORSUPPLY.COM MAX PAX BALERS JACKIE PIERCE #800-225-6458 EXT. 222 LOW VOLTAGE PROVIDER TERRY CORPENING MERCURY TECH #828.465.7348 ext.221 terry@mercurytechpartners.com VCT PROVIDER ACCOUNT MANAGER TIM DORMER MANNINGTON #609.413.2127 tim_dormer@mannington.com RICK TOWNE POP SOLUTIONS GROUP 901-795-5936 X19 OFFICE 901-483-5929 CELL RTOWNE@POPSOLUTIONSGROUP.COM BARNEY STUART McCARTHEY, JONES, AND WOODARD #615.244.3208 EXT. 114 bstuart@wjmcorp.com AMANDA BERNHARDT EARTHWERKS/ SWIFT TRAIN #800.929.1222 amandabernhardt@earthwerks.com ACCOUNT MANAGER TONYA MARTIN #314.443.8672 tmartin2@smurfit.com SMURFIT- STONE WASTE REDUCTION SERVICES HVAC PROVIDERS SIGN VENDOR ELECTRICAL PANELS CLOSED SPECIFICATION:RECOMMENDED: PAVING CONTRACTORS KLEEN CO. MARCUS FULLER #423.624.4111 marcusfuller@kleencoconstruction.com VENTURE PAVING GROUP TOM IRELAND sales@venturepaving.com TYCO Mike Olsen #205.940.7350 COLSEN@TYCO.COM Patrick Abou-jaoude 205.943.4246 PABOUJAOUDE@TYCO.COM J.J. Horace (Installation Coordinator) 800-453-2247 X2174 JHORACE@TYCO.COM PROPANE COORDINATION (AMERIGAS) EVAN MILES STORE PROJECT SPECIALIST / STORE OPERATIONS PHONE #615.440.4486 FAX #615.484.4486 ROCKTENN COMPANY WASTE AND RECYCLING VENDOR DIANE HUEFFMEIER PROGRAM MANAGER #314.292.3313 dhueffme@rocktenn.com LIGHTING PROVIDER - L.E.D. STEEL DOCK RAMP TONY HAMILTON QSI STEEL #334.793.6878 thamilton@qsisteel.com #509.329.7405 JAMIE CRONE, ECOVA, INC. JCrone@ecova.com ERIN DUNIGAN Erin.dunigan@lennoxind.com # 972.497.6709 LENNOX CONTACT PERSON CLIENT REPRESENTATIVE, U-EDM SCOTT PIERCENATIONAL ACCOUNTS MANAGER ADAM CARRIER adam.carrier@villalighting.com# 314.633.0532NATIONAL ACCOUNTS MANAGER BRYAN BIRDWELL bryan.birdwell@villalighting.com# 314.633.0546VILLA LIGHTING SUPPLY, INC. www.villalighting.com ANNE VOELKER tractorsupply@villalighting.com# 314.633.0554PRICING CONTACT PERSON PHONE #317.709.2339 AMERIGAS PROPANE ERIC LINE, NATIONAL ACCOUNT MANAGER CAROLINA PRODUCTS, INC. (CPI) #800-736-4455 OFFICE #704-778-2327 CELLERICL@CPIPANELS.COM MIKE STEPHENS # 405.419.6531 YORK / JOHNSON CONTROLS NAT'L ACCOUNT OFFICE LENNOX YORK micheal.g.stephens@jci.com STOREFRONT DOORS STANLEY DOORS Andrew Miller, National Account manager ANDREW.MILLER@SBDINC.COM 860-409-6506 Dennis Webb DENNIS.WEBB@SBDINC.COM 256-776-8902 CUMMINGS RESOURCES JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 GENERAL NOTES A-0 EXISTING COLOR SCHEDULE WILSONART 4857-60 'SHADOW ZEPHYR' IN RESTROOMS AND BREAKROOM GLOBAL INDUSTRIES PLASTIC LAMINATE FLOOR MOUNTED TOILET PARTITIONS TO BE FINISHED WITHWILSONART LAMINATE, 4621-60 'WHITE' OR EQUAL AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. PLASTIC LAMINATE SEMI-GLOSS FINISH - SW 4081 SAFETY RED 1ST COAT: S-W PREPRITE 200 LATEX PRIMER, B28W200 (4 MILS. WET, 1.2 MILS DRY) 2ND COAT: S-W COLOR ACCENTS INTERIOR LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, Y3 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W COLOR ACCENTS INTERIOR LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, Y3 SERIES (4 MILS WET, 1.2 MILS DRY PER COAT) RED ACCENT STRIPE (IN RETAIL SALES AREA - 10'-3" TO BOTTOM OF STRIPE, 12" STRIPE) GLOSS FINISH - COLOR TO MATCH SW1012 'POWER GREY' 1ST COAT: S-W KEM KROMIK UNIVERSAL METAL PRIMER, B50Z SERIES (6.0 - 8.0 MILS WET / 3.0 - 4.0 MILS DRY PER COAT) 2ND COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) GLOSS FINISH - COLOR TO MATCH SW1012 'POWER GREY' 1ST COAT: S-W KEM KROMIK UNIVERSAL METAL PRIMER, B50Z SERIES (6.0 - 8.0 MILS WET / 3.0 - 4.0 MILS DRY PER COAT) 2ND COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B21W4400 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B21W4400 SERIES (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) 1ST COAT: S-W KEM KROMIK UNIVERSAL METAL PRIMER, B50Z SERIES (6.0 - 8.0 MILS WET / 3.0 - 4.0 MILS DRY PER COAT) 2ND COAT: S-W ALL SURFACE LATEX ENAMEL, GLOSS, A41 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W ALL SURFACE LATEX ENAMEL, GLOSS, A41 SERIES (4 MILS WET, 1.6 MILS DRY PER COAT) 4" - JOHNSONITE RUBBER #40 BLACK IN ALL SPACES W/ PREFORMED CORNERS METAL (DOORS, DOOR FRAMES) RUBBER BASE (OPTION) EXPOSED DECK & JOISTS TO BE CLEANED. COORDINATE WITH TSC PROJECT MANAGER. INTERIOR COLUMNS (METAL) SEE STOREFRONT DETAIL SHEET FOR COLOR INFORMATION SEMI-GLOSS FINISH - COLOR TO MATCH SW7005 PURE WHITE 1ST COAT: S-W PREPRITE BLOCK FILLER B25W25 (75-125 SQ. FT./GAL) 2ND COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) HIGH GLOSS FINISH - SW 4081 SAFETY RED 2 COATS: S-W POLY-LON 1900, B65-500 PART A / B65V500 PART B APPLY AS NEEDED FOR COMPLETE COVERAGE) MASONRY (CONCRETE, SCORED, SMOOTH, HIGH/LOW DENSITY) INTERIOR FINISHES: STOREFRONT FRAMING EXTERIOR BUILDING FINISHES: (CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS) CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS RED ACCENT STRIPE ELASTOMERIC SYSTEM DRYVIT, # 113 AMARILLO WHITE, SANDPEBBLE TEXTUREE.I.F.S. DRYVIT, COLOR MATCH TO SW1602 THEATER REDE.I.F.S. (ACCENT) PIPE BOLLARDS GLOSS FINISH - COLOR TO BE SW4084 'SAFETY YELLOW' U.N.O. 1ST COAT: S-W KEM KROMIK UNIVERSAL METAL PRIMER, B50Z SERIES 2ND COAT: S-W POLY-LON 1900, B65-500 PART A / B65V500 PART B 3RD COAT: S-W POLY-LON 1900, B65-500 PART A / B65V500 PART B (APPLY AS NEEDED FOR COMPLETE COVERAGE) (1 GAL. FORMULA: TINT USING 844 COLORANTS, BASE B65T504) (QR-15Y, UO5Y, TW-16) GLOSS FINISH - COLOR TO MATCH SW1012 'POWER GREY' 1ST COAT: S-W KEM KROMIK UNIVERSAL METAL PRIMER, B50Z SERIES (6.0 - 8.0 MLS WET / 3.0 -4.0 MLS DRY PER COAT) 2ND COAT: S-W INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL HS, B54Z400 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL HS, B54Z400 SERIES (2.0 - 4.0 MILS DRY PER COAT) (APPLY AS NEEDED FOR COMPLETE COVERAGE) LOADING DOCK GUARDRAILS AND HOLLOW METAL DOOR/FRAMES VINYL PLANK FLOORING "WOOD CLASSIC" GWT-C 9812 SWIFF-TRAIN COMPANY EARTHWERKS 1.800.929.1222CONTACT: AMANDA BERNHARDT SEMI-GLOSS FINISH - (COLOR TO MATCH SW7036 ACCESSIBLE BEIGE) 1ST COAT: S-W PREPRITE 200 LATEX PRIMER, B28W200 (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) 2ND COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) DRYWALL (WALLS, GYPSUM BOARD, PLASTER BOARD, ETC.)OUTER CORE AREAS INNER CORE AREAS SEMI-GLOSS FINISH - (COLOR TO MATCH SW7005 PURE WHITE) 1ST COAT: S-W PREPRITE 200 LATEX PRIMER, B28W200 (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) 2ND COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) FLAT FINISH - FRONT FACADE COLOR TO MATCH SW7513 SANDERLING TO 4'-0" A.F.F., SW7532 URBAN PUTTY FROM 4'-0" A.F.F. TO TOP OF C.M.U. SIDES AND REAR FACADE COLOR TO MATCH SW7532 URBAN PUTTY. 1ST COAT: S-W LOXON BLOCK SURFACER, A24W200 2ND COAT: S-W CONFLEX XL ELASTOMERIC HIGH BUILD COATING, A5-400 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W CONFLEX XL ELASTOMERIC HIGH BUILD COATING, A5-400 SERIES (16 MILS WET, 7.5 MILS PER DRY COAT) (ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCE IS 9-10 PINHOLES PER SQ. FT.) APPLY TO EXTERIOR RED STRIPE ONLY CLEAR COAT GLOSS FINISH - DIAMOND-CLAD WB 3 COMPONENT, LOW VOC WATERBASED ACRYLIC POLYURETHANE CLEAR COAT DIAMOND-CLAD CLEAR COAT URETHANE GLOSS CLEAR PART A (B65T175) DIAMOND-CLAD CLEAR COAT URETHANE HARDNER PART B (B65V175) DIAMOND-CLAD CLEAR COAT URETHANE CATALYST PART C (B65C175) MIX COMPONENTS PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS COAT POLYLON WITHIN 48 HOURS RECOMMENDED SPREAD RATE (WET MILS: 2.4-4.8 AND DRY MILS: 1.0-2.0) 22 GAUGE GALVANIZED CORRUGATED STEEL PANEL - 'MATTE' FINISH RED STRIPE BY DECKER AROUND VESTIBULE BUMP OUT TO MATCH RED STRIPE SW 4081 'SAFETY RED' MARK SIZE MATERIALTYPE FRAME REMARKS DOOR SCHEDULE NOTE: •ENSURE THAT ANY EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN AND/OR NOT LISTED ARE FULLY OPERATIONAL, IN GOOD WORKING ORDER, AND WEATHERPROOF (U.N.O.) •ALL DOORS TO HAVE ADA APPROVED HARDWARE •GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CHANGE OUT CONSTRUCTION CORES OF ALL HARDWARE PRIOR TO TURNOVER OF STORE. KEY AND TURNOVER DOCUMENT TO BE SIGNED BY G.C. AND STORE MANAGER. •ALL LOCKSETS KEYED TO ESTABLISH TSC GRANDMASTER KEY. ESTABLISH A NEW MASTER KEY AND KEY INDIVIDUALLY AS DIRECTED TO OPERATE ALL CYLINDERS AND LOCK SETS. FURNISH (4) COPIES OF THE MASTER KEY, FURNISH (2) KEYS PER LOCK. HARDWARE SET STOREFRONT GLASS ALUMF SEE DOOR NOTE: 2, 7, 10, 11, 18 FINISH SCHEDULE CODED NOTES: 1. CEILING TILE: 2'X4'X3/4" MINERAL BOARD, NON DIRECTIONAL FISSURED, MEDIUM TEXTURE, FLAME RESISTANCE CLASS A, FLAME SPREAD CLASS 1 ARMSTRONG CIRRUS 2X4, WHITE, SQUARE LAYIN, OR EQUAL 2. VINYL PLANK CLOTHING AREA FLOORING. DELIVERED BY TSC, SUPPLIED, PURCHASED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. BEVELED EDGE VINYL PLANK TO BE USED AT EXPOSED TRANSITION OF VINYL PLANK FLOORING TO CONCRETE SALES FLOOR 3. RED ACCENT STRIPE @ 10'-3" A.F.F. (BOTTOM OF STRIPE) - 1'-0" WIDE STRIPE. 4. CONTRACTOR TO CLEAN, FILL AND PATCH TO ACCEPT CONCRETE FLOOR HARDENER: EUCO DIAMOND HARD AS MANUFACTURED BY EUCLID CHEMICAL COMPANY, INC. PHILIP BRANDT - 877-438-3826 / PBRANDT@EUCLIDCHEMICAL.COM INSTALLATION TO BE BY APPROVED APPLICATOR. END RESULT TO BE A SMOOTH, GLOSSY SURFACE WITH NO TRIPPING HAZARDS AND ALL SURFACE ITEMS AND/OR DEBRIS REMOVED. ALL TOPICAL STAINS TO BE REMOVED AND ALL JOINTS TO BE RE-CAULKED AS NEEDED. 5. WALL COLOR TO BE (SW7036 ACCESSIBLE BEIGE). TRIM AND DOORS TO BE (SW1012 POWER GREY). 6. INSTALL FRP WAINSCOT BEHIND PLUMBING FIXTURES ON ALL NON-MASONRY WALLS AND ON ALL SIDES OF WATER COOLER ALCOVE. 48" A.F.F. TYPICAL 7. PROVIDE PLYWOOD ON GYP. BOARD WALLS ONLY. 8. VESTIBULE CEILING TILE: GRID STONE GYPSUM CEILING PANELS 1/2" X 2' X 4' 9. CLEAN EXISTING OPEN DECK. 10. MEZZANINE: EXISTING FINISHES THROUGHOUT ENTIRE MEZZANINE TO REMAIN. CLEAN, REPAIR, AND PATCH ALL FINISHES TO MATCH EXISTING, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: FLOORING TILE, BASE, FRP, CMU, GYP BOARD WALLS AND CEILING GRIDS AND TILES. COORDINATE WITH TSC CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER FOR FINAL EXTENTS OF MEZZANINE FINISH SCOPE. ROOM NO.WALLSROOM NOTESCEILINGBASEFLOOR 102 SALES AREA RECEIVING / STOCK VESTIBULE PAINTED GYP. BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS WHITE) / STOREFRONT SEALED CONCRETE I.T. 4, 8 2, 3, 4, 6 4 amandabernhardt@earthwerks.com 1 2 RUBBER - SEALED CONCRETE / VINYL PLANK -- NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR, OR, THE OWNERS TESTING COMPANY SHALL PROVIDE MOISTURE TESTING OF ALL CMU AND CONCRETE EXTERIOR WALLS PER ASTM D4263 PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF PAINT. TSC PROJECT MANAGER MUST APPROVE IF THE MOISTURE CONTENT IS ABOVE 15% 3'-6" X 7'-0" DOORS14'-0" X 10'-0" R.O.VERIFY IN FIELD CEILING TILE - NEW STOREFRONT GLASSF SEE DOOR NOTE: 7, 10, 11, 181B 1A ALUM SEALED CONCRETE PAINTED GYP. BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS WHITE) / STOREFRONT / PAINTED CMUNOTE: APPLICATIONS MAY UTILIZE BRUSH, ROLLER OR AIRLESS SPRAYER; HOWEVER ALL COATS MUST BE BACK-ROLLED. SEE SHERWIN WILLIAMS DATA SHEET APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS. LOCATION VESTIBULE VESTIBULE 101 103 104 PAINTED GYP BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS WHITE) PAINTED GYP. BOARD RUBBER 1, 4, 5 NOTE: EXTERIOR PAINT SCOPE IS TO BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS AS VARIATIONS IN HEIGHT AND EXTENT MAY OCCUR. "C""D""E" GLASS TRANSOM "F" DOOR TYPES "B" 3' - 6 " MA X . DOOR NOTES ALL HARDWARE BY DOOR SUPPLIER ALL REMAINING HARDWARE BY DOOR SUPPLIER CYLINDER 1E74 C181 RP5 626 6 5B 1 1 1 3 EA. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 EA. 1 4 5 3 2 1A 3 EA. 1 1 EA. SET #QUANTITY HAGER HAGER HAGER DORMA HAGER HAGER HAGER DORMA BEST HAGER HINGE DORMA DORMA DORMA HAGER DETEX* BEST ITEM MANUFACTURER 3 1 HARDWARE SCHEDULE DETEX 230-D PADDLE BAR EXIT DEVICE HINGES ECBB 1101 412 X 412 NRP 26D RAIN DRIP 810S 40" AL WEATHERSTRIP 891SV 36" X 84" AL THRESHOLD 520SN 14 X 5 X 36" AL CLOSER 8616 DS8 SN1 689 POWER SUPPLY ES100 POWER TRANSFER ES105 DELAYED EGRESS DEVICE DE9300B BE 689 (EXIT ONLY) CYLINDER 1E74-C136-RP5 626 (INTERIOR) HINGES ECBB1101 412 X 412 NRP 26D SILENCERS 307D WALL STOP 236W 32D PULL PLATE 36N 4 X 16 32D PUSH PLATE 30S 4 X 16 32D CLOSER 8616 AF86P SN1 689 SILENCERS 307D HINGES ECBB1100 412 X 412 26D 1B 2 EA. ALL REMAINING HARDWARE BY DOOR SUPPLIER DUMMY CYLINDER M100D 26D BEST 1 BESTCYLINDER 1E72 RP 626 (INTERIOR) 1 BESTCYLINDER 1E72 RP 626 (EXTERIOR) 1 HAGERSURFACE PULL 8N US28 1 DORMACLOSER 8616 DS8 SN1 689 1 HAGERTHRESHOLD 520SN 1/4 X 5" X 36" AL 1 HAGERDOOR BOTTOM 789SW 36" AL 1 SET HAGERWEATHERSTRIP 891SV 36" X 84" AL 1 HAGERRAIN DRIP 810S 40" AL 3 HAGERSILENCERS 307D 1 H.B. IVESVIEWER U698 B26D (MOUNT 60" CL/A.F.F.) HAGER HAGER 3 HAGER 7 3 EA.HAGERHINGES ECBB1100 412 X 412 26D 1 BESTLOCKSET 93K-7-AB-15-D-S3-626 (OFFICE) 1 HAGERWALL STOP 236W 32D 3 HAGERSILENCERS 307D 8 3 EA.HAGERHINGES ECBB1100 412 X 412 26D 1 DORMACLOSER 8616 AF86P SN1 689 1 HAGERWALL STOP 236W 32D1 BESTPRIVACY 93K-OL-15-D-S3-626 3 HAGERSILENCERS 307D ALL REMAINING HARDWARE BY DOOR SUPPLIER DUMMY CYLINDER M100D 26D1C1 EA.BEST HAGERRAIN DRIP 810S 40" AL HARDWARE SET NOTES: NOT ALL HARDWARE SETS ARE USED. REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR SELECTED SETS. ALL LOCKSETS WILL BE FURNISHED AND CONSTRUCTION KEYED. AT THE END OF THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, NEW PERMANENT CORES BY 'INSTAKEY' WILL BE FURNISHED TO THE CONTRACTOR WHO WILL THEN CHANGE THEM OUT AND RETURN THE CONSTRUCTION CORES TO THE SUPPLIER. THERE WILL BE A SEALED CARTON WITH THE SHIPMENT. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO TURN THAT SEALED CARTON OVER TO THE TSC STORE MANGER, GET THEIR SIGNATURE ON THE ENCLOSED RECEIPT AND FORWARD THAT RECEIPT ALONG WITH THE CONSTRUCTION CORES AND CONTROL KEYS TO THE SUPPLIER "MJW". THE ITEMS IN THE SEALED CARTON ARE FOR THE FUTURE STORE OPERATIONS AND ARE NOT CONSTRUCTION RELATED. 5C (DOUBLE DOORS) 2 1 2 1 2 2 6 EA. 2 HAGER HAGER DORMA BEST HAGER HINGE DORMA DORMA DORMA 6 2 RAIN DRIP 810S 76" AL WEATHERSTRIP 891SV 36" X 84" AL THRESHOLD 520SN 14 X 5 X 36" AL CLOSER 8616 DS8 SN1 689 POWER SUPPLY ES100 POWER TRANSFER ES105 DELAYED EGRESS DEVICE DE9300B BE 689 (EXIT ONLY) CYLINDER 1E74-C136-RP5 626 (INTERIOR) HINGES ECBB1101 412 X 412 NRP 26D SILENCERS 307D HAGER HAGER DOOR OPENING FORCE THE FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN INTERIOR SWINGING EGRESS DOORS, OTHER THAN FIRE DOORS, SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS (22 N). FOR OTHER SWINGING DOORS, AS WELL AS SLIDING AND FOLDING DOORS, THE DOOR LATCH SHALL RELEASE WHEN SUBJECTED TO A 15-POUND (67 N) FORCE. THE DOOR SHALL BE SET IN MOTION WHEN SUBJECTED TO A 30-POUND (133 N) FORCE. THE DOOR SHALL SWING TO A FULL-OPEN POSITION WHEN SUBJECTED TO A 15-POUND (67 N) FORCE. THESE FORCES DO NOT APPLY TO THE FORCE REQUIRED TO RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES THAT HOLD THE DOOR IN A CLOSED POSITION. LOCATION OF APPLIED FORCES FORCES SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. DOOR OPERATIONS EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED BY THIS SECTION EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 7A 3 EA.HAGERHINGES ECBB1100 412 X 412 26D 1 BESTLOCKSET 93K-7-AB-15-D-S3-626 (OFFICE) 1 HAGERWALL STOP 236W 32D 3 HAGERSILENCERS 307D 1 DORMACLOSER 8616 AF86P SN1 689 1.MOTORIZED OVERHEAD DOOR: T.S.C. HAS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT W/ METRO DOOR CORPORATION COILING INSULATED METAL DOOR W/ ELECTRIC OPERATOR, (2) RADIO REMOTES, TIMER, CHAIN KEEPER AND REVERSING SAFETY EDGE. OVERRIDE BUTTON TO BE SUPPLIED BY METRO DOOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S ELECTRICIAN. COLOR TO BE FACTORY FINISHED WHITE. CONTRACTOR TO PAINT 6" VERTICAL STRIPE SAFETY YELLOW ( SW4084) ON INSIDE FACE OF DOOR. 1A.MANUAL OVERHEAD DOOR: T.S.C. HAS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT W/ METRO DOOR CORPORATION. MANUAL COILING INSULATED METAL DOOR W/ CHAIN KEEPER. COLOR TO BE FACTORY FINISHED WHITE. CONTRACTOR TO PAINT 6" VERTICAL STRIPE SAFETY YELLOW ( SW4084) ON INSIDE FACE OF DOOR. 2. KEY OUTSIDE 3. DOOR TO HAVE DOOR BELL, RINGERS @ RECEIVING DESK @ EACH CASH REGISTER. "BIG EYE" VIEWER IN DOOR. 4. DOOR TO HAVE 4" ALUMINUM HEAD AND THRESHOLD. 5. SIGNAGE TO BE PROVIDED BY T.S.C. 6. NOTE THAT DOORS REQUIRE A MINIMUM 10" BOTTOM RAIL TO RECEIVE KICK PLATES. 7. DOORS TO BE KEYED ALIKE. COORDINATE KEYING w/ STORE MANAGER. 8. ELECTRICIAN RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING FINAL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN SECURITY SYSTEMS CONTRACTOR WORK AND DOOR WIRING. 9. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL PLASTIC STRIP CURTAIN @ NEW OPENING INSIDE NEW DOOR. CURTAIN INCLUDED WITH METRO DOOR PACKAGE. 10. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE & INSTALL DOOR SWEEPS. 11. DOORS TO HAVE FLAT THRESHOLD BY DOOR MANUFACTURER. 12. DURALITE MODEL 96120S, W/ 1 SET BLACK BUMPERS AND 12" KICK PLATE. LAMINATE TO BE FORMICA 845-58 SPECTRUM RED. DOOR AND FRAME SUPPLIED BY TSC, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. 13. EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN. REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE DOOR IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION AND WEATHERPROOF IF APPLICABLE. REPLACE HARDWARE ON EXISTING DOOR AS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH HARDWARE SCHEDULE. 14. PROVIDE 2 EACH CRASH RAILS PER LEAF ON INSIDE OF DOORS. 15. THE CHANNELS THAT MAKE UP THE JAMBS (AND HEAD, WHERE APPLICABLE) FOR THE ROLLING SERVICE DOOR AND ITS' ATTACHMENT POINTS SHOULD BE FLUSH AND SMOOTH WITH THE SURROUNDING INTERIOR WALLS AS WELL AS ABOVE THE INTERIOR OPENING. PROVIDE A STRUCTURAL SURFACE IN LINE WITH THE JAMBS THAT EXTENDS ABOVE THE OPENING FOR A MINIMUM OF 30" FOR ATTACHMENT POINTS. STRUCTURAL SURFACE TO BE CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING 1850 LB. POINT FORCE IN EITHER TENSION, COMPRESSION OR SHEAR. 16. PREPARE EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW ELECTRONIC HARDWARE. 17. PROVIDE 1" UNDERCUT DOOR BY G.C. 18. PROVIDE A READILY VISIBLE & DURABLE SIGN ON THE EGRESS SIDE OR ADJACENT TO THE DOOR STATING: "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED". THE SIGN SHALL BE IN LETTERS 1 INCH HIGH ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. 19. EXTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR AND FRAME TO BE PAINTED SW 7532 'URBAN PUTTY' 20. PROVIDE SIGNAGE: 'EMPLOYEES ONLY' AND 'DOOR TO REMAIN CLOSED AT ALL TIMES'. EXISTING & NEW ACT CEILING SEALED CONCRETE 3'-0" X 7'-0"6 OPEN DECK CEILING TO REMAIN FLOOR IN VESTIBULE, SALES, RESTROOMS, CORRIDOR AND OFFICE CORE CONCRETE FLOORING SPECIFICATIONS, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING: •ANY FLOOR AREAS OVER 3' ROUND WILL BE PREPPED BY THE "GC". •ANY FLOOR AREAS UNDER 3' ROUND WILL BE PREPPED BY THE "FLOORING CONTRACTOR". •BASE PRICE INCLUDES:900 LF OF JOINT FILL. • 250 LF OF CRACK FILL. •1 CUT GRIND THEN SEALED WITH GUARD/SEALER. •FLOOR SCRUBBED •SECOND CUT IS 80 GRIT •FLOOR SCRUBBED •100/200 GRIT RESIN •400 GRIT •SCRUBBED AND DENSIFY •800 BURNISH FLOOR IN STOCKROOM AND TOW MOTOR CORRIDOR CONCRETE FLOORING SPECIFICATIONS, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING: •1 CUT GRIND THEN SEALED WITH GUARD/SEALER. AN ABBREVIATED CONCRETE SPECIFICATION APPROVED BY TSC SHALL BE INCLUDED FOR ALL RETROFIT PROJECTS. A COPY OF A GENERIC ABBREVIATED CONCRETE SPECIFICATION APPROVED BY TSC IS AVAILABLE FROM ADA ARCHITECTS UPON REQUEST. FLOOR FINISH: SEE DOOR NOTE: 5, 13 SEMI-GLOSS FINISH - COLOR TO MATCH SW1012 POWER GREY 1ST COAT: S-W PREPRITE 200 LATEX PRIMER, B28W200 (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) 2ND COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES 3RD COAT: S-W PROMAR 400 LATEX SEMI-GLOSS, B31W4400 SERIES (4 MILS WET, 1.3 MILS DRY PER COAT) WOOD (DOORS) COLOR: XA 'WHITE', FINISH: TEXTURED. FRP BY GLASTEEL, GLASLINER FRP WAINSCOT TO 4'-0" A.F.F. - COORDINATE W/ PLANS FOR SPECIFIC LOCATIONS SHOWN. TYPICALLY ON ALL WALLS ADJACENT TO THE WATER FOUNTAIN, MOP SINK, AND ON ANY OR ALL NON-MASONRY WALLS IN RESTROOMS. WALLS ASSOCIATED WITH THE RETAIL SALES SPACE TO BE PAINTED DOWN FROM CEILING TO AS FOLLOWS: 7'-0" A.F.F. BEHIND FIXTURES 12'-0" A.F.F. AROUND OPENINGS 10'-0" X 10'-0" R.O. (VIF)E METALINSULATED METAL 2 14'-0" 10 ' - 0 " 6'-0" 7' - 0 " C 3'-6" X 7'-0" DOORS14'-0" X 10'-0" R.O.VERIFY IN FIELD MEN 3'-0" X 7'-0" 6C 3'-0" X 7'-0"H. MTL.C S.C. WOOD 6 10'-0" X 10'-0" R.O. (VIF)E METALINSULATED METAL 2 3'-0" X 7'-0"H. MTL.C HOLLOW METAL SEE DOOR NOTE: 2, 3, 7, 8, 10, 165 OPEN DECK CEILING TO REMAIN 111 I.O.D.3, 4RUBBER SEALED CONCRETEEXISTING & NEW PAINTED GYP. BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS WHITE)OPEN DECK CEILING EMPLOYEE LOUNGE SEALED CONCRETE105PAINTED GYP. BOARD RUBBER 1, 4, 5EXISTING & NEW ACT TILE MEN SEALED CONCRETE106PAINTED GYP BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS) AND FRP RUBBERNEW ACT TILE WOMEN107 UTILITY --109 EXISTING TO REMAIN ---- HALLWAY 1, 4, 5110NEW / EXISTING GYP. BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS WHITE)SEALED CONCRETEEXISTING & NEW: ACT CEILING & OPEN DECK CEILING RUBBER JANITOR109A -- SEE DOOR NOTE: 5, 13 MANAGER108 112 FEED ROOM 113 HAY ROOM 114 SPRINKLER 115 STAIRWELL 200 STAIRWELL MEN201 EXISTING FRP TO REMAIN. CLEAN AND STERILIZE COMPLETE EXISTING RUBBEREXISTING ACT CEILING WOMEN203 JANITOR202 204 RECEPTION 205 OFFICE 206 OFFICE 207 CLOSET 3-E STORAGE 116 STORAGE 4 WOMEN5 STORAGE6 HALLWAY7 EMPLOYEE LOUNGE8 MANAGER9-E UTILITY10-E JANITOR11-E IT12-E STAIRWELL EXIT13-E I.O.D.14 I.O.D.15 I.O.D.16 HAY ROOM17 HAY ROOM EXIT18 RECEIVING19 TRUCK DOCK20 TRUCK DOCK21 RECEIVING EXIT22 SALES23 FEED ROOM24 SPRINKLER ROOM25-E MEN (MEZZ)26-E JANITOR (MEZZ)27-E 3'-0" X 7'-0" WOMEN (MEZZ)28-E OFFICE (MEZZ)29-E OFFICE (MEZZ)30-E CLOSET (MEZZ)31-E GLASS TRANSOM 8'-0" X 8'-0" R.O. (VIF)E METALINSULATED METAL 2 1, 4, 5, 6 SEALED CONCRETEPAINTED GYP BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS ) AND FRP RUBBERNEW ACT TILE 1, 4, 5, 6 SEALED CONCRETEPAINTED GYP. BOARD RUBBER 1, 4, 5EXISTING & NEW ACT CEILING EXISTING TO REMAIN ---- 3, 4RUBBERSEALED CONCRETEEXISTING & NEW PAINTED GYP. BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS WHITE)OPEN DECK CEILING -- -- EXISTING CMU & NEW GYP BD (SEMI-GLOSS WHITE) - PROVIDE FRT PLYWOOD ON GYP BD WALLS (SEE WALL TYPES) OPEN DECK CEILING --EXISTING TO REMAIN ---- 1-- EXISTING STAIR TREADS TO REMAIN. REPLACE AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY PAINTED GYP. BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS) - EXISTING FRP TO REMAIN: PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY EXISTING ACT CEILING --PAINTED GYP. BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS WHITE)OPEN DECK CEILING SEALED CONCRETE 4 -- EXISTING STAIR TREADS TO REMAIN. REPLACE AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY PAINTED GYP. BOARD (SEMI-GLOSS) - EXISTING FRP TO REMAIN: PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY EXISTING ACT CEILING EXISTING GYP BOARD & FRP TO REMAIN. CLEAN AND STERILIZE COMPLETELY.EXISTING ACT CEILING EXISTING RUBBER EXISTING FRP TO REMAIN. CLEAN AND STERILIZE COMPLETE EXISTING RUBBEREXISTING ACT CEILING EXISTING RUBBER EXISTING TO REMAIN. CLEAN & REPAIR AS NECESSARY.EXISTING ACT CEILING EXISTING ACT CEILING EXISTING RUBBEREXISTING GYP BOARD. PAINTED (SEMI-GLOSS)EXISTING TO REMAIN. CLEAN & REPAIR AS NECESSARY. EXISTING TO REMAIN. CLEAN & REPAIR AS NECESSARY. EXISTING TO REMAIN. CLEAN & REPAIR AS NECESSARY. EXISTING TO REMAIN. CLEAN & REPAIR AS NECESSARY. EXISTING TO REMAIN. CLEAN & REPAIR AS NECESSARY. EXISTING TO REMAIN. CLEAN & REPAIR AS NECESSARY. EXISTING RUBBER EXISTING RUBBER EXISTING ACT CEILING EXISTING ACT CEILINGEXISTING GYP BOARD. PAINTED (SEMI-GLOSS) CLEAN WINDOWS AND PAINTED FRAME. EXISTING GYP BOARD. PAINTED (SEMI-GLOSS) CLEAN WINDOWS AND PAINTED FRAME. EXISTING GYP BOARD. PAINTED (SEMI-GLOSS) CLEAN WINDOWS AND PAINTED FRAME. SEE DOOR NOTE: 137 SEE DOOR NOTE: 137 SEE DOOR NOTE: 137 SEE DOOR NOTE: 137 SEE DOOR NOTE: 2, 7, 8, 10, 13 7 SEE DOOR NOTE: 13 5 SEE DOOR NOTE: 5, 13, 20 SEE DOOR NOTE: 13 SEE DOOR NOTE: 13 SEE DOOR NOTE: 13 SEE DOOR NOTE: 13 7 7 7 7 7 C C C C C 12'-0" X 14'-0" R.O. (VIF)E C C C C C C C C C "G" 6'-0" 7' - 0 " B G2PR 3'-0" X 7'-0" PR 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PROVIDE TOP AND BOTTOM FLUSH BOLT AT INOPERABLE LEAF. S.C. WOOD S.C. WOOD S.C. WOOD H. MTL. H. MTL. H. MTL. 6 8 7 SEE DOOR NOTE: 5, 17 SEE DOOR NOTE: 5, 17 SEE DOOR NOTE: 5, 17, 20 SEE DOOR NOTE: 5, 20 H. MTL.S.C. WOOD 6 ALUM.STOREFRONT GLASS 1' - 6 " 2" 8" 2" 2 SEE DOOR NOTE: 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 14, 18 W/ 2 CRASH RAILS ON INSIDE OF EACH DOOR. PROVIDE PANIC HARDWARE PER LOCAL CODE. SEE DOOR NOTE: 12PR 3'-0" X 7'-0" D SEE DOOR NOTE: 12PR 3'-0" X 7'-0" D METALINSULATED METAL 2 3'-0" X 7'-0"C H. MTL.HOLLOW METAL 5 SEE DOOR NOTE: 2, 7, 8 SEE JAMB DETAILS ON SHEET A-5. 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" 3'-0" X 7'-0" SEE DOOR NOTE: 12PR 3'-0" X 7'-0" D 8'-0" X 8'-0" R.O. (VIF)E METALINSULATED METAL 2 2 2 2 MOTORIZED COILING. SEE NOTE NO. 1, 9, 15 SEE SHEET A-5 FOR JAMB AND SILL DETAILS MANUAL COILING. SEE NOTE NO. 1A, 9, 15 SEE SHEET A-5 FOR JAMB AND SILL DETAILS MOTORIZED COILING. SEE NOTE NO. 1, 9, 15 SEE SHEET A-5 FOR JAMB AND SILL DETAILS MANUAL COILING. SEE NOTE NO. 1A, 9, 15 SEE SHEET A-5 FOR JAMB AND SILL DETAILS MANUAL COILING. SEE NOTE NO. 1A, 9, 15 SEE SHEET A-5 FOR JAMB AND SILL DETAILS METAL METAL METAL METAL METAL METAL 32 3'-0" X 7'-0"45 MINUTE RATED DOOR NOTE 10, 11, 20 7AC - 45 MIN.H. MTL.HOLLOW METALHAY BARN NOTES AND SCHEDULES A-0.5 JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 WH 3 2 1 4 5 6 9 8 7 SCALE: DEMOLITIONFLOOR PLAN1 -3/32" = 1'-0" *ALL MEASUREMENTS AND ITEMS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE DEEMED ACCURATE. HOWEVER, ALL BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHOULD FIELD VERIFY THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS. ANY ITEMS/CONDITIONS THAT DEVIATE FROM THIS PLAN OR SCOPE OF WORK SHOULD BE IDENTIFIED AND COMMUNICATED TO THE ARCHITECT AND TSC PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THEIR BID* GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF ANY WORK INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CANNOT BE PERFORMED DUE TO EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. 2. IF ANY EXISTING FIREPROOFING OR FIRE ASSEMBLIES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO REMAIN ARE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION THEY SHALL BE REPAIRED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS. CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO VERIFY U.L. ASSEMBLIES TO BE USED FOR REPAIRS. 3. REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED. TYPICAL WALL REMOVAL INCLUDES MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, COMMUNICATIONS, INFORMATION SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS CONTAINED THERE IN. REMOVE DOORS, FRAMES, FINISHES AND OTHER FIXTURES AS REQUIRED. AFTER REMOVAL OF PIPE CHASES, PATCH HOLES IN EXISTING FLOORS OR WALL TO REMAIN TO MEET ORIGINAL FIRE PROTECTION AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS. PATCH ADJOINING WALLS, FLOOR AND DECK. PREPARE SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE OR PER INTERIOR DESIGNER'S FINISHES PLANS. (WHERE NEW FINISHES ARE CALLED FOR ON EXISTING SURFACES, REMOVE THE EXISTING FINISH AND PREPARE SURFACE TO RECEIVE THE NEW FINISH). 4. SEE MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, COMMUNICATIONS, INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION OF UTILITIES. 5. LIMIT SAW CUTTING OF SLAB TO THE MINIMUM REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW ITEMS. IF EXISTING PIPING OR CONDUIT WORK (OTHER THAN THE DESIRED CONNECTION POINT) IS ENCOUNTERED WHILE SAWCUTTING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT BEFORE CONTINUING. 6. DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL CODES AND ORDINANCES AS SET FORTH BY ALL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BRACE ALL EXISTING STRUCTURES AND ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AS NECESSARY DURING DEMOLITION. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT CUT STRUCTURAL WORK IN A MANNER RESULTING IN A REDUCTION OF LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY OR LOAD/DEFLECTION RATIO. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ALL STRUCTURAL CUTS PRIOR TO EXECUTION SO THAT APPROVAL CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 9. THE EXISTING BUILDING ENVELOPE SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN WATER TIGHT CONDITION AT ALL TIMES THROUGHOUT ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. 10. IF THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IS FOUND TO CONTAIN ASBESTOS, NOTIFY THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING. REMOVAL, DISPOSAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE ASBESTOS MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. (REPLACE ASBESTOS MATERIAL WITH NEW MATERIAL AS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT). 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE OR REPAIR ANY EXISTING TO REMAIN FINISHES, ETC., WHICH ARE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION (I.E. CEILING GRID, CEILING TILE, WALL COVERINGS, FLOOR COVERINGS, CORNER GUARDS, WALL GUARDS, HANDRAILS, CHAIR RAILS, MOLDINGS, ETC.). 12. OBSOLETE ELECTRONICS DISPOSAL-SAFE DISPOSAL OF CATHODE RAY TUBES, (CRT'S) OR PICTURE TUBES FOUND IN ALL COMPUTER MONITORS, TV SETS AND OTHER ELECTRONICS SYSTEMS, ARE MANUFACTURED WITH LEADED GLASS. THE U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY, THROUGH THE LIGHTENING OF LEAD LEVEL REQUIREMENTS IN ITS LAND DISPOSAL RESTRICTIONS, HAD DECLARED THAT AS OF MAY 8, 1993, ALL CRT'S WILL BE DECLARED AS HAZARDOUS WASTE. OBSOLETE COMPUTER SYSTEMS, COPIERS, FAX MACHINES, AND OTHERS MUST BE RECYCLED. 13. REMOVE ALL EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITIONS SHOWN AS DASHED LINES. 14. REMOVE ALL EXISTING FLOOR AND WALL FINISH MATERIALS WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND PREPARE SURFACE FOR APPLICATION OF NEW FINISH MATERIALS. 15. CLEAN ALL EXCESS CONCRETE SPOTS, SOLID DEBRIS AND PAINT SPOTS FROM THE FLOOR USING A FLOOR SCRAPER. REMOVE ALL WAX, DIRT, GREASE, PAINTS, AND OLD ADHESIVES (ESPECIALLY CUT-BACKS OR EMULSIONS). 16. ALL FLOORS SHOULD BE LEVEL TO ASSURE A GOOD POWERBOND INSTALLATION. CONCRETE FLOOR SHOULD BE TROWELLED SMOOTH AND SHOULD CONFORM TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 17. CRACKS, HOLES AND DEPRESSIONS IN THE FLOOR SLAB SHOULD BE FILLED USING ARDEX CONCRETE SLAB PATCHING MATERIAL OR EQUAL. 18. SWEEP AND VACUUM THE FLOOR AFTER PATCHING AND DEBRIS REMOVAL. DO NOT USE AN OIL BASED SWEEPING COMPOUND. ENSURE ALL PERIMETER AREAS ARE CLEAN. 19. REMOVE ALL EXISTING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS NOT UTILIZED IN THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. 20. REMOVE EXISTING TOILET ROOM FIXTURES WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWING. CAP ALL REMAINING PIPING AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 21. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS, AND DEMOLITION RESPONSIBILITIES ARE NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO THOSE LISTED ABOVE OR INDICATED ON THE DEMOLITION PLAN. WORK INCLUDES REMOVAL AND LEGAL DISPOSAL OF ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ITEMS THAT ARE NOT UTILIZED IN THE FINISHED CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. REMOVE ALL ITEMS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS AND ITEMS WHICH ARE NECESSARY TO BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO FACILITATE THE NEW CONSTRUCTION WORK. PERFORM DEMOLITION IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY MANNER TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTIONS. ALL SALVAGEABLE ITEMS SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE OWNER. NOTIFY THE OWNER FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON DISPOSAL OF THESE ITEMS. REMOVE ALL NON-SALVAGEABLE ITEMS FROM THE SITE AND ARRANGE FOR LEGAL DISPOSAL. 22. WHERE EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS ARE REMOVED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING OR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, PATCH EXISTING MATERIALS WITH: INSECTICIDE SOIL TREATMENT AT DISTURBED AREAS, 4" THICK CRUSHED ROCK SUBGRADE. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE REMOVED, U.N.O. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, U.N.O. EXISTING WALL TO BE REMOVED, U.N.O. EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN, U.N.O. DEMOLITION WORK KEYNOTES 200. EXISTING COLUMNS TO REMAIN. 201. EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN. 202. REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING MASONRY WALL FOR NEW DOOR INSTALLATION. SHORE ASREQUIRED DURING DEMOLITION. REFER TO SHEET A-5 FOR INFILL OF CONCRETE AT DOOR SILL. COORDINATE SCOPE OF WORK WITH SHEET A-1.203. REMOVE ANY EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES, AS WELL AS ANY BASES, FLOOR BOXES, ETC. TO CREATE SMOOTH CONCRETE SLAB READY TO ACCEPT TO NEW FLOOR FINISH. PREP FLOOR AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH.204. REMOVE EXISTING HOT WATER TANK. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 205. EXISTING CURB / SIDEWALK TO REMAIN.206. REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL COMPLETE, AND ALL ASSOCIATED CONDUITS. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 207. REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING WALL FURRING AND GYP. BOARD AS REQUIRED FORINSTALLATION OF NEW STEEL CHANNELS. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. 208. REMOVE DOOR AND FRAME. 209. REMOVE DOOR AND FRAME. CLEAN AND PREP OPENING FOR FINISH. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE AND FLOOR PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION. 210. REMOVE EXISTING COMPACTOR DOOR AND FRAME COMPLETE, ALONG WITH WALL REMOVAL. 211. REMOVE EXISTING CURB. CENTER CURB REMOVAL ON NEW OPENING AS SHOWN. PROVIDE 45 DEGREE ANGLE CUTS ON BOTH SIDES. CLEAN AND PATCH CUT EDGES TO MATCH EXISTING CURB FINISH. 212. EXISTING PIERS AND CANOPY TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. 213. REMOVE ENTRY WALL, WINDOWS, SLIDING DOOR AND HARDWARE, BUILD-OUTS, AND KNEE WALLS. PATCH AND REPAIR FLOOR, SURROUNDING WALLS, AND SOFFIT AS REQUIRED. 214. EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS AND OVERHEAD DOOR TO REMAIN. REMOVE PULL HARDWARE ON BOTH SWING DOORS. 215. REMOVE BOLLARDS COMPLETE. PATCH AREAS TO MATCH EXISTING CONCRETE. 216. REMOVE EXISTING GRATING. CAP ANY DRAINS/ PLUMBING ASSOCIATED WITH PIT. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 217. REMOVE DOORS AND HARDWARE. DOOR FRAME IS TO REMAIN. 218. REMOVE ANY DEBRIS, CLIPS, BOLTS, ETC. OFF OF EXISTING FRAMING FROM PREVIOUS SIGNAGE. CLEAN AND PREP METAL FRAMING FOR NEW SIGNAGE. SEE ELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 219. NEW MASONRY OPENING TO BE CENTERED ON EXISTING GLAZING PANELS ABOVE DOOR. SEE ELEVATIONS. 220. REMOVE EXISTING DOCK DOOR COMPLETE. PATCH WALL AS REQUIRED. 221. MEZZANINE COLUMNS ARE TO BE CUT OFF AT THE SLAB AND GRINDED DOWN TO ACHIEVE A SMOOTH AND LEVEL FINISH PER TSC SPECIFICATIONS. PATCH AND REPAIR ANY CONCRETE THAT IS DAMAGED, OR REMOVED, AS A RESULT. 222. REMOVE EXISTING TRANSFORMER COMPLETE. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 223. REMOVE CONCRETE AS REQUIRED FOR NEW SANITARY LINES. G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE EXACT TRENCHING EXTENTS AND PIPE SIZES WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 224. REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR DRAINS. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 225. REMOVE STOREFRONT WINDOWS, DOOR, AND FRAMES. PREP WALL FOR STUD INFILL. COORDINATE WITH FLOOR PLAN. 226. ALL FIXTURES LOCATED ON THE MEZZANINE ARE TO BE CLEANED, DISINFECTED, AND BROUGHT UP TO GOOD WORKING ORDER. 227. ALL DOORS ARE TO REMAIN AND TO PREPPED FOR NEW HARDWARE. 228. FLOORS AND WALLS ON MEZZANINE ARE TO CLEANED AND BROUGHT UP TO TSC SPECIFICATIONS. 229. THIS WALL IS ONLY TO BE REMOVED UP TO THE EXISTING BULKHEAD HEIGHT. 230. REMOVE WINDOW AND FRAMING FROM WALL. PREP WALL FOR INFILL. 231. REMOVE EXISTING FREEZER SLAB COMPLETE. 232. REMOVE EXISTING PLUMBING LINES ALONG THE ENTIRE INSIDE FACE OF WALL. 233. REMOVE DOCK SEALS. EXISTING BUMPERS, LEVELER, AND LEVELING PLATE TO REMAIN. METAL AWNINGS ABOVE DOOR TO REMAIN. 234. EXISTING HOSE BIBB IN THIS AREA TO BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 235. REMOVE EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND ALL ASSOCIATED PLUMBING LINES COMPLETE. 236. COMPLETELY REMOVE ALL COUNTERS, SHELVING, FURNISHINGS AND WALL FINISHES FROM WALLS AND FLOORS IN ORDER TO CREATE A SMOOTH CLEAN SURFACE FOR NEW FINISHES PER TSC SPECIFICATIONS. 237. REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUIT STUB-UPS IN THIS AREA. CUT AND GRIND DOWN FOR SMOOTH SURFACE FINISH. 238. PROVIDE DUCT PENETRATION IN EXISTING CMU WALL. OPENING TO BE ABOVE EXISTING CEILING. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT DUCT SIZING AND ROUTING. REINFORCE OPENING AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE NEW OPENING. 239. CORE DRILL EXISTING SLAB AND DECKING TO ACCOMMODATE FOR NEW PLUMBING VENT PIPING. PIPING TO BE LOCATED WITHIN EXISTING OFFICE WALL, OR AS CLOSE TO INSIDE CORNER OF OFFICE AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR PIPING SIZE AND LOCATION. 240. REMOVE EXTERIOR CARPETING IN FRONT OF EXISTING ENTRY AND CLEAN/ PREP CONCRETE SIDEWALK UNDERNEATH. GENERAL NOTES: •SEE COVER SHEET FOR ALL ALTERNATES. •COORDINATE EXTENT OF SLAB REMOVAL WITH PLANS AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS. NOTE: EXISTING SOFFIT TO REMAIN. G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR EXISTING SOFFIT ABOVE. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF STRUCTURE BELOW SOFFIT AS SHOWN CANNOT BE REMOVED. E8EDC2CB6BA EDCBAB3B8C6D2D5D6 E7 LEGEND 1' - 4 " 10 ' - 0 " x 10 ' - 0 " H T . OP E N I N G 19 ' - 4 " 3' - 4 " x 7 ' - 4 " HT . 2' - 0 " 12 ' - 0 " x 1 4 ' - 0 " H T OP E N I N G 3' - 6 " 10 ' - 0 " x 10 ' - 0 " H T . OP E N I N G ±1 3 ' - 9 " 5' - 0 " 6' - 4 " x 7' - 4 " H T . OP E N I N G 5'-2"14'-0" x 10'-0" OPENING 203 TYP. 200 TYP. 201 201 201 201 201 202 202 202 207 NIC. LIGHT GREY HATCH DENOTES ADJACENT LEASE SPACE AND AREA OF NEW DEMISING WALL. SEE FLOOR PLAN. 205 205 211 15'-0" (CURB) CA B3 B8 C6 9 8 SCALE: MEZZANINE PLAN2 -3/32" = 1'-0" 208 208 208 208 209 EXTENT OF WALL REMOVAL REMOVE MEZZANINE COMPLETE INCLUDING WALLS, STRUCTURE, FINISHES, STAIRS, ETC. ASSOCIATED WITH SPACE. 214 215 215 206 204 206 206 202 210 EXTENT OF WALL REMOVAL 212 TYP. 200 216 COMPLETELY REMOVE WALLS, STRUCTURE, FINISHES, STAIRS, ETC. ASSOCIATED WITH SPACE AND MEZZANINE SHOWN. 216 TYP. 227 TYP. 226 203 TYP. 218 ABOVE 219 200 200 220 208 202 202 221221 221221 207 222 222 224 223 217 213 225 REMOVE ALL WALLS, FINISHES, CEILINGS, EQUIPMENT, ETC UNDER MEZZANINE. 228 229 29-E 30-E 31-E 27-E26-E 28-E 203 WOMEN 201 MEN 200 STAIRWELL 204 RECEPTION 205 OFFICE 206 OFFICE 207 CLOSET 202 JANITOR 200 STAIRWELL 230 215215 220 231 ± 43'-0" 215 ± 1 8 ' - 6 " 232 233 233 234 ± 2'-0" ± 3 7 ' - 1 0 " ± 20'-0" ± 2 ' - 0 " 235 ± 2'-0" 234 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 236 ±3'-1" ± 1 8 " 237238 239 A-3 A 240 REMOVE ALL FLOOR TRENCHES, HUB DRAINS, FLOOR DRAINS, ETC. AND FILL WITH CONCRETE PRIOR TO GRINDING AND POLISHING FLOOR. (TYP OF ALL TSC SPACES) JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 DEMOLITION PLAN D-1 3 2 1 4 5 6 9 8 7 SCALE: DEMOLITIONREFLECTED CEILING PLAN1 -3/32" = 1'-0" *ALL MEASUREMENTS AND ITEMS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE DEEMED ACCURATE. HOWEVER, ALL BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHOULD FIELD VERIFY THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS. ANY ITEMS/CONDITIONS THAT DEVIATE FROM THIS PLAN OR SCOPE OF WORK SHOULD BE IDENTIFIED AND COMMUNICATED TO THE ARCHITECT AND TSC PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THEIR BID* EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE REMOVED, U.N.O. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN, U.N.O. EXISTING WALL TO BE REMOVED, U.N.O. EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN, U.N.O. DEMOLITION WORK KEYNOTES 250. COMPLETELY REMOVE WALL, INCLUDING HEADERS, AS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET AND DEMOPLAN. 251. AS A RESULT OF DEMO, PATCH AND REPAIR REMAINING WALL AS NECESSARY. 252. REMOVE SOFFITS, HEADERS, STOREFRONT, ETC. COMPLETELY, AS SHOWN. PROTECT AREAS TO REMAIN. 253. REMOVE ALL LIGHTING, CEILING GRID, CEILING CLOUDS, CEILING FINISHES, AND ANY ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, WIRING, DUCT WORK, ETC. 254. ROOF HATCH TO REMAIN. 255. SKYLIGHT TO REMAIN. GC TO ENSURE WEATHER-TIGHT AND IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. 256. LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED COMPLETELY. 257. REMOVE THE LARGE DUCT WORK RUNNING THROUGHOUT THE SALES FLOOR. 258. REMOVE ALL EXISTING PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES, INCLUDING ALL ASSOCIATED WIRING AND MOUNTING EQUIPMENT, THROUGHOUT SALES FLOOR. TYPICAL. 259. EXISTING CEILING GRID IS TO REMAIN; REPLACE TILES AS NECESSARY. LIGHT FIXTURES ARE TO REMAIN AND BE RETRO-FITTED WITH L.E.D. BULBS. 260. REMOVE SOFFIT ABOVE. PATCH AND INFILL OPENING WITH NEW METAL FRAMING AND GYP BOARD TO ALIGN FLUSH WITH EXISTING ADJACENT WALL SURFACE. 261. REMOVE CAN LIGHTS WITHIN SOFFIT. PATCH SOFFIT AS REQUIRED. 262. REMOVE EXISTING WALL PACK FIXTURE. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION.263. EXISTING WALL PACK TO REMAIN. G.C. TO ENSURE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. RE-LAMP AND RE-BALLAST AS NECESSARY. 264. CEILING GRID AND TILE TO REMAIN THROUGHOUT MEZZANINE. PATCH, REPAIR & INFILL GRID AND TILE AS NECESSARY TO MATCH EXISTING. LIGHTS FIXTURES TO REMAIN AND BE RETRO-FITTED WITH L.E.D. LAMPS PER TSC LIGHTING VENDOR PACKAGE. SEE SHEET A-0 FOR CONTACT INFO. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 265. GC TO ENSURE ALL DIFFUSERS AND DUCTWORK ARE CLEANED AND IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. 266. EXISTING BULKHEAD AND SOFFIT ABOVE TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED. G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR EXISTING SOFFIT ABOVE. 267. REMOVE EXISTING ROOFTOP MECHANICAL UNIT. COORDINATE SCOPE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 268. UNIT HEATER TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED. EXISTING GAS PIPING AND FLUE TO REMAIN IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. COORDINATE SCOPE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 269. UNIT HEATER AND ALL ASSOCIATED GAS PIPING TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING FLUE TO BE SEALED AND CAPPED. G.C. TO ENSURE WEATHER-TIGHT. 270. CAP AND SEAL ROOF PENETRATION(S) FROM EQUIPMENT ABOVE. ALL EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDING ALL ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, PIPING, AND CONDUITS TO BE REMOVED. CONTACT LL ROOFING CONTRACTOR. ENSURE WEATHER-TIGHT. 271. EXISTING OPENING FROM EXISTING EXHAUST TO BE RE-USED FOR NEW EXHAUST. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 272. EXISTING MECHANICAL DUCT CHASE TO REMAIN. 273. PROVIDE NEW OPENING IN MASONRY WALL AT FOR NEW INTAKE LOUVER. BOTTOM OF OPENING AT 11'-0" A.F.F. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. GENERAL NOTES: •SEE COVER SHEET FOR ALL ALTERNATES. •COORDINATE EXTENT OF SLAB REMOVAL WITH PLANS AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS. E8EDCBA EDCBAB3B8C6D2D5D6 E7 LEGEND 253 TYP. NIC. LIGHT GREY HATCH DENOTES ADJACENT LEASE SPACE AND AREA OF NEW DEMISING WALL. SEE FLOOR PLAN. CA B3 B8 C6 9 8 SCALE: MEZZANINE RCP2 -3/32" = 1'-0" 250 EXTENT OF WALL REMOVAL COMPLETELY REMOVE MEZZANINE. INCLUDING ALL CEILING GRIDS, LIGHTS, FIXTURES, GRILLES, M.E.P. EQUIP, ETC. 263 TYP. COMPLETELY REMOVE MEZZANINE. INCLUDING ALL CEILING GRIDS, LIGHTS, FIXTURES, GRILLES, M.E.P. EQUIP, ROOF LADDER, ETC. 252 257 252 TYP. 253 253TYP. 254 255 255 255 255 EXISTING CEILING GRID TO REMAIN, U.N.O. 256TYP. 258TYP. 259 259259 259 259 260 261 263 263263 262 262 262 262 262 262 262 262 262 263 NOTE: G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING SOFFIT FRAMING. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF FRAMING BELOW SOFFIT CANNOT BE REMOVED AS SHOWN. 264 TYP. 265 266 267 EXISTING CEILING GRID TO BE REMOVED, U.N.O. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF ANY WORK INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CANNOT BE PERFORMED DUE TO EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. 2. IF ANY EXISTING FIREPROOFING OR FIRE ASSEMBLIES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO REMAIN ARE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION THEY SHALL BE REPAIRED TO ORIGINAL CONDITION FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS. CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO VERIFY U.L. ASSEMBLIES TO BE USED FOR REPAIRS. 3. REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED. TYPICAL WALL REMOVAL INCLUDES MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, COMMUNICATIONS, INFORMATION SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS CONTAINED THERE IN. REMOVE DOORS, FRAMES, FINISHES AND OTHER FIXTURES AS REQUIRED. AFTER REMOVAL OF PIPE CHASES, PATCH HOLES IN EXISTING FLOORS OR WALL TO REMAIN TO MEET ORIGINAL FIRE PROTECTION AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS. PATCH ADJOINING WALLS, FLOOR AND DECK. PREPARE SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE OR PER INTERIOR DESIGNER'S FINISHES PLANS. (WHERE NEW FINISHES ARE CALLED FOR ON EXISTING SURFACES, REMOVE THE EXISTING FINISH AND PREPARE SURFACE TO RECEIVE THE NEW FINISH). 4. SEE MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, COMMUNICATIONS, INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION OF UTILITIES. 5. LIMIT SAW CUTTING OF SLAB TO THE MINIMUM REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW ITEMS. IF EXISTING PIPING OR CONDUIT WORK (OTHER THAN THE DESIRED CONNECTION POINT) IS ENCOUNTERED WHILE SAWCUTTING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT BEFORE CONTINUING. 6. DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL CODES AND ORDINANCES AS SET FORTH BY ALL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BRACE ALL EXISTING STRUCTURES AND ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AS NECESSARY DURING DEMOLITION. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT CUT STRUCTURAL WORK IN A MANNER RESULTING IN A REDUCTION OF LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY OR LOAD/DEFLECTION RATIO. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ALL STRUCTURAL CUTS PRIOR TO EXECUTION SO THAT APPROVAL CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 9. THE EXISTING BUILDING ENVELOPE SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN WATER TIGHT CONDITION AT ALL TIMES THROUGHOUT ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. 10. IF THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IS FOUND TO CONTAIN ASBESTOS, NOTIFY THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING. REMOVAL, DISPOSAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE ASBESTOS MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. (REPLACE ASBESTOS MATERIAL WITH NEW MATERIAL AS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT). 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE OR REPAIR ANY EXISTING TO REMAIN FINISHES, ETC., WHICH ARE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION (I.E. CEILING GRID, CEILING TILE, WALL COVERINGS, FLOOR COVERINGS, CORNER GUARDS, WALL GUARDS, HANDRAILS, CHAIR RAILS, MOLDINGS, ETC.). 12. OBSOLETE ELECTRONICS DISPOSAL-SAFE DISPOSAL OF CATHODE RAY TUBES, (CRT'S) OR PICTURE TUBES FOUND IN ALL COMPUTER MONITORS, TV SETS AND OTHER ELECTRONICS SYSTEMS, ARE MANUFACTURED WITH LEADED GLASS. THE U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY, THROUGH THE LIGHTENING OF LEAD LEVEL REQUIREMENTS IN ITS LAND DISPOSAL RESTRICTIONS, HAD DECLARED THAT AS OF MAY 8, 1993, ALL CRT'S WILL BE DECLARED AS HAZARDOUS WASTE. OBSOLETE COMPUTER SYSTEMS, COPIERS, FAX MACHINES, AND OTHERS MUST BE RECYCLED. 13. REMOVE ALL EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITIONS SHOWN AS DASHED LINES. 14. REMOVE ALL EXISTING FLOOR AND WALL FINISH MATERIALS WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND PREPARE SURFACE FOR APPLICATION OF NEW FINISH MATERIALS. 15. CLEAN ALL EXCESS CONCRETE SPOTS, SOLID DEBRIS AND PAINT SPOTS FROM THE FLOOR USING A FLOOR SCRAPER. REMOVE ALL WAX, DIRT, GREASE, PAINTS, AND OLD ADHESIVES (ESPECIALLY CUT-BACKS OR EMULSIONS). 16. ALL FLOORS SHOULD BE LEVEL TO ASSURE A GOOD POWERBOND INSTALLATION. CONCRETE FLOOR SHOULD BE TROWELLED SMOOTH AND SHOULD CONFORM TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 17. CRACKS, HOLES AND DEPRESSIONS IN THE FLOOR SLAB SHOULD BE FILLED USING ARDEX CONCRETE SLAB PATCHING MATERIAL OR EQUAL. 18. SWEEP AND VACUUM THE FLOOR AFTER PATCHING AND DEBRIS REMOVAL. DO NOT USE AN OIL BASED SWEEPING COMPOUND. ENSURE ALL PERIMETER AREAS ARE CLEAN. 19. REMOVE ALL EXISTING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS NOT UTILIZED IN THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. 20. REMOVE EXISTING TOILET ROOM FIXTURES WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWING. CAP ALL REMAINING PIPING AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 21. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS, AND DEMOLITION RESPONSIBILITIES ARE NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO THOSE LISTED ABOVE OR INDICATED ON THE DEMOLITION PLAN. WORK INCLUDES REMOVAL AND LEGAL DISPOSAL OF ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ITEMS THAT ARE NOT UTILIZED IN THE FINISHED CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. REMOVE ALL ITEMS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS AND ITEMS WHICH ARE NECESSARY TO BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO FACILITATE THE NEW CONSTRUCTION WORK. PERFORM DEMOLITION IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY MANNER TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTIONS. ALL SALVAGEABLE ITEMS SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE OWNER. NOTIFY THE OWNER FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON DISPOSAL OF THESE ITEMS. REMOVE ALL NON-SALVAGEABLE ITEMS FROM THE SITE AND ARRANGE FOR LEGAL DISPOSAL. 22. WHERE EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS ARE REMOVED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING OR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, PATCH EXISTING MATERIALS WITH: INSECTICIDE SOIL TREATMENT AT DISTURBED AREAS, 4" THICK CRUSHED ROCK SUBGRADE. A-3 A WALL BELOW TO BE REMOVED TO ALIGN W/ UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT. 251 253 253 253 268 269 270 254 270 271 272 14'-8" 6'-0" x 4'-0" HT 273 A-3 B JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 DEMOLITION RCP D-2 XXX X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X WH SCALE: FLOOR PLAN1 A-1 3/32" = 1'-0" FLOOR PLAN KEYNOTES 300. EXISTING COLUMNS TO BE CLEANED AND PAINTED PER COLOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A-0.5.[PROVIDE PAINT AT CUSTOMER AREAS ONLY] 301. NEW AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM. SEE SHEET A-0.5. 302. IMPACT DOOR AND CUSTOM FRAME PROVIDED BY TSC., INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.303. APPROXIMATE EXTENT OF VINYL PLANK FLOORING. FINAL LOCATION & EXTENTS TO BE COORDINATED WITH TSC PROVIDED FIXTURE PLAN. 304. INCLUDE SEPARATE COST TO ANCHOR SAFE TO FLOOR SLAB OR BUILDING STRUCTURE.METHOD OF ATTACHMENT TO BE DETERMINED. SAFE PROVIDED BY TSC. 305. SALES COUNTERS IN THIS AREA. PROVIDED BY TSC. ASSEMBLED, INSTALLED, ANDANCHORED BY CONTRACTOR. SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR POWER AND DATA REQUIREMENTS. 306. ASSEMBLE, INSTALL AND ANCHOR PREFABRICATED DRESSING ROOM TO WALL AND FLOOR.PROVIDED BY TSC. DRESSING ROOM TO BE FULLY ACCESSIBLE PER CODE. SEE DETAIL 7/A-5. 307. PALLET RACKS IN THIS AREA BY TSC.IN SEISMIC ZONES: ANCHORED BY FIXTURE INSTALLER. IN NON-SEISMIC ZONES: ANCHORED BY G.C. 308. PRESSURE WASH & SEAL CONCRETE FLOOR THROUGHOUT THIS AREA. FILL ANY CRACKS, HOLES, OR DEPRESSED AREAS TO BE FLUSH WITH EXISTING. SEE ALSO FINISH SCHEDULE, AND COLOR SCHEDULE ON SHEET A-0.5. 309. APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF NEW BALER. VERIFY FINAL LOCATION WITH TSC PROJECT COORDINATOR AND TSC PROVIDED FIXTURE PLAN. 310. INSTALL 4" DIA. PVC PIPE, 8'-0" LONG @ 36" A.F.F. FOR BALER WIRE MOUNTED TO WALL. 311. EXISTING SIDEWALK TO REMAIN. APPLY GRASS/WEED KILLER ALONG ENTIRE SIDEWALK. 312. NEW 6" BOLLARDS: SEE DETAIL 1/AS-2. BOLLARDS AT DOOR OPENINGS: FACE OF BOLLARD ALIGNS WITH FACE OF OPENING. 313. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD. MODEL NO: ACROVYN CO SERIES, 90 DEGREE SURFACE MOUNT, 60" HIGH. 314. PATCH AND INFILL WALL WHERE DAMAGED BY DEMOLITION TO MATCH AND ALIGN WITH ADJACENT SURFACE. PREP FOR NEW FINISH. 315. NEW HOT WATER HEATER. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 316. NEW PHONE BOARD AND EQUIPMENT. SEE DETAIL 10/ A-5. 317. NEW DUMPSTER AREA. 318. NEW LOUNGE COUNTER AND SINK. SEE DETAIL 6/A-5. 319. NEW DRINKING FOUNTAINS. SEE DETAIL 12/A-5. 320. EXTENTS OF NEW FIXTURE WALL. WALL TO BE ANCHORED TO SLAB. BRACKETS SUPPLIED BY SHELVING MANUFACTURER. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TSC PROVIDED FIXTURE PLAN. 321. NEW 6" BOLLARDS (UNO), SURFACE BOLTED TO EXISTING SLAB. LOCATE APPROX. 12" FROM CORNER OF WALL AND FACE OF BOLLARD TO ALIGN WITH FACE OF OPENING, TYP. 322. CLOSE AND LOCK EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS. CLOSE AND LOCK EXISTING STOREFRONT ROLL-UP SECURITY DOOR. 323. NEW PROPANE TANK AND SURROUNDING BOLLARDS. 324. NEW RAMP. G.C. TO VERIFY IN FIELD THE CONDITION OF THE EXISTING CONCRETE PAD AND ENSURE A LEVEL SURFACE IS PROVIDED AND THAT IT IS VOID OF CRACKS AND DEPRESSIONS. PATCH AND REPAIR PAD AS NECESSARY TO RECEIVE NEW STEEL RAMP BEARING AND ATTACHMENT/ BOLTING. 325. DESIGNATE DRIVE AISLE AS SHOWN. PROVIDE 6" WIDE YELLOW TRAFFIC STRIPE, BOTH SIDES. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 2 COATS OF NON-SLIP TRAFFIC PAINT. 326. NEW CHAIN LINK FENCE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS BELOW. 327. EXISTING JANITOR MOP SINK TO REMAIN. 328. ADJACENT BUILDING'S DUMPSTER AND ENCLOSURE. 329. EXISTING STAIRS TO REMAIN. PROVIDE SIGNAGE STATING "EMPLOYEES ONLY" OR SIMILAR. 330. NEW METAL, POST MOUNTED, GUARD RAILING. RAILING TO BE 3'-6" HIGH WITH A MIDDLE HORIZONTAL RAIL, 1-1/2" DIAMETER RAILS, AND THREE (3) POSTS SPACED EVENLY. PAINTED PER FINISH SCHEDULE. 331. INFILL OPENING W/ MTL STUDS AND GYP BD TO ALIGN FLUSH W/ EXISTING ADJACENT WALLSURFACE. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING GYP BD AS NECESSARY. INFILL CAVITY W/ BATT INSULATION TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT WALLS.332. INFILL AND PATCH WALL FROM EXISTING SAFE REMOVAL. INFILL TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL SURFACE. FINISH AND PAINT PER FINISH SCHEDULE. 333. PROVIDE HELLA WEED KILLER IN EXISTING TRUCK DOCK AREA. ENSURE DRAIN IS IN GOOD WORKING ORDER AND CLEAR OF DEBRIS/ OBSTRUCTION. GENERAL NOTES: •SEE COVER SHEET FOR ALL ALTERNATES. •PATCH ALL HOLES WHERE SURFACE MOUNTED EQUIPMENT FROM WALLS HAVE BEEN REMOVED. •PATCH AND REPAIR WALL AS REQUIRED WHERE DAMAGED PREVIOUSLY BY FORMER TENANT OR DAMAGED BY DEMOLITION TO MATCH AND ALIGN WITH ADJACENT SURFACE. PREP FOR NEW FINISH. •UPON COMPLETION TSC REQUIRES TOTAL INTERIOR CLEANING OF BUILDING COMPONENTS AND FLOORS, PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF THE BUILDING. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE. •PATCH / REPAIR ALL SURFACES AS REQUIRED TO "LIKE NEW" CONDITION. INFILL ALL RECESSED SLABS AND HOLES (WALLS, FLOORS, ETC) THROUGHOUT ENTIRE TENANT SPACE. NEW FINISH FACES TO ALIGN WITH EXISTING. •APPLY WEED / GRASS KILLER ON ALL PAVEMENT AREAS WITH VEGETATION. TYPICAL ENTIRE SITE INCLUDING FENCED OUTDOOR AREA, SIDEWALK DISPLAY AREA, DRIVE AISLES, & PARKING LOT. •EXTERIOR PENETRATIONS: FLASH, DRAFT-STOP AND INSULATE AROUND ALL PENETRATIONS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: PLUMBING PIPES AND VENTS, ELECTRICAL WIRES AND CONDUITS, ELECTRICAL FIXTURES , OTHER MECHANICAL SERVICES, AND, IN SOME CASES, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITH A NON-DELETERIOUS ELASTOMERIC SEALANT, CAULK, FOAM, PAINT, ADHESIVE OR EFFECTIVE GASKET THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING ENCLOSURE. CHOOSE APPROPRIATE INFILL MATERIAL(S) AS REQUIRED. DO NOT EXCEED MANUFACTURERS PUBLISHED TOLERANCES FOR MAXIMUM OPENING SIZES TO INFILL. REFER TO ASTM C1193 FOR A STANDARD GUIDE FOR USE OF JOINT SEALANTS. •COORDINATE THE FOLLOWING ITEMS WITH THE FINAL TSC-PROVIDED FIXTURE SCHEDULE: A. FINAL LOCATION OF IMPACT DOORS. B. FINAL EXTENTS AND LOCATION OF VINYL PLANK FLOORING FINISH. C. FINAL LOCATIONS OF SALES COUNTERS. D. FINAL LOCATION OF FITTING ROOM E. FINAL LOCATIONS OF PALLET RACKS AND FIXTURE WALL. F. FINAL LOCATION OF BALER. G. FINAL LOCATION AN NUMBER OF OPENINGS INTO I.O.D. •COORDINATE THE FOLLOWING ITEMS WITH THE TSC PROJECT MANAGER: A. LOCATION AND ATTACHMENT METHOD OF SAFE. B. STRIPING LOCATION OF OUTDOOR DISPLAY AREA. C. LOCATION OF NEW DUMPSTER AND BOLLARDS. A-2 1 THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TENANT FURNISHED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AT LOCATIONS REQUIRED BY THE FIRE MARSHALL AND/OR LOCAL CODES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 1 1 A-5 300 TYP. 301 303 304 305 TYP. 306 309 310 311 312 313 318 A-2 2 A CHAIN LINK SPECIFICATIONS: 1.FABRIC: 96" 9 GA. GALVANIZED (2" MESH) CHAIN LINK FABRIC. 2.TOP AND BOTTOM RAIL: 1 5/8" O.D. FULL WEIGHT PIPE, 2.27 LBS. PER FOOT (MIN.). TOP RAIL TO BE JOINED WITH 1 5/8" SLEEVE BOTTOM RAIL @ 18" ABOVE GRADE. 3.LINE POST: 2 1/2" O.D. FULL WEIGHT PIPE, 3.65 LBS PER FOOT (MIN.). LINE POSTS TO BE SET 10' ON CENTER MAX. SPACING. CONC. FOOTING TO BE 8" DIA. BY 30" DEEP CONCRETE. 4.TERMINAL POST: 3" O.D. FULL WEIGHT PIPE, 5.79 LBS. PER FOOT (MIN.). SET IN 8" DIA. BY 36" DEEP CONC. FOOTING. 5.GATE POST: 4" O.D. FULL WEIGHT PIPE, 9.10 LBS. PER FOOT (MIN.). 8" DIA. 36" DEEP CONC. FTG. 6.GATES: (4) 10'-0" CANTILEVERED CHAIN LINK ROLLING GATE AND (1) 4'-0" SWING MAN GATE W/ 12" x 4'-0" x 1/8" GALVANIZED PLATE FOR HARDWARE MOUNTING **COORDINATE SIZE AND NUMBER OF GATES WITH PLAN** 7.SWING GATES: PROVIDE HARDWARE AND OTHER COMPONENTS SIZED PER INDUSTRY STANDARDS, INCLUDING HINGES (QUANTITY AS REQUIRED PER WEIGHT OF GATE LEAF), AND LOCKING HARDWARE. 8.ROLLING GATES: DESIGN AS PER THE MANUFACTURERS DESIGN STANDARDS. GATES SHALL BE MANUALLY OPERATED ROLLING CANTILEVERED W/ RUBBER WHEELS AT FRONT OF GATE, AND BUMPER STOPS AT GATE ENDS. (PROVIDE NYLON ROLLERS, TYP.) 9.TENSION WIRE: 7 GA COIL SPRING GALVANIZED TENSION WIRE ATTACHED TO BOTTOM OF FENCE FABRIC WITH 9 GAUGE ALUMINUM HOG RING SPACED 24" ON CENTER. 10.FITTINGS: HEAVY BRACED BAND AND CARRIAGE BOLT, PRESSED STEEL RAIL-END, PRESSED STEEL LOOP CAP, PRESSED STEEL CAP, 1/4" X 3/4" TENSION BAR, HEAVY TENSION BAND AND CARRIAGE BOLT. 11.TIE WIRE: 8 1/4" 12 GA. STEEL TIE WIRE AND 6 1/2" 12 GAUGE STEEL WIRE SPACED 15" ON CENTER FOR LINE POST AND 24" ON CENTER FOR RAILS. 12.POST FOOTING: TRUCK POURED CONCRETE. 13.MAN GATE: FRAMEWORK OF 1 5/8" FULL WEIGHT PIPE, 2.27 LBS. PER FOOT (MIN.). GATES BRACED AND TRUSSED AS NECESSARY. SAME FABRIC AS FENCE. AREA OF NEW CONCRETE. SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS. NEW MAN GATE W/ EGRESS/ PANIC HARDWARE AS NECESSARY. A-4 A CONCRETE HATCH SHOWN FOR EXTENTS OF NEW CONCRETE. ±15 S.F. SEE CONCRETE SLAB INFILL DETAIL 14/A-5. 59'-8" (CONCRETE) E8EDCBA EDCBAB3B8C6D2D5D6 E7 3 2 1 4 5 6 9 8 7 20'-10"20'-0" 18'-10" (FENCE) 16 5 ' - 6 " ( C O N C R E T E ) 22 ' - 9 " 20'-10"20'-0"2' - 0 " 2' - 0 " 6" TYP PLACEMENT OF BOLLARDS AT GATES 20'-2" (FENCE) 301 ±4'-8" WALL TYPE E: BUILD OUT FLUSH W/ FITTING ROOM INSTALLATION. ±8'-0" WALL HT. 325 302 38'-2"6'-4" ± 114'-6" (CLEAR)± 36'-1" (CLEAR) ±41'-3" ±5 6 ' - 1 " ±12'-6" ±1 2 ' - 6 " 315 8" 8" 15 ' - 3 " 105 LOUNGEEMPLOYEE 108 MANAGER 106 MEN 107 WOMEN 101 VESTIBULE 102 SALES - OUTDOOR DISPLAYFENCED 2 3-E 5 4 6 7 89-E 10-E 11-E 12-E 13-E 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25-E A-2 1A A-2 3 103 RECEIVING/ STOCK 113 ROOMHAY 112 ROOMFEED 111 OUTDOOR DISPLAYI.O.D. - INDOOR/ 307 TYP. 308 308 TYP. TYP OF 4 AT EACH GATE 313 313 10 ' - 6 " 6' - 4 " ± 56'-6" (CLEAR) 330 ±12'-0" 25 ' - 0 " 10 ' - 0 " x 10 ' - 0 " H T OP E N I N G 7' - 0 " 10 ' - 0 " x 10 ' - 0 " H T . OP E N I N G ±2 2 ' - 2 " 2'-6"6'-4" ±2 7 ' - 1 " 314 316 317 319 321 321 321 321 321 321 321 104 IT 109 UTILITY 110 HALLWAY 115 STAIRWELL 322 AD J A C E N T R E T A I L ST R I P C E N T E R NOTE: ALL MEASUREMENTS AND ITEMS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE DEEMED ACCURATE. HOWEVER, ALL BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHOULD FIELD VERIFY THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS. ANY ITEMS/CONDITIONS THAT DEVIATE FROM THIS PLAN OR SCOPE OF WORK SHOULD BE IDENTIFIED AND COMMUNICATED TO THE ARCHITECT AND TSC PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THEIR BID. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS WITH FINAL FIXTURE PLAN ISSUED BY TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. VERIFY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD. AREA OF NEW CONCRETE. EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN SHOWN OPEN 45° - G.C. TO ENSURE ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE ARE OPERATIONAL. BRING TO "LIKE NEW" OPERATIONAL ORDER AS REQUIRED. ALL EXTERIOR DOORS TO REMAIN ARE TO BE WEATHER TIGHT. EXIST. WALLS TO REMAIN NEW FIXTURE WALL. NEW PARTITION WALL LEGEND #WALL TAG. DENOTES WALL TYPE. REFER TO WALL TYPE DETAILS ON THIS SHEET. NEW DOOR. REFER TO SHEET A-0.5 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. DOOR TAG. SEE SHEET A-0.5 FOR DOOR SPECIFICATIONS AND PAINT SCOPE LIGHT GREY HATCH DENOTES AREA OF BUILDING NIC A A A1 A1 E ±1 6 4 ' - 2 " ( F E N C E ) 323 324 ±1 2 ' - 8 " ( T Y P ) 14'-0" 326 TYP. CONCRETE HATCH SHOWN FOR EXTENTS OF NEW CONCRETE. ± 83 S.F. & ± 3'-10" DEEP. SEE CONCRETE SLAB INFILL DETAIL 14/A-5. 109A JANITOR 327 114 ROOMSPRINKLER 328 329 C D C E1 313 313 312 312 312 312 1'-0"1'-0" 1'-0"1'-0" MAILBOX 314 314 A A 28'-9" 4'-6" 5' - 0 " 23'-1" 320 FACE OF WALL TO ALIGN WITH FACE OF COLUMN. 3'-7" ± 77'-9" (CLEAR) 1'-0" 1'-0" ± 36'-1" (CLEAR) 116 STORAGE INFILL MASONRY OPENING W/ MASONRY TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT WALLS. SEE DETAIL 15/ A-5 FOR MASONRY REINFORCING DETAIL.331 332 LINE INDICATES EXTENT OF PLYWOOD. SEE WALL TYPES. CONCRETE HATCH SHOWN FOR EXTENTS OF NEW CONCRETE. ±796 S.F. SEE CONCRETE SLAB INFILL DETAIL 14/A-5. 333 PROVIDE PRESSURE TREATED 4X4, ANCHORED TO SLAB @ 12" FROM FACE OF WALL AND 10'-0" FROM OPENING, TYP. 326" DASHED LINE INDICATES EXTENT OF PLYWOOD THROUGHOUT STOCK AREA. SEE WALL TYPES. WALL TYPE B, B1 6" THICK FIBERGLASS NOISE BARRIER FULL HEIGHT METAL TRACK SECURED TO EXIST. ROOF DECK WITH #8 WAFERHEAD FRAMING SCREW @ 24" O.C.- TYPICALEXIST. ROOF DECK NOTE: THIS CONDITION ONLY REQUIRED IF JOIST IS CENTERED OVER FULL HEIGHT WALL, V.I.F. 6" 20 GA. METAL TRACK 6" 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" SCHEDULED BASE FINISHED FLOOR 5/8" GYP. BD. (USE MOISTURE RESISTANT GREEN BOARD IN RESTROOMS & AROUND MOP SINK) 3-5/8" 20 GA. STUDS @ 16" O.C. 6" SUSPENDED ACT CEILING, SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION EXIST. STRUCT. 3-5/8", 20 GA. METAL TRACK SALES FLOOR 2 1 / 2 " FINISHED FLOOR SCHEDULED BASE 3 5/8" 18 GA. METAL TRACK SLIPTRACK RUNNER **4" WHEN RATED WALL **INFILL FLUTES w/ FIRE RETARDANT MATERIAL WHEN RATED WALL 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE. ** FIRE RATED GYP. WHEN RATED WALL 6" THICK FIBERGLASS NOISE BARRIER FULL HEIGHT EXIST. ROOF DECK 6" 20 GA. METAL TRACK 6" 20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" WALL TYPE A, A1 A/A1 SCHEDULED BASE FINISHED FLOOR NOTE: WALL TYPE A1: SAME AS WALL TYPE A EXCEPT 1 HOUR FIRE RATED BUILT PER UL419. (**) INDICATES ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RATED WALL ** FIRE RATED GYP. WHEN RATED WALL **INFILL FLUTES w/ FIRE RETARDANT MATERIAL WHEN RATED WALL 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE. PROVIDE SLIPTRACK, SEE DETAIL A1 (THIS SHEET). SEE DETAIL A2 FOR FIRE RATED SLIPTRACK SCHEDULED BASE FINISHED FLOOR 5/8" GYP. BD. (USE MOISTURE RESISTANT GREEN BOARD IN RESTROOMS & AROUND MOP SINK) 3-5/8" 20 GA. STUDS @ 16" O.C. EXIST. STRUCT. 3-5/8", 20 GA. METAL TRACK 3 5/8" 18 GA. METAL TRACK 3-1/2" R-13 BATT INSULATION PROVIDE CEILING BATT INSULATION AT RESTROOMS AND OFFICES, TYP. 6" SUSPENDED ACT CEILING, SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 3-1/2" R-13 BATT INSULATION G.C. TO PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING ON UNSHEATHED WALL FLANGES. SEE DETAIL A3 (THIS SHEET) FOR DETAILS. PROVIDE CEILING BATT INSULATION AT RESTROOMS AND OFFICES, TYP. 1-5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. SECURED TO SLIPTRAK RUNNER WITH #8 WAFERHEAD FRAMING SCREW @ 24" O.C. EXISTING ROOF JOIST STOCKROOM & HAY AREAS: PROVIDE 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD TO 12'-0" A.F.F., TYP. ON STOCKROOM SIDE OF WALL B/B1 NOTE: WALL TYPE B1: SAME AS WALL TYPE B EXCEPT 1 HOUR FIRE RATED BUILT PER UL419. (**) INDICATES ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RATED WALL WALL TYPE C SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"C WALL TYPE D SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"D/D1 G.C. TO PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING ON UNSHEATHED WALL FLANGES. SEE DETAIL A3 (THIS SHEET) FOR DETAILS. STOCKROOM & HAY AREAS: PROVIDE 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD TO 12'-0" A.F.F., TYP. ON STOCKROOM SIDE OF WALL 1. REFER TO GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET A-0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION2. G.C. TO VISIT SITE AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING PROPOSALS ANDCOMMENCING WORK.3. THE MATERIALS AND DETAILS SHOWN ARE FOR TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS. WHERE THE STUDMANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS OR LOCAL ORDINANCES ARE MORE RESTRICTIVE, THEYSHALL APPLY.4.TYPICAL FASTENER:4.1. STEEL STUDS TO STEEL STUDS OR TRACKS: #12-18 X 1/2" TEKS /2 WITH PHIL PAN HEAD FOR25 GA. OR 20 GA. #10 - 16 X 9/16" TEKS/3 WITH PHIL PAN HEAD FOR INTERCONNECTION OF 18GA. OR 16 GA.4.2. STEEL STUDS OR TRACKS TO WOOD PURLINS, GIRDERS & BEAMS: #14-10 X 1 1/2" H.W.H.TYPE "S" METAL-TO- WOOD TEKS.4.3. STEEL STUDS OR TRACKS TO STRUCTURAL STEEL (TUBE STEEL, WIDE FLANGE COLUMNS,BEAMS, GIRDERS, ETC.): TEKS/3 OR TEKS/4 - GAUGE AND LENGTH AS REQUIRED FOR THECOMBINED THICKNESS OF THE FRAMING TO BE DRILLED.4.4. PLYWOOD TO STEEL STUDS: #10 - 24 X 3/4" TEKS/3 (PLYMETAL TEKS) WITH THIN WAFERHEAD.4.5. GYP. BOARD TO STEEL STUDS: #7 X 1 1/4" HI-LO TYPE "S" BUGLE HEAD SCREWS FOR 3/8" TO5/8" GYP. BOARD TO 25 GAUGE OR 20 GAUGE STUDS. #6 X 1 1/4" TYPE S-12 BUGLE HEADSCREWS FOR 3/8" TO 5/8" TO 18 GA. OR 16 GA. STUDS OR TRACKS.5. GYPSUM BOARD NOTES:5.1. ALL GYPSUM BOARD RETURNS SHALL HAVE METAL CORNER BEADS MINIMUM FLOOR TOCEILING.5.2. ALL PENETRATIONS IN DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION ABOVE FINISHED CEILING AND AS NOTEDELSEWHERE SHALL BE EFFECTIVELY SEALED TO PREVENT SOUND LEAKAGE AND FIRECAULKED AT U.L. RATED PARTITIONS. ALL DRY-WALL JOINTS ABOVE FINISHED CEILING SHALLBE "FIRE TAPED."5.3. ALL MECHANICAL CHASES AND OTHER NOTED CHASES ARE TO EXTEND UP TO THEUNDERSIDE OF THE DECK STRUCTURE ABOVE. ALL PLUMBING CHASES UNLESS OTHERWISENOTED SHALL EXTEND ABOVE THE HIGHEST ADJOINING CEILING AND BE BRACED TOSTRUCTURE.5.4. ALL VERTICAL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO THE TOP OF THE SLAB, UNLESS NOTEDOTHERWISE.6.DRYWALL CONTROL JOINTS ARE TO BE INSTALLED AT MINIMUM 30'-0" O.C. AT PARTITIONS ANDELSEWHERE AS NOTED.7. ALL FRAMING SHALL BE METAL STUDS.8. ALL WOOD IS TO BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. WALL TYPE NOTES SCHEDULED BASE FINISHED FLOOR 5/8" GYP. BD. (USE MOISTURE RESISTANT GREEN BOARD IN RESTROOMS & AROUND MOP SINK) 3-5/8" 20 GA. STUDS @ 16" O.C. 3 5/8" 18 GA. METAL TRACK NOTE: WALL TYPE E1: SAME AS WALL TYPE E EXCEPT W/ 6" METAL STUDS 3-1/2" R-13 BATT INSULATION G.C. TO PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING ON UNSHEATHED WALL FLANGES. SEE DETAIL A3 (THIS SHEET) FOR DETAILS. WALL TYPE E, E1 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"E/E1 EXISTING SOFFIT 3-5/8", 20 GA. METAL TRACK TO UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT/ STRUCTURE. NOTE: TYPE E1: GYP BD WILL ONLY EXTEND TO 6" ABOVE CEILING. FACE OF EXISTING WALL NOTE: LATERAL BRACING OCCURS AT ANY UNSHEATHED FLANGES OF METAL STUD @ 5'-0" O.C. SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" FIRE RATED SLIP TRACK DETAILA2 5/8" 'FIRE RATED' GYP. BOARD LINE OF EXISTING DECKING OR STRUCTURE METAL STUD, CUT 1.5" SHORT OF DECK, SEE WALL TYPES FOR STUD SIZE 1. 5 " DRYWALL SCREWS 4"SLIP TRACK BY 'FIRE TRAK' OR EQUAL GALV'D METAL STUD 5' - 0 " O . C . @ A N Y U N S H E A T H E D FL A N G E S O F M E T A L S T U D TRADE READY SPAZZER 9200 SPACING BAR SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" FULL HEIGHT WALLSA3 LATERAL BRACING @ 1. 5 " SLIPTRACK RUNNER GYP. BOARD LINE OF EXISTING DECKING OR STRUCTURE MTL. STUD CUT 1.5" SHORT OF DECK 1. 5 " DE F L E C T I O N #8 WAFERHEAD FRAMING SCREW (TYP.) SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" SLIP TRACK DETAILA1 JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 FLOOR PLAN A-1 ELEVATION WORK KEYNOTES 400. PAINT SW 7513 'SANDERLING'. PAINT TO 4'-0" ABOVE GRADE (TYP.) 401. PAINT SW 7532 'URBAN PUTTY'. PAINT FROM 4'-0" TO UNDERSIDE OF COPING (TYP.) 402. PAINT 24" WIDE STRIPE AT SMOOTH FACE BLOCK BAND AS SHOWN, SW 4081 'SAFETY RED'. STRIPE IS CONTINUOUS AROUND ENTIRE EAST, SOUTH & WEST ELEVATIONS. 403. HATCHING INDICATES AREAS OF EXISTING CMU - GROUTED SOLID. VERIFY IN FIELD AND COORDINATE WITH CHANNEL DETAILS ON SHEET A-5. 404. EXTERIOR LIGHTING OVER MAN DOORS. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 405. NEW AND EXISTING DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE PAINTED SW 7532 'URBAN PUTTY' 406. PAINT EXISTING CANOPY FACE, STRUCTURE, UNDERSIDE, GUTTER, & DOWNSPOUTS TO MATCH EXISTING COLOR. CLEAN, PATCH, & REPAIR ALL SURFACES TO RECEIVE PAINT FINISH 407. NEW CHAIN LINK FENCING. SEE SITE PLAN FOR DETAILS AND SPECS. 408. NEW AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM 409. SIGNAGE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TSC. SIGNAGE SHOWN ONLY FOR REFERENCE. FINAL SIGN PACKAGE AND SIZES TO BE UNDER SEPARATE SUBMISSION / PERMIT BY SIGN VENDOR 410. NEW WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 411. EXISTING ROOF COPING AND METAL ROOF TO REMAIN. PATCH, REPAIR, AND PAINT ANY DAMAGED, OR WEATHER WORN, AREAS TO MATCH EXISTING. NOTIFY TSC CPM OF ANY DAMAGED ROOFING. 412. STOREFRONT SYSTEM & WINDOWS TO REMAIN. APPLY WHITE OPAQUE FILM TO INSIDE FACE OF STOREFRONT: HATCH INDICATES FILM. VERIFY EXTENTS IN FIELD AND PROVIDE . 413. EXISTING WINDOWS TO REMAIN. CLEAN AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE WEATHER-TIGHT. 414. EXISTING ROOF COPING TO REMAIN. PATCH, REPAIR, AND PAINT ANY DAMAGED, OR WEATHER WORN, AREAS TO MATCH EXISTING COLOR. NOTIFY TSC CPM OF ANY DAMAGED ROOFING. 415. AREA OF NEW BLOCK INFILL. NEW BLOCK TO MATCH ADJACENT EXISTING BLOCK. PAINT TO MATCH NEW SCHEME. SEE DETAIL 15/ A-5. 416. CANOPY PIERS TO MATCH NEW PAINT SCHEME AS SHOWN. TYPICAL OF ALL PIERS ASSOCIATE WITH TSC SPACE. PAINT SCHEME ON ALL FOUR (4) SIDES OF PIERS. 417. EXISTING METAL BAR GRID TO BE PATCHED & REPAIRED AS REQUIRED. PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING COLOR. 418. NEW PIER LIGHTS. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION. 419. ROOF SCUPPER TO REMAIN. GC TO ENSURE GOOD WORKING ORDER AND WEATHER-TIGHT. 420. LINE OF NEW F.O.D CONCRETE SLAB. 421. CLEAN STOREFRONT AND CANOPY GLASS ASSOCIATED WITH TSC SPACE. PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY. 422. NEW MECHANICAL GRILL. PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL COLOR PER NEW PAINT SCHEME. 423. GC TO VERIFY IF VENT IS TO REMAIN: IF YES: PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL COLOR PER NEW PAINT SCHEME. IF NO: REMOVE AND PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING. PAINT PER NEW PAINT SCHEME. 424. METAL PANELING AROUND WINDOW SYSTEM UNDER CANOPY AND ON CANOPY TO REMAIN AS IS. 425. CORRUGATED METAL PANELING TO REMAIN AS IS. PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY. PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING. 426. CONNECT A NEW, SAME SIZE, PIPE TO THE EXISTING OVERFLOW DRAIN STICKING OUT OF THE WALL. RUN PIPE DOWN, ALONG WALL, AND EXPEL OUT ONTO SIDEWALK. 427. GC TO PROVIDE NEW GLAZING FOR WINDOW SHOWN. NEW GLAZING TO MATCH EXISTING GLAZING. 428. NEW GUARD RAIL. •GENERAL NOTES: •SEE COVER SHEET FOR ALL ALTERNATES. •PROVIDE 4" TALL BLOCK STYLE NUMBERS FOR ADDRESS. PROVIDE BACKGROUND BEHIND NUMBERS IN CONTRASTING COLOR. FINAL LOCATION TO BE COORDINATED WITH TSC PROJECT MANAGER. •CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR ALL NEW BUILDING MOUNTED SIGNAGE. NOTE: ALL MEASUREMENTS AND ITEMS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE DEEMED ACCURATE. HOWEVER, ALL BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHOULD FIELD VERIFY THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS. ANY ITEMS/CONDITIONS THAT DEVIATE FROM THIS PLAN OR SCOPE OF WORK SHOULD BE IDENTIFIED AND COMMUNICATED TO THE ARCHITECT AND TSC PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THEIR BID. 4' - 0 " 6' - 0 " 2' - 0 " 402 401 408 401 400 SCALE: CANOPY NOT SHOWNEAST ELEVATION1A -1/8"=1'-0" SCALE: EAST ELEVATION1 -1/8"=1'-0" PAINT SCHEME TO EXTEND TO EDGE AS SHOWN. AREA OF WORK N.I.C. SCALE: SOUTH ELEVATION2 -1/8"=1'-0" PAINT SCHEME TO EXTEND TO EDGE AS SHOWN. AREA OF WORK N.I.C. SEE FRONT ELEVATION WITHOUT CANOPY FOR DESIGN EXTENTS. AREA OF WORK N.I.C. RETURN PAINT SCHEME ON TRUCK DOCK WALL ONLY. SCALE: WEST ELEVATION3 -1/8"=1'-0" F.O.D. FENCE IN FRONT NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 402 401 400 401 402 401 425 425 403 TYP. 404 TYP. 404 TYP. 405405 405 405 406 407 407 408 409 410 411 412412412412 413 FRONT CANOPY EXTENSION NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 414 414 414 414 TYP. TYP. TYP. TYP. 415 NEW RAMP NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. ADJACENT STRUCTURE ADJACENT STRUCTURE 403 416 424 424 417 418 TYP. NEW RAMP NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 419 401 419 420 419 402 401 400 402 401 401 400 414 TYP. 414 TYP. 421 414 421 422423 413 413 413 413 A-4 A A-4 A 405 12 ' - 0 " 422 405 424 426 427 412 405 12 ' - 6 " FRONT CANOPY EXTENSION NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SCALE: CANOPY NOT SHOWNEAST ELEVATION - DEMO1B -1/8"=1'-0" AREA OF WALL, STOREFRONT, AND CURB REMOVAL FOR NEW ENTRY DOOR. FIN. FLR. 0'-0" B.O. FRONT OF CANOPY @ +12'-9" A.F.F. T.O. BLDG @ +25'-2" A.F.F. T.O. CANOPY STEP @ +28'-6" A.F.F. T.O. SECOND CANOPY STEP @ +32'-7" A.F.F. T.O. GABLE @ +36'-8" A.F.F. A B B3 B8 C C6 D D2 D5 D6 E E7 F D E F ABCD E 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 92 2'-0" MIN. LINE OF NEW ASPHALT LINE OF GRADE 428 416 416 416 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-2 JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 PROVIDE (2) #5'S EACHSIDE OF OPENING.GROUT SOLID TO ROOF NEW LIGHT FIXTURE, SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. NEW HVAC DIFFUSERS EXISTING CEILING GRID AREA OF NEW CEILING GRID. SOLID HATCH MAY OCCUR TO HELP SHOW NEW AREAS, PATCHING, OR PARTIAL AREAS TO BE REPLACED/ REPAIRED. SCALE: REFLECTEDCEILING PLAN1 -3/32" = 1'-0" LEGEND CEILING WORK KEYNOTES 500.EXISTING CEILING GRID TO REMAIN. CLEAN ALL CEILING GRID, TILE, DIFFUSERS AND GRILLS.REPLACE ALL MISSING, BROKEN, DAMAGED OR STAINED CEILING TILE AND/OR GRID TO MATCH EXISTING CEILING THROUGHOUT SPACE. 501. NEW 2X4 CEILING GRID & LIGHT FIXTURES. SEE PLAN FOR HEIGHTS.502.NEW LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS:TIGHT TO DECK: IN STOCK & HAY ROOMUNDERSIDE OF CLG: IN VESTIBULE, CORE, & HALLWAY AREAS AT 13'-0" HT A.F.F: IN SALES, I.O.D., & FEED ROOM 503. NEW L.E.D. WALL PACK. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.504. NEW WALL MOUNTED GABLE SIGN. SIGN WILL BE MOUNTED TO THE EXISTING METAL FRAMING ABOVE THE EXISTING ENTRY TO THE BUILDING. COORDINATE WITH ELEVATIONSAND SECTIONS. 505. NEW RTU AND DIFFUSER ABOVE. PATCH TO MATCH ANY SURROUNDING DAMAGE TO WALLS, CEILING, EQUIPMENT, ETC. FROM INSTALLATION. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICALDRAWINGS. 506. NEW HEATER TO BE INSTALLED. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION. 507. EXISTING ROOF HATCH. G.C. TO SEAL SHUT AND ENSURE WEATHER-TIGHT. 508. LIGHTS SHOWN ARE LOCATED UNDER EXISTING CANOPY. 509. EXISTING SKYLIGHT. 510. EXISTING SOFFIT/ PIER LIGHT FIXTURES. GC TO ENSURE GOOD WORKING ORDER. RE-LAMP AND RE-BALLAST AS REQUIRED. 511. NEW EXHAUST UTILIZING EXISTING PENETRATION. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION. 512. NEW LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE INSTALLED ON EXISTING CONDUIT. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 513. INSTALL (2) WALL MOUNTED LIGHTS PER ELEVATIONS & ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 514. AS A RESULT OF SOFFIT DEMO, PATCH WALL AS NECESSARY. PATCH TO MATCH EXISTINGWALL. 515. NEW ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DWGS. 516. PROVIDE NEW GYP BD TO MATCH EXISTING ON BACKSIDE OF EXISTING SOFFIT TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK. 517. PROVIDE NEW WALL PACK FIXTURE TO MATCH EXISTING PIER FIXTURES. 518. NEW INTAKE LOUVER. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 519. CHAIN HUNG PVC TUBE. SEE DETAIL 8/ A-5. GENERAL NOTES: •SEE COVER SHEET FOR ALL ALTERNATES. •GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO HIRE LANDLORD ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS TO ENSURE ROOFING WARRANTY IS MAINTAINED. REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR LANDLORD ROOFING CONTRACTOR INFORMATION. •ALL HOLES / PENETRATIONS CAUSE BY CONTRACTOR ARE TO BE WATER TIGHT AND TO BE SEALED PER ROOFING MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. ALL MEASUREMENTS AND ITEMS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING ARE DEEMED ACCURATE. HOWEVER,ALL BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHOULD FIELD VERIFY THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS. ANY ITEMS/CONDITIONS THAT DEVIATE FROM THIS PLAN OR SCOPE OF WORK SHOULD BE IDENTIFIED AND COMMUNICATED TO THE ARCHITECT AND TSC PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THEIR BID. CEILING @ 12'-0" OPEN TO DECK 501 504517 502 3 2 1 4 5 6 9 8 7 E8EDCBA EDCBAB3B8C6D2D5D6 E7 5'-0"9 ROWS OF LIGHTS @ 13'-0" O.C. 26 ' - 2 " 5'-0"9 ROWS OF LIGHTS @ 13'-0" O.C. 5'-6"6 ROWS OF LIGHTS @ 13'-0" O.C. 8'-9"4 ROWS OF LIGHTS @ 13'-0" O.C. 4' - 7 " 7 R O W S O F L I G H T S @ 1 3 ' - 0 " O . C . 10 ' - 0 " 16'-0"11'-0" 6' - 1 0 " 5 R O W S O F L I G H T S @ 1 3 ' - 0 " O . C . 16 ' - 0 " 10 ' - 6 " 16 ' - 7 " 16 ' - 0 " 16 ' - 0 " 7' - 5 " 509 509 509 509 500 501 501 105 LOUNGEEMPLOYEE 106 MEN 107 WOMEN 101 VESTIBULE 102 SALES 103 RECEIVING/ STOCK 113 ROOMHAY 112 ROOMFEED 111 OUTSIDE DISPLAYINSIDE/ 104 IT 109 UTILITY 110 HALLWAY 110A STAIRWAY 109A JANITOR 114 ROOMSPRINKLER CEILING @ 8'-0" CEILING @ 8'-0" OPEN TO DECK OPEN TO DECK OPEN TO DECK OPEN TO DECK TYP. 510 510 510 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 LIGHT GREY HATCH DENOTES AREA OF BUILDING NIC 506 508 108 MANAGER 510510 510 510 PR O V I D E N E W B O X H E A D E R : 18 G A . 8 " S T U D S W / (2 ) 1 8 G A . 6 " T R A C K S A-3 ACA B3 B8 C6 9 8 SCALE: MEZZANINE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN1 -3/32" = 1'-0" 507 505 505505 505 505 505511 512 513 TYP. OF 6 LI N T E L : W8 x 2 4 + PL ( 3 / 8 x 7 - 1 / 2 ) SE E S H E E T A - 5 514 507 515 ± 42'-11" (NEW SOFFIT) 516 500 LINTEL:(2) 6x4x1/4" LLV 518 519 519 519 519 519 A-3 BCEILING @ 8'-0" SOFFIT @ 10'-0" PR O V I D E N E W B O X H E A D E R : 18 G A . 8 " S T U D S W / (2 ) 1 8 G A . 6 " T R A C K S SOFFIT @ 10'-0" PR O V I D E N E W B O X H E A D E R : 18 G A . 8 " S T U D S W / (2 ) 1 8 G A . 6 " T R A C K S LI N T E L : W8 x 2 4 + PL ( 3 / 8 x 7 - 1 / 2 ) SE E S H E E T A - 5 PROVIDE (2) #5'S EACHSIDE OF OPENING.GROUT SOLID TO ROOF LI N T E L : (2 ) 4 x 3 1 / 2 x 5/ 1 6 " L L V LI N T E L : W8 x 2 4 + PL ( 3 / 8 x 7 - 1 / 2 ) SE E S H E E T A - 5 PROVIDE (2) #5'S EACHSIDE OF OPENING.GROUT SOLID TO ROOF LI N T E L : (2 ) 6 x 3 1 / 2 x 5/ 1 6 " L L V PROVIDE (2) #5'S EACHSIDE OF OPENING.GROUT SOLID TO 24"ABOVE OPENING PROVIDE (2) #5'S EACHSIDE OF OPENING.GROUT SOLID TO 24"ABOVE OPENING GROUTJAMBS SOLID SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" SOFFIT SECTIONA - EXISTING STUD SOFFIT LINE OF STRUCTURE SALES AREAENTRY AREA EXISTING GYP. BOARD EXISTING TOP TRACK PROVIDE NEW GYP. BOARD TO UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT. NEW FACE OF GYP. BOARD TO ALIGN WITH EXISTING ADJACENT SOFFIT, TYP. PROVIDE METAL STUD KICKERS @ 48" O.C. OR AS REQUIRED TO SECURE EXISTING SOFFIT PORTION OF EXISTING WALL TO BE REMOVED. SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" SOFFIT SECTIONB - EXISTING SOFFIT ENCLOSURE LINE OF STRUCTURE SALES AREAENTRY AREA EXISTING GYP. BOARD SOFFIT TO REMAIN PROVIDE NEW GYP. BOARD TO UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT. NEW FACE OF GYP. BOARD TO ALIGN WITH EXISTING ADJACENT SOFFIT, TYP. VERIFY IN FIELD EXISTING GYP. BOARD ON BACK SIDE OF EXISTING SOFFIT. PROVIDE NEW GYP. BOARD INFILL AS REQUIRED FOR A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE WITH EXISTING ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. PORTION OF EXISTING WALL TO BE REMOVED UP TO UNDERSIDE OF EXISTING SOFFIT. JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A-3 STOREFRONT DOOR SYSTEM SHIM AS REQUIRED - TYP. BACKER ROD & SEALANT EXISTING MASONRY WALL CONSTRUCTION INTERIOR NEW ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM EXTERIOR C -SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" STOREFRONT JAMB DETAIL STOREFRONT JAMB DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" B NEW 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" ALUMINUM POST - STOREFRONT DOOR SYSTEM STEEL STUD BOX POST: (2) 362T150-54 + (2) 362S162-54 W/ #10 SCREWS @ 12" O.C. EACH CORNER. POST TO EXTEND ABOVE STOREFRONT TO ALIGN WITH TOP EDGE OF NEW BOX BEAM HEADER. FASTEN TO FLOOR SLAB THROUGH BOTTOM TRACK W/ (2) 3/8" DIA. HILTI KWIK BOLT 3. - MIN. EMBED. 2-1/2" NEW ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL NEW 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" ALUMINUM POST GENERAL NOTES 2 - 1 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT KEY NOTES 2' - 4 " STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" VESTIBULE PLAN DETAIL - 10 ' - 0 " SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 1. COORDINATE WITH DOOR MANUFACTURER FOR FINAL DOOR OPENING SIZES. SEE SHEET A.0 FOR CONTACT INFORMATION. 2. ALL GLASS TO BE 1/4" TEMPERED 3. STANDARD DOOR PACKAGE FROM VENDOR INCLUDES DOOR AND THE TRANSOM ONLY. **G.C. TO COORDINATE AND CONFIRM SCOPE OF WORK WITH DOOR VENDOR INCLUDING EXTENTS OF STOREFRONT GLAZING, POSTS & ACCESSORIES.** 4. ALL STOREFRONT AND VESTIBULE MULLIONS TO ALIGN WITH EXISTING STOREFRONT MULLIONS AS APPLICABLE 7' - 8 " G. C . T O V E R I F Y F I E L D D I M E N S I O N S W I T H D O O R M A N U F . CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" ALUMINUM POST NOTE: FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING STOREFRONT DIMENSIONS AND COORDINATE SCOPE AND MATERIALS WITH DOOR MANUFACTURER BEFORE ORDERING. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 600. DENOTES EMERGENCY DOOR BREAK OUT PANEL. BREAK OUT PANEL SIZE IS 39.5". 601. 4-1/2" ALUMINUM POST. 602. DENOTES STOREFRONT ENTRY DOOR. REFER TO SHEET A-0.5. 603. NEW STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM. 2' - 4 " 10 ' - 0 " V E R I F Y I N F I E L D 7' - 8 " G. C . T O V E R I F Y F I E L D D I M E N S I O N S W I T H D O O R M A N U F . -A600 600 603 601 B - 4 1/2" C - 4 1/2" BOX BEAM POST EXTENSION -A -A SIM. 14'-9" 14'-0" CLEAR 603 2" 10 ' - 0 " 602 602 EQ . EQ . 14'-0" MASONRY OPENING EQ . 2" 2" 2" 4 1 / 2 " 4 1/2" -A SIM. @ HDR 601 -2 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS3 -SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" -3 EX I S T I N G ST O R E F R O N T AB O V E 601 601 4 1 / 2 " SCALE: ENTRY DOOR SECTIONA -3/4"=1'-0" NEW ENTRY DOOR SYSTEM. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. EXISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN. INTEXT EXISTING CONC FTG TO REMAIN. CONDITIONS MAY VARY. VIF. EXT WALL BEYOND NEW CEILING GRID. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE. VESTIBULE SALES NEW ENTRY DOOR SYSTEM OR CURTAIN SYSTEM. 2'x4' LAY-IN CLG. PROVIDE HOLD-DOWN CLIPS AT VESTIBULE CLG. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 5/8" GYP BD R-13 BATT INSUL SHIM AS REQ'D AT CURTAIN SYSTEM AND HEADER. 362T 125-68 BOT TRACK BOX BEAM HEADER: PROVIDE (2) 362T125-68 + (2) 800S162-65. PROVIDE METAL FRAMING CLIP ANGLES AND CONNECTOR PLATES AS NECESSARY TO CONNECT TO BOX POST. EXISTING CONC SLAB EXISTING CONC SIDEWALK EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM ATTACH NEW TRANSOM FRAME TO EXISTING STOREFRONT FRAME AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT EXISTING SYSTEM. 3' - 8 " INSTALL NEW LIGHT FIXTURES ON EXISTING HANGING CONDUIT. SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. CONC TO BE PATCHED FROM DEMOLITION OF WALL AS REQUIRED FOR SMOOTH, CLEAN FINISH. 3-5/8" 20 GA. MTL STUDS @ 16" O.C. 6' - 4 " SLIP TRACK 3-5/8" 18 GA. MTL KICKER @ 4'-0" O.C. - ATTACH AT TOP AND BOT W/ (4) #10 TEK SCREWS. EXISTING STUD WALL ABOVE STOREFRONT SYSTEM WITH MTL PANELING ON EXT AND GYP BD ON INT. LIGHT FIXTURE. PROVIDE SCREW CONNECTION AND BLOCKING AS NECESSARY. COORDINATE W/ ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. NEW PATCHED CONC. SEE DETAIL 9, A-5. GYP BD TO EXTEND 6" ABOVE CEILING NEW ALUM. POST PROVIDE 6" OF GYP. BOARD AND BATT INSULATION ACROSS CEILING SPAN, TYP. 6" PROVIDE NEW METAL STUDS SPANNING THE VESTIBULE FRAMING TO HANG CEILING GRID FROM. BASE BID: PROVIDE SOFFIT FRAMING TO 13'-0" A.F.F. AND PROVIDE METAL FRAMING FOR CEILING SUPPORT. ALTERNATE BID: PROVIDE SOFFIT FRAMING TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK. VESTIBULE DETAILS A-4 JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 SCALE: ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN1 -1/4"=1'-0" A-54 A-53 C E 2 EXTENTS OF FRP WAINSCOT (TYP.) F D NEW DRINKING FOUNTAIN. SEE DETAIL 12/A-5. 4'-0" KNEE WALL. WALL TYPE C (SIM). 1' - 6 " 4'-0" 7'-6"4'-8" PROVIDE OPAQUE FILM ON LOUNGE SIDE OF WINDOW. 10 ' - 3 1 / 2 " FLOOR DRAIN (TYP) SEE PLMBG DWGS. C E D 6'-5 3/4" CLEAR B A B1 39"-41" TO BOTTOM 40" MAX. TO BOTTOM 15" MIN. TO BOTTOM 36" MAX. TOP OF BAR 40" MAX. TO CONTROL 40" MAX. TO BOTTOM MODEL # MOUNTING HEIGHTMANUFACTURER F.B.O. F.B.O. BRADLEY 8320-001-18 8320-001-36 8320-001-42BRADLEY EXCEL TYPE TOILET PAPER DISPENSER HCAP TOILET GRAB BAR - 42" SOAP DISPENSER ELECTRIC HAND DRYER MIRROR BY G.C. (1/4" POLISHED PLATE GLASS) 1 PIECE (18X36) HCAP VERTICAL TOILET GRAB BAR 36" MAX. TOP OF BARBRADLEYHCAP TOILET GRAB BAR - 36" KEY NOTE XL-BW-110-120V A B B1 C D E F 3' - 0 " CL E A R 5' - 0 " CL E A R EMPLOYEE LOUNGE SINK AND COUNTER. SEE DETAIL 6/ THIS SHEET.B1 FBA EXISTING SOFFIT @ ±8'-0" INFILL WALL AT OLD WINDOW LOCATION. PATCH AND MATCH TO BE FLUSH W/ ADJACENT WALL FINISH. 1' - 6 " 4' - 9 " 1' - 6 " ℄ ℄ ℄ 1' - 7 " 1' - 7 " ℄ ℄ 5' - 4 " ℄ 4'-4"℄ 11 ' - 5 " ℄ 5'-0" CLEAR BREAK ROOM UNIT 4 x 8 plywood phone board painted white (Always Horizontal) GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ACQUIRE MOST CURRENT PHONE BOARD TEMPLATEFROM PLAN EXPRESS TO ENSURE THE MOST UP TO DATE VERSION IS USED. Tr a n s f o r m e r JackSmart AREC xxxxxxTr a n s f o r m e r B NlJRJ11 RJ31x 56k A RJ31x NlJRJ11 NlJRJ11 RJ11NlJ AC S r u g e P r o t e c t o r / P o w e r S t r i p LC Space for Expansion Unit 1234 CO Line Surge Prot Attach to AC Protector below Locate quad outlet 6" below PhoneboardLocate quad outlet 6" below PhoneboardLocate (3) duplex outlets, 4" apart, 6" below Phoneboard Bottom Line of Phone Board Diagram to be Mounted @ 2'-6" A.F.F. FromTelco/LEC Phone System Cell BackupDuctMonitor ADT Phone Company 1234 Line 1 Co n d u i t FCPS-24FirePanel PowerSupply 4 x 8 plywood phone board (Always Horizontal) PowerSupply Main board (Radionics BAControl) Hardwired Hardwired Hardwired Hardwired Wall-wartTransformer TransformerWall-wart 3'-0"2'-0"3'-0" Main Line Hunt 1Line 2 Line 3Hunt 2 FaxLine 4 EMS 4 x 4 J-Box PA System SHELF PLAY NETWORK SHELF SIX HOLE FACEPLATE LINE 1 LINE 2 BLANK LINE 3 LINE 4 FAX VALCOM V-2000 A PAGEADAPTER VALCOM V-1092 LC LC EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB. DOWEL NEW CONCRETE INTO EXISTING. SEE STRUCTURAL.SAWCUT & REMOVE SECTION OF EXISTING C.M.U. 8" NEW 8" CONCRETE INFILL. ENSURE NEW CONC. IS FLUSH WITH EXISTING, TYP. V.I.F. EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL (TYP.) FOOTING TO REMAIN EXISTING CONCRETE (2) #5 CONT. BENCH 4'-0" 2' - 0 " 30" x 48" CLEAR SPACE FOR SEAT TRANSFER Ø60" ADA CLEARANCE 20 " MA X 17 " - 1 9 " T. O . S E A T 48" MIN. (SEE PLAN) MIRROR CLOTHING HOOK ACCESSIBLE BENCH 48 " 6' - 8 " CL DOOR MOUNTED SIGN ( 1/4" THK.) LATCH SIDE OF DOOR TYP. ADA SIGNS 8" 6" R.5" 5/ 8 " MI N . 3. 5 " EXIT3" 5" 3/ 8 " M I N . 1/ 2 " M A X . 1" TYP. EXIT SIGNS TO EXIT4" 6" 3/ 8 " M I N . 1/ 2 " M A X . 1" GRADE II BRAILLE GRADE II BRAILLE NOTES: 1. CHARACTERS, SYMBOLS AND THEIR BACKGROUND SHALL HAVE A NONGLARE FINISH. CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND. 2. CHARACTERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32" MINIMUM & SHALL BE SANS SERIF UPPERCASE CHARACTERS ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE 2 BRAILLE RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 5/8" AND A MAXIMUM OF 2" HIGH. 3. PICTOGRAMS SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE OUTSIDE DIMENSION OF THE PICTOGRAM FIELD SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6" IN HEIGHT. 4. CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE SHALL BE IN A HORIZONTAL FORMAT. BRAILLE SHALL BE PLACED A MINIMUM OF 3/8" AND A MAXIMUM OF 1/2" DIRECTLY BELOW THE TACTILE CHARACTERS; FLUSH LEFT OR CENTERED. WHEN TACTILE TEXT IS MULTILINED, ALL BRAILLE SHALL BE PLACED TOGETHER BELOW ALL LINES OF TACTILE TEXT. 5. CONTRACTED II BRAILLE SHALL BE USED WHEREVER BRAILLE IS REQUIRED. DOTS SHALL BE 1/10" ON CENTER IN EACH CELL WITH 2/10" SPACE BETWEEN CELLS. DOTS SHALL BE RAISED A MINIMUM OF 1/40" ABOVE THE BACKGROUND. BRAILLE DOTS SHALL BE DOMED OR ROUNDED. BRAILLE SHOWN IS FOR PLACEMENT ONLY. USE CORRECT BRAILLE FOR SIGN PRODUCTION. 6. WHERE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS ARE PROVIDED FOR ROOMS AND SPACES, SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL. 7. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 60" A.F.F. TO THE CENTER LINE OF THE SIGNS. MOUNTING LOCATION SHALL BE DETERMINED SO THAT A PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3" OF SIGNAGE W/O ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS. 8. ALL SIGNS SHALL COMPLY WITH STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND / OR ORDINANCES 9. INSTALL INTERNATIONAL SIGN OF ACCESSIBILITY AT ALL BUILDING ENTRANCES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE AND USEABLE BY PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. 10. INSTALL SIGNAGE AT ALL ROOM LOCATIONS THROUGHOUT ENTIRE TENANT SPACE AS DIRECTED BY TSC PROJECT MANAGER 18" MIN. CL CENTERED ON TACTILE CHARACTERS 18 " M I N . AREA OFREFUGE 60 " M A X . 48 " M I N . FITTING ROOM GENERAL NOTES: 1. DRESSING ROOMS ARE PREFABRICATED AND SUPPLIED BY TSC, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR TO ASSEMBLE AND ANCHOR DRESSING ROOM AND BENCH TO WALL AND/OR FLOOR. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL: (2) 24" X 60" MIRRORS (1/4" POLISHED PLATE GLASS - 1 PIECE), ONE PER SIDE OF DOOR, HUNG WITH STANDARD MIRROR CLIPS PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS W/ BOTTOM EDGE OF THE REFLECTING SURFACE IS AT 18" A.F.F., AND (4) FOUR HOOKS ON DRESSING ROOM WALL. MOUNT (2) TWO TO MEET ACCESSIBILITY ACCESS (48" MAX. A.F.F. / 46" MAX. A.F.F. IF MOUNTED OVER THE BENCH) AND (2) TWO AT 60" A.F.F. VERIFY LOCATION WITH FINAL FIXTURE PLAN AND TSC PROJECT MANAGER. 2. ACCESSIBLE CHANGING STALL SHALL HAVE ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL LOCATED ON STALL DOOR. 3. ALLOWABLE STRESSES SHALL NOT BE EXCEEDED FOR MATERIALS USED WHERE A VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL FORCE OF 250 POUNDS IS APPLIED AT ANY POINT ON THE SEAT, FASTENER MOUNTING DEVICE, OR SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. SCALE: FITTING ROOM ACCESSIBILY7 -NOT TO SCALE SCALE: TYPICAL ELECTRICAL ELEVATION10 -NOT TO SCALE SCALE: TYPICAL ELEVATION6 -3/8"=1'-0" SCALE: TYPICAL ELEVATION2 -3/8"=1'-0" SCALE: ELEVATION3 -3/8"=1'-0" SCALE: ELEVATION4 -3/8"=1'-0" SCALE: SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS8 -3/8"=1'-0" 6"36" MAX. 40 " M A X . B.O. PAPER TOWEL, MIRROR & SOAP EXTERIORINTERIOR WOMEN'S RESTROOM TOILET AREA MEN'S SIM / OPP. HAND MEN'S RESTROOM TOILET/SINK AREA WOMEN'S RESTROOM TOILET/SINK AREA AB CD E EXISTING MASONRY BEYOND. 6"36" MAX. 17 " M A X . EXISTING CONDITIONS VARY. SEE FLOOR PLAN. SCALE: NOT USED5 -SCALE: DOOR THRESHOLD DETAIL9 -3/8"=1'-0" 7" TO 9" 1' - 6 " 15 " MI N . 1- 1 / 2 " MI N . 36 " T . O . G R A B B A R 12" MAX. 42" MIN. 39" TO 41" 39 " T O 4 1 " 1' - 6 " A B1 F F 4" RUBBER BASE 4" RUBBER BASE 4" RUBBER BASE 48 " F R P W A I N S C O T 48 " F R P W A I N S C O T WATER & WASTE LINE WRAP 102G BY TRUEBRO, INC. 30" CLEAR 34 " M A X . 27 " C L E A R @ B O T T O M SINK, SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS PLASTIC LAM COUNTER WITH 4" BACKSPLASH WATER & WASTE LINE WRAP 102G BY TRUEBRO, INC. 4" RUBBER BASE WALL BRACKET (TYP. OF 3) 4" PLASTIC LAMINATE SKIRTBOARD 5'-0" 22" PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER, FURNISHED BY OTHERS 3' - 0 " ELECTRIC HAND DRYER B B1 E C D F 1'-5" MIN. DEPTH 8" MIN. KNEE CLEARANCE 3' - 4 " M A X . 2' - 1 0 " M A X . 2' - 5 " M I N . 2' - 3 " M I N . 9" M I N . 6" MAX. TOE CLEARANCE 6' - 2 " M I N . INSULATE HOT WATER & DRAIN PIPES SCALE: DRINKING FOUNTAIN DETAILS12 -NOT TO SCALE SCALE: H.C. ELEVATION11 -NOT TO SCALE 8" MIN. KNEE CLEARANCE 36 " M A X . 27 " M I N . 9" M I N . 6" MAX. TOE CLEARANCE 18" 3' - 6 " 30"x48" CLEAR FLOOR PLACE CENTERED ON 'LOW' FIXTURE FRP WAINSCOT TO 4'-0" A.F.F. REFER TO SHEET A-0.5 3' - 8 " M I N . 2'-6" EXISTING SLAB. VERIFY THICKNESS IN FIELD. TYP. ALL AROUND TRENCHED OPENING: PROVIDE #4 SLAB DOWELS AT 16"OC MAX. STAGGERED - DRILL AND EPOXY GROUT REINFORCING 6" MIN. INTO EXISTING S.O.G. USING HILTI HIT HY 200 ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM- TYP. NEW S.O.G. TO MATCH EXISTING - SEE PLAN FOR THICKNESS AND REINFORCEMENT EXISTING SLAB NEW SLAB APPLY BONDING AGENT TO EXISTING CONCRETE SURFACES ABUTTING NEW CONCRETE SCALE: TRENCHED SLAB PLAN14 -NOT TO SCALE SCALE: SLAB SECTION 'A'14A -NOT TO SCALE 14A 6" 16 " TRENCH / SAWCUT SLAB 36" WIDE MAX. SCALE: OVERHEAD DOOR DETAIL13 -1/2" = 1'-0" ALL LOOSE LINTELS SHALL HAVE 16" MINIMUM BEARING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LINTELS EXPOSED TO EXTERIOR SHALL BE HOT-DIP GALVANIZED. 13A/A-5 FINISHED FLOOR OVERHEAD DOOR HOOD ANCHORED TO MASONRY WITH 1/4"Ø TAP CONS @ 24" O.C. MAX. EXISTING MASONRY WALL TO REMAIN, PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION STEEL CHANNEL BEYOND PREP AND PAINT SW 1012 'POWER GREY' CL E A R O P E N I N G 1 1 / 2 " B O T T O M CO V E R M A X - T Y P FINISHED FLOOR OVERHEAD DOOR. COORDINATE WITH DOOR VENDOR. 24 GA. MIN GALVANIZED STEEL HOOD BY DOOR MANUFACTURER. CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM ALL DIMENSIONS DOOR TRACK BEYOND BY DOOR MANUFACTURER. EXTERIOR INTERIOR PRIME AND PAINT EXPOSED CHANNEL SW 1012 'POWER GREY' PROVIDE CONCRETE AT NEW DOORS. SEE THRESHOLD DETAIL, THIS SHEET. SEE NOTES SEE NOTES AT RIGHT EXISTING BLOCK TO REMAIN GROUT CORES CONTAINING STUDS SOLID ABOVE LINTEL- 2 COURSES MIN 1/2"Ø x 6" HEADED STUDS SPACED AT SAME SPACING AS WALL REINFORCING OR 16" OC IN EXISTING WALLS- SEE NOTESNEW LINTEL - SEE PLANS AND TYP. STRUCTURAL NOTES ON THIS SHEET. NEW BRG. PLATE - SEE NOTES MASONRY NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY- REPAIR WALL AS REQUIRED BEAMS BEARING ON MASONRY SHALL BE WELDED TO BEARING PLATES. BEAMS BEARING ON MASONRY SHALL HAVE ANGLE WALL ANCHORS AS SHOWN IN THE A.I.S.C. MANUAL EXCEPT ANGLES SHALL BE WELDED TO THE BEAMS. PROVIDE 1/2" X 7" X 0'-8" BEARING PLATES FOR ALL WALL BEARING BEAMS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL LOOSE BEAM LINTELS SHALL HAVE 8" MINIMUM BEARING UNLESS NOTED. LINTELS EXPOSED TO EXTERIOR SHALL BE HOT-DIP GALVANIZED. ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE PAINTED. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF (2)- 1/2" Ø x 6" HEADED STUD ANCHORS ON ALL LINTEL BEARING PLATES. PROVIDE 1/2" Ø x 6" HEADED STUD ANCHORS WELDED TO TOP FLANGE OF W-SHAPE LINTELS. IN NEW WALLS, MATCH STUD SPACING TO CORRESPOND WITH WALL REINFORCING. IN EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, PLACE STUDS AT 16"OC. GROUT CORES CONTAINING HEADED STUDS ABOVE LINTEL SOLID FOR (2) COURSES MIN. BLOCK IN LINTEL ABOVE BEARING MIN- BLOCK IN LINTEL ABOVE OPENING IF REQUIRED GROUT AND REINFORCE JAMBS AS REQUIRED FOR MAN DOOR OPENINGS UP TO 8'-0": PROVIDE 2 - #5 BARS AT EACH SIDE OF JAMB AND ABOVE ALL OPENINGS. BARS TO EXTEND 24" ABOVE DOOR. SEE PLAN FOR SIZE & QUANTITY OF OVERHEAD DOOR JAMB REINFORCING HATCHED AREA DENOTES THE MINIMUM AMOUNT OF CMU BLOCK THAT MUST BE REPLACED AND GROUTED. CONTRACTOR MAY OPT TO REMOVE FACE SHELL OF BLOCK IN ORDER TO INSERT REBAR, RATHER THAN REMOVING AND REPLACING BLOCK. SEE PLANS OR LOOSE LINTEL SCHEDULE FOR LINTEL SIZE PLACE BARS ABOVE AND BELOW OPENING IN CMU BOND BEAM AND GROUT SOLID PROVIDE FOOTING DOWELS TO MATCH REINFORCING AROUND OPENINGS- ANCHOR TO EXISTING FOOTING WITH HILTI HIT HY 200 ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM OR TO FOUNDATION WALL WITH HILTI HIT HY 70 ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM- PROVIDE 6" MIN EMBEDMENT TOOTH NEW MASONRY INTO EXISTING MASONRY TO MATCHOPENING SIZE VARIES SEE PLANS FINISHED FLOOR (BEYOND)- NEW SLAB MAY OCCUR TYPICAL STEEL LINTEL BEARING STRUCTURAL NOTES REINFORCING. SEE PLANS FOR QUANTITY AND SIZE SCALE: TYPICALNEW MASONRY OPENING DETAIL16 A-5 NOT TO SCALE SCALE: TYPICALSTEEL LINTEL BEARING DETAIL17 A-5 NOT TO SCALE SEE LOOSE LINTEL DETAIL THIS SHEET FOR BEARING CONDITION SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" NEW CMU INFILL IN EXISTING OPENING15 - SCALE: 3"=1'-0" OVERHEAD DOOR JAMB13A 12 GA. MTL. CHANNEL - BRAKE IN FIELD TO MATCH EXISTING WALL THICKNESS AND RETURN 2 1/2" MIN. PARALLEL TO FACE OF CMU, PREP. AND PAINT PER FINISH SCHEDULE EXTERIOR INTERIOR CAULK AROUND ENTIRE OPENING DOOR TRACK BY DOOR MANF. FULLY GROUTED BLOCK 2 1/2" MIN. 1/2" x 5" GALV. TAPCON OR EQUAL STAGGERED @ 16" NOTE: SEE PLANS FOR QUANTITY AND SIZE OF JAMB REINFORCING SAWCUT CMU AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW PLACEMENT OF NEW VERTICAL REINFORCING. PROVIDE FORMWORK AS NECESSARY TO ALLOW FOR SOLID GROUTING OF REINFORCED MASONRY CELLS. JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 DETAILS A-5 NOTE: MOUNT ALL OUTLETS SECURELY TO BENCH RECEIVING TABLE LAYOUT11SCALE: NONE POWER/DATA JUNCTION BOXES PURLINS FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT POWER POLE UNISTRUT SUPPORT (BOLTED TO STRUCTURE) EXTEND VERTICAL UNISTRUT SUPPORT TO TOP OF POWER POLE SERVICE AND DISPLAY COUNTER 10 SCALE: NONE 3' - 6 " 2' - 6 " 5' - 9 3 / 4 " RECEIVING TABLE ISOMETRIC11ASCALE: NONE NOTE: 1. FINAL FIXTURE PLAN TO BE DEVELOPED BY TSC. FIXTURES, CHECKOUT COUNTERS AND SERVICE DESKS ARE SUPPLIED BY TSC AND INSTALLED CONTRACTOR IN LOCATIONS DESIGNATED BY PLAN. 2. FINAL FIXTURE PLAN TO BE RECEIVED BY CONTRACTOR AND/OR LL APPROXIMATELY 8 WEEKS PRIOR TO FIXTURE DATE TO ESTABLISH PROPER PLACEMENT OF ALL COUNTERS, POWER POLES, AND WOOD GRAIN FLOORING. 97" 72 1 2" 24 1 2" 24 1 2" 36 " 60 1 2" NOTES: -1" BLACK CARTGUARD INSTALLED ON CABINETS AS SHOWN. SEE CABINET DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION SPECIFICATIONS. -TOEKICKS OF CABINETS ARE TO BE FORMED OF 16 GA. STEEL POWDER-COATED BLACK. -CABINET EDGES, MELAMINE COUNTERTOP EDGES, SHELF EDGES, PANEL EDGES TO HAVE 3MM BLACK PVC EDGE TAPE APPLIED. -DOOR AND DRAWER FRONT EDGES TO HAVE 1/2MM BLACK PVC EDGE TAPE APPLIED. FINISH SCHEDULE MW-61 - 3/4" MELAMINE W/WILSONART #15023-38 BULLSEYE RED FINISH BOTH SIDES 4" 4 1 4" 53 3 4" 48 " 12 12" 17 1 2" 19 " 6 1 2" 24 3 4"28 3 4" 24"29" 60 1 2" 1 3 16 " 36" MIN. CLEAR 34 " 42 " 20 " 12 1 2" 3 1/2" 2" 1'-6 3/4" 3 3 / 4 " CLOSE-OUT BINDER REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE OWNER WITH TWO CLOSE-OUT BINDERS, WHICH SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING. THE CLOSE-OUT BINDERS SHALL BE SENT TO THE CONSTRUCTION COORDINATOR AT THE OWNER'S/TENANTS ADDRESS. 5401 VIRGINIA WAY, BRENTWOOD, TN 37027. TWO IDENTICAL CLOSE-OUT BINDERS ARE REQUIRED, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED UNDER ITEM #6 BELOW. 1. NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF THE CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS. 2. A PROPERLY COMPLETED CONDITIONAL WAIVER AND RELEASE ON FINAL PAYMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS, SUB-SUBCONTRACTORS (IF ANY) AND SUPPLIERS. 3. A PROPERLY COMPLETED FINAL SWORN STATEMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR. 4. THE FINAL CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY OR THE EQUIVALENT THEREOF DESCRIBED IN ARTICLE 15.5.2(b). 5. AN ASSIGNMENT BY CONTRACTOR OF ALL GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES, (e.g. HVAC, ROOF, DOORS, WATER HEATER, etc., AS APPLICABLE) 6. A LIST OF ALL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED (INCLUDING MANUFACTURER, MAKE, MODEL AND SERIAL NUMBERS) AND COPIES OF ALL MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING MANUALS, PRODUCT DATA, KEYS, MAINTENANCE STOCK, AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS; THE SECOND BINDER SHALL INCLUDE EVERYTHING EXCEPT OPERATING MANUALS. 7. CONFIRMATION IN WRITING FROM THE INSTALLER OF THE HVAC SYSTEM OR COMPONENTS THEREOF CONFIRMING THAT THE PROPER START UP PROCEDURES WERE FOLLOWED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SYSTEM AND ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, IF APPLICABLE. 8. HVAC BREAKDOWN OF COST. IF UNITS WERE INSTALLED, INCLUDE THE MAKE, MODEL, TONNAGE, COST FOR EACH UNIT, COST FOR LABOR, etc. IF COMPONENTS WERE INSTALLED, INCLUDE TYPE, COSTS, AND COSTS FOR LABOR. THE TOTAL OF ALL ITEMIZED COSTS SHOULD EQUAL TOTAL COST TO OWNER. 9. CERTIFICATION OF SEWER LINE CLEAN OUT BY THE PERSON WHO PERFORMED THE SAME. 10. DISABILITY ACCESSIBILITY INSPECTION REPORTS SENT TO THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND REGULATION (FOR TEXAS STORES ONLY). 11. A COPY OF THE PUNCH LIST SIGNED BY THE OWNER (OR STORE MANAGER, IF SO AUTHORIZED BY OWNER) CONFIRMING ALL PUNCH LIST ITEMS ARE COMPLETED. 12. TWO (2) CD'S CONTAINING WORKING DRAWINGS AND PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS REFLECTING "AS-BUILT" CONDITIONS, WITH A SUMMARY LIST OF CHANGES, INCLUDING IN .pdf FORMAT. 13. A COMPLETE SET OF FIRE SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS, IF APPLICABLE. 14. A CERTIFICATE EVIDENCING THAT INSURANCE REQUIRED UNDER THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL REMAIN IN FORCE AFTER FINAL PAYMENT AND SHALL NOT BE CANCELLED, REDUCED OR ALLOWED TO EXPIRE UNTIL AT LEAST 30 DAYS PRIOR WRITTEN NOTICE HAS BEEN GIVEN THE OWNER. 15. DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE "BEFORE" AND "AFTER" OF THE FRONT VIEW OF THE STORE. 16. LIST OF PAINTS USED, INCLUDING MANUFACTURES, FINISHED, SHADES AND COLOR FORMULAS, AND IDENTIFICATION OF LOCATIONS WHERE EACH PAINT WAS APPLIED. 17. TRAINING CERTIFICATES CERTIFYING TRAINING OF STORE MANAGER ON LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM, HVAC SYSTEM, LIGHTING SYSTEM, AND ALL DOOR SYSTEMS. 18. DETAILED BREAKDOWN OF DOLLARS SPENT IN FENCING, PAVING, DOORS, AND ALL FLOOR COVERINGS, AND HVAC. EXHIBIT H-1 TRAINING CERTIFICATION INITIAL TSC STORE MANAGER INITIAL GC TRAINING HAS BEEN COMPLETED WITH THE STORE MANAGER BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ON HOW TO USE, OPERATE AND MAINTAIN: THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM. ALSO, THE TSC STORE MANAGER HAS BEEN ADVISED THAT THE STORE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING ALL LANDSCAPING STARTING AT EITHER FIXTURE DATE OR COMPLETION DATE, THE LATTER OF THE TWO DATES. THE LIGHT TIMER SYSTEM INCLUDING REVIEW OF THE SCHEDULE THE HVAC SYSTEM OPERATION INCLUDING HOW TO ADJUST THE PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTATS. THE AUTOMATIC FRONT DOORS OPERATIONS INCLUDING SENSOR ADJUSTMENTS. THE OVERHEAD DOORS OPERATIONS INCLUDING TIMER, TIMER OVERIDE, AND SAFETY EDGE. THE DELAY EGRESS DOOR (THE RESET BUTTON IS IN THE CONTROL BOX AND HAS TO BE RESET ANY TIME POWER IS LOST). STORE # CITY/STATE STORE MANAGER GENERAL CONTRACTOR COPY OF THIS EXECUTED DOCUMENT TO BE INCLUDED IN THE CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTS PROVIDED BY THE TENANT OR LANDLORD TO TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY! TSC PM APPROVAL & DATE 19. ROOFING INSPECTION REPORT FROM THE ROOFING MANUFACTURER (SHOULD REFLECT ROOF PROPERLY INSTELLED AND AS WARRANTY 100% IN TACT) PAINT TESTING - SPECIAL INSPECTION.20. PROVIDE ONE DISC CONTAINING ALL APPLICABLE ITEMS ABOVE, EXCEPT ITEM #6.21. ENLARGED PLAN6BSCALE: NONE CUSTOMER SERVICE DETAIL6SCALE: NONE CUSTOMER SERVICE DETAIL6ASCALE: NONE CUSTOMER SERVICE EXHIBIT H-19 TRAINING CERTIFICATION ELEVATION6CSCALE: NONE CUSTOMER SERVICE CHECK OUT COUNTER SPECS A-6 ENLARGED PLAN4SCALE: NONE CHECK OUT COUNTER DETAIL2SCALE: NONE CHECK OUT COUNTER DETAIL3SCALE: NONE CHECK OUT COUNTER DETAIL1SCALE: NONE CHECK OUT COUNTER ELEVATION2aSCALE: NONE CHECK OUT COUNTER JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # DA T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c hi t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a nd i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w, s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r oj e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r an t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF WASHINGTON 11367 KURT LOUIS SCHMITZ 04/15/2016 MECHANICAL PLAN SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TAG NOTES: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT; CARRIER 50LJQ004 WITH NEW 6 TON ROOFTOP UNIT AS SCHEDULED ON DWG. M-2. REWORK EXISTING ROOF OPENING AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE NEW DUCTWORK FROM NEW ROOFTOP UNIT. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ROOF CURB ADAPTER AND/OR NEW ROOF CURB FOR NEW ROOFTOP UNIT. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING NEW ROOF CURB ADAPTER AND/OR ROOF CURB. THE WEIGHT OF THE EXISTING UNIT IS APPROXIMATELY 700 LBS. THE WEIGHT OF THE NEW ROOFTOP UNIT IS APPROXIMATELY 1200 LBS. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW ROOFTOP UNIT COMPLETE WITH NEW ROOF CURB. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR NEW ROOF OPENINGS SERVING NEW ROOFTOP UNIT. REFER TO ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE ON DWG. M-2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. A B LANDLORDLL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOREC PLUMBING CONTRACTORPC DUCT W/ INTERNAL LINING DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL EXHAUST AIREA MECHANICAL LEGEND OA SA RA EF CD SUPPLY AIR DUCT FRESH/RETURN/EXHAUST AIR DUCT ELBOW W/ DBL THICKNESS TURNING VANES MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER FLEXIBLE DUCT (4'-0" MAX. LENGTH) THERMOSTAT CEILING DIFFUSER EXHAUST FAN RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR OUTSIDE AIR TOD TOP OF DUCT BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTOR MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR SMOKE DETECTOR (PROVIDED WITH ROOFTOP UNIT) GENERAL MECHANICAL NOTES: 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL CODES. 2. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A WRITTEN GUARANTEE THAT SHALL WARRANT ALL WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. ANY BREAKDOWN OCCURRING IN THE FIRST YEAR SHALL BE AT NO EXPENSE TO T HE OWNER. ALL REFRIGERATION COMPRESSORS SHALL HAVE A FIVE YEAR (PARTS ONLY) WARRANTY, AND ALL NATURAL GAS HEAT EXCHANGERS SHALL HAVE A TEN YEAR (PARTS ONLY) WARRANTY. 3. DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC, NOT ALL RISERS AND DROPS ARE SHOWN. TRADES ARE TO COORDINATE THEIR WORK WITH ALL OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. GENERALLY, DUCTWORK SHALL BE KEPT AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. 4. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING (LVW) (EXCEPT FOR TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT THERMOSTATS FOR HVAC) TO BE INSTALLED BY THE LVW VENDER. GENERAL CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE TO COMMUNICATE AND MANAGE TO THIS. 5. HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND VERIFY THE WORK SUCH THAT THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE BUILDING, INCLUDING ROOF, IS NOT COMPROMISED. 6. INSTALL ALL NEW SHEETMETAL DUCTWORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA STANDARDS. DUCT BOARD IS NOT ALLOWED. 7. ALL INTERIOR CONCEALED SUPPLY AIR DUCTS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH 2" THICK 3/4# DENSITY BLANKET INSULATION WITH VAPOR TAPED JOINTS. DUCT BOARD IS NOT ALLOWED. ALL INTERIOR EXPOSED SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE 1" DUCT LINING. 8. HVAC MUST BE FULLY OPERATIONAL BY TSC FIXTURE DATE, IF IT IS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY, A MECHANICAL REPORT IS REQUIRED STATING THAT IT HAS BEEN INSTALLED PROPERLY AND HAS BEEN BALANCED, IF LANDLORD'S RESPONSIBILITY, GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO ASSIST IN OBTAINING THE REPORT AND NOTIFY TSC OF ANY ISSUES PRIOR TO FIXTURE DATE. 9. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE FILTERS FOR EACH ROOFTOP UNIT SERVING TRACTOR SUPPLY'S LEASE AFTER CONSTRUCTION OF THIS SPACE IS COMPLETE. 10. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ALL CUTTING AND FLASHING OF ROOF. 11. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM 13'-6" CLEAR THROUGHOUT TOW MOTOR PATHWAY. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REWORK HVAC AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THIS CLEARANCE REQUIREMENT. 12. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW MERV 8 FILTERS AFTER ANY FLUSH-OUT OR TESTING AND PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY AND RECOMMENDATION FOR MAINTENANCE WITH FILTERS OF THE SAME VALUE SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL. 13. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM 10 FEET BETWEEN EXHAUST VENTS, FANS, PLUMBING VENTS THRU ROOF, ETC..., AND OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES. 14. DUCTWORK AND PIPING TO BE SUPPORTED PER SMACNA SEISMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL AND ALSO THE FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY "INSTALLING SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR DUCT AND PIPE" AND PER WASHINGTON BUILDING CODE AND WASHINGTON MECHANICAL CODE SMACNA STD. ETC. CHAPTER 1, SECTION 113.3. NOTES: ALL ROOMS AND ENTIRE SPACE SHOULD BE FREE FROM DEBRIS AND DIRT. ALL PROJECTS TO HAVE A DAILY MEETING AND CLEAN UP AT THE END OF EACH WORK DAY. RG RETURN GRILLE SR SUPPLY REGISTER RTU ROOFTOP UNIT UH GAS-FIRED UNIT HEATER 1. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRING DEMOLITION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WORK WITH THE ARCHITECT AND WITH THE OWNER. 2. EXISTING DUCTWORK, TEMPERATURE CONTROLS, AND EQUIPMENT ARE TO REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED TO REMAIN. 3. THE HVAC DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED EXCLUSIVELY BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 4. THE HVAC DEMOLITION WORK SHALL CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING: DISCONNECT, REMOVAL, AND DISPOSAL OF FOLLOWING DUCTWORK, EQUIPMENT, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES: SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK AND DIFFUSER ETC... NOT RE-USED FOR TRACTOR SUPPLY'S LEASE SPACE. 5. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 6. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR DISCONNECTING POWER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT BEING REMOVED. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR FOR DISCONNECTING GAS TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT BEING REMOVED. HVAC DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES: CUH CABINET UNIT HEATER PLAN MECHANICAL M-1 CO2 CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR MECHANICAL TAG NOTES: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SMOKE DETECTOR IN THE RETURN AND SUPPLY AIR DUCT AND SHALL BE WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. NEW 18x18 SUPPLY AIR DUCT FROM RTU-6 SHALL DROP DOWN IN EXISTING CHASE TO SERVE AREA BELOW. EXTEND AND CONNECT EXISTING SUPPLY AIR MAIN DUCT(S) SERVING UPPER MEZZANINE ARE INTO THIS DUCT PRIOR TO DROPPING IN CHASE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZES AND LOCATIONS. NEW 18x20 RETURN AIR DUCT FROM RTU-6 SHALL DROP DOWN IN EXISTING CHASE TO SERVE AREA BELOW. EXTEND AND CONNECT EXISTING RETURN AIR MAIN DUCT(S) SERVING UPPER MEZZANINE ARE INTO THIS DUCT PRIOR TO DROPPING IN CHASE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZES AND LOCATIONS. DROP FULL SIZE EXHAUST AIR DUCT THRU ROOF IN PRE-FABRICATED ROOF CURB FROM EXHAUST FAN AND TRANSITION TO 30x36 EXHAUST AIR DUCT IN DROP BELOW ROOF DECK. TRANSITION TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK. NOTE: REUSE EXISTING EXHAUST FAN ROOF PENETRATION AND REWORK AS NECESSARY. REFER TO RTU DROP BOX DIFFUSER DETAIL ON DWG. M-3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. EXISTING DUCTWORK IN LOWER MEZZANINE AREA SHALL BE REMOVED. USE EXISTING DUCT PENETRATION IN CMU WALL AT THIS LOCATION FOR NEW DUCTWORK SERVING MANAGER'S OFFICE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF OPENING. COVER OPEN END OF RETURN AIR DUCT WITH 1"x1" WIRE MESH SCREEN. NEW 18x18 SUPPLY AIR AND 18x20 RETURN AIR DUCTS FROM DROP IN EXISTING CHASE ABOVE. DUCTS SHALL STOP ABOVE LOUNGE CEILING AND TRANSITION TO SIZES SHOWN. EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT TO BE REMOVED COMPLETELY ALONG WITH ALL ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, GRILLES, ETC. (UNLESS SERVING UPPER MEZZANINE ARE AND BEING RECONNECTED TO RTU-6) MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT POWER. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PATCH AND REPAIR ROOF. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT GAS. 1" UNDERCUT DOOR BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 10x8 EXHAUST AIR TO EXTEND THRU EXTERIOR WALL WITH VENT CAP. SEAL WALL PENETRATION WEATHERTIGHT. EXISTING GAS UNIT HEATER TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW GAS UNIT HEATER AS SCHEDULED ON SHEET M-2. REUSED EXISTING FLUE AND COMBUSTION AIR PENETRATION IF POSSIBLE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING. THERMOSTAT FOR RTU INDICATED. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 MEZZANINE MECHANICAL PLAN SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" 10 SHEET NO. JOB NO. DATE REVISIONS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DA T E # TY P E 10 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A 03/09/2016 14332 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 F a x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . E8EDCBA WH EDCBAB3B8C6D2D5D6 E7 FEED ROOM RTU 1 NEW 12.5 TONS RTU 3 NEW 12.5 TONS RTU 4 NEW 12.5 TONS RTU 2 NEW 6 TONS RTU 5 NEW 7.5 TONS RTU 6 NEW 6 TONS EF 1 NEWGUH 1 NEWCUH 1 A B B B B B EF 2 EF 3 EF 4 SD 1 SD 1 CD 1 26x26 5000 5 7 SD 1 SD 1 CD 1 26x26 5000 5 7 SD 1 SD 1 CD 1 26x26 5000 5 7 SD SD 1 1 5 CD 2 22x22 3000 7 SD 1 SD 1 5 7 CD 3 18x18 2400 30 x 3 6 24x30 16x2424x3016x24 ROOF MTD. EXPLOSION PROOF 4 NOTE: EXHAUST DUCT TO BE MOUNTED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. E 1 40x18 2600 (TYP. FOR 4) DUCT MOUNTED 72"x48" INTAKE LOUVER. MOUNT AT 11'-0" AFF +/-. RUSKIN MODEL ELF 6375DX DRAINABLE LOUVER WITH INSECT SCREEN, COLOR BY ARCHITECT. 8x8 14x12 14x14 R 1 16x12 500 10 10 10 R 1 8x8 200 8x8 8x8 S 1 8"Ø 250 (TYP. FOR 2) 8"Ø S 2 6"Ø 75 (TYP. FOR 2) 11 8x8 10x8 8 S 1 8"Ø 200 S 3 8x8 100 8x8 RTU-68x8 E 1 8x8 125 8"Ø 62 SDSD 11 18x18 3 CD(E)CD(E) CD(E) CD(E) CD(E) RG(E) RG(E) RG(E) RG(E) S 3 8x8 150 RTU-5 RTU-2 RTU-3 RTU-4 RTU-1 NOTE: CO2 SENSOR SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: IF BASE BUILDING EMS CONTROL IS INSTALLED DURING CONSTRUCTION: CO2 SENSOR SERVING RTU-3 SHALL BE INTERLOCKED WITH RTU-4 O.A. DAMPERS VIA EMS PANEL. NOTE: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MOUNT EF-2 FROM STRUCTURE WITH ALL THREADED RODS AND VIBRATION ISOLATORS. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS AT THE INLET AND OUTLET OF THE EXHAUST FAN. TRANSITION INLET AND OUTLET OF EXHAUST FAN OPENING TO RECTANGULAR DUCT AS INDICATED ON THE MECHANICAL PLAN. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 18" OF EXHAUST DUCTWORK AT THE INLET AND OUTLET OF THE EXHAUST FAN. TERMINATE THRU WALL TO I.O.D. WITH REGISTER AS SHOWN. NOTE: EXISTING CEILING DIFFUSERS, RETURN GRILLES, TRANSFER AIR GRILLES, EXHAUST GRILLES, DUCTWORK, DAMPERS, EXISTING EXHAUST FAN(S) (SERVING EXISTING RESTROOMS), ETC... FOR UPPER MEZZANINE AREA TO REMAIN. RECONNECT INTO NEW SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCT DROPS FROM RTU PRIOR TO DROPS IN CHASE TO LOWER MEZZANINE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND SIZES OF DUCTWORK. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO REPAIR OR REPLACE IF NECESSARY AND DAMAGED OR MISSING DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, DUCTWORK, INSULATION, ETC... MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL EXISTING DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, DUCTWORK, ETC... TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. IF ANY COMPONENTS ARE MISSING TO PREVENT THE PROPER FUNCTION OF THE SYSTEM THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTION. NOTE: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL ROOFTOP UNITS, AIR HANDLER, FAN COIL UNITS, CONDENSING UNITS, DUCTWORK INCLUDING EXHAUST FANS, DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, THERMOSTATS, ETC... COMPLETELY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED TO REMAIN. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENGAGE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ALL ROOFING WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL SERVICE FROM REMOVED EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT GAS PIPING FROM REMOVED EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE REMOVAL OF EXISTING ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. NOTE: CEILING GRIDS ARE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR CEILING GRIDS. 12 NOTE: EXISTING FAN COIL UNIT IN LOWER MEZZANINE CEILING SHALL BE REMOVED ALONG WITH ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK AND CONDENSING UNIT MOUNTED ON ROOF. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS. EXISTING DUCT PENETRATION OF CMU WALL SHALL BE RE-UTILIZED FOR NEW DUCTWORK AS SHOWN. 9 11 12 10 6"Ø 6"Ø 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 M-2 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES & DETAILS REQUIRED O.A. (CFM) (CFM) REMARKSO.A. SUPPLIEDLOAD OCCUPANTAREA SERVEDUNIT HVAC REQUIRED VENTILATION VENTILATION AIR REQUIREMENT 10056EMPLOYEE LOUNGE 5 SALES 269 5214 5220 VESTIBULE 132 SF 4% FLOOR AREA 6 SF 42 SF (17,947 SF) (332 SF) RTU .06 CFM/SF 5 CFM/PERSON (1.25) .12 CFM/SF 7.5 CFM/PERSON (1.25) WHERE Az = ZONE FLOOR AREA Pz = POPULATION Rp = TABLE 6.1 OUTDOOR AIR PER PERSON Ra = TABLE 6.1 OUTDOOR AIR PER AREA NOTE: ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 BREATHING ZONE OUTDOOR AIR FLOW (CFM) VBz = RpPz+RaAz x 1.25 8. ACCEPTABLE EQUALS SHALL BE ANEMOSTAT, CARNES, KRUEGER, NAILOR, PRICE, TITUS, AND TUTTLE & BAILEY. 7. PROVIDE FLANGED END BORDER. 6. PROVIDE INSULATED BOOT PLENUM AND FLANGED END BORDER. 5. ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION. AIR DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULE NOTESMODELMANUFACTURERDESCRIPTIONTYPEIDENT 4. STEEL CONSTRUCTION. NOTES: 3. FINISH SHALL BE OFF-WHITE. 2. PROVIDE OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERS IN NECK OF DIFFUSER OR REGISTER, WITH ACCESS TO DAMPER THROUGH FACE OF DIFFUSER OR REGISTER. 1. PROVIDE SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITIONS. TURNING VANES NO SCALE TYPICAL SUPPLY, RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT SYSTEM RP ELL WITH TURNING VANES FULL RADIUS ELL OR SQUARE RISE OR DROP THICKNESS TURNING VANES OR SQUARE ELL W/DOUBLE FULL RADIUS ELL WHERE POSSIBLE TRANSITION M.V.D. OR SPIN-IN W/M.V.D. WITH EXTERNAL INSULATION BELL MOUTH FITTING W/ ROUND SHEET METAL RUNOUT FLEX RUNOUT SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER SQUARE ELL W/DOUBLE THICKNESS OR RUNOUT. EACH BRANCH TAKE OFF BALANCING DAMPER - TYPICAL OPPOSED BALDE MANUAL FITTING-"SHOE" TYPE 45 DEGREE TEE DUCT DOWN RETURN OR EXHAUST REGISTER EXHAUST RETURN OR SUPPLY DUCT DOWN DUCT UP RETURN OR EXHAUST SUPPLY DUCT UP FIRE DAMPER ACCESS DOOR FIRE DAMPER-SEE PLANS FOR TYPE RATED WALL-SEE PLANS FOR TYPE 57 36,228 636 TOTAL TONNAGE SQUARE FOOT/TON TOTAL SQUARE FOOTAGE TONNAGE BREAKDOWN ECONOMIZER ACCESSORY HOOD. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS INSTALLED ABOVE ROOF. SUPPORTS FOR THE COPPER CONDENSATE LINES SHALL BE 4"x4"x12" TREATED BLOCKING SET IN MASTIC ON A MODIFIED BITUMEN PAD. PIPE SUPPORTS SHALL BE SPACED NO FURTHER THAN 6'-0" APART. HVAC UNIT PLUG VENT CLEAN OUT PLUG NO SCALE ROOFTOP UNIT DETAIL REFER TO CONCENTRIC DIFFUSER DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SDSD DUCT MTD. SMOKE DETECTORS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MC AND WIRED BY EC. NOTES: CURB SUPPORT: INSTALL ROOF CURB ON ROOF STRUCTURE; LEVEL, ACCORDING TO LANDLORD'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. INSTALL AND SECURE ROOFTOP UNITS ON CURBS AND COORDINATE ROOF PENETRATIONS AND FLASHING WITH ROOFER HAVING WARRANTY FOR THE ROOF. NOTE: MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING STRUCTURE PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK. 4" 4" FOR EACH RTU, LABEL SIDE OF UNIT @ ROOF & UNDERSIDE OF DROP DIFFUSER INSIDE BLDG. W/NAME OF UNIT IN 4" HIGH STENCILED BLACK LETTERS. CONDENSATE DRAIN TO DISCHARGE ONTO SPLASH BLOCK ON ROOF. SPLASH BLOCK ON ROOF BY MC. COORDINATE WITH GC. 3,4 1 RTU 530528RECEIVING/STOCK (6037 SF) DUSK (BY PHOTOCELL)ON LIGHTING AND HEATING SCHEDULE PYLON/BUILDING SIGN OFF 9:15 PM PARKING LOT LIGHTS BUILDING LIGHTS WALL PACKS DUSK TO DAWN PHOTOCELL (ALWAYS ON DURING DARK) DURING THE DAY BUSINESS LIGHTS 8:30 PM 7:30 AM HEATING 68 DEGREES AT 8:00 AM 62 DEGREES AT 9:00 PM COOLING 74 DEGREES AT 8:00 AM 80 DEGREES AT 9:00 PM SUNDAY SAME TEMPS AT 10:00 AM SAME TEMPS AT 6:00 PM LIGHTING LZ-3 LZ-2 LZ-1B CONTROL ZONE NOTES: CONTROL ZONE THE SYSTEM CAN BE OVERRIDDEN BY THE OVERRIDE SWITCH IN CASE THE STORE IS OPEN EARLIER OR LATER THAN NORMAL STORE HOURS. NOTE: VACANT SPACE WITHIN TSC'S LEASE SPACE SHALL BE NIGHT/SAFETY LIGHTING ONLY, HEAT SET AT 55 DEGREES WITH 1 HOUR FAN OPERATION EVERY 12 HOURS FOR AIR CIRCULATION. LZ-X DENOTES ROUTING THRU A LIGHTING CONTACTOR IN THE UNITIZED BOARD. GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR PROGRAMMING AL NON EMS CONTROLLED THERMOSTATS AND LIGHTING CONTROLS. EMPLOYEE LIGHTS 8:30 PM 7:30 AM LZ-1A COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 HVAC SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS THE FOLLOWING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS INDICATE THE MINIMUM DESIGN CONDITIONS ACCEPTABLE TO TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY. WHETHER OR NOT INDICATED ON THE PLANS, THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL CODES AND ORDINANCES GOVERNING THE INSTALLATION OF HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS. SYSTEM AND COMPONENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE DESIGN PARAMETERS INDICATED IN THE LATEST EDITION OF ASHRAE AND SMACNA STANDARDS. BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS PROPOSAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE PREMISES OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH PROJECT CONDITIONS (I.E., ANY STRUCTURAL, ARCHITECTURAL OR ELECTRICAL OBSTRUCTIONS). NO CLAIMS FOR "EXTRA" COMPENSATION DUE TO UNFAMILIARITY WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND/OR DESIGN DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED. SCHEDULE OF WORK: THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. PRIOR TO ANY WORK, THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL STRUCTURAL OR ELECTRICAL DEVICES THAT IS REQUIRED FOR THE HVAC EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND, THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD FOR DESIGN CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO THE HVAC EQUIPMENT. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INSTALLATION AND OPERATIONAL CUT SHEETS FOR THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAL CHECK: AFTER THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR COMPLETES THE HVAC INSTALLATION AND STARTUP, AS PER THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS, THE HVAC MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE LENNOX AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL TO INSPECT EQUIPMENT AND ITS OPERATION. THE EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAL CHECK (EOC) WILL AID THE CONTRACTOR IN CHECKING EACH SYSTEM FOR PROPER OPERATION AND MAKING FINAL ADJUSTMENTS AS NECESSARY. THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING THE EOC WITH THE MANUFACTURER AT LEAST THREE WEEKS PRIOR TO DESIRED DATE. THE FOLLOWING PARTIES MUST BE PRESENT FOR DURATION OF THE EOC: - HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR'S QUALIFIED MECHANIC - SERVICING CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFIED MECHANIC (IF DIFFERENT HVAC SUB) ALL TEST EQUIPMENT TO BE MADE AVAILABLE BY THE SERVICING CONTRACTOR AND MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR. IF AMBIENT CONDITIONS DO NOT PERMIT PROPER AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONAL CHECK, AN ADDITIONAL COOLING EOC MUST BE SCHEDULED WITH ABOVE PARTIES PRESENT. HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE TRACTOR SUPPLY CO. WITH THREE (3) COPIES OF EOC REPORTS PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SHALL BE BALANCED AND TESTED BY NEBB CERTIFIED CONTRACTOR. BALANCE AND TEST REPORT MUST BE PRESENTED TO TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY AS PART OF ACCEPTANCE OF SPACE. PROVIDE A SET OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT TO STORE MANAGER AND TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY CONSTRUCTION DEPARTMENT AT THE TIME OF ACCEPTANCE. ANY STARTERS REQUIRED FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. MANUFACTURER WARRANTIES: COMPRESSOR SHALL HAVE FIVE (5) YEAR PARTS ONLY WARRANTY. TOTAL UNIT SHALL HAVE A ONE-YEAR PARTS WARRANTY. INSTALLATION WARRANTIES: EQUIPMENT WARRANTIES FROM THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE A ONE (1) YEAR LABOR WARRANTY ON TOTAL JOB EFFECTIVE FROM THE DATE OF TURNOVER TO OWNER. ALL INSTALLING CONTRACTORS AND THEIR REPRESENTATIVES MUST BE CERTIFIED TO PURCHASE AND RECYCLE REFRIGERANT FOR ALL HVAC UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DOE REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT COPIES OF MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLATION WARRANTIES AND CERTIFICATIONS TO TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT WILL BE MADE. ROOFTOP UNITS: RTUs SHALL BE NEW BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR & VERIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE. ALL REQUIRED ROOFTOP SYSTEM OPTIONS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE ROOFTOP PACKAGE SCHEDULE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CHANGE FILTER MEDIA AND ADJUST REFRIGERANT CHARGE UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MERV 8 THROWAWAY TYPE FILTERS. DUCT CONSTRUCTION LOW PRESSURE (MAXIMUM .2" W.C.) PER SMACNA "DUCT CONSTRUCTION" CLASSIFICATION - DUCTWORK AND PLENUMS - OR CONSTRUCT OF THE FOLLOWING GAUGES: DUCT AT WIDEST DIMENSION U.S. GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL UP THRU 12" 24 GAUGE 13" THRU 30" 22 GAUGE 31" THRU 54" 20 GAUGE LOW PRESSURE SHEET METAL FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARDS SET FORTH IN THE LATEST EDITION OF THE ASHRAE GUIDE AND SMACNA HVAC SYSTEMS DUCT DESIGN UNLESS MODIFIED HEREIN. DUCT SIZES SHOWN ON PLANS ARE ACTUAL SHEET METAL INSIDE DIMENSION. ALL CONCEALED DUCT WORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH 2" THICK FIBERGLASS INSULATION BLANKET WITH FOIL BARRIER (R VALUE - 6.4 AT 25% COMPRESSION). ALL EXPOSED DUCT WORK SHALL BE INTERNALLY LINED WITH 1" LINER (R VALUE - 4.2). WHERE LOCAL MUNICIPAL ENERGY CODES REQUIRE MORE DUCT INSULATION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THOSE REQUIREMENTS. FLEXIBLE DUCT SECTIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED 6'-0" IN OVERALL DEVELOPED LENGTH. PROVIDE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER AT ALL TAKEOFFS (INTEGRAL W/SPIN-IN FITTINGS) AS ILLUSTRATED BELOW. EXTRACTORS OR AIR SCOOPS ARE REQUIRED AT EACH SPLIT IN THE DUCT AS ILLUSTRATED ON THIS DRAWING. TRANSITION ANGLES SHALL NOT EXCEED 15 DEGREES AS ILLUSTRATED ON THIS DRAWING. PROVIDE MINIMUM DUCT TURNING RADIUS AS ILLUSTRATED ON THIS DRAWING. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WIRING DIAGRAMS TO ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. WIRING BETWEEN THERMOSTATS, SENSORS, AND RTUs SHALL BE COMPLETED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SMOKE DETECTORS THE UNIT NEW SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL BE WIRED BY THIS CONTROL CONTRACTOR AND SHALL FUNCTION TO DE-ENERGIZE UNIT SUPPLY FAN. PROVIDE CONTACTS AS REQUIRED FOR THE FIRE ALARM PANEL. DUCT WORK INSTALLATION: ALL DUCT WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED BY A QUALIFIED HVAC CONTRACTOR. ALL MAIN TRUNK AND BRANCH DUCTS SHALL RUN PERPENDICULAR OR PARALLEL TO THE STRUCTURE. DUCT WORK IN THE SALES AREA SHALL BE NEAT IN APPEARANCE. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS FOR ALL CONCEALED SMOKE DETECTORS AND DEVICES IN DUCT WORK OR MECHANICAL CHASES. PERMITS: THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION INCIDENTAL TO HIS WORK REQUIRED BY THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES. ALL SUCH CERTIFICATES SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE ARCHITECT IN DUPLICATE. TESTING AND ADJUSTING: AFTER THE VARIOUS PORTIONS OF THE WORK ARE COMPLETED, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE THE FOLLOWING TESTS: DUCT SYSTEM - THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OPERATE THE VARIOUS FAN AND BLOWER SYSTEMS AND SHALL DO ALL ADJUSTING AND BALANCING AS REQUIRED TO DELIVER THE AIR QUANTITIES SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL PLANS AT EACH SUPPLY GRILLE, OUTLET AND REGISTER. GUARANTEE: THIS CONTRACTOR HEREWITH AGREES TO FURNISH ONLY MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WHICH ARE FIRST CLASS. SHOULD ANY TROUBLE OCCUR TO THE INSTALLATION DUE TO DEFECTIVE MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP, WITHIN ONE (1) YEAR. E-1 2, 5, 8DUCT MOUNTED, NECK SIZE AS INDICATED ON DWG.METAL-AIREEXHAUST 4002R EF-1 FAN SCHEDULE NOTESCFMMANUFACTURER / MODEL NO.AREA SERVEDTAG VOLTAGEMOTOR HPSERVICE NOTES: 1. PROVIDE UNIT WITH MOTORIZED BACKDRAFT DAMPER. ACCEPTABLE EQUALS SHALL BE ACME, CARNES, COOK, AND PENN. HAY AREA 10,400GREENHECK / CUBE-300-30 EXHAUST 3 HP 460V/3/60 2. SPARK RESISTANT 3. RUNS CONTINUALLY 4. 10,400 CFM @ .5" SP; 720 RPM (FAN); 19.9 SONES; 250 LBS. .06 CFM/SF 5 CFM/PERSON (1.25) 12 5. INSULATED PRE-FAB ROOF CURB (18" HIGH MIN.) 6. DISCONNECT SWITCH SEE NOTES 1-5 BELOW NONEEXHAUST AIR 1" W.C.GALVANIZED STEELDUCTWORKC CDUCTWORK STEEL GALVANIZED1" W.C.RETURN AIR 1" DUCT LINING ALL DUCTWORK SIZES ARE AIRWAY DIMENSIONSNOTE: CLASS DUCTWORK SCHEDULE DUCT SYSTEM SMACNA PRESSURE MATERIAL DUCT INSULATION EXPOSED SUPPLY AIR 2" W.C.GALVANIZED STEELDUCTWORKB SEAL SMACNA CLASS 2" DUCT WRAPCONCEALED SUPPLY AIR 2" W.C.GALVANIZED STEELDUCTWORKB REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SP .5" RPM 720 4019MANAGER1 (170 SF).06 CFM/SF 5 CFM/PERSON (1.25) COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 1040010380HAY BARN 1 (2076 SF)15 ACH QUANTITIES ARE EXHAUSTED1 EF EF MEN 1 WC (142 SF) EF WOMEN 14014070 CFM EXH. PER FIXTURE COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 (15 CFM O.A. - RTU-6) 1 WC (94 SF)707070 CFM EXH. PER WC COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 (15 CFM O.A. - RTU-6) AIR OUTDOOR S/A FAN MOCPMCATEMP. AMBIENTEAT DB/WB(%) AFUE (LBS) ELECTRICAL DATA VOLTAGE WEIGHT (MBH) SENSIBLE GROSS COOLING CAPACITY (MBH) TOTAL ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE CFM & MODEL NUMBER MANUFACTURERTAG TOTAL SP HEATING CAPACITY 1st STAGE 2nd STAGE (MBH)(MBH) REMARKS HPEER/SEER NOMINAL TONNAGE (IN.) 1 RTU 2 RTU 3 RTU 4 RTU 5 RTU 6 RTU NOTES: EXCLUSIVE WITH YORK AND LENNOX TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY HAS NATIONAL ACCOUNTS WITH YORK/JOHNSON CONTROLS AND LENNOX. PLEASE CALL 1-405-419-6531 FOR YORK/JOHNSON CONTROLS QUOTATIONS AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT. PLEASE CALL 1-800-367-6285 FOR LENNOX QUOTATIONS AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT. ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE MANUFACTURER: LENNOX 'L' SERIES. MUST BE COMPATIBLE WITH TSC FURNISHED EMS. MUST BE EQUAL TO OR BETTER THAN YORK PREDATOR/SUNLINE SERIES INCLUDING HINGED DOORS, HIGH EFFICIENCY, WARRANTY, AND MAINTENANCE. COOLING CAPACITIES BASED ON 80 DEG. F DB/67 DEG. F WB ENTERING COIL, 95 DEG. F ENTERING CONDENSER. HEATING CAPACITY BASED ON NATURAL GAS AT 1000 BTU PER CUBIC FOOT AND 0.6 SPECIFIC GRAVITY. PROVIDE FACTORY FURNISHED 14" HIGH INSULATED ROOF CURB OR ROOF CURB ADAPTER GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FULLY 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT WITH AUTO HEAT/COOL CHANGEOVER. PROVIDE 1 YEAR PARTS AND LABOR WARRANTY. THERMOSTAT SHALL BE EQUAL TO HONEYWELL TB7220. MOUNT THERMOSTATS LOCATED IN RETAIL AREA 96" AFF. THERMOSTATS TO HAVE 5°F DEADBAND MINIMUM FOR SYSTEMS CONTROLLING BOTH HEATING AND COOLING. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED DIRTY FILTER SWITCH AND BLOWER PROVING SWITCH. PROVIDE 1 YEAR PARTS AND LABOR WARRANTY. PROVIDE 5 YEAR PARTS WARRANTY ON COMPRESSOR. PROVIDE 10 YEAR HEAT EXCHANGER WARRANTY. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED SMOKE DETECTORS ON THE SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCT DISCHARGES. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED DIFFERENTIAL ENTHALPY ECONOMIZER AND BAROMETRIC RELIEF. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A START UP CHECKLIST CONFIRMING ALL UNITS HAVE BEEN PROPERLY STARTED AND CONFIRMED RUNNING PROPERLY. CHECKLIST MUST BE PROVIDED TO TSC VIA CLOSE-OUT BINDER. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A SECOND SET OF FILTERS TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO STORE OPENING. UNIT SHALL BE R-410A REFRIGERANT (NO EXCEPTIONS). 120V NON-POWERED GFI CONVENIENCE OUTLET GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONDUITS AND GANG BOXES FOR FUTURE EMS. SEE DRAWING E-3A FOR DETAILS. LOW VOLTAGE VENDOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL LOW VOLTAGE PRE-WIRE FOR FUTURE EMS. SEE DRAWING E-3A FOR DETAILS. PROVIDE UNITS INSTALLED WITHIN 20 MILES OF A COASTAL MARINE ARE WITH A FACTORY INSTALLED EPOXY, OR PHENOLIC BASED COATING TO THE CONDENSER COILS FOR PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION CAUSED BY SEA SALT. CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR. (SEE CO2 SENSOR SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS) PROVIDE WITH MSAV BLOWER TYPE. PROVIDE WITH PHASE MONITOR. PROVIDE WITH FAULT DETECTION DIAGNOSTICS. PROVIDE WITH DRAIN PAN OVERFLOW SWITCH. 1. 2. 3.4. 5. 6. 7.8. 9. 10.11.12. 13. 14.15. 16. 17. 18.19. & MODEL NUMBER MANUFACTURER ALTERNATE 1 UR 2 RTU (1.25) FEED ROOM 36 692 700(2363 SF).12 CFM/SF 7.5 CFM/PERSON COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 6 RTU CD-1 SUPPLY 4, 8SLANT FACE PLENUM-DIFFUSER SYSTEM, 26x26 CONNECTION.CURBS PLUS INC. SFPD 2410-12.5 290109MEZZANINE2 (1281 SF).06 CFM/SF 5 CFM/PERSON (1.25) COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 CD-2 SUPPLY 4, 8SLANT FACE PLENUM-DIFFUSER SYSTEM, 22x22 CONNECTION.CURBS PLUS INC. SFPD 2008-7.5 S-1 R-1 3, 4, 8SURFACE MOUNTED, DOUBLE DEFLECTION, NECK SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN METAL-AIRESUPPLY V4004S 2, 3, 4, 8LAY-IN, 24x 24 IN. FACE, NECK SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN METAL-AIRE 5500SSUPPLY S-3 3, 5, 8SURFACE MOUNTED, NECK SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN.METAL-AIRERETURN RHE S-2 2, 3, 4, 8SURFACE MOUNTED, 12x 12 IN. FACE, NECK SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN METAL-AIRE 5500SSUPPLY SEE BELOW1475STERLING / GG120STOCK ROOMGUH-1 6. ACCEPTABLE EQUALS SHALL BE MODINE, REZNOR, LENNOX, OR TRANE. 5. UNITS SHALL BE U.L. LISTED. NEW GAS UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE NOTESCFMMANUFACTURER / MODEL NO.AREA SERVEDTAG NOTES: 3. PROVIDE SUPPORT TO MOUNT UNIT HEATER TO STRUCTURE. 2. PROVIDE THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION FOR FAN MOTOR. 1. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTAT (24V) AT 84" A.F.F. 120.0 GAS 98.4 INPUT OUTPUT VOLTAGE 115V/1/60 4. UNIT HEATER SHALL BE INSTALLED AT 14'-0" A.F.F. VENT(MBH) (MBH)DIA. 4 IN. MOTOR HP 1/10 HP 7. LV VENDOR TO PROVIDE, INSTAL, AND PRE-WIRE FOR FUTURE EMS. SEE DRAWING E-3A FOR DETAILS. IT ROOM SEE NOTES 7 & 8 BELOW125FANTECH / FG 4XL EXHAUST 72 WATTS 120V/1/60EF-2 .5" 2559 7. LINE VOLTAGE COOLING THERMOSTAT; WHITE RODGERS #ET5SRTHS 8. UNIT SHALL BE UL LISTED AND AMCA CERTIFIED. LGH072H4BH1G LENNOX 3 PH 460V 15 202 HP 700 95°F1.1"2400 80 80/67 77.2 57.9 12006113/90 150/120 SEE NOTES BELOW12.0 EERZJ078N15V4MAD7 YORK/JOHNSON LGH092H4BH1G LENNOX 3 PH 460V 20 252 HP 1010 95°F1.2"3000 80 80/67 93.0 67.9 14007.5 156/125 240/192 SEE NOTES BELOW12.5 EERZJ090N15V4MAD7 YORK/JOHNSON AIR OUTDOOR (MIN.) 240 300 SHEET NO. JOB NO. DATE REVISIONS 03/09/2016 14332 LGH150S4BH1G LENNOX 3 PH 460V 30 35 5 HP SEE NOTES BELOW53095°F1.85000 80156/125 240/192 80/67 147.6 113.7 150011.0 EER12.5ZJ150N20V4MAD7 YORK/JOHNSON 500 LGH150S4BH1G LENNOX 3 PH 460V 30 35 5 HP SEE NOTES BELOW261095°F1.85000 80156/125 240/192 80/67 147.6 113.7 150011.0 EER12.5ZJ150N20V4MAD7 YORK/JOHNSON 500 LGH150S4BH1G LENNOX 3 PH 460V 30 35 5 HP SEE NOTES BELOW261095°F1.85000 80156/125 240/192 80/67 147.6 113.7 150011.0 EER12.5ZJ150N20V4MAD7 YORK/JOHNSON 500 LGH072H4BH1G LENNOX 3 PH 460V 15 202 HP 480 95°F1.1"2400 80 80/67 77.2 57.9 12006113/90 150/120 SEE NOTES BELOW12.0 EERZJ078N15V4MAD7 YORK/JOHNSON 240 SEE 1-3 BELOW REMARKS 4MARKEL ELECTRIC CABINET UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE & MODEL NUMBER MANUFACTURERTAG KW BTU/HR HEATING CAPACITY 13,600 VOLTAGE 277V CFM 425CUH 1 G3484 AMPS 14.41 PHASE NOTES: 3. SIMILAR MANUFACTURER: QMARK, BERKO, TRANE 2. HEATER TO BE RECESSED CEILING (LAY-IN) MOUNTED 1. PROVIDE INTEGRAL THERMOSTAT, DISCONNECT, LOUVER OUTLET, AND MOUNTING HARDWARE EF-3 WOMEN 150GREENHECK / SP-A250 EXHAUST 83 WATTS 120V/1/60 SEE NOTES 1-3,9-11 BELOW.4" 864 MEN SEE NOTES 1-3,9-11 BELOW150GREENHECK / SP-A250 EXHAUST 83 WATTS 120V/1/60EF-4 .4" 864 9. CONTROLLED BY LIGHT SWITCH. 10. HANGING KIT WITH VIBRATION ISOLATORS. 11. METAL CEILING GRILLE. CD-3 SUPPLY 4, 8SLANT FACE PLENUM-DIFFUSER SYSTEM, 18x18 CONNECTION.CURBS PLUS INC. SFPD 1608-6 (1.25)5 RTU I.O.D.52 1004 1010(3446 SF).12 CFM/SF 7.5 CFM/PERSON COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 2017STORAGE1 (145 SF).06 CFM/SF 5 CFM/PERSON (1.25) COMPLIES BY ASHRAE 62.1-2007 ITEM 6.2.2.1 4 3 20. 21. 22.23. M-3 MECHANICAL DETAILS MAY USE FERRULE ATTACHMENT SEISMIC CABLE 45° ± 15° ROD COUPLING THREADED ROD ROD STIFFENER AS REQUIRED SELF TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS DUCT TRAPEZE SUPPORT UPPER SUPPORT (FOR SEISMIC BRACE) CABLE BRACKET 45° ± 15° MAY USE FERRULE ATTACHMENT ANCHOR ANCHOR SEISMIC CABLE STIFFENER CLAMP THREADED ROD ROD STIFFENER AS REQUIRED STIFFENER CLAMP TRAPEZE SUPPORT CABLE BRACKET UPPER SUPPORT (FOR SEISMIC BRACE) ROD COUPLING DUCT LONGITUDINALTRANSVERSE SEISMIC CABLE 45° ± 15° ROD COUPLING THREADED ROD ROD STIFFENER AS REQUIRED SELF TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS UPPER SUPPORT (FOR SEISMIC BRACE) CABLE BRACKET 45° ± 15° ANCHOR ANCHOR SEISMIC CABLE STIFFENER CLAMP THREADED ROD ROD STIFFENER AS REQUIRED STIFFENER CLAMP CABLE BRACKET ROD COUPLING DUCT LONGITUDINAL TRANSVERSE USE THE SHORTEST SCREW POSSIBLE WHEN PENETRATING DUCTWORK TO MINIMIZE AIRFLOW NOISE INSIDE THE DUCT. NO SCALE DUCT BRACING DETAIL - RECTANGULAR (VERTICAL RODS AND BRACE WITH CABLES) NO SCALE DUCT BRACING DETAIL - ROUND (VERTICAL RODS AND BRACE WITH CABLES) SUPPORT DUCT WITH STRAPS PER SMACNA SEISMIC GUIDELINES AND/OR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER'S DIRECTION. STRAP MUST BE A MIN. 1" WIDE, 26 GA. OR HEAVIER. SELF TAPPING SHEET METAL SCREWS DUCT NO SCALE STRAP SUPPORT DETAIL 1/4" NEOPRENE FOAM GASKET FASTEN EQUIPMENT BASE TO PRE-FABRICATED CURB INTAKE HOOD, PIPE HOOD, GAS VENT OR FAN FASTEN EQUIPMENT BASE TO PRE-FABRICATED CURB (2) PLACES EACH SIDE OF UNIT W/ #12 TEK SCREWS 1/4" NEOPRENE FOAM GASKET FASTEN EQUIPMENT BASE TO PRE-FABRICATED CURB ROOFTOP UNIT (SIDE VIEW) ROOFTOP UNIT (END VIEW) INSTALL FACTORY FURNISHED DRIP EDGE ON NON-RAIL SIDES COUNTERFLASHING ROOFINGPRE-FABRICATED CURB WELD CURB TO STRUCTURE PRE-FABRICATED CURB WELD CURB TO STRUCTURE 1/4" NEOPRENE FOAM GASKET COUNTERFLASHING ROOFING WOOD NAILER ROOFTOP UNIT (NON-RAIL SECTION) WOOD NAILER AC-UNIT RAIL WOOD NAILER ROOFTOP UNIT (RAIL SECTION) SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR SUPPORT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING BELOW CURB SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR SUPPORT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING BELOW CURB NO SCALE EQIUPMENT ROOF DETAIL R.T.U. R.A. RA DUCT, FULL SIZE OF UNIT OPENING W/ 1" LINING. NO SCALE RTU DROP BOX DIFFUSER DETAIL SASA SLANT FACE GRILLE (TYP. FOR 4) TRANS. TO 22x22 & CONNECT TO PLENUM DIFFUSER - SUPPLY DUCTWORK SHALL BE LINED. CURBS PLUS INC. PLENUM DIFFUSER. ALTERNATES ACCEPTABLE, MUST YIELD QUIET DISTRIBUTION. CALCULATIONS: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY - ARLINGTON, WA DESIGN CONDITIONS: SUMMER: INDOOR OUTDOOR T 75°F DB/63°F WB 80°F DB/65°F WB 5°F DB WINTER: INDOOR OUTDOOR T 75°F DB 21°F DB 54°F DB AREAS: SALES AREAS 23821 SQ.FT. STOCK 6045 SQ.FT. CORE AREA 3042 SQ.FT. VESTIBULE 133 SQ.FT. TOTAL SPACE 33277 SQ.FT. CFM/S.F. S.F./TON 0.7 595 PEOPLE: 379 - BASED ON 2012 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE VENTILATION: 7940 CFM BASED ON MECHANICAL SCHEDULE ROOF U VALUE: (0.1) WALL U VALUE (0.1); WINDOW VALUE: (1.13 U & 0.95 SC); HEAT GAIN FACTOR QUANTITY SENSIBLE GAIN LATENT GAIN ROOF: 1.6 BTU/SF 33,277 53,243 BTU/HR - NORTH WALL: 1 BTU/SF 750 750 BTU/HR - EAST WALL: 3.1 BTU/SF 2,904 9,002 BTU/HR - EAST GLASS: 18.95 BTU/SF 846 16,032 BTU/HR - SOUTH WALL: 1.2 BTU/SF 5,650 6,780 BTU/HR - WEST WALL: 0.4 BTU/SF 3,400 1,360 BTU/HR - PEOPLE: 250/250 379 94,750 BTU/HR 75,800 BTU/HR LIGHTS: 3.41 39,932 WATTS 136,168 BTU/HR - RECEPTACLES: 3.41 33,277 WATTS 113,475 BTU/HR - MISC. 3.41 33,277 WATTS 113,475 BTU/HR - TOTAL ROOM GAIN: 545,035 BTU/HR 75,800 BTU/HR VENTILATION AIR: 7940 x 1.085 x5 F 43,074 BTU/HR 7940 x .68 x 2 GR/LB 10,798 BTU/HR TOTAL HEAT GAIN: 588,109 BTU/HR + 86,598 BTU/HR 674,707 BTU/HR = 56 TONS SUPPLY AIR CFM: ROOM SENSIBLE GAIN 545,035 BTU/HR = = 25,117 CFM; USE 22,800 CFM 1.085 x (75 - 55) 21.7 HEAT LOSS ROOF: 33,277 S.F. x 5.4 BTU/SF 179,696 BTU/HR VENTILATION: 7940 x 1.08 x 58 465,205 BTU/HR 1/2 AC INFILTRATION: 737,140 x 0.55 405,427 BTU/HR WALLS 12,704 S.F. x 5.4 BTU/SF 68,602 BTU/HR GLASS: 846 S.F. x 61.02 BTU/SF 51,623 BTU/HR TOTAL HEAT LOSS: 1,170,552 BTU/HR DUCT DUCT COLLAR RETURN AIR GRILLE PLENUM BOX 24"x24"x8" 18 GA W/ROLLED EDGES CEILING INSTALL VOLUME DAMPER AT TRUNK CONNECTION OF EACH RETURN AIR INLET CONNECTION DUCT FLEX DUCTCONN. DUCT PLENUM BOX 24"x24"x8" 18 GA W/ROLLED EDGES INSTALL VOLUME DAMPER OF EACH RETURN AIR INLET CONNECTION DUCT AT TRUNK CONNECTION CEILING DUCT COLLAR RETURN AIR GRILLE EGG CRATE 1/2"x1/2"x1/2" PLASTIC GRID RIGID GALV. STEEL ELBOW 1.5x RADIUS DIFF. NECK SIZE=DIA. TAKE-OFFBELLMOUTH DUCT MAIN MAX. 4'-0" FLEX DUCT NEW DIFFUSER DAMPERVOLUME CEILING (LAY-IN, GYP BOARD, ETC...) PER W.M.C. & SMACNA SEISMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL, TYPICAL FOR ALL BRACING. SEISMIC RESTRAINTS, (TYPICAL) PER W.M.C. & SMACNA SIESMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL, TYPICAL FOR ALL BRACING.SEISMIC RESTRAINTS, (TYPICAL) BATT INSULATION OVER TOP OF CD BACK PAN NO SCALE RETURN DUCT DETAIL NO SCALE SUPPLY DUCT DETAIL 4"Ø FLUE PIPE FROM UNIT HEATER 14'-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TO BOTTOM OF UNIT HEATER CAP DIRT LEG CONNECTION TO UNIT HEATER INCLUDES REDUCER. GAS COCK SUPPORT FROM UNIT HEATER TO SUPPORT ANGLE SPANNING JOISTS ABOVE CEILING. (TYPICAL OF 2) ANGLE IRON SUPPORT CONCENTRIC ADAPTER TALL CONE FLASHING STORM COLLAR 6"Ø OUTER FLUE COMBUSTION AIR INLET 4"Ø INNER FLUE EXHAUST TERMINAL NO SCALE NEW GAS UNIT HEATER DETAIL SHEET NO. JOB NO. DATE REVISIONS 03/09/2016 14332 COOLING LOAD CALCULATION BASED ON ASHRAE STANDARD 183 - TOTAL SPACE REQUIREMENT - 56 TONS COOLING LOAD DESIGNED HVAC SYSTEM - TOTAL SPACE DESIGN OF 57 TONS WE COMPLY WITH WSEC #C403.2.1 & C403.2.2 HEATING LOAD CALCULATION - 1,170,552 BTU/HR TOTAL SPACE REQUIREMENT HEATING LOAD DESIGNED HVAC SYSTEM - 1,128,000 BTU/HR TOTAL SPACE DESIGNED WE COMPLY WITH WSEC #C403.2.2 DESIGN SUMMARY: PLAN P-1 PLUMBING PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND HEALTH REGULATIONS HAVING JURISDICTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL FEES AND PERMITS REQUIRED. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE INSTALLATION AGAINST DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL FURNISHED ON PROJECT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. PROVIDE EXTENDED GUARANTEES FOR EQUIPMENT SUCH AS WATER HEATERS WHEN REQUIRED. 3. SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL THE NUMBER OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE ON ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND EXAMINE PREMISES AT AND ADJACENT TO PROPOSED WORK. VERIFY EXISTING PIPE SIZES, LOCATION AND SUITABILITY FOR CONNECTION TO THE NEW SYSTEM PRIOR TO BID. 5. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INTEND TO SHOW APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF PIPING, FIXTURES, ETC. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL ARCHITECTURAL, CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR PIPE ROUTING AND EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT. INSTALL ALL WORK WITHOUT CONFLICT WITH OTHER TRADES AND MAKE MINOR ALTERATIONS AS REQUIRED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE FULLY WITH OWNER IN SCHEDULING AND MAKING CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SERVICE LINES SO AS TO CAUSE THE LEAST POSSIBLE INCONVENIENCE AND SHORTEST POSSIBLE INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ALL VOLTAGES, ELECTRICAL LOADS, ETC., OF ELECTRICALLY OPERATED EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO PURCHASING EQUIPMENT. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE U.L. AND NEMA APPROVED. 8. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 3'-0" IN FRONT OF ALL ELECTRICAL PANELS AND 1'-0" EITHER SIDE OF PANEL TO STRUCTURE. ALL PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED AROUND THIS AREA. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ACCESS PANELS, TO BE INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING INSTALLATIONS. 10. SANITARY VENT ROOF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 10'-0" AWAY FROM ALL ROOFTOP MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT OR OTHER AIR INTAKE DEVICES. 11. ALL HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. SUPPORTS SHALL SECURELY HOLD PIPING, PREVENT VIBRATION, COMPENSATE FOR STATIC AND OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS OF THE VARIOUS SYSTEMS, AND SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ELECTROLYTIC ACTION. 12. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE AND INSTALL, IF REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT, NEW WATER METER AS PER REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL TAP FEES AND COSTS INTO BID FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 13. ALL DOMESTIC HOT WATER AND COLD WATER PIPING ABOVE SLAB SHALL BE TYPE 'L' HARD COPPER WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS USING "NO-LEAD" SOLDER. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING BELOW CONCRETE SLAB SHALL BE TYPE 'K' SOFT COPPER. NO SOLDER JOINTS ARE ALLOWED BELOW CONCRETE SLAB. COPPER PIPING PASSING UNDER AND THROUGH CONCRETE SLAB OR WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH A PROTECTIVE SHEATHING OR WRAPPING TO PREVENT CORROSION TO THE COPPER PIPING. 14. VALVES SERVING DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS SHALL BE BALL VALVES OR APPROVED EQUAL. ALL VALVES SHALL BE LOCATED SO AS TO BE ACCESSIBLE BY MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL. 15. PROVIDE 1" THICK FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION WITH SERVICE JACKET ON ALL DOMESTIC WATER PIPING. DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPE INSULATION SHALL HAVE A CONTINUOUS VAPOR BARRIER. 16. ALL WATER PIPING SHOWN ROUTED IN EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE LOCATED BETWEEN INSULATION AND FINISHED WALL TO PREVENT FREEZE DAMAGE. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD DETERMINE THE LOCATION AND INVERT AT THE POINT OF CONNECTION TO THE SEWER SYSTEM BEFORE DETERMINING FINAL ROUTING OF SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING. 18. ALL SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC DMV PLASTIC PIPE WHERE ALLOWED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR THIS INSTALLATION. PROVIDE 3M FIRE BARRIER CAULK CP-25 CAULKING, OR UL APPROVED EQUAL, AT ANY PENETRATION OF THE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. 19. ALL SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE UNIFORMLY GRADED AND SHALL HAVE SLOPE OF NOT LESS THAN 1/4 INCH PER FOOT FOR PIPING 4" IN DIAMETER AND LARGER. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1. GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES: CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES WITH RESPECT TO ROUTING AND CLEARANCES PROVIDING OFFSETS, DROPS, RISERS, ETC. AS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE PLUMBING WORK. PROVIDE PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS ON SINK AND ANY OTHER CONNECTIONS TO QUICK CLOSING VALVES PER PDI RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ROUGH-IN AND FINAL CONNECTIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE REQUIRED CLEARANCE FROM ELECTRICAL PANELS, TRANSFER SWITCHES, ETC. FOR ALL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PER ELECTRICAL CLEARANCE DETAIL. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM 13'-6" CLEAR THROUGHOUT TOW MOTOR PATHWAY. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL REWORK PIPING AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THIS CLEARANCE REQUIREMENT EXCEPT UNDER MEZZANINE AREAS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VIDEO EXISTING SANITARY AND STORM LINES DURING FIRST WEEK OF CONSTRUCTION AND CORRECT ANY ISSUES. ALL EXISTING SANITARY SEWER LINES USED IN THE TSC SPACE SHOULD BE SNAKED OUT TO BE CLEAR OF ALL OBSTRUCTIONS AND VERIFIED THAT ALL LINES FLOW PROPERLY TO THE NEAREST MANHOLE (NOT JUST THE NEAREST CLEANOUT), IF IT IS A LONG DISTANCE, RE-ENTER THE SNAKE AT CLEANOUTS AS NECESSARY TO SNAKE OUT ENTIRE RUN OF SANITARY SEWER LINES. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A SUMMARY OF THE FINDINGS VALIDATING THE SEWERS ARE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE A HAND DRAWN LAYOUT OF THE SEWER LINES FOR RECORD. PIPING TO BE SUPPORTED PER SMACNA SEISMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL AND ALSO THE FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY "INSTALLING SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR DUCT AND PIPE" AND PER WASHINGTON BUILDING CODE EACH INSTALLING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DETAILS TO THE CITY FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO STARTING WORK 240.0 CFH (TRACTOR SUPPLY'S LEASE SPACE) NOTES: 1. GAS PRESSURE AFTER METER IS 7 INCHES W.C. 2. GAS PIPE SIZES ARE BASED ON THE 2012 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE; TABLE 402.4(2) SCHEDULE 40 METALLIC PIPE; INLET PRESSURE OF LESS THAN 2 PSI; 0.5" W.C. PRESSURE DROP AND APPROXIMATELY 500 FEET EQUIVALENT LENGTH. ROOFTOP UNIT (RTU-1), NEW ROOFTOP UNIT (RTU-2), NEW 150.0 CFH GAS DEMAND 240.0 CFHROOFTOP UNIT (RTU-3), NEW ROOFTOP UNIT (RTU-4), NEW 240.0 CFH 240.0 CFHROOFTOP UNIT (RTU-5), NEW AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WC WATER CLOSET FLOOR DRAIN PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PLUMBING LEGEND DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL COLD WATER PIPING HOT WATER PIPING SANITARY SEWER GAS PIPING SHUT-OFF VALVE SHUT-OFF VALVE IN RISER GENERAL CONTRACTOR ELECTRIC WATER COOLER GC FLOOR CLEANOUTCO MS MOP SINK FPHB FROSTPROOF HOSE BIBB FD PC EWC RISER DOWN (ELBOW) RISER UP (ELBOW) BRANCH-TOP CONNECTION BRANCH-BOTTOM CONNECTION TEE ELBOW LAV LAVATORY BS BREAKROOM SINK G (E)EXISTING (N)NEW UR URINAL SANITARY VENT PIPING V 6. 7. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION WHEN THE INSTALLATION IS READY FOR INSPECTION (AT ROUGH-IN PRIOR TO COVERING AND FINAL). PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL MANUAL SHUT-OFF VALVE, DRIPS AND/OR SEDIMENT TRAPS AT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT AND AT THE OUTLET OF THE METER. VALVES AND DRIPS SHALL BE READILY ACCESSIBLE TO PERMIT CLEANING, EMPTYING OR SERVICING. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PRESSURE TESTING AND INSPECTION PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE, PER NFPA 54. TEST PRESSURE SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 1-1/2 TIMES THE MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE, BUT NOT LESS THAN 3 PSI. TEST SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 1/2 HOUR PER 500 CF OF PIPE VOLUME. GAS PIPING ABOVE GROUND SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL WITH 125 POUND BLACK MALLEABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS FOR 2" AND SMALL AND WELDED FOR 2-1/2" AND ABOVE. GAS PIPING COMPOUND AT JOINTS SHALL BE PER NFPA BULLETIN #54 AND LOCAL CODES. GAS VALVES SHALL BE UL LISTED FOR GAS SERVICE SUCH AS DEZURICK MODEL S-425 FOR 2" AND LESS AND MODEL F-425 FOR 2-1/2" AND LARGER. NOTE: WELDED PIPE TO BE WITH APPROVED WELD-O-LET FITTINGS. ALL EXTERIOR GAS PIPING IS TO BE PRIMED AND PAINTED WITH TWO (2) COATS OF RUST RESISTANT PAINT, COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SEMI-RIGID OR FLEXIBLE TUBING AND FITTINGS BETWEEN PIPE OUTLET AND EQUIPMENT. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURELY SUPPORT GAS PIPING AND SLOPE AT A MINIMUM OF 1/4 INCH PER 15 FEET TO PREVENT TRAPS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPORT GAS PIPING AS FOLLOWS: 1/2" PIPE AT 6 FEET SPACING 3/4" TO 1" PIPE AT 8 FEET SPACING 1-1/4" AND LARGER AT 10 FEET SPACING GAS PIPE BEING REMOVED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED FROM SOURCE, PURGED WITH AIR, WATER OR INERT GAS BEFORE CUTTING. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL QUICK-DISCONNECT DEVICES AT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WHICH WILL AUTOMATICALLY SHUT-OFF THE GAS SUPPLY WHEN THE DEVICE IS DISCONNECTED. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH GAS COMPANY FOR THE (DSA-SS) EARTHQUAKE-ACTUATED GAS SHUT-OFF VALVE TO AUTOMATICALLY SHUT OFF GAS AT THE LOCATION OF THE VALVE IN THE EVENT OF A SEISMIC DISTURBANCE. GAS PIPING NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 150.0 CFHROOFTOP UNIT (RTU-6), NEW TOTAL GAS DEMAND 1380.0 CFH THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING PIPING, EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES REQUIRING DEMOLITION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WORK WITH THE ARCHITECT, GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AND WITH THE OWNER. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT EXISTING SANITARY AND WASTE PIPING 3" BELOW FLOOR AND PLUG WITH PERMANENT STOPPER. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ANY FLOOR DRAINS THAT ARE NOT USED FOR NEW SPACE LAYOUT. CUT WASTE LINE TO 3" BELOW FLOOR AND PLUG WITH PERMANANT STOPPER. THE PLUMBING DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED EXCLUSIVELY BY THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALL PATCHING AND SEALING OR WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, ETC... TO BE DONE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO MAKE ALL FINAL PLUMBING CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES & EQUIPMENT. PLUMBING DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.MEZZANINE PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" (D)REMOVE SHEET NO. JOB NO. DATE REVISIONS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DA T E # TY P E 10 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A 03/09/2016 14332 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 F a x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . EDCBAB3B8C6D2D5D6 E7 FEED ROOM REFER TO DRAWING P-2 FOR ENLARGED PLUMBING PLAN THIS AREA. MS (E)NEW 20 GALLON WATER HEATER TO REPLACE EXISTING WATER HEATER IN SAME LOCATION. REFER TO DETAIL ON DWG. P-2 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 3/4" 3" VTR FROM TOILET ROOMS BELOW. EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW 3/4" HOT AND COLD WATER LINES INTO EXISTING FROM NEW REPLACEMENT HOT WATER HEATER UNDER STAIRS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZES AND LOCATIONS. EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW WATER HEATER HOT AND COLD WATER LINES INTO EXISTING LINES SERVING MOP SINK AND UPPER MEZZANINE TOILET ROOMS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES ON UPPER MEZZANINE TO REMAIN AS IS. EXISTING WATER SERVICE ENTERS SPACE IN REAR SPRINKLER RISER ROOM. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH LOCAL WATER COMPANY FOR INSTALLING NEW WATER METER WITH BACKFLOW PREVENTER FOR NEW DEMISED TSC SPACE. RUN NEW 1-1/2" COLD WATER MAIN LINE FROM THIS NEW METER BACK TO SERVE TSC SPACE. EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW 1-1/2" COLD WATER MAIN LINE FROM NEW WATER METER INTO MAIN WATER LINE SERVING TSC SPACE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT, CAP, AND REWORK ANY EXISTING COLD WATER LINES AS NECESSARY IN ORDER TO ENSURE NEW TSC DEMISED SPACE IS SERVED ENTIRELY FROM NEW COLD WATER LINE. RTU 1 NEW 240 CFH RTU 3 NEW 240 CFH RTU 4 NEW 240 CFH RTU 2 NEW 150 CFH RTU 5 NEW 240 CFH RTU 6 NEW 150 CFH GG G G G G G G G G G G G G GAS PIPING ON ROOF TO RUN ON MIRO INDUSTRIES PIPING SUPPORTS AT 10'-0" ON CENTER & AT EACH CHANGE IN DIRECTIONS. (TYP.) NEWGUH 1 120 CFH G REFER TO 'MEZZANINE PLUMBING PLAN' ON THIS SHEET FOR CONTINUATION.REFER TO 'PLUMBING PLAN' ON THIS SHEET FOR CONTINUATION. 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-1/4" 120.0 CFHGAS UNIT HEATER (GUH-1), NEW 2" 2-1/2" 3" 3" 3"3"3" NEW 3" GAS LINE TO RUN ON ROOF APPROXIMATELY 100 FEET TO EXISTING GAS SERVICE. PC SHALL COORDINATE WITH LOCAL GAS COMPANY FOR INSTALLING NEW GAS METER TO SERVE NEW TSC DEMISED SPACE SEPARATELY. 1-1/2" GAS CONNECTION TO ROOFTOP UNIT COMPLETE WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE & DIRT LEG. (TYPICAL) 1-1/4" GAS CONNECTION TO ROOFTOP UNIT COMPLETE WITH SHUT-OFF VALVE & DIRT LEG. (TYPICAL) 1-1/4" GAS DROP THRU ROOF IN PATE PIPE CURB AND CONNECT TO GAS-FIRED UNIT HEATER COMPLETE WITH DIRT LEG. FPHB EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW 3/4" CW LINE FROM NEW FPHB INTO EXISTING CW MAIN IN AREA. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION. 4" EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW 4" SANITARY LINE INTO EXISTING SANITARY LINE IN AREA. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF EXISTING PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK. 1-1/2" EXISTING HOSE BIBB TO REMAIN. PC TO ENSURE EXISTING HOSE BIBB IS IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION. FIELD VERIFY THAT HOSE BIBB IS CONNECTED TO WATER PIPING THAT DOES NOT EXTEND PAST DEMISING WALL. IF IT IS CONNECTED TO PIPING PAST THE DEMISING WALL THAT WILL NO LONGER BE CONNECTED TO TRACTOR SUPPLY SPACE, THEN RECONNECT INTO NEAREST CW LINE SERVING TRACTOR SUPPLY SPACE. EXISTING HOSE BIBB TO REMAIN. PC TO ENSURE EXISTING HOSE BIBB IS IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION. FIELD VERIFY THAT HOSE BIBB IS CONNECTED TO WATER PIPING THAT DOES NOT EXTEND PAST DEMISING WALL. IF IT IS CONNECTED TO PIPING PAST THE DEMISING WALL THAT WILL NO LONGER BE CONNECTED TO TRACTOR SUPPLY SPACE, THEN RECONNECT INTO NEAREST CW LINE SERVING TRACTOR SUPPLY SPACE. PLUMBING P-2 ENLARGED ENLARGED PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" PLAN 1-1/22-3/4URINALUR BREAKROOM SINK ELECTRIC WATER COOLER BS EWC WATER CLOSET DESCRIPTION WC TAG VENT (IN.) 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1-1/2 -1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHDULE CW (IN.)WASTE (IN.)HW (IN.) -4 2 PLUMBING FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS: PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND HEALTH REGULATIONS HAVING JURISDICTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL FEES AND PERMITS REQUIRED. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE INSTALLATION AGAINST DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL FURNISHED ON PROJECT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. PROVIDE EXTENDED GUARANTEES FOR EQUIPMENT SUCH AS WATER HEATERS WHEN REQUIRED. 3. SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL THE NUMBER OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE ON ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND MATERIALS AS REQUIRED TO THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND EXAMINE PREMISES AT AND ADJACENT TO PROPOSED WORK. VERIFY EXISTING PIPE SIZES, LOCATION AND SUITABILITY FOR CONNECTION TO THE NEW SYSTEM PRIOR TO BID. 5. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INTEND TO SHOW APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF PIPING, FIXTURES, ETC. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL ARCHITECTURAL, CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR PIPE ROUTING AND EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT. INSTALL ALL WORK WITHOUT CONFLICT WITH OTHER TRADES AND MAKE MINOR ALTERATIONS AS REQUIRED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE FULLY WITH OWNER IN SCHEDULING AND MAKING CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SERVICE LINES SO AS TO CAUSE THE LEAST POSSIBLE INCONVENIENCE AND SHORTEST POSSIBLE INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ALL VOLTAGES, ELECTRICAL LOADS, ETC., OF ELECTRICALLY OPERATED EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO PURCHASING EQUIPMENT. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE U.L. AND NEMA APPROVED. 8. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 3'-0" IN FRONT OF ALL ELECTRICAL PANELS AND 1'-0" EITHER SIDE OF PANEL TO STRUCTURE. ALL PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED AROUND THIS AREA. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ACCESS PANELS, TO BE INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING INSTALLATIONS. 10. SANITARY VENT ROOF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 10'-0" AWAY FROM ALL ROOFTOP MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT OR OTHER AIR INTAKE DEVICES. 11. ALL HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. SUPPORTS SHALL SECURELY HOLD PIPING, PREVENT VIBRATION, COMPENSATE FOR STATIC AND OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS OF THE VARIOUS SYSTEMS, AND SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ELECTROLYTIC ACTION. 12. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE AND INSTALL, IF REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT, NEW WATER METER AS PER REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL TAP FEES AND COSTS INTO BID FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 13. ALL DOMESTIC HOT WATER AND COLD WATER PIPING ABOVE SLAB SHALL BE TYPE 'L' HARD COPPER WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS USING "NO-LEAD" SOLDER. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING BELOW CONCRETE SLAB SHALL BE TYPE 'K' SOFT COPPER. NO SOLDER JOINTS ARE ALLOWED BELOW CONCRETE SLAB. COPPER PIPING PASSING UNDER AND THROUGH CONCRETE SLAB OR WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH A PROTECTIVE SHEATHING OR WRAPPING TO PREVENT CORROSION TO THE COPPER PIPING. 14. VALVES SERVING DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS SHALL BE BALL VALVES OR APPROVED EQUAL. ALL VALVES SHALL BE LOCATED SO AS TO BE ACCESSIBLE BY MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL. 15. PROVIDE 1" THICK FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION WITH SERVICE JACKET ON DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING. PROVIDE 1/2" THICK FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION WITH SERVICE JACKET ON DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING. DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPE INSULATION SHALL HAVE A CONTINUOUS VAPOR BARRIER. 16. ALL WATER PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED TIGHT TO DECK AND EXTERIOR WALLS WITHIN SPACE. NO DOMESTIC HOT WATER OR COLD WATER PIPING WILL BE PERMITTED WITHIN CMU WALLS. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD DETERMINE THE LOCATION AND INVERT AT THE POINT OF CONNECTION TO THE SEWER SYSTEM BEFORE DETERMINING FINAL ROUTING OF SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING. 18. ALL SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC DMV PLASTIC PIPE WHERE ALLOWED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR THIS INSTALLATION. PROVIDE 3M FIRE BARRIER CAULK CP-25 CAULKING, OR UL APPROVED EQUAL, AT ANY PENETRATION OF THE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. 19. ALL SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE UNIFORMLY GRADED AND SHALL HAVE SLOPE OF NOT LESS THAN 1/4 INCH PER FOOT FOR PIPING 4" IN DIAMETER AND LARGER. ELECTRIC WATER COOLER (EWC) - A.D.A. COMPLIANT: SHALL BE OASIS MODEL P8AC WITH TOUCH PAD CONTROLS AND WALL MOUNTING BRACKET. 8 GPH, 115/1/60. MOUNT UNIT AT 42" MAXIMUM FROM FLOOR TO SPOUT OUTLET. PROVIDE McGUIRE 8872 P-TRAP AND McGUIRE 2165-CC SUPPLY WITH STOP. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE RECEPTACLE BEHIND WATER COOLER. NOTE: (2) TWO REQUIRED, MOUNT ONE HIGH AND ONE LOW. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. WATER CLOSET (WC) - FLUSH TANK, FLOOR MOUNTED/A.D.A. COMPLIANT: SHALL BE AMERICAN STANDARD "CADET" MODEL 2467.016 VITREOUS CHINA ELONGATED BOWL, 12" ROUGH-IN, 1.6 GPF PRESSURE ASSISTED SIPHON JET ACTION. 16-1/2" RIM HEIGHT, COMPLETE WITH BOLT CAPS, OLSONITE MODEL 10-CC/SS OPEN FRONT SEAT LESS COVER AND McGUIRE 2166-CC SUPPLY WITH STOPS. MOUNT FLUSH LEVER OPPOSITE OF WALL. PROVIDE WITH ALTERNATE TANK CONFIGURATION MODEL 4142.800. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING CORRECT TANK SELECTION WITH LATEST ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS TO ACCOMMODATE ADA ACCESSIBILITY PRIOR TO ORDERING. URINAL (UR) - AMERICAN STANDARD "WASHBROOK FLOWISE" MODEL 6590.001 VITREOUS CHINA, WALL MOUNTED URINAL WITH TOP SPUD, 1.0 GPF. FLUSH VALVE: AMERICAN STANDARD MODEL 6045.101.002 (1.0 GPF) EXPOSED MANUAL PISTON-TYPE FLUSHOMETER VALVE. PROVIDE COMPLETE WITH FOOTED CHAIR CARRIER (JOSAM FIG. NO. 17810). REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. LAVATORY (LAV) - WALL HUNG/A.D.A. COMPLIANT: SHALL BE AMERICAN STANDARD "LUCERNE" MODEL 0355.012 VITREOUS CHINA COMPLETE WITH AMERICAN STANDARD FAUCET 7385.003 FAUCET CENTERSET SINGLE LEVER FACUET WITH 0.5 GPM AERATOR, GRID DRAIN NO. 7723.018 AND OFFSET 1-1/4" TAILPIECE, McGUIRE PW2165 PRE-WRAPPED P-TRAP, SUPPLY COVERS AND TWO McGUIRE 2165-CC SUPPLIES WITH STOPS, JOSAM NO. 17100-67 CARRIER WITH MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL HAVE FLOOD RIM 34" A.F.F. INSULATE ANY ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORY WITH TRUEBRO "HANDI-LAV-GUARD" INSULATION KIT. MODEL 102W WITH ACCESSORY 105W. PROVIDE TEMPERATURE LIMITING VALVE FOR MAX. 105° F HOT WATER. BREAKROOM SINK (BS) - SHALL BE ELKAY MODEL LRAD-2522 21"x15"Ax6.2" DEEP BOWL, 18 GA. STAINLESS STEEL, SELF RIMMING AND REAR DECK FACUET (2.2 GPM) MOUNTING WITH 3 HOLES COMPLETE WITH AMERICAN STANDARD MODEL 4275.550 FAUCET WITH GOOSENECK SPOUT AND METAL LEVER HANDLE, TWO McGUIRE 8892 P-TRAP AND TWO McGUIRE 2165-CC SUPPLIES WITH STOPS WATER HEATER (WH) - RHEEM MODEL 81VP20S, 20 GALLON, 2.0 KW, 120/1/60 WITH A RECOVERY RATE OF 9.5 GPH AT A 90° TEMPERATURE RISE. PROVIDE COMPLETE WITH AMTROL EXPANSION TANK MODEL ST-5 PRE-PRESSURED TO 50 PSIG, T&P RELIEF VALVES, ALL OPERATING AND SAFETY CONTROLS AND 3" HIGH GALVANIZED SHEET METAL DRAIN PAN SEALED WATERTIGHT. FROSTPROOF HOSE BIBB (FPHB) - SHALL BE WOODFORD MODEL 27CP, 3/4", AUTOMATIC DRAINING, BRASS FINISH, NIDEL MODEL 34DHA VACUUM BREAKER AND WHEEL HANDLE. WALL CLEANOUT (WCO) - SHALL BE J.R. SMITH MODEL NO. 4422 DUCO CAST IRON CAULK FERRULE WITH CAST BRONZE TAPER THREAD PLUG WITH STAINLESS STEEL COVER. FLOOR CLEANOUT (CO) - SHALL BE J.R. SMITH #4020 DUCO CAST IRON CLEANOUT WITH ADJUSTABLE SECURED NICKEL BRONZE TOP. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FOR SQUARE OR ROUND TOP. CABINET. FLOOR DRAIN (FD) - ROUND TOP; SHALL BE J.R. SMITH MODEL 2005-B-PB WITH CAST IRON BODY AND TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION AND POLISHED BRONZE STRAINER. SIZE AS SHOWN ON PLANS. NO SCALE UNDER LAVATORY TRAP PRIMER (TP) DETAIL COPPER PIPING PASSING UNDER OR THRU CONCRETE SLAB SHALL BE PROTECTED BY A PROTECTIVE SHEATHING OR WRAPPING TO PREVENT CORROSION TO THE COPPER PPP MODEL PRO1-ULP500 TRAP PRIMER WITH BACKFLOW PREVENTER SEAL AND VACUUM BREAKER PORT FLOOR DRAIN SUPPLY AND STOP FINISHED FLOOR TRAP PRIMER VALVE SHALL BE MOUNTED ONE FOOT ABOVE THE P-TRAP FINISHED FLOOR NOTE: TEMPERING VALVE SERVING LAVATORY IN TOILET ROOMS AND BREAK ROOM SINK SHALL BE WATTS SERIES MMV WITH A MINIMUM FLOW OF .5 GPM AND 2 GPM @ 10 PSI PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL. NOTE: TEMPERING VALVE SHALL BE LISTED TO ASSE 1070 STANDARD. SET OUTLET TEMPERATURE TO 105°F. NO SCALE VALVE (TTV) DETAILTHERMOSTATIC TEMPERING 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" TEMPERED WATER LINE UNDER-THE-COUNTER THERMOSTATIC TEMPERING VALVE LAV NOTE: COORDINATE FLOOR DRAIN STRAINER TYPE WITH FINISH FLOOR MATERIAL. ADJUSTABLE DRAIN HEAD DRAIN SUPPORT STRAP STRAINER, FLUSH W/FLOOR PIPE INSIDE CAULK DRAIN BODY FINISHED FLOOR (SEE ARCHITECTURAL DWGS. FOR FLOOR TYPE & SLOPES) FLOOR DRAIN (FD) DETAIL NO SCALE FINISH FLOOR SLAB ROUGH FLOOR SLAB TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION (WHEN SPECIFIED) CAULKING REQUIRED TO PRODUCE WATERTIGHT SEAL BRONZE SCORATED TOPCENTER SECURING SCREW FLOOR LINE FITTING TYPE AS REQ'D TO SUIT THREADED PLUG FLOOR CLEANOUT VENT THRU ROOF DETAIL NO SCALE 24" MIN. FROM ANY WALL OR VERTICAL SURFACE FLASHING: EDM VENT THRU ROOF HAND WIPE OR SOLDER JOINT ROOF CONSTRUCTION ESCUTCHEON FOR EXPOSED RISER VENT PIPE OFFSET IN CEILING WHERE REQUIRED MASTIC CAULKING COMPOUND PIPE SLEEVE 12" MINIMUM 10" NO SCALE NO SCALE SANITARY SCHEMATIC PC SHALL REFER TO DWG. P-1 FOR CONTINUATION. SHEET NO. JOB NO. DATE REVISIONS 03/09/2016 14332 WC WC 3" FD W/TP 3" FD W/TP UR LAV LAV BS 3/4"3/4" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 1/2" 3" 3" 4" HCO3" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" V V V TP TP 1-1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"2" 1-1/2" 2" VENT RISER WITH 3" VTR. RISE UP THRU MEZZANINE AND TUCK CLOSE ALONG WALL ON UPPER FLOOR. 1/2" CW UNDERFLOOR COMPLETE WITH 1" THICK "ARMAFLEX" PIPE INSULATION. (TYPICAL) MEN 109 WOMEN 108 EMPLOYEELOUNGE 110 REFER TO DWG. P-1 FOR CONTINUATION. EWC REFER TO DWG. M-1 FOR CONTINUATION. REFER TO DWG. M-1 FOR CONTINUATION. WC WC HCO BS EWC 3" FD W/TP 3" FD W/TP LAV LAV UR 3" VTR 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 3" 3" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2"3" 3" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 3" MEZZANINE UPPER FLOOR WELDED STEEL EXPANSION TANK W/POLYPROPYLENE LINING, FDA APPROVED FOR DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE. PRECHARGE TANK TO MATCH WATER PRESSURE AS PER TANK MANUFACTURER. NO SCALE ELECTRIC WATER HEATER DETAIL-FLOOR MOUNTED DIP TUBE CONNECTIONTHERMOMETER WATER HEATER RELIEF VALVE 3/4" COLD WATER TO HEATER MTD IN HORIZONTAL POSITION SIZE TO DRAIN PAN. BALL VALVE (TYP.) DIELECTRIC UNION (TYPICAL) GALVANIZED NIPPLE (TYPICAL) BUILDING WALL DRAIN PAN CHECK VALVE (TYP) 3/4" HOT WATER TO SYSTEM DRAIN VALE. PIPE CONNECTION PIPE FULL SIZE TO SERVICE SINK OR NEAREST FLOOR DRAIN A.S.M.E. TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE 3/4" VACUUM RELIEF VALVE OR FINISHED FLOOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO FABRICATE WATER HEATER STAND. (NOTE: STAND SHALL BE HIGH ENOUGH TO DISCHARGE T&P VALVE AND DRAIN INTO MOP SINK) WALL PER CODE PROVIDE METAL STRAPS AROUND WATER HEATER AND FASTEND TO NOTE: WATER HEATER SHALL BE ANCHORED OR STRAPPED TO RESIST HORIZONTAL DISPLACEMENT DUE TO EARTHQUAKE MOTION. STRAPPING SHALL BE AT POINTS WITHIN THE UPPER ONE-THIRD (1/3) AND LOWER ONE-THIRD (1/3 ) OF ITS VERTICAL DIMENSIONS. AT THE LOWER POINT, A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF FOUR (4) INCHES SHALL BE MAINTAINED ABOVE THE CONTROLS WITH THE STRAPPING. DRAIN VALVE SHALL CONFORM TO ASSE 1005. THE VACUUM RELIEF VALVE SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI Z21.22. THE TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE VALVE SHALL BE SELF CLOSING (LEVERED) CONFORMING TO ANSI Z21.22. INSTALL HEAT TRAP ON SUPPLY AND DISCHARGE PIPING NEAR WATER HEATER. TRAP TO BE MINIMUM OF 18" DEEP CENTER TO CENTER. GENERAL NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" FIRE PROTECTION PLAN PLAN FP-1 PROTECTION FIRE GENERAL FIRE PROTECTION NOTES: 1. ALTER EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 13 AND AS REQUIRED BY ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES. 2. PROVIDE BRONZE HEADS IN ALL OPEN STRUCTURE AREAS. 3. PROVIDE NON-RECESSED CHROME PLATED HEADS IN ALL SUSPENDED CEILING AREAS, COMPLETE WITH CHROME ESCUTCHEON AND TRIM RINGS. 4. HEADS TO BE LOCATED AND ORIENTED INTENTIONALLY AND ACCORDING TO CODE REQUIRED COVERAGE. HEADS TO BE CENTERED IN CEILING TILES. HEIGHT OF MAIN AND LATERAL LINES TO BE COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER SERVICES. 5. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS (WORKING DRAWINGS AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS) OF ALTERATIONS TO THE SYSTEM TO THE FIRE MARSHALL'S OFFICE FOR PERMITTING AND APPROVAL. 6. LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT THE EXISTING TAMPER AND FLOW DEVICE IS OPERABLE AND IS CAPABLE OF BEING CONNECTED TO A MONITORING PANEL. 7. FIRE SPRINKLER PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORIZED HAVING JURISDICTION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY COMPONENT OF THE SYSTEM. TWO (2) SETS OF PLANS NEED TO BE SUBMITTED AND SHALL INCLUDE CALCULATIONS, MANUFACTURER, SPECIFICATIONS ON EACH TYPE OF SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLED, VALVE LOCATION, AND SPRINKLER PIPE LOCATION. 8. THE ENTIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE TESTED AT 200 PSI FOR TWO HOURS WITH NO LEAKS OR DROP IN PRESSURE. ALL SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE EXPOSED DURING THIS TEST. 9. PRESSURE TESTS SHALL BE ARRANGED 24 HOURS IN ADVANCE THROUGH THE FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE. NO TESTING WILL BE SCHEDULED AFTER 2 P.M. 10. BACKFLOW DEVICE TESTING SHALL BE CONDUCTED AND DOCUMENTATION OF TEST GIVEN TO TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY AND TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT BEFORE THE SYSTEM'S FINAL APPROVAL BY THE LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR IF REQUIRED. 11. ANY PERMITS REQUIRED WILL BE OBTAINED THROUGH THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. 12. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM 13'-6" CLEAR THROUGHOUT TOW MOTOR PATHWAY. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL REWORK PIPING AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THIS CLEARANCE REQUIREMENT. 13. SPRINKLER HEADS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS SHALL HAVE A 2" OVERSIZED RING, SLEEVE OR ADAPTER THROUGH THE CEILING TO ALLOW FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF AT LEAST 1" IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS. NOTES: •ALL ROOMS AND ENTIRE SPACE SHOULD BE FREE FROM DEBRIS AND DIRT. •ALL PROJECTS TO HAVE A DAILY MEETING AND CLEAN UP AT THE END OF EACH WORK DAY. NOTE: TSC'S SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IS IN PROPER WORKING ORDER INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO BACKFLOW PREVENTION, FLOW AND TAMPER SWITCHES, ALARMS, ETC... AND MEETS NFPA-13 AND LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. MODIFY/ADD SPRINKLERS AND PIPING TO EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IN THIS GENERAL AREA AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE REMOVAL OF EXISTING WALLS, SOFFITS, MECHANICAL MEZZANINE, AND LIGHTS AND THE INSTALLATION OF NEW WALLS AND LIGHTS AS APPLICABLE TO MEET NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING SPRINKLERS IN THIS GENERAL AREA ARE UPRIGHT TYPE. NEW HEADS SHALL BE UPRIGHT TYPE. (ORDINARY HAZARD) MODIFY/ADD SPRINKLERS AND PIPING TO EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IN THIS GENERAL AREA AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE REMOVAL OF EXISTING WALLS, GRID, AND LIGHTS AND THE INSTALLATION OF NEW LIGHTS, WALLS, AND GRID AS APPLICABLE TO MEET NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING SPRINKLERS IN THIS GENERAL AREA ARE PENDENT TYPE. NEW HEADS SHALL BE PENDENT TYPE TO MATCH EXISTING. (LIGHT HAZARD) MODIFY/ADD SPRINKLERS AND PIPING TO EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IN THIS GENERAL AREA AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE REMOVAL OF EXISTING WALLS, GRID, AND LIGHTS AND THE INSTALLATION OF NEW LIGHTS AND WALLS AS APPLICABLE TO MEET NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING SPRINKLERS IN THIS GENERAL AREA ARE PENDENT TYPE. NEW HEADS SHALL BE UPRIGHT TYPE. (ORDINARY HAZARD) MODIFY/ADD SPRINKLERS AND PIPING TO EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IN THIS GENERAL AREA AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE THE INSTALLATION OF NEW LIGHTS, WALLS, AND GRID AS APPLICABLE TO MEET NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS. NEW HEADS SHALL BE PENDENT. (ORDINARY HAZARD) MODIFY/ADD SPRINKLERS AND PIPING TO EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IN THIS GENERAL AREA AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE REMOVAL OF EXISTING LIGHTS AND THE INSTALLATION OF NEW LIGHTS AS APPLICABLE TO MEET NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING SPRINKLERS IN THIS GENERAL AREA ARE PENDENT TYPE. NEW HEADS SHALL BE PENDENT TYPE. (ORDINARY HAZARD) MODIFY/ADD SPRINKLERS AND PIPING TO EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IN THIS GENERAL AREA AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE REMOVAL OF EXISTING LIGHTS, WALLS, GRID AND MEZZANINE, AND THE INSTALLATION OF NEW WALLS AND LIGHTS AS APPLICABLE TO MEET NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS. NOTE: SPRINKLER HEADS IN THIS GENERAL AREA SHALL BE UPRIGHT TYPE. (HIGH HAZARD) MODIFY/ADD SPRINKLERS AND PIPING TO EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE NEW DEMISING WALL. CUT, CAP AND REMOVE PIPING EXTENDING THRU NEW EXTERIOR WALL. REFEED AS NECESSARY SO THAT TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY HAS OWN FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SERVING UPPER MEZZANINE IS TO REMAIN. EXISTING DRY SYSTEM UNDER EXISTING CANOPY IS TO REMAIN. 1 FIRE PROTECTION KEY NOTES: 2 3 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS: THE REQUIREMENTS AS SET FORTH UNDER GENERAL CONDITIONS, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ARE A PART OF THIS CONTRACT. BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS PROPOSAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE PREMISES OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH PROJECT CONDITIONS (I.E., ANY STRUCTURAL, ARCHITECTURAL OR ELECTRICAL OBSTRUCTIONS). NO CLAIMS FOR "EXTRA" COMPENSATION DUE TO UNFAMILIARITY WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND/OR DESIGN DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED. GENERAL NOTE: THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE APPLICATION FOR, OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL FEES IN CONNECTION WITH: A. PERMITS, SERVICES AND INSPECTIONS. B. TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL. C. FINAL CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL, WHEN JOB IS COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK: THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK REQUIRED TO REWORK THE EXISTING AUTOMATIC WET SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW LAYOUT FOR THIS SPACE. ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED IN PREPARING A SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATION DRAWING FOR APPROVAL. THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL BE MADE IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH RULES AND REGULATIONS OF FACTORY MUTUAL, NFPA-13 AND THE OWNER. THE INSTALLATION IS TO BE COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT PROVIDING ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS. ALL SPRINKLER LINES SHALL BE RUN AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE AVOIDING INTERFERENCES WITH LIGHTS, DUCTS, PIPES, ETC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE SHOP DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED WHICH AVOID SUCH INTERFERENCES. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT ALL EXISTING PIPING AND UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEADS TO DETERMINE IF ALL HEADS ARE FUNCTIONAL. REPAIR AND/OR REPLACE EXISTING HEADS ON PIPING AS REQUIRED. THE SPRINKLERING OF THE AREA IS TO BE BASED ON AN ORDINARY HAZARD SCHEDULE USING 130-SQ.FT. PER HEAD SPACING IN THE OFFICE AREAS. THE SYSTEM SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA-13 AND ALL LOCAL AND STATE CODES. SHOP DRAWINGS: DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS ARE REQUIRED FOR THIS WORK. THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE THEM AND SUBMIT FOUR (4) COPIES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR THEIR APPROVAL. OUTLINE ALL DUCT WORK, LIGHTS AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS ON SHOP DRAWINGS TO SHOW PROPER INSTALLATION OF ALL SPRINKLER WORK. NO WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED UNTIL SHOP DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN APPROVED. ALSO, THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOUR (4) COPIES TO LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIALS AND RETURN ONE (1) APPROVED COPY TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER WATER SERVICE: SPRINKLER WATER SERVICE SHALL BE FROM THE EXISTING FIRE LINES WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. PIPING 2-INCH AND LARGER SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT, SCHEDULE #40 STEEL PIPING WITH GROOVED AND GASKETED FITTINGS AND PIPING 1-1/2 INCH AND SMALLER SHALL BE SCHEDULE #40 BLACK STEEL WITH SCREWED FITTINGS. HEADS (SPRINKLER): ALL CEILING MOUNTED SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE NEW "VIKING" AUTOMATIC SPRAY PENDENT TYPE, CHROME PLATED SIMILAR TO EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS. ALL UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE ROUGH BRASS UPRIGHT AUTOMATIC SPRAY TYPE SIMILAR TO "VIKING" MICROMATIC. PROVIDE GUARDS AS REQUIRED. SPRINKLER HEADS TO BE UL APPROVED AND FACTORY MUTUAL APPROVED. SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS: IN ALL FINISHED AREAS HAVING A GRIDDED CEILING SYSTEM, SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE CENTER OF THE CEILING TILE IN BOTH DIRECTIONS AND SHALL BE COORDINATED TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH THE EQUIPMENT OF OTHER CONTRACTORS. TEST CONNECTIONS: PROVIDE AND INSTALL VALVED TEST CONNECTIONS FOR THE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, AS MAY BE REQUIRED. TESTS: WHEN COMPLETED, THE ENTIRE PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED AT 200-PSI FOR TWO (2) HOURS AS REQUIRED BY THE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND MUST BE FREE ENTIRELY OF LEAKS AND OTHER DEFECTS. EXTRA HEADS: FURNISH SPARE CHROME PLATED PENDANT HEADS PER NFPA-13. LEAK DAMAGE: CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES TO THE WORK OF OTHER CONTRACTORS OR TO THE BUILDING OR TO ITS CONTENTS, PEOPLE, ETC., CAUSED BY LEAKS IN ANY OF THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLED BY HIM THROUGH EQUIPMENT OR MATERIAL FAILURES OR DISCONNECTED PIPE, FITTINGS OR BY OVERFLOWS AND SHALL MAKE, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, ALL REPAIRS TO MERCHANDISE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SO DAMAGED. GUARANTEE: MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION. SEISMIC RESTRAINTS: PIPING TO BE SUPPORTED PER SMACNA SEISMIC RESTRAINT MANUAL AND ALSO THE FEDERAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AGENCY "INSTALLING SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR DUCT AND PIPE" AND PER WASHINGTON BUILDING CODE. EACH INSTALLING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE DETAILS TO THE CITY FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. FIRE PROTECTION AREA TYPES: A) ORDINARY HAZARD-II - 0.20 GPM/S.F. OVER 1500 S.F. SPRINKLERS SHALL BE SPACED AT A 130 SQ. FT. MAXIMUM WITH SPRINKLER HEADS AT A MAXIMUM OF 13'-0" APART AND SPACED AT A MAXIMUM OF 6'-6" FROM ALL WALLS. B) LIGHT HAZARD - 0.10 GPM/S.F. OVER 1500 S.F. SPRINKLERS SHALL BE SPACED AT A 225 SQ. FT. MAXIMUM WITH SPRINKLER HEADS AT A MAXIMUM OF 15'-0" APART AND SPACED AT A MAXIMUM OF 7'-6" FROM ALL WALLS. C) HIGH HAZARD (GROUP 1) - .30 GPM/S.F. OVER 2500 S.F. SPRINKLERS SHALL BE SPACED AT A 90 SQ.FT. MAXIMUM WITH SPRINKLER HEADS AT A MAXIMUM OF 10'-0" APART AND SPACED AT A MAXIMUM OF 5'-0" FROM ALL WALLS. DESIGN CRITERA NOTE: SPRINKLER PIPING LOCATED IN STOCK AREAS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 13'-6" A.F.F. ADJUST EXISTING SPRINKLER PIPING AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE MINIMUM SPRINKLER PIPING HEIGHTS. 4 5 6 SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" MEZZANINE PLAN 7 SHEET NO. JOB NO. DATE REVISIONS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DA T E # TY P E 10 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A 03/09/2016 14332 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 F a x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . WH EDCBAB3B8C6D2D5D6 E7 FEED ROOM NEW DEMISING WALL 7 1 1 11111 11111 11111 11111 111 111 2 2 2 3 4 55 2 5 5 6 6 NEW DEMISING WALL 7 NEW DEMISING WALL 7 8 8 88 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 EXISTING SPRINKLER RISER SERVING DRY SYSTEM UNDER EXTERIOR CANOPY. 8 TSC ELECTRICAL ROOM UTILITY COMPANY PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER. PAD BY G.C. ADJACENT LEASE SPACE COORDINATE METERING (HOT OR COLD SEQUENCE) & UTILITY SPLITS AS WELL AS ANY SERVICE SPLICING REGULATIONS WITH POWER COMPANY & ADJUST INSTALLATION AS REQUIRED. IMMEDIATELY UPON RECEIPT OF CONTRACT, CONTACT POWER & TELEPHONE COMPANIES & COORDINATE INSTALLATION. ANY WORK INVOLVING THE SECONDARY SERVICE OR TRANSFORMER SHALL BE PERFORMED WITH THE SYSTEM SHUT-OFF. COORDINATE SHUT DOWN WITH LANDLORD & TSC & PROVIDE A TEMPORARY GENERATOR FOR ALL TENANTS AFFECTED BY THE SHUTDOWN AS WELL AS FOR TSC CONSTRUCTION. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL REQUIREMENTS AND/OR RESTRICTIONS OF THE POWER COMPANY. INCLUDE ANY REQUIRED DEVIATIONS OF THIS DESIGNS IN BID (5)SETS (4)600KCMIL-4"PVC CONDUITS AT 30" BELOW GRADE. IN SECONDARY DUCT BANK. HP 20/1 100A 277/480V 65,000AIC 3PH 4WSN MLO 24 POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL. 15KVA CONNECTED. COORDINATE EXACT FILL W/EXISTING CIRCUITS 277V TIME CLOCK INTERMATIC #T7402B HEAVY DUTY ELECTRICALLY HELD CONTACTORS. SIZE & # OF POLES AS REQUIRED 277V PHOTOCELL INTERMATIC #EK4536 100A.S. 100A.F. LANDLORD SERVICE: 100A 600V 3PH 4WSN FUSIBLE SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED DISC. SWITCH W/ CURRENT LIMITING FUSES 100A 277/480V 3PH 4WSN NEMA 3R METER SOCKET PER POWER COMPANY REQUIREMENTS #4AWG TO GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM. 4#2,#6GND LANDLORD 4#2,#6GND-1 1/2"C 12"x12" WIREWAY #3/0 TO GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM 3 SETS (4)600KCMIL #3/0GND-4"C ADJACENT LEASE SPACE NEW GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM. SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET. TSC SERVICE 600A 400V 3PH NEMA 3R FUSIBLE SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED DISC SWITCH WITH CURRENT LIMITING FUSES METER SOCKET PER POWER CO. REQUIREMENTS 600A 277/480V 3PH BUS STYLE CT CABINET PER POWER CO. REQUIREMENTS. 600A.S. 600A.F. 1-1/2"C TSC PULL BOX. SIZE AS REQUIRED. 4#2 - 1 1/2"C TAP ALL SETS OF CONDUCTORS. TYPICAL.2 SETS (4)350KCMIL-3"C DISCONNECT ALL PARKING LOT LIGHTING, EXTERIOR WALL LIGHTING & REMOTE SIGN CIRCUITS & EXTEND TO PANEL 'HP'. DUPLICATE CONTROL. RUN IN A COMPLETE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALS 3 SETS (4) 600KCMIL, #3/0GND 4"C INTERCEPT EXISTING DUCT BANK. PROVIDE 3 SETS OF (3)600KCMIL FEEDER & TAP SETS FOR NEW SERVICE 2 SETS (4)350KCMIL-3"C 277/480V & 120/208V 3PH 4WSN ONE LINE DIAGRAM NO SCALE PHOTOCELL LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL M B 20/1 125AMCB #4AWG COPPER TO BUILDING STEEL 30KVA 480;120/208V TRANSFORMER (4)#1, #4GND - 1-1/2"C (3)#8,#8GND 1-1/4"C A (4)#2, #4GND - 1 1/2"C 100A 50A PRIMARY DUCT BANK 'PC' ON, 'PC' OFF 'PC' ON, 'TC' OFF 2 SETS (4)500KCMIL #3/0GND-4"C EXISTING METER TO BE REMOVED 600AMCB 25/1 BUCK BOOST TRANSFORMER FOR PROPANE DISPENSING SYSTEM PROVIDED SEPARATELY BY E.C. 1-1/2"C METER SOCKET PER POWER CO. REQUIREMENTS 1200A 277/480V 3PH BUS STYLE CT CABINET PER POWER CO. REQUIREMENTS. 1200A 600V 3PH FUSIBLE SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH CURRENT LIMITING FUSES EXISTING 2000A 277/4804V 3PH 4WSN SWITCH & FUSE STYLE PANEL. PROVIDE PHENOLIC LABEL INDICATING THAT PANEL IS FED WITH 1200 AMP CONDUCTORS AND PROTECTED AT 1200 AMPS REMOVE EXISTING SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS AND ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 50/3 50A/3 RTU-1,3,4(3)30/3 RTU-2,6(2)15/3 RTU-5,EF-1(2)20/3 BAILER SPARE 1200A COORDINATE WITH CPI & PROVIDE THIS SYSTEM IN A UNITIZED POWER WALL IF CPI CANNOT BUILD SYSTEM AS DESIGNED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LOSE GEAR SYSTEM. TYPICAL 2 POLE BREAKER BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING LC-1 2 POLE BREAKER. 30A MAX TYPICAL 1 POLE BREAKER 1 POLE BREAKER. 30A MAX TYPICAL 1 POLE BREAKER 1 POLE BREAKER. 30A MAX BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING TYPICAL LIGHTING CONTACTOR DETAIL N.T.S. NOTES: 1.TYPICAL CONTACTORS ARE DEFINITE PURPOSE, 30 AMPERE, 4 POLES. 2.LINE SIDE OF CONTACTOR IS FIELD WIRED (#12AWG MIN.) 1 OR 2 POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER. 3.LOAD SIDE OF CONTACTOR IS FIELD WIRED (#12AWG MIN.) TO CONTROLLED LIGHTING LOAD. 4.COIL WIRES ARE INDIVIDUALLY FACTORY WIRED (#14AWG MIN.) TO TERMINAL BLOCKS. LIGHTING CONTROL REMOTE OVERRIDE IN OFFICE PHOTOCELL 120V CC1 CONTROL WIRING CONTROL WIRING MANUAL OVERRIDES IN MANAGERS OFFICE AS REQUIRED OUTPUTEQUIPMENT REFERENCE.LIGHTING CONTROL POWER CKTS.TERMINALCONTACTOR #BREAKER ID. 1A 1A 8 3 2 1 LIGHTING CONTACTOR SCHEDULE 6 5 4 7 9 10 1A 1A SALES FLOOR LIGHTING SALES FLOOR LIGHTING SALES FLOOR LIGHTING SALES FLOOR LIGHTING A-1 A-3 A-5 A-7 SALES FLOOR LIGHTING SALES FLOOR LIGHTING 1B 1B STOCK LIGHTING OPEN SIGN 1B SALES FLOOR LIGHTING STOCK LIGHTING 3 2 4 SALES FLOOR LIGHTING A-9 A-11 A-17 A-21 SALES FLOOR LIGHTING SALES FLOOR LIGHTING SALES FLOOR LIGHTING SALES FLOOR LIGHTING B-20 A-10 A-20 A-2 A-4 A-6 A-8 A-16 STOCK LIGHTING STOCK LIGHTING A-23 SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE STOCK LIGHTING SPARE SPARE EXTERIOR WALL LIGHTING EXTERIOR WALL LIGHTING SPARE SPARE SPARE SIGN DAYLIGHT ZONE LIGHTING A-22 A-24 A-18 A-19 A-40 A-1 A-3 A-5 A-7 A-9 A-11 A-13 A-17 A-19 A-18 A-15 A-40 A-20 STOCK LIGHTING MEZZANINE LIGHTING SPARE A-27 DAYLIGHT ZONE LIGHTING DAYLIGHT ZONE LIGHTING DAYLIGHT ZONE LIGHTING A-12 A-13 A-14 A-15 A-12 A-13 A-14 A-15 SPARE SPARE SPARE B-20 A-10 A-20 A-2 A-4 A-6 A-8 A-16 A-18 Coordinate requirements with Carolina Products (CPI) & provide contactors, cabinets, controller, photocell & all associated wiring as required. Outdoor Light Sensor shall be mounted on the exterior of the building by the electrical contractor. Contractor provides shielded cable for connecting from controller to sensor. For ordering information contact Eric Line with Carolina Products at (800)-736-4455 Verify configuration with CPI prior to bidding. Provide contactor panel from local vendor in this configuration if CPI cannot provide. ONE LINE DIAGRAM, SCHEDULES & DETAILS E-1 JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . WIRE LEGEND Tag Fill No Tag (2) #12, #12GND-3/4"C 12-3 (3) #12, #12GND-3/4"C 12-4 (4) #12, #12GND-3/4"C 10-2 (2) #10, #10GND-3/4"C 10-3 (3) #10, #10GND-3/4"C 10-4 (4) #10, #10GND-3/4"C 8-2 (2) #8, #8GND-3/4"C 8-3 (3) #8, #8GND-1"C 8-4 (4) #8, #8GND-1"C 6-2 (2)#6, #6GND-1"c 6-3 (3) #6, #6GND-1"C 6-4 (4) #6, #6GND-1"C 4-2 (2) #4, #4GND-1"C 4-3 (3) #4, #4GND-1"C 4-4 (4) #4, #4GND-1 1/4 "C 2-2 (2) #2, #4GND-1"C 2-3 (3) #2, #4GND-1 1/4 "C 2-4 (4) #2, #4GND-1 1/4" C 1-2 (2) #1, #4GND-1 1/4" C 1-3 (3) #1, #4GND-1 1/4" C 1-4 (4) #1, #4GND-1 1/2" C 1/0-2 (2) #1/0, #2GND-1 1/4" C 1/0-3 (3) #1/0, #2GND-1 1/2" C 1/0-4 (4) #1/0, #2GND-2" C 3/0-2 (2) #3/0, #2GND-1 1/2" C 3/0-3 (3) #3/0, #2GND-2" C 3/0-4 (4) #3/0, #2GND-2" C 4/0-2 (2) #4/0, #2GND-2" C 4/0-3 (3) #4/0, #2GND-2" C 4/0-4 (4) #4/0, #2GND-2 1/2"C 300-2 (2) 300KCMIL, #1/0GND-2"C 300-3 (3) 300KCMIL, #1/0GND-21/2" C 300-4 (4) 300KCMIL, #1/0GND-2 1/2"C 350-2 (2) 350KCMIL, #3/0GND-2"C 350-3 (3) 350KCMIL, #3/0GND-2 1/2"C 350-4 (4) 350KCMIL, #3/0GND-3"C 500-2 (2) 500KCMIL, #3/0GND-2 1/2"C 500-3 (3) 500KCMIL, #3/0GND-3"C 500-4 (4) 500KCMIL, #3/0GND-3 1/2" C 600-2 (2) 600KCMIL, #3/0GND-3"C 600-3 (3) 600KCMIL, #3/0GND-3 1/2" C 600-4 (4) 600KCMIL, #3/0GND-3 1/2" C NOTE: CONDUIT SIZES ARE FOR EMT & IMC. FOR PVC & RGC INCREASE CONDUIT BY (1) TRADE SIZE. FOR FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SIZES REFER TO NEC. ALL WIRE SIZES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE FOR COPPER CONDUCTORS. Tag Fill Tag Fill 46795 JJ.INSULATION FOR CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR 600 VOLTS AND AND PROVIDE PANELS WITH AIC RATING EXCEEDING AVAILABLE CURRENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT WITH UTILITY TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR A RECORDED SET OF PRINTS SHOWING THESE WORK AS THE JOB PROGRESS, AND UPON COMPLETION SHALL TURN OVER ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RECORD ALL FIELD CHANGES IN HIS ELECTRICAL TRADESMAN SHALL DISCUSS WITH THE OTHER TRADES DOCUMENT SHALL BE CONSIDERED A COORDINATION ITEM THAT THE DEVIATIONS IN EQUIPMENT ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS FROM THE CONTRACT VENDOR PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS FROM THE CONTRACT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION WITH THE RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR OF TRADESMAN SHALL VERIFY ALL PURCHASED EQUIPMENT THAT REQUIRES INDICATED WITHIN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .THE DIVISION 16 REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ARE BASED ON THE DESIGN AS ALL POWER AND CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT STATED USING THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. NAMPLATE DATA AND CONNECT AS THE LISTING REQUIREMENTS ARE VERIFY THE THERMAL CONDITIONS OF THE EQUIPMENT BASED ON PRIOR TO PURCHASE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR INSTALLATION. FROM OTHER CONTRACTORS AND VERIFY THE ACTUAL EQUIPMENT THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST OBTAIN ROUGH-IN INFORMATION RESPONSIBILITY OF OTHER TRADES. CONTROL WIRING NOT INDICATED ON THE PLANS WILL BE THE ALL THE ONES INSTALLED BY THE HVAC AND PLUMBING CONTRACTORS. ALL TO MOTORS , STARTERS. EXHAUST FANS, WATER HEATERS , ETC., INCLUDING THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL POWER CONNECTIONS ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE BOLT-ON. INDICATING EQUIPMENT SERVED , AND FOR ALL PANELBOARDS. PROVIDE ENGRAVED PHENOLIC NAMEPLATES FOR ALL SAFETY SWITCHES MANUFACTURER'S MNAME STAMPED AT REGULAR INTERVALS. MUST BEAR THE CONDUCTOR SIZE, TYPE OF INSULATION AND THE ALL WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE. THAN SHOWN. DO NOT INSTALL MORE CONDUCTORS IN A BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUN FURNISH SERVICE TO TRANSFORMER POLE AS REQUIRED BY THE THE LOCAL POWER COMPANY AND FURNISH THEM LOAD INFORMATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE NEW SERVICE REQUIREMENTS WITH POWER COMPANY. PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN VERIFY LOCATION OF PANEL BOARDS AND SWITCHES WITH ARCHITECT PANEL BOARDS SHALL BE CUTLER HAMMER, OR SQUARE D, UON, INCANDESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE 130 VOLT, INSIDE FROSTED , UON. FLUORESCENT FIXTURES SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH ENERGY SAVING ELECTRONIC BALLASTS. DEGREES KELVIN, UON, PHILLIPS, GENERAL ELECTRIC, OR SYLVANIA. FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE ENERGY SAVING TYPE T8, 3500 OUTLET BOX TO LAMPHOLDERS. INCANDESCENT FIXTURES SHALL HAVE 150 DEGREES C WIRING FROM CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL UTILITES, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. USE BUSS TYPE LPS OR LPN FUSES FOR MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT. UNUSED EXISTING WIRING UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. REMOVE TEMPORARY WIRING UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. REMOVE FLUORESCENT FIXTURES SHALL HAVE HOLD DOWN CLIPS. Y. X. W. V. T. U. S. P. R. Q. O. N. M. RR. CHANGES. INVOLVED. QQ. PP. OO. NN. MM. KK. LL. CIRCUITS WITH LARGER THAN NO. 12 CONDUCTORS ALREADY INDICATED ON MINIMUM OF NO. 10AWG TO THE FIRST OUTLET (THIS DOES NOT APPY TO BRANCH CIRCUITS EXCEEDING 7O FEET IN TOTAL LENGTH SHALL BE A BETWEEN FIXTURE, EXCEPT WHERE CONNECTING TO LIGHT FIXTURES. CONTINUOS WITHOUT REDUCTION IN SIZE THROUGHOUT THEIR LENGTH BRANCH CIRCUIT SIZES ARE NOTED ON THE PLANS AND MUST BE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FOR EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT. USE " PATE" PIPE SEALS FOR CONDUIT THROUGH ROOF. USE SEALITE METAL HALIDE LAMPS SHALL BE GENERAL ELECTRIC OR SYLVANIA. ASSEMBLED LUMINAIRE. INSTALLED TO BE OPERABLE AND VISIBLE FROM THE OUTSIDE OF AN YEAR LIFE. INCLUDE TEST SWITCH AND AC ON INDICATOR LIGHT, THE BATTERY SHALL BE A NICKEL CADMIUM TYPE, RATED FOR A TEN AS SCHEDULED ON THE PLANS PROVIDING 1100-1400 LUMENS, MINIMUM. FLUORESCENT LAMP EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY SHALL BE ONE LAMP MANUFACTURED BY TAYMAC CORPORATION OR EQUAL LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. ENCLOSURE MUST BE RESISTANT POLYCARBONATE . THE OUTLET ENCLOSURE SHALL BE STEEL MOUNTING HARDWARE AND BE CONSTRUCTED OF IMPACT ASSURE A PROPER SEAL. THE ENCLOSURE MUST EMPLOY STAINLESS AND THE MOUNTING SURFACE , AND BETWEEN THE COVER AND BASE TO WHILE IN USE". THERE MUST BE A GASKET BETWEEN THE ENCLOSURE OUTLET ENCLOSURE CLEARLY MARKED " SUITABLE FOR WET LOCATIONS, RECEPTACLES IN WET LOCATIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH AN PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL SHALL BE FIXED MOUNTED , SPST, WITH 2 MINUTE DELAY AND 2000 WATT CONTACT RATING. INSTALL IN A DIE CAST, WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE. WITH 3 POLES IN ANSI/NEMA ICS 6, TYPE 1 ENCLOSURE. ACCEPTABLE ASTRONOMICAL DIAL AND 12 HOUR SPRING CARRY OVER . PROVIDE TIME CLOCK ARE TO BE 40A, NEMA ICS, 7 DAY TIMER WITH ARE TORK (7200ZL/7302ZL), PARAGON OR INTERMATIC EQUALS. GENERAL ELECTRIC, AND ASCO ARE ACCEPTABLE. SPARE. ENCLOSURE TO BE ANSI/NEMA ICS 6, TYPE 1. SQUARE D, HELD WITH COIL VOLTAGE AS INDICATED . POLES AS INDICATED, PLUS 2 LIGHTING CONTRACTORS ARE TO BE 20A NEMA ICS2, MECHANICALLY USE SEALTITE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FOR EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT. MECHANICAL CONTROL AND MANUFACTURER'S DRAWINGS. TERMINAL UNITS TO THERMOSTATS AND ROOFTOP UNITS, ETC. SEE INSTALL CONTROL WIRING IN MINIMUM 1/2" CONDUIT FOR ALL FAN USE 6' MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT TO FIXTURES. ABOVE CONDUIT OUTSIDE MUST BE GALVANIZED STEEL OR PVC, AS NOTED DISCONNECT SWITCHES. J. EQUIPMENT OUTSIDE MUST BE WEATHERPROOF. USE HEAVY DUTY 1 HOUR TIMER -20AMP , 120/277 VOLT: TORK # A560M RECEPTACLES -GFCI, GF5262-W (15A), GF5362-W (20A). RECEPTACLES -20AMP, SG63H-W FOR SAFETY TYPE. RECEPTACLES -15 AMP, # 5252-W, FOR GENERAL SWITCHES- MOTOR STARTERS , USE SQUARE D CLASS 2510 SWITCHES-20AMP, DECORA WHITE (LEVITON) SWITCHES-20AMP, # 1221-W, 1222-W, 1223-W, 1224-W USE HUBBELL WIRING DEVICES AS FOLLOWS: ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE UL LISTED, COMMERCIAL GRADE. USE WHITE DEVICE & COVER PLATES, UON. UNDERGROUND. WHERE CONCEALED IN WALLS AND CEILINGS. USE RIGID IN SLAB AND PVC. TRANSITION TO RIGID BEFORE EMERGING FROM BELOW. USE EMT COATED WITH ASPHALTUM OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC BELOW GRADE. FOR USE MINIMUM 1/2 INCH CONDUIT. USE 3/4" MINIMUM GALVANIZED GROUND-GREEN NEUTRAL -WHITE PHASE C-BLUE PHASE B-RED PHASE 1-BLACK 208Y/120V SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS: USE TYPE THHN. UON. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL BE COLOR CODED. THROUGHOUT USE ONLY COPPER CONDUCTORS, AS NOTED. MINIMUM SIZE #12 AWG. COMPLY WITH THE NEC, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES. DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. GUARANTEE ALL MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP FOR ONE YEAR FROM K. L. H. G. F. E. D. B. C. A. PURPOSES. II. PLANS.) HH. GG. FF. EE. GENERAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS DD. CC. BB. AA. Z.GENERAL ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SURFACE FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURE RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURE FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHT FIXTURE CEILING OUTLET, RECESSED FIXTURE CEILING OUTLET, SURFACE FIXTURE BRACKET OUTLET EXIT SIGN, SURFACE FIXTURE w/BATTERY BACK UP CEILING OUTLET, SURFACE FIXTURE, NL BRACKET OUTLET, ON LIFE SAFETY CIRCUIT FLOODLIGHT FIXTURE EXIT LIGHT, ARROWS AS SHOWN. ON LIFE SAFETY CIRCUIT EMERGENCY LIGHT WALL MOUNTED AT 12'-0" AFF, UON DUPLEX GROUNDING RECEPTACLE, 15 AMP - 'C' INDICATES CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX GROUNDING RECEPTACLE, 1/2 SWITCHED DUPLEX GROUNDING RECEPTACLE 250V, SINGLE PHASE OUTLET (SIZE AS NOTED) DOUBLE DUPLEX GROUNDING RECEPTACLE, 15 AMP FLOOR RECEPTACLE - 15 AMP CLOCK OUTLET MTD. AT 7'-0" AFF. UON THERMOSTAT. SEE MECHANICAL MOTOR, E.F. DENOTES EXHAUST FAN SPEAKER, CEILING MOUNTED TELEVISION OUTLET MULTI USE OUTLET FOR VOICE, DATA, VIDEO (1"C. TO ABOVE CEILING) TELEPHONE FLOOR OUTLET, SEE SPECS SINGLE POLE SWITCH DOUBLE POLE SWITCH THREE-WAY SWITCH FOUR-WAY SWITCH TIMER MANUAL MOTOR STARTER OR RELAY CONTROL DIMMER SWITCH - SLIDE TYPE, WATTAGE AS REQUIRED PILOT LIGHT SINGLE POLE SWITCH, KEY OPERATED SAFETY SWITCH. WP INDICATES NEMA 3R, FUSED , U.O.N. MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER OR TERMINAL CONNECTION COMBINATION STARTER OR CONTROLLER BY M.C. AREA OR STREET LIGHTING FIXTURE FIRE ALARM FLASHING LIGHT (2) REMOTE EGRESS LIGHTING HEADS (WP) ISOLATED GROUND JUNCTION OR PULL BOX LIGHTING OR POWER PANEL MAIN OR SUB-DISTRIBUTION PANEL TRANSFORMER TIME CLOCK - SEE SPECS CONTRACTOR - SEE SPECS PHOTOELECTRIC SWITCH - AIM NORTHEAST, SEE SPECS CONDUIT, CONCEALED IN CEILING OR WALL CONDUIT, CONCEALED IN SLAB OR BELOW FLOOR/GRADE CONDUIT, TURNING UP CONDUIT, TURNING DOWN CONDUIT, 3/4" WITH CONTROL WIRING, SEE MECHANICAL WEATHERPROOF GROUND FAULT CURRENT INTERRUPTING ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ABOVE COUNTER UNDER COUNTER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED GENERAL CONTRACTOR MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ROOF TOP UNIT WATER HEATER ABOVE FINISHED GRADE TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE PROTECTOR PROGRAM CLOCK BELL, WALL MOUNTED ELECTRIC DRINKING FOUNTAIN OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONDUIT, ELECTRICAL PRIMARY CONDUIT, ELECTRICAL SECONDARY MTG. HGT. 15" AFF 15" AFF 4" ABC 8" AFF 15" AFF 48" AFF 48" AFF 48" AFF 48" AFF 48" AFF 48" AFF 48" AFF 6'-8" AFF 6'-8" AFF 18" AFF 16" AFF C T S TV S S S3 3 S4 ST SM SD PS SK J IG C WP G AFF A UC UON GC MC EC R.T.U. W/H AFG TTB TVSS EDF T TC C PE M EP B GROUND-GREEN NEUTRAL -WHITE WITH BLACK STRIPE PHASE C-YELLOW PHASE B-ORANGE PHASE 1-BROWN 480Y/277V SYSTEM 2#12,#12GND-3/4" (MINIMUM HOMERUN TO PANEL A)A-4 EXISTINGEX WHERE APPROVED BY OWNER AND AHJ, THE USE OF TYPE MC CABLE IS ACCEPTABLE.SS. ALL WIRING MUST BE IN CONDUIT. CONDUIT SHALL BE EMT (INTERIOR) PVC (BELOW GRADE) & HEAVY WALL RIGID STEEL (EXTERIOR ABOVE GRADE) TRACTOR SUPPLY LIGHTING & HEATING SCHEDULE 9:15 PM DUSK (BY PHOTOCELL) PARKING LOT LIGHTS PYLON/BUILDING SIGN DURING THE DAY DUSK TO DAWN WALL PACKS BUILDING LIGHTS PHOTOCELL (ALWAYS ON DURING DARK) 8:30 PM 7:30 AM LIGHTS BUSINESS 68 DEGREES HEATING AT 8:00 AM 62 DEGREES AT 9:00 PM 74 DEGREES COOLING AT 8:00 AM 80 DEGREES AT 9:00 PM SAME TEMPS SUNDAY AT 10:00 AM SAME TEMPS AT 6:00 PM OFF ON CONTROL ZONE LIGHTING LZ-3 LZ-2 LZ-1B CONTROL ZONE NOTES: OR LATER THAN NORMAL STORE HOURS. THE SYSTEM CAN BE OVERRIDDEN BY THE OVERRIDE SWITCH IN CASE THE STORE IS OPEN EARLIER LIGHTS EMPLOYEE 8:30 PM 7:30 AM LZ-1A G GFI CIRCUIT BREAKER HT R LO LZ-X ST PROVIDE HANDLE TIE - POLE IN () PROVIDE LOCK ON DEVICE FOR CIRCUIT BREAKER BREAKER WITH SHUNT TRIP PANEL SCHEDULE NOTES PROVIDE RED RECEPTACLE FOR OUTLETS ON THIS CIRCUIT TO IDENTIFY CIRCUITS FOR COMPUTER LOADS ONLY. DO NOT PLUG REFRIGERATORS OR COMPRESSORS INTO THIS CIRCUIT. CIRCUIT TO BE CONTROLLED BY LIGHTING CONTROLS VIA RELAYS AND SMART BREAKERS IN UNITIZED SWITCHGEAR. *PROVIDE MATCHING STYLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE ALL LOADS SHOWN IN PANEL SCHEDULES. PANEL: MDP - 120/208 VOLTS,3 PHASE LOAD SUMMARY LOAD TYPE CONNECTED K.W. DEMAND FACTOR DEMAND K.W. LIGHTING RECEP. HEATING COOLING MISC. TOTAL USE 600A SERVICE 26.7 12.0 93.1 17.4 149.2 1.25 0.71 1.03 1.0 33.4 8.5 95.9 17.4 155.2 --- BB PROVIDE BUCK-BOOST TRANSFORMER FOR 240V OPERATION. FEDERAL PACIFIC #SB16N.500F OR EQUAL. MOUNTING: SURFACE LOCATION: BUS RATING: 125A AMPS CONN.: 75.6 125A MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER A.I.C.: 65,000 LTG. REC. HVAC MISC.MISC. HVAC REC. LTG. 1 2 TOTALS 7.5 2.0 0.0 4.5 B C/B C/BCKT.DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION CKTREMARKSKVA CONNECTED KVA CONNECTED TOTALS 20/1 COMMENTS: VOLTAGE: 120/208V-3PH-4W RECPT-LOUNGE POWER 20/1 0.00 9.8 0.003.4 72.8AMPS DEMAND.: 0.8 0.2 1.5 0.2 1.0 0.8 - 0.5 0.6 0.4 LOAD CONNECTED DEMAND LIGHTING -- RECEPTACLE 12.0 11.0 HVAC 2.0 2.0 MISC 13.2 13.2 1.1 0.8 - 1.2 0.4 0.7 0.7 2.0 - 0.9 1.0 0.8 RECPT-RESTROOMS / EWC 3 4RECPT-MANAGER OFFICE 0.4 RECPT-PANEL 5 6RECPT-LOUNGE COUNTER 0.6 RECPT-STOCKROOM 7 8SPARE0.9 RECPT-SALES FLOOR 9 10DOCK DOOR OPERATOR 0.4 RECPT-EXTERIOR 11 RECP-SALES FLOOR 0.4 POWER POLE-RECEIVING, SERVICE 13 AUTO ENTRY DOORS 0.8 15 AUTO ENTRY DOORS -SPARE 17 WATER HEATER -SPARE 19 SPARE 0.4 RECPT-OPEN SIGN 21 RECPT-ROOF -SPARE 23 GUH-1 0.4 RECPT-TELEPHONE BOARD 25 RECPT-CLOTHING DEPT 0.4 RECPT-ALARMS 27 - SPARE 29 ELECTRIC DOOR BELL 0.4 POWER POLE-CASHIER 31 RECPT - CHICK DAYS 0.8 33 EF-3 SPARE 35 EF-1,2 - SPARE 37 EMS-POWER 39 RECPT-CLOTHING 41 SPARE 43 POWER POLE - MONTANA SMITH 45 POWER POLE - MONTANA SMITH 47 POWER POLE - PET COOLER 49 SPARE 51 SPARE - SPARE 53 SPARE - SPARE 55 SPARE - SPARE 57 HAND DRYER - SPARE 59 HAND DRYER - SPARE 0.4 0.8 1.0 - - - - 1.5 1.5 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 BREAKER REMARKS C-CONTACTOR CONTROLLED, S-SHUNT TRIP, L-LOCK ON, G-GFCI, A-ARC FAULT, SW-SWITCHING DUTY, HA-HACR, HI-HID 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - MOUNTING: SURFACE LOCATION: BUS RATING: 100A 36.9 MAIN LUGS ONLY A.I.C.: 65,000 LTG. REC. HVAC MISC.MISC. HVAC REC. LTG. 1 2 TOTALS 0.00 0.00 4.0 0.00 C/B C/BCKT.DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION CKTREMARKSKVA CONNECTED KVA CONNECTED TOTALS 20/1 COMMENTS: VOLTAGE: 277/480V-3PH-4W SALES LIGHTING 20/1 14.3 0.00 12.20.00 45.0 1.0 1.0 1.2 - 0.6 - - - - - LOAD CONNECTED DEMAND LIGHTING 26.7 33.4 RECEPTACLE -- HVAC 4.0 4.0 MISC -- 0.7 1.5 1.5 0.7 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.6 0.6 1.0 1.0 0.8 SALES LIGHTING 3 41.5 5 61.5 7 80.7 9 100.5 11 0.9 13 0.9 15 0.5 17 0.5 19 0.4 SALES LIGHTING 21 STOCK LIGHTING 1.4 CANOPY LIGHTING 23 STOCK LIGHTING 0.5 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 25 HAY BARN LIGHTING 1.0 SALES LIGHTING 27 MEZZANINE LIGHTING - SPARE 29 MEZZANINE LIGHTING 1.0 EM/NL LIGHTING 31 SPARE 1.0 EM/NL LIGHTING 33 SPARE 0.1 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 35 SPARE - SPARE 37 SPARE 39 SPARE 41 SPARE 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 BREAKER REMARKS C-CONTACTOR CONTROLLED, S-SHUNT TRIP, L-LOCK ON, G-GFCI, A-ARC FAULT, SW-SWITCHING DUTY, HA-HACR, HI-HID 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 C C C C C C C - - L - L - C - - - C - C - - A RECPT-CLOTHING DEPT POWER POLE-RECEIVING, SERVICE POWER POLE-CASHIER - AMPS CONN.: AMPS DEMAND.: SALES LIGHTING SALES LIGHTING SALES LIGHTING SALES LIGHTING SALES LIGHTING DAYLIGHT ZONE LIGHTING DAYLIGHT ZONE LIGHTING STOCK LIGHTING STOCK LIGHTING C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C SALES LIGHTING SALES LIGHTING SALES LIGHTING SALES LIGHTING DAYLIGHT ZONE LIGHTING DAYLIGHT ZONE LIGHTING STOCK LIGHTING STOCK LIGHTING SIGN20/1 SIGN20/1 CUH-120/1 SPARE SPARE SPARE 4.0 SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 20/1 LZ-X DENOTES LIGHTING CONTROL ZONE VIA CONTACTOR IN THE UNITIZED SWITCHGEAR. GC REPONSIBLE FOR PROGRAMMING ALL THERMOSTATS AND LIGHTING CONTROLS. LIGHTSTAT TME THERMOSTAT MODEL TME-DGC. SEE MECHANICAL PLANS FOR MORE INFORMATION. VACANT SPACE WITHIN TSC'S LEASE SPACE SHALL BE NIGHT/SAFTEY LIGHTING ONLY, HEAT SET AT 45 DEGREES WITH 1 HOUR FAN OPERATION EVERY 12 HOURS FOR AIR CIRCULATION. RETROFIT REFERENCE NOTE ONLY: 1.2 1.2 I. ALL HOMERUNS ARE 12-2 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 20 AMP CIRCUIT RUNS GREATER THAN 100' MEASURED FROM THE PANEL TO THE LAST DEVICE ON THE CIRCUIT AND THEN BACK, WIRE SHALL BE INCREASED TO 10-2 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES & LEGENDS E-1A JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . 46795 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E-1B JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . 46795 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E-1C JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . 46795 J 3 B-12,14 17 (RECEIVING) B-47 2 35 J (SERVICE) 14 3 B-12,14 24 25 B-10 WP/GFI 31 43 B-6 XXXXX X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X WH 7 J B-3423 33 B-11 (PART.) CUH-1 m A-42 B-15 J6 B-13 4 B-20 9 B-10 12" J6 4 B-20 12" B-8 J 30 A-40 B-25 B-27 10'-0" +88" +88" 10 ' - 0 " J 3 B-43,45 42 44 B-39 +88" J J B-30,32 3 14 8 B-30,32 14 8 3 J22 DOOR BELL ATTACHEDTO CEILING 11 B-29 (SCALES)(SCALES)B-32 (PART.) 1914 14 B-32 B-11T B B-17 AC/GFI B-5 20 GFI B-120 GFIB-1 20 GFIB-120 GFIB-2 GFI 20B-2 B-2GFI 20 J 45 B-57 J 45 B-59 33 B-11 (PART.) 25 B-10 WP/GFI 31 373627 38 10 ' - 0 " B-10 WP/GFI 31 25 J 212736 28 31 B-42 B-36,38 J J 21 J 2121 15 15 EF-4 EF-3 1 B-35 B-35 1 B-11+96"B-11 +96" MANUAL OVERRIDE FOR EMS SYSTEM. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITHA.H.J. PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. B-3 B-3 B-3 B-3 B-4 B-22/IG B-24/IG B-26/IG 12 16SEE PHONE/ ALARM BOARD DETAILS B-297TB B-6 RTU-3 B-50 WP/GFION ROOF 13 10 M1-35/3 RTU-1 B-50 WP/GFION ROOF 13 10 M-35/3 RTU-2 B-50 WP/GFION ROOF 13 10 M-20/3 RTU-5 B-50 WP/GFION ROOF 13 10 M1-25/3 RTU-4 B-50WP/GFI ON ROOF 13 10 M1-35/3 B-33 1 EF-2 EF-1 B-23 UH-1 32 18 M1-90/3 100A HP B-9 J PROVIDE REMOTE TRANSMITTER TO BE MOUNTED ON FORKLIFT FOR POWER DOOR. OVERRIDE SWITCH FOR POWER DOOR BY G.C.INSTALLED BY E.C. MOUNT ON SAME SIDE AS DOOR CONTROLS. LABEL SWITCH "SWITCHCLOSED/ON = TIMER", "SWITCH OPEN/OFF = OVERRIDE". COORDINATE REQUIREMENTSWITH DOOR SUPPLIER. JBOX FOR POWER DOOR CONTROLS.FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY E.C. DOOR OPERATOR SHALL BE ON A DEDICATED CIRCUIT. M-20/3 26 B-18 B-6 A B M T1 B-22 GFIB-1 20 GFI B-1 20 25 B-10 WP/GFI 31 29 29 B-7 J PROVIDE REMOTE TRANSMITTER TO BE MOUNTED ON FORKLIFT FOR POWER DOOR. OVERRIDE SWITCH FOR POWER DOOR BY G.C.INSTALLED BY E.C. MOUNT ON SAME SIDE AS DOOR CONTROLS. LABEL SWITCH "SWITCHCLOSED/ON = TIMER", "SWITCH OPEN/OFF = OVERRIDE". COORDINATE REQUIREMENTSWITH DOOR SUPPLIER. JBOX FOR POWER DOOR CONTROLS.FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY E.C. DOOR OPERATOR SHALL BE ON A DEDICATEDCIRCUIT. J30 A-38 10-3 8-3 8-3 8-3 10-3 10-3 2-3 40 B-31 38'-11 3/4" 77 ' - 8 1 / 1 6 " GENERAL POWER PLAN E-2SCALE: NORTHPOWER PLAN 3/32"=1'-0" JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . SEE DRAWING E-2A FOR GENERAL AND DRAWING NOTES 46795 CA B3 B8 C6 9 8 RTU-6 B-50 WP/GFION ROOF 13 10 M1-20/3 10-3 MEZZANINE POWER PLANS & NOTES E-2A GENERAL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES: A) NO ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE TO INDICATE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, COMMUNICATION DEVICES, WIRING, CONDUIT, ETC. TO BE REMOVED AND/OR RELOCATED. HOWEVER, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. B) REMOVE AND/OR RELOCATE EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES ON WALLS OR CEILING BEING REMOVED. COORDINATE SUCH CONDITIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. C) EXISTING CONDUITS, CIRCUITS OR SYSTEMS IN WALLS OR CEILING BEING REMOVED WHICH SERVE SURROUNDING UN REMODELED AREAS SHALL BE REWORKED AND MAINTAINED. D) EXISTING CONDUITS, CIRCUITS OR SYSTEMS PASSING THROUGH THE REMODELED AREAS WHICH SERVE UNREMODELED AREAS SHALL REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION AND REMODELING, AND SHALL BE RELOCATED AND REROUTED. E) CONTINUITY OF CIRCUITS INTERRUPTED BY REMOVAL OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHALL BE MAINTAINED. F) ALL UNUSED WIRE (POWER & COMMUNICATION) SHALL BE REMOVED. G) ALL EXISTING WIRING (POWER & COMMUNICATION) THAT IS TO REMAIN SHALL BE REWORKED OR REPLACED WITH CODE COMPLIANT MATERIAL & SUPPORTS. ALL EXISTING SURFACE CONDUIT IN SALES AREA SHALL BE REWORKED & REROUTED TO JOIST SPACE AND/OR WALL CAVITIES. PLAN NOTES: 1. CONNECT AND SWITCH FROM LIGHTING CIRCUIT IN ROOM. PROVIDE RELAY AS REQUIRED. 2. COORDINATE CONDUIT ROUGH-IN FOR TAMPER AND FLOW CONNECTIONS AS WELL AS ALL OTHER FIRE ALARM DEVICES WITH FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. 3. FURNISH AND INSTALL POWER POLES FROM SALES COUNTERTOPS TO CEILING STRUCTURE. SPECIFY RELOC #PP2-L186-HW-B-SIL OR EQUIVALENT. REFER TO OFFICIAL TSC FIXTURE PLAN LAYOUT SENT FROM TSC TO GC FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. ATTACH POWER POLE TOP TO UNI-STRUT AT BAR JOIST WITH A "U" CLAMP TO THE TOP OF THE POWER POLE AT THE BAR JOIST. LOOSEN THE "U" BOLT USED TO TIGHTEN THE CONNECTION TO THE POWER POLE SO THAT THE POWER POLE IS ABLE TO REMAIN IN POSITION AND THE ROOF CAN FLEX DURING EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION WITHOUT DAMAGING THE POWER POLE. 4. RECEPTACLE FOR "STORE OPEN" AND "CUB CADET" SIGN MOUNTED IN CEILING AS SHOWN ON PLANS. INSTALL WITHIN 6" OF VERTICAL STOREFRONT. 5. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONDUIT, CONDUCTORS, ETC. AS NECESSARY TO CONNECT TO PYLON SIGN. SEE SITE PLAN FOR LOCATION OF SAID SIGN. INSTALL RIGID ELBOW AND CONDUIT AT SIGN. 6. JUNCTION BOX FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR POWER DOORS. 7. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL EDWARDS 744 DOOR BELL, AN EDWARDS 590 TRANSFORMER, AND AN INTELLIGENT LIGHTING CONTROLS WTS-1-1-19-SS PUSHBUTTON. TEST TO ASSURE WORKING SYSTEM. MOUNT TRANSFORMER & BELL AT 14'- 0" AFF. 8. REFER TO SHEET E1.0 AND E1B.0, MATRIX AND COUNTER DETAILS FOR RECEPTACLE AND DATA OUTLET LOCATIONS AT REGISTER COUNTERS (2) RED RECEPTACLES PER CIRCUIT MAXIMUM. (COORDINATE COUNTER LOCATIONS WITH FIXTURE DRAWINGS AND G.C.) THE OUTLET BOXES WILL BE PRE-INSTALLED IN CASEWORK. 9. REFERENCE MECHANICAL FOR WHICH VESTIBULE HEATING AND VENTILATION PACKAGE IS UTILIZED. 10. ALL ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE THROUGH THE UNIT ROOF CURB. ROOF PENETRATIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 11. EDWARDS 744 DOOR BELL @ CASH REGISTER & CONNECT TO SYSTEM AS NECESSARY. COORDINATE WITH G.C. FOR EXACT LOCATION OF BELL. 12. ALARM CO. SHALL PROVIDE & INSTALL NECESSARY HOOK-UPS TO FACP. ALARM CO. SHALL ALSO PROVIDE COMPLETE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY AHJ, ADA, NATIONAL AND LOCAL CODES. 13. VERIFY A/C UNIT MANUFACTURER AND LOAD REQUIREMENTS. FURNISH AND INSTALL BRANCH CIRCUIT RATED FOR UNIT LOAD. 25. EXTERIOR OUTLET TO BE FLUSH MOUNTED IN WALL AT 36" AFF. 26. 120 VOLT COMPRESSOR OUTLET LOCATED IN THE ASSEMBLY AREA. VERIFY FINAL LOCATION WITH TSC FINAL FIXTURE PLAN. 27. AMERIGAS NOTE: LOCATION FOR CONDUIT PENETRATION THROUGH GRADE FROM BUILDING TO PROPANE GAS DISPENSING SYSTEM. VERIFY WITH TSC PROJECT MANAGER IF SCP CAN NOT BE FOLLOWED. REFERENCE DETAIL 9,10,11,&12/E1B.0 28. AMERIGAS NOTE: WALL MOUNTED PROPANE DISPENSING SYSTEM EMERGENCY STOP PUSHBUTTON IN WEATHER PROOF JUNCTION BOX. MOUNT EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON AT 48" AFG. PUSHBUTTON SHALL BE FULL SHROUD, RED, PUSH/PULL PUSHBUTTON WITH NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SIGN AT PUSHBUTTON TO IDENTIFY AS "EMERGENCY SHUTOFF". COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION OF PUSHBUTTOM WITH ARCHITECT. REFERENCE DETAIL 8/E1B.0 FOR CONTROL DIAGRAM. 29. AMERIGAS & TYCO NOTE: INSTALL CONDUIT SEALS FOR CLASS 1, DIVISION 2 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENT ON BOTH ENDS OF ADT SECURITY CONDUIT THAT ROUTES BENEATH THE CLASS 1, DIVISION 2 BOUNDARY OF THE PROPANE DISPENSING SYSTEM WITHIN TEN FEET OF EMERGENCE OF CONDUIT FROM BELOW GRADE. CLASS 1, DIVISION 2 HAZARDOUS BOUNDARY EXTENDS FROM FIVE FEET FROM DISPENSING SYSTEM TO 20 FEET OF DISPENSING SYSTEM. FOR CONDUITS ROUTING WITHIN FIVE FEET OF DISPENSING SYSTEM, SEALS SHALL BE RATED FOR CLASS 1, DIVISION 1 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENT. 30. JUNCTION BOX FOR EXTERIOR BUILDING MOUNTED SIGN. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SIGN SUPPLIER. PROVIDE DISCONNECTING MEANS FOR SIGN PER NEC. 31. CONTRACTOR SHALL ROUTE CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL DEVICES LOCATED BELOW 96" AFF RECESSED IN THE WALL. CONDUIT MAY BE ROUTED EXPOSED ABOVE 96"AFF. PAINT TO MATCH WALL. 32. PROVIDE CORD AND PLUG CONNECTION TO UH-1. CORD AND PLUG SHALL SERVE AS DISCONNECTING MEANS. MOUNT TO UNISTRUT ADJACENT UNIT HEATER. 33. QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE LOCATED HIGH (+96" MINIMUM) ON WALL FOR CORDLESS PHONE REPEATER AND EAS. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT AND LOCATION WITH TSC CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 34. POWER POLE SHALL EXTEND FROM THE ROOF JOIST DOWN TO THE FLOOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL POWER POLE DUPLEX OUTLET AT 18" AFF. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TSC PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 14. REFER TO CASEWORK ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS ON PLAN E1B.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON REGISTER AND DISPLAY COUNTERS. 15. ALL CONDUIT TO RUN PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE. HORIZONTAL CONDUIT SHALL BE NO LOWER THAN 15'-6". 16. COORDINATE WITH TYCO FOR THEIR INSTALLATION OF FIRE ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEMS PANELS. PROVIDE 120 VOLT RED DUPLEX AND PHONE JACK. 17. PROVIDE RED RECEPTACLE IN POWER POLE FOR COMPUTER LOADS. 18. COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS OF BALER WITH SUPPLIER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH TSC FINAL FIXTURE PLANS. E.C. SHALL MAKE FINAL CONNECTION TO BALER. LOCATE DISCONNECT WITHIN TEN FEET OF BALER. BREAKER SIZE IS DETERMINED BY STORE VOLTAGE: 208/230V - 90/3, 460/480V - 50/3. 19. PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED RECEPTACLE FOR SECURITY MONITOR. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH TSC CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN .CONTACT EDDIE FOLEY @ 615.440.4693 FOR EXACT LOCATION AT REGISTER AREA. 20. IF GFI OUTLETS ARE NOT INSTALLED, OUTLETS SHALL BE CIRCUITED TO A GFI BREAKER. LABEL OUTLETS THAT ARE ON THE GFI BREAKER. 21. PROVIDE A 1" CONDUIT STUBBED UP WITH A 90 DEGREE CONNECTOR AT LEAST 6" ABOVE THE SLAB. CONDUIT TO BE 1-1/2 FT AWAY FROM CHAIN LINK FENCE.EC TO COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF STUB UP AND ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH GC AND TYCO. 22. J-BOX IN STRUCTURE FOR FUTURE THIRD REGISTER. 23. J-BOX FOR POWER TO THE POWER SUPPLY ES100 MOUNTED ABOVE THE CEILING IN LINE WITH THE HINGE SIDE OF THE DOOR. PROVIDE A 1/2"CONDUIT FROM THE ES100 TO THE ELECTRIC POWER TRANSFER ES105 OF THE DOOR FRAME. PROVIDE AND PULL TWO #18 AWG WIRE FROM THE ES100 TO THE ES105 AND INTO THE DOOR. COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH SUPPLIER / INSTALLER. 24. LOCATE WP/GFI OUTLET 14" AS MEASURED FROM INSIDE CORNER OF WALL. EXPOSED CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL OUTLET SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN 18" OF INTERIOR BUILDING CORNER. 35. ALL CONDUITS INSTALLED IN THE STOCKROOM AREA SHALL BE INSTALLED AS TIGHT TO ROOF DECK AS POSSIBLE. 36. PROVIDE AND INSTALL (1) EXPLOSION PROOF JUNCTION BOX AT THE DISPENSING UNIT. JUNCTION BOX TO BE COOPER CAROUSE HINDS MODEL # GUAWZ6. INSTALL SUCH THAT BOX IS IN A VERTICAL POSITION SO THE MAXIMUM WIDTH IS 4-1/4". COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH PROPANE DISPENSING VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. COORDINATE LOCATION OF CONDUIT ENTRIES WITH PROPANE DISPENSING VENDOR PRIOR TO ORDERING. (NOTE NOT USED) 37. PROVIDE AND INSTALL 3/4" SEALING FITTING WITHIN 18" OF PUMP. T.L.S. ENGINEERING INC. #XEYK22 OR OREMCO SYSTEMS #SBCS075. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH PROPANE DISPENSING VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. (NOTE NOT USED) 38. EXTEND UNDERGROUND CONDUIT FROM BUILDING TO PROPANE GAS DISPENSING SYSTEM. SEE SHEET ES-1 FOR LOCATION OF PROPANE STORAGE TANK IN RELATION TO THE BUILDING. (NOTE NOT USED). 39. CLASS II DIVISION I HAZARDOUS AREA ROUTE CONDUITS TO BYPASS AREA TO EXTENT POSSIBLE. UTILIZE HEAVY WALL RIGID STEEL CONDUIT TO CONNECT DEVICES/LIGHT FIXTURES WITH IN ROOM. PROVIDE SEAL OFF FITTINGS ON CONDUITS WITH IN 6" AS CONDUITS ARE ROUTED OUTSIDE OF ROOM. FIXTURES/DEVICES SHALL BE DUSTTIGHT. (NOTE NOT USED). 40. INSTALL OUTLET TO BOTTOM OF JOIST AT DIMENSIONED LOCATION. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TSC PRIOR TO INSTALL. 41. EXISTING ROOF TOP UNIT PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY LANDLORD E.C. TSC E.C. TO WIRE AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO PANEL AS SHOWN. 42. POWER POLE FOR MONTANA SMITH. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TSC FINAL FIXTURE PLAN PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 43. POWER POLE FOR PET COOLER. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TSC FINAL FIXTURE PLAN PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 44. CLOTHING DEPARTMENT RECEPTACLE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TSC PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. 45. J-BOX FOR CONNECTION TO HAND DRYER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT. JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . SCALE: NORTHMEZZANINEPOWER PLAN 3/32"=1'-0" 46795 LV17LV16 LV11LV10 LV12 LV6 3 S TO MANAGERS OFFICE TO EMS CABINET LV8 LV21 XXX X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X WH B T T2 1 T2 1 B T2 J J1 TO TTB S2 11 WP J J 1 TO TTB S2 11WP (RECEIVING) 6 T2 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 6 9 8 2 TO RTU CONTROL CABINET LV9 TO EMS CABINET LV10 LV3 LV1 LV23 TTB 4'x8' LV19 LV20 3S TO TTB T1 1 D1 3 5 10 10 3 A WP A B T B11 LV22LV10LV7 COIL DAISY CHAIN ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING LV10 LV10 LV9 LV9 LV9 LV9 LV10 LV10 2S 2 S TO TTB 2S 2 S 2S 2 S TO TTB 2S 2 S 2 S TO TTB 2S 2S 2S TO TTB 2S LV12LV11 LV10LV5 LV12LV11 LV10LV5 TO EMS CABINET LV15LV14 LV13LV2 TO EMS CABINET LV9 LV12LV11 LV10LV5 TO EMS CABINET LV10 LV7 LV10 LV22 LV10 LV10 2S TO TTB 2S 2S 2S 3 1 LV12LV11 LV10LV5 A B CA B3 B8 C6 9 8 1 3 TO EMS CABINET LV9 TO EMS CABINET LV10 LOW VOLTAGE PLAN E-3.1ASCALE: NORTHLOW VOLTAGE PLAN 3/32"=1'-0" JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . SCALE: NORTHMEZZANINELOW VOLTAGE PLAN 3/32"=1'-0" SCALE: NORTHMEZZANINELOW VOLTAGE PLAN 3/32"=1'-0" SEE DRAWING E-2A FOR GENERAL AND DRAWING NOTES 46795 TELEPHONE CABLE- DATA CABLE- DATA SYSTEM: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 GENERAL NOTES: KEYED NOTES: T1 T2 D1 D2 LVW VENDOR SHALL ROUTE TWO CAT5E CABLES FROM REGISTER TO THE MANAGERS OFFICE. PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT BOTH ENDS AT THE CEILING. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AT EACH END AND SUSPEND AT 10 FEET AFF. PROVIDE AS REQUIRED FOR EACH ADDITIONAL REGISTER. PROVIDE LABELS FOR EACH CABLE ON BOTH ENDS. LABEL CABLES `REG1A' AND `REG1B' FOR REGISTER ONE AND `REG2A' AND `REG2B' FOR REGISTER 2. LABEL ADDITIONAL REGISTER CABLES `REG3A' AND `REG3B', ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR ADDITIONAL REGISTERS. NOTE NOT USED. LVW VENDOR SHALL ROUTE FOUR CAT5E CABLES FROM SERVICE DESK TO THE MANAGERS OFFICE. PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT BOTH ENDS AT THE CEILING. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AT EACH END AND SUSPEND AT 10 FEET AFF. PROVIDE LABELS FOR EACH CABLE ON BOTH ENDS. LABEL CABLES `SDA', `SDB', `SDC', `SDD'. NOTE NOT USED. LVW VENDOR SHALL ROUTE CAT5E CABLES TO MANAGERS OFFICE TO CEILING SPACE ABOVE THE RED POWER RECEPTACLE (CIRCUIT B-24). REFERENCE DRAWING E2.0 FOR RECEPTACLE LOCATION. REFER TO GENERAL NOTE 'E' ABOVE. LVW VENDOR SHALL ROUTE THREE CAT5E CABLES FROM RECEIVING DESK TO THE IT ROOM. PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT BOTH ENDS AT THE CEILING. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AT EACH END AND SUSPEND AT 10 FEET AFF. PROVIDE LABELS FOR EACH CABLE ON BOTH ENDS. LABEL CABLES `RDA', `RDB', `RDC'. NOTE NOT USED. LVW VENDOR SHALL ROUTE THREE CAT5E CABLES FROM IT ROOM ABOVE THE RED POWER RECEPTACLE (CIRCUIT B-24) TO THE TELEPHONE BOARD. PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT BOTH ENDS AT THE CEILING. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AT EACH END AND SUSPEND AT 10 FEET AFF. PROVIDE AS REQUIRED FOR EACH ADDITIONAL REGISTER. PROVIDE LABELS FOR EACH CABLE ON BOTH ENDS. LABEL CABLES `DSL', `T1A' AND `T1B'. LVW VENDOR SHALL ROUTE THREE CAT5E CABLES FROM THE IT ROOM AT THE DATA WALL OUTLET TO THE TELEPHONE BOARD. PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT BOTH ENDS AT THE CEILING. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AT EACH END AND SUSPEND AT 10 FEET AFF. PROVIDE LABELS FOR EACH CABLE ON BOTH ENDS. LABEL CABLES `DIAL TONE', 'FAX', AND 'MUSIC ON HOLD'. LVW VENDOR SHALL ROUTE TWO CAT5E CABLES FROM THE BREAKROOM AT THE CEILING ABOVE THE POWER OUTLET TO THE IT ROOM ABOVE THE IG POWER RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT BOTH ENDS AT THE CEILING. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AT EACH END AND SUSPEND AT 10 FEET AFF. PROVIDE LABELS FOR EACH CABLE ON BOTH ENDS. LABEL CABLES `LRA' AND `LRB'. A. TSC SHALL FURNISH & INSTALL ALL POS, PA & PHONE SYSTEMS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING ALL BACKBOXES AND CONDUITS. LVW VENDOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WIRING.B. LVW VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL DATA AND TELEPHONE WIRING WITH WHITE JACKETS. ALL PHONE AND DATA CABLE MUST BE CAT5E CERTIFIED, NO EXCEPTIONS. C. ALL CABLES ROUTED EXPOSED IN CEILING JOIST SHALL BE RUN PERPENDICULAR AND PARALLEL TO THE CEILING JOIST. D. LVW VENDOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING IF CABLES SHALL BE PLENUM RATED TO MEET CODES. 1. PROVIDE STANDARD OUTLET BOXES AT ALL TELEPHONE LOCATIONS WITH 3/4" CONDUIT (WITH PULL WIRE) TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AREA OR TO BAR JOIST. 1. PROVIDE STANDARD OUTLET BOXES AT ALL DATA LOCATIONS WITH 3/4" INCH CONDUIT (WITH PULL WIRE) TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AREA OR TO BAR JOIST. E. ROUTE CAT5E CABLES TO MANAGERS OFFICE TO CEILING SPACE ABOVE THE RED POWER RECEPTACLE (CIRCUIT B-24). REFERENCE DRAWING E2.0 FOR RECEPTACLE LOCATION. REFER TO KEYED NOTE '5' BELOW. 11 LVW SHALL ROUTE SIX CAT5E DATA CABLES (TWO PER ACCESS POINT) BACK TO MANAGERS OFFICE. SEE ACCESS POINT SITE SPECIFIC MAP PROVIDED BY TSC FOR EXACT LOCATION OF EACH ACCESS POINT. LVW RESPONSIBILITY AND TIMING PLAN PROTOTYPES ACTION BY WHO WHEN SPECIAL NOTES STORE ADDED TO SOS CODES AND BUILDING TYPE (CONTACT TSC PM AS NECESSARY) RESEARCHED, BA AND FA PLANS COMPLETED TYCO COMPLETES PLANS SENDS TO EDDIE FOLEY AND TSC PM PLANS FORWARDED TO LL AND/OR HIS ARCHITECT IF KNOWN LL TO COMPLETE ALL LVW SOW PER PLANS USING TSC VENDOR TYCO TO INSTALL THEIR EQUIPMENT AND MAKE TERMINATIONS INSTALLATION OF PA SYSTEM, PHONE SYSTEM, SPEAKERS, OUTSIDE HORNS, PHONES, PATCH PANEL, AP'S W/ ANTENNAS INSTALLATION OF POS SYSTEMS AT ALL LOCATIONS AND TESTING OF AP SYSTEM TSC REAL ESTATE TYCO TYCO TSC PM MERCURY TECH TERRY DRAKE / MERCURY TECH TERRY DRAKE / AGILYSIS 1ST MONDAY OF EACH MONTH WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER ADDED TO THE SOS ON 30TH DAY AFTER ADDED TO SOS 31 DAYS WHEN SENT BY LL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION START STARTING APPROXIMATELY 3 WEEKS FROM FD TO BE DONE LAST AS LVW VENDOR COMPLETES NO LATER THAN 2 WEEKS PRIOR TO FD. MONDAY AND TUESDAY BEFORE FD TUESDAY BEFORE FD TSC TO REVIEW LL PLANS FOR ACCURACY TSC PM TYCO RETROFITS ACTION BY WHO WHEN SPECIAL NOTES STORE ADDED TO SOS TSC ARCHITECT TO SEND BASE PLAN TO TYCO CODES RESEARCHED, BA AND FA PLANS TSC ARCHITECT TO NOTIFY TYCO VIA EMAIL THAT FULL SET OF PLANS IS AVAILABLE AT PLAN EXPRESS TYCO COMPLETED PLANS SENT TO EDDIE FOLEY AND TSC PM TSC ARCHITECT TO INSERT TYCO PLANS INTO SET FOR PERMIT GC TO CONTACT ASSIGNED LVW VENDORS FOR PRICING GC / LVW VENDOR FINISHED ALL LVW SOW PER PLANS TYCO TO INSTALL THEIR EQUIPMENT AND MAKE TERMINATIONS INSTALLATION OF PA SYSTEM, PHONE SYSTEM, SPEAKERS, OUTSIDE HORNS, PHONES, PATCH PANEL, AP'S W/ ANTENNAS INSTALLATION OF POS SYSTEMS AT ALL LOCATIONS AND TESTING OF AP SYSTEMNOTE: ALL OTHER ACTIONS AND TIME FRAMES TO BE PER THE EXISTING TIMING AND ACTION CALENDAR. TSC REAL ESTATE TSC PM TYCO TSC PM TYCO TSC PM TSC PM MERCURY TECH TYCO TERRY DRAKE / MERCURY TECH TERRY DRAKE / AGYLISIS 1ST MONDAY OF EACH MONTH 10-20 DAYS AFTER ADDED TO SOS UPON RECEIPT OF BASE PLAN 20-30 DAYS AFTER REC APPROVAL W/IN 3 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF FULL SET OF PLANS UPON RECEIPT OF TYCO PLAN VERIFIED AT BID EVALUATION NO LESS THAN 2 WEEKS PRIOR TO FD STARTING APPROXIMATELY 3 WEEKS FROM FD TO WEDNESDAY PRIOR TO FD. TERMINATION TO BE DONE LAST AS LVW VENDOR COMPLETES NO LATER THAN 2 WEEKS PRIOR TO FD. MONDAY AND TUESDAY BEFORE FD THURSDAY BEFORE FD TYCO TO IDENTIFY EXISTING HVAC UNITS BY LL PER THE TYCO CHECKLIST PLEASE BE SURE TO VERIFY HVAC SYSTEMS (GROUND MOUNT VS. ROOF MOUNT, ETC...) PLEASE BE SURE TO VERIFY HVAC SYSTEMS (GROUND MOUNT VS. ROOF MOUNT, ETC...) TYCO TO IDENTIFY EXISTING HVAC UNITS BY LL PER THE TYCO CHECKLIST PUBLIC ADDRESS SPEAKER CABLE- PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM: GENERAL NOTES: S1 S2 A. TSC SHALL FURNISH & INSTALL THE PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM B. LVW VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SPEAKER WIRING. SPEAKER WIRING SHALL BE 18AWG / 2 CONDUCTOR WITH WHITE JACKETS. C. ALL CABLES ROUTED EXPOSED IN CEILING JOIST SHALL BE RUN PERPENDICULAR AND PARALLEL TO THE CEILING JOIST ORIGINATING FROM TELEPHONE BOARD. D. PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM DEVICES SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES AND RACEWAYS PER THE PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM VENDOR RECOMMENDATIONS. PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM DEVICES FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE SYSTEM VENDOR. E. LVW VENDOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING IF CABLES SHALL BE PLENUM RATED TO MEET CODES. 1. PROVIDE A BLACK 4" X 4" WEATHERPROOF JUNCTION BOX AT THE EXTERIOR SPEAKER LOCATION MOUNTED 13'-0" AFF OR ABOVE THE AWNING. PROVIDE A SLEEVE THRU WALL TO THE INTERIOR 4" x4" JUNCTION BOX LOCATED ON THE INTERIOR WALL. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 2. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND CONDUIT (1" EMT) FROM EXTERIOR SPEAKER TO THE RETAIL SALES INTERIOR WALL. LOW VOLTAGE DOOR BELL SYSTEM: A B GENERAL NOTES: KEYED NOTES: A. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING BY LVW VENDOR (DOOR BELL, ETC.) SHALL BE 18AWG / 2 CONDUCTOR WITH WHITE TEFLON JACKET IN CONDUIT TO CEILING AND EXPOSED ALONG CEILING STRUCTURE. B. ALL CABLES ROUTED EXPOSED IN CEILING JOIST SHALL BE RUN PERPENDICULAR AND PARALLEL TO THE CEILING JOIST. C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING IF CABLES SHALL BE PLENUM RATED TO MEET CODES. EDWARDS 744 DOOR BELL @ CASH REGISTER & CONNECT TO SYSTEM AS NECESSARY. COORDINATE WITH G.C. FOR EXACT LOCATION OF BELL. GENERAL NOTES: B ALL CONDUITS INSTALLED IN THE STOCKROOM AREA SHALL BE INSTALLED AS TIGHT TO ROOF DECK AS POSSIBLE. Cable Specifications: Type Maximum cable length shall not exceed 330 feet. TSC LVW CONTROL WIRING AND EMS PREWIRE: ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING (LVW) (EXCEPT FOR TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT THERMOSTATS FOR HVAC) TO BE INSTALLED BY THE LVW VENDOR. THIS INCLUDES THE DOOR BELLS. GC'S ARE RESPONSIBLE TO MANAGE TO THIS AND INCLUDE THIS IN THEIR COSTS. ALL cable must be jacketed in a fire-retardant material, shielded (unless otherwise noted) and WHITE in color. In the event that a specific cable is not available, Contractor may substitute for a cable with more conductors (i.e. 2 conductor can be substituted with 3 conductor of the same ratings). Do not route cables over or touching a fluorescent light. Cross over fluorescent lights perpendicular to the length of the fixture. All cables shall be supported from the ceiling joist above. Do not lay cables on the grid of a drop ceiling. one twisted pair - 18ga - shielded - plenum rated - white jacket one CAT5 Cable GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL EDWARDS 744 DOOR BELL, AN EDWARDS 590 TRANSFORMER, AND AN INTELLIGENT PUSH BUTTON. TEST TO ASSURE LIGHTING CONTROLS WTS-1-1-19-SS WORKING SYSTEM. MOUNT TRANSFORMER & BELL AT 14'- 0" AFF. 1 2 3 KEYED NOTES: JUNCTION BOX ON WALL WITH 1" CONDUIT STUBBED OUTSIDE FOR SPEAKER MOUNTING. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. ROUTE ONE TWO CONDUCTOR #18 AWG SPEAKER WIRE FROM JUNCTION BOX TO TELEPHONE BOARD. COIL 6 FEET OF SPEAKER WIRE OUTSIDE OF BUILDING AT PROPOSED SPEAKER LOCATION. PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT THE CEILING ABOVE THE TELEPHONE BOARD. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AND SUSPEND 10 FEET AFF. TYPICAL OF 2 LOCATIONS. LOCATION IN BAR JOIST FOR PUBLIC ADDRESS SPEAKER. ROUTE ONE TWO CONDUCTOR #18 AWG SPEAKER WIRE BETWEEN LOCATIONS LEAVING SIX FEET OF COILED WIRING AT EACH LOCATION FOR CONNECTION OF SPEAKERS. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. HOME RUN SPEAKER CABLE FROM LAST DEVICE LOCATION AS SHOWN AND PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT THE CEILING ABOVE THE TELEPHONE BOARD. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AND SUSPEND AT 10 FEET AFF. LOCATION IN SUSPENDED CEILING FOR PUBLIC ADDRESS SPEAKER. ROUTE ONE TWO CONDUCTOR #18 AWG SPEAKER WIRE BETWEEN LOCATIONS LEAVING SIX FEET OF COILED WIRING AT EACH LOCATION FOR CONNECTION OF SPEAKERS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND THE PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. HOME RUN SPEAKER CABLE FROM LAST DEVICE AS SHOWN AND PROVIDE 20 FEET OF CABLE AT THE CEILING ABOVE THE TELEPHONE BOARD. COIL 15 FEET OF CABLE AND SUSPEND AT 10 FEET AFF. S J J S Preface: This store will be wired for a future EMS system This contractor shall price in the base bid wiring. LV1 G.C. shall install a 2" EMT conduit into the top of the future EMS section of the unitized switchboard (hereafter referred to as the EMS cabinet) so as to provide EMS cable access to the panel without having to route the cables past substantial line voltage wire. LV2 G.C. shall provide a 3/4" (inch) trade size rigid conduit on the RTU closest to the future TSC EMS control panel for the purpose of acting as a mast for the future EMS "WeatherStation". See outdoor sensor assembly detail. LV3 Tractor Supply shall provide EMS jack in one of 6- up boxes in the IT room and an orange patch, with white boot, cable connected to port 23 on the 2960 switch and run to port #46 on the patch panel. LV4 G.C. shall install a recessed single gang switch box in corridor next to manager's office - see mechanical drawings for exact placement. This box should be mounted 60" AFF. This box is for installation of the RTU thermostat / future EMS control thermostat. LV5 G.C. shall install a double gang switch box (4 11/16" with the appropriate adapter plates) on the column closest to each sales floor RTU for purpose of installing the thermostat / future EMS thermostat. If HVAC is needed to condition the building prior to the installation of the LVW by the TSC LVW vendor, the G.C. is to make HVAC units operable using temporarily until the TSC HVAC vendor installs permanent LVW per the timing and action calendar contained within the set of plans. Once the LVW vendor installs the LVW, the G.C. is responsible to remove the temporary bi-metal thermostats and make final connections of the thermostats to the newly installed LVW as mentioned above. LV6 G.C. shall install 3 double gang switch boxes (4 11/16" with the appropriate adapter plates) on the column closest to RTU. These 3 boxes shall be mounted vertically; one above the other, seperated by no less than 6" with the bottom box mounted at a height of approximaetly 7'-6" AFF and MUST be mounted to the surface of the column that faces the center of the building so as to shield the sensor from direct supply air. A quantity of (2) 1" (inch) conduits shall be installed above & between the boxes so as to provide a path for continuous wire pull from the overhead into the bottom most box. These boxes are for (from top to bottom) the installation of the CO2 sensor, the humidity sensor & the RTU thermostat/future EMS thermostat in the bottom box each of which required a dedicated double gang box. "doubling up" the sensors in a 2 gang box is not acceptable. LV7 G.C. shall install a single gang box and a 3/4" EMT conduit for the vestibule Unit Heater and the stockroom's Unit Heater. The conduits shall be installed from the ceiling deck to each unit heater's thermostat designated mounting location in the vestibule and stockroom. G.C. is to make each unit heater operate using the thermostats provided with the unit heaters and installed wiring. LV8 G.C. shall install a 3/4" EMT conduit from the ceiling deck to 12" (inches) AFF so as to provide future EMS cable access for routing the LV cable from above the dock door to the finished floor. The conduit is to be installed directly adjacent to the dock door, within 2" (inches) of the rollup door track. LV9 LVW vendor shall install a total of two twisted pair, 18ga plenum cables (Windy City #002320-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled continuous from the "EMS Cabinet" in the electrical switchgear to each RTU's control cabinet in turn (Daisy Chain) starting with the RTU closest to the electrical room. The wire shall be pulled into the RTU's control panel near the York "Simplicity 1A" board within the RTU, leaving a 5' coil. Label both un-spliced ends of this cable pull as "HVAC COMM". LV10 LVW vendor shall install one twisted pair, 18ga, shielded, plenum cable (Windy City # 002320-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled continuous from the future "EMS Cabinet" in the electrical swtichgear to each Unit Heater's & RTU's thermostat gang boxes location (see LV5 and LV6 for specifics) in turn (Daisy Chain) starting with the Unit Heater / RTU thermostat mounting location closest to the electrical room. The wire shall be pulled into the RTU's designated gang box, leaving a 5' coil. Label both un-spliced ends of this cable pull as "TStat COMM". LV11 LVW vendor shall install one ten conductor, 18ga, plenum cable (Windy City # 002393-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled from each RTU's control cabinet to the RTU specific thermostat gang box, leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "RTUx CONTROL", where x is the RTU #. LV12 LVW vendor shall install one twisted pair, 18ga plenum cable (Windy City # 002320-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled from each RTU's supply hard air duct, just below ceiling, to the corresponding RTUs thermostat gang box, leaving a 10' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "RTUx SUPPLY", where x is the RTU #. LV13 LVW vendor shall install one twisted pair, 18ga plenum cable (Windy city # 002320-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled from the EMS cabinet to the future "WeatherStation", leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "OA TEMP". LV14 LVW vendor shall install a total of two twisted pair, 18ga plenum cables (Windy city # 002320-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled from the EMS cabinet to the future "WeatherStation", leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "OA HUMID". LV15 LVW vendor shall install one twisted pair, 18ga plenum cable (windy city # 002320-s or equivalent). the cable shall be pulled from the MES cabinet to the future "Weatherstation", leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "OUTDOOR LIGHT LEVEL". LV16 For each indoor humidity sensor specified, the LVW vendor shall install a total of two twisted pair, 18ga plenum cables (Windy city # 002320-s or equivalent). the cables shall be pulled from the EMS cabinet to the top single gang box installed as per note LV^, leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "INSIDE HUMID #1" and, if installed, "INSIDE HUMID #2". LV17 LVW vendor shall install a total of two twisted pair, 18ga plenum cables (Windy city # 002320-S or equivalent). The cables shall be pulled from the EMS cabinet to the next to the top single gang box installed as per note LV6, leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "CO2". LV18 LVW vendor shall install one twisted pair, 18ga plenum cable (Windy city # 002320-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled from the EMS cabinet to the power pole installed for the vaccine case, leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "VACCINE TEMP". This cable should be pulled down through the unused half of the power pole that is installed to supply power to the vaccine case. Coordinate with the GC to determine the exact location.NOTE: IN THE EVENT THAT THE FINAL LOCATION OF THE ANIMAL HEALTH CASE IS UNKNOWN, LEAVE A 50' COIL OF CABLE IN THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION. LV19 LVW vendor shall install a total of two twisted pair, 18ga plenum cables (Windy city # 002320-S or equivalent). The cables shall be pulled from the EMS cabinet to the alarm installer's junction box labeled "EMS/SI ALARM INTERFACE" (located on the telephone board, beside the security alarm panel), leaving a 5' coil of each at both ends. Label both ends of each these cables "OCCUPANCY" and "ALL LIGHTS ON" respectively. If the security system installer has not installed this junction box, install and label these cables leaving a 15' loop of each at the ceiling joist on the vicinity of the building security system equipment. LV20 TYCO shall install a total of two twisted pair, 18ga plenum cables (Windy City # 002320-S or equivalent). The cables shall be pulled from the Security Panel to the junction box labeled "EMS/SI ALARM INTERFACE" (located on the telephone board, at the designated location beside the security alarm panel). Tyco to terminate this wiring to the appropriate security system "ARM/DISARM" and "ALARM" outputs to the corresponding terminals within the "EMS/SI Alarm interface" junction box (installed by the LVW vendor). If the LVW Vendor has not installed this junction box, Tyco to install and label their cables leaving a 5' loop at the designated location of the EMS/SI ALARM Interface" on the telephone backboard. LV21 LVW vendor shall install one twisted pair, 18ga plenum cable (Windy City # 002320-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled from the EMS cabinet through the EMT conduit installed for dock door monitoring, leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "DOCK DOOR". This is used for future EMS monitoring and is in addition to the cabling required for the security system door monitoring. This EMS cable should be pulled down through the conduit that is installed to monitor the dock door via the EMS (see LV8). Coordinate with the GC to determine the exact location. NOTE: IN THE EVENT THAT THE FINAL LOCATION OF THE DOCK DOOR EMS CONDUIT IS UNKNOWN, LEAVE A 50' COIL OF CABLE ABOVE THE DOCK DOOR. LV22 LVW Vendor to install one twisted pair, 18ga plenum cable for each unit heater (Windy City # 002320-S or equivalent). The cable shall be pulled from each Unit Heater's control cabinet to the Unit Heater's specific thermostat gang box, leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "UH Control". Note: In the event that the location of the unit heater is unknown, leave a 50' coil of cable at this location. LV23 LVW VENDOR to provide a CAT5 cable run from the patch panel in the IT Room to the future EMS cabinet location. LV24 When specified, the LVW vendor to install a total of two twisted pair, 18ga plenum cable (windy city # 002320-s or equivalent) from EMS cabinet to the single gang junction box for the indoor light sensor, leaving a 5' coil at both ends. Label both ends of this cable "Indoor Amb. Light". a) Indoor light sensor shall not be mounted any higher than 7' AFF. b) Indoor light sensor shall be mounted so that the sensor eye is facing zone to be controlled. LOW VOLTAGE PLAN E-3A JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . 46795 XXX X X X BE NL A-30 B X A-30 A-22 A-22 A-22 A-22 A-22 A-22 5 5 5 5 5 K A-24 K A-24 K A-24 K A-24 K A-24 K A-24 K A-24 K A-24 K A-24 K A-24 B A-1 BE B A-2 B A-3 B A-4 B A-6 B A-7B A-5 B A-8 B A-9 BE BE BE BE BB BE B A-10 BE BE BEBE BE BE BE BE BE BE BEBE BE BE BEBE BE BE BE 6 6 666 6 6 6 66666 6 6 6 6 6 BE B BE BE BE66 BE 6 BE BE BE 6 BE 6 BE 6 BE 6 BE 6 BB BBBBB B B B B B BBBBB X A-32 E1A-32 XA-30 NL A-30 A-30 NL A-30 NL A-30 NL A-30 NLA-30 NL A-30 NLA-11 A-21,23 A-16,18 B B B B B B B BE BE BE A-17,19 BE B B B B B B B B B B BE BE BE BE A-32 NL BE BE B S 9 A-25 F F F F FFFF 10 E1 X A-32 A-32 E1 A-30A-30 X M 3M 3 M 3 M 3 M3 BEB BE BE X A-30 B1 A-2 A-3 A-8 A-9 A-12 A-15 A-14 A-13 19 17 17 19 19 17 19 17 19 17 19 17 17 19 16 18 18 18 18 18 16 16 16 16 21 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 2323 23 23 NL A-32 6 6 X A-30 PROVIDE W/2 FACES X A-30 X A-30 X A-30 PROVIDE W/2 FACES B1 A-30 X A-32 X A-32 NLA-30 NLA-30 A-26 X A-30 PROVIDE W/2 FACES X A-30 X A-32 NL A-32 M 3 21 21 21 2121 21 21 A-20 21 21 21 21 X A-32 B1 M3 X A-30 PCc SKYLIT ZONE 'c' (1225 SQFT) SKYLIT ZONE 'a' (1225 SQFT) SKYLIT ZONE 'd' (962 SQFT) SKYLIT ZONE 'b' (962 SQFT) 5 5 55 5 5 A-26 A-26 A-22 A-34 K1K1 PROVIDE NEW FIXTURE TO MATCH ADJACENT DECORATIVE LIGHTING PCc PCc 11 11 11 SA A-22 SA A-22 SA A-22 SA A-22 SA A-22 SA A-22 A-22 A-22 8 2 B R R PCa 11 PCa 11 PCa11 PC b 11 PC b 11 R PC b11 PCd 11 R PCd11 PCd 11 7 7 7 1 TYPICAL 6 7 6 7 6 7 7 6 767 X A-30 X A-30 XA-30 XA-30 M 3 M 3 M3 A-27 A-29 M 3 M 3 A-2967 6 7 1 TYPICAL PC PC PC LIGHTING CONTACTOR LINE VOLTAGE WIRING CONSTANT HOT 1-10V CONTROL MAXIMUM (4) LIGHT FIXTURES LOCAL LINE VOLTAGE DIMMING SCHEMATIC N.T.S. PHOTOCELL GENERAL LIGHTING PLAN E-4SCALE: NORTHLIGHTING PLAN 3/32"=1'-0" A. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION MUST BE ACHIEVED ONE WEEK PRIOR TO THE FIXTURE DATE ESTABLISHED BY TSC AND THE G.C. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INCLUDES FULL PERMANENT POWER, SECURE BUILDING READY FOR FIXTURES, COMPLETED OFFICE/RESTROOMS, SALES FLOOR, DOCK WITH ALL WEATHER ACCESS, AND SIDEYARD WITH FENCING. B. EXIT SIGNS & EMERGENCY LIGHT LOCATIONS SHALL BE ADJUSTED & CENTERED OF MAIN AISLES. COORDINATE WITH TSC FIXTURE PLAN. C. ANY EXISTING FLUORESCENT FIXTURES LOCATED WITHIN TSC SPACE THAT ARE T12 OR 8' LONG SHALL BE RETROFITTED WITH T8 4' LONG BI-PIN T8 LAMPS & MATCHING BALLASTS. UTILIZE PROPER RETROFIT KIT FOR 8' LONG FIXTURES TO CONVERT FIXTURE TO A TANDEM MOUNTED TYPE. D. PROVIDE AN EXTRA CONSTANT HOT CONDUCTOR BYPASSING LIGHTING CONTROLLER FOR FIXTURES WITH EMERGENECY BALLASTS NOT MARKED AS 'NL' NIGHT LIGHT. E. CONTRACTOR MAY USE UNI-STRUT IN LIEU OF CABLE PROVIDED WITH LIGHT FIXTURES. COORDINATE ORDERING WITH LIGHTING VENDOR. CONTRACTOR TO INCLUDE ONE ADDITIONAL "LED SITE HEAD" AND ONE ADDITIONAL "LED WALL PACK" AS PART OF NEW CONSTRUCTION EXTERIOR LIGHTING PACKAGE. THESE FIXTURES ARE TO BE LEFT IN THE CARE OF THE "TSC STORE MANAGER" FOR ANY FUTURE WARRANTY FULFILLMENT. GENERAL NOTES: PLAN NOTES: 1. 2. 4. 3. 5. GENERAL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES: 6. NO ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE TO INDICATE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, COMMUNICATION DEVICES, WIRING, CONDUIT, ETC. TO BE REMOVED AND/OR RELOCATED. HOWEVER, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. REMOVE AND/OR RELOCATE EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICES ON WALLS OR CEILING BEING REMOVED. COORDINATE SUCH CONDITIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. EXISTING CONDUITS, CIRCUITS OR SYSTEMS IN WALLS OR CEILING BEING REMOVED WHICH SERVE SURROUNDING UN REMODELED AREAS SHALL BE REWORKED AND MAINTAINED. EXISTING CONDUITS, CIRCUITS OR SYSTEMS PASSING THROUGH THE REMODELED AREAS WHICH SERVE UNREMODELED AREAS SHALL REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION AND REMODELING, AND SHALL BE RELOCATED AND REROUTED. CONTINUITY OF CIRCUITS INTERRUPTED BY REMOVAL OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHALL BE MAINTAINED. ALL UNUSEDWIRE (POWER & COMMUNICATION) SHALL BE REMOVED. ALL EXISTING WIRING (POWER & COMMUNICATION) THAT IS TO REMAIN SHALL BE REWORKED OR REPLACED WITH CODE COMPLIANT MATERIAL & SUPPORTS. EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES THAT REMAIN OR ARE BEING RELOCATED SHALL BE CLEANED AND RE-LAMPED. BROKEN LENSES SHALL BE REPLACED. PROVIDE NEW BALLASTS IF REQUIRED TO MAKE FIXTURE OPERATIONAL. 8. 7. LED FIXTURES LABELED WITH SUFFIX 'E' SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A REMOTE MOUNTED EMERGENCY AC POWER SYSTEM. THE EMERGENCY AC POWER SYSTEM SHALL BE MOUNTED IN JOIST SPACE ABOVE FIXTURE. RUN 2#10,#10GND MC CABLE FROM SYSTEM DOWN FIXTURE SUPPORT OPPOSITE NORMAL CIRCUIT WIRING. PROVIDE A CONSTANT HOT OF THE SAME BRANCH CIRCUIT BYPASSING CONTRACTOR CONTROL FOR EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES THAT ARE TO BE TURNED OFF DURING UNOCCUPIED TIMES. EMERGENCY LIGHTING NOTE TYPE MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER VOLT QTY TYPE MOUNTINGLAMPS REMARKS LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PURCHASE LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS. NO SUBSTITUTES. LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE 4 D 4 RECESSED 2x4 TROFFER2GTL4-LP840 2GTL-4-40L-EZ1-EL14L-LP840 RECESSEDDE E1 ELA-T-NX-H1212 ELM1254 -EMERGENCY W/ BATTERYINCL. SURFACE AT 12'-0" OR ON CEILING K 1 EXTERIOR WALL LIGHT, MTD. AT 14' AFG, UNO LED SURFACEOLW-31-M2 K1 1ANP LIGHTING 32 PLW518-42-E1-43(RED)-1000GLFR- GUP-42-RTC-32WPL-43(RED) EXTERIOR WALL LIGHTSURFACE SA LITHONIA OLCFM-WH - LED SURFACE EXTERIOR CANOPY FIXTURE UNVLITHONIA 120 OR 277 120 F 8' LED VAPOR TIGHTSIMKARSURFACE OR JOISTEN2LED8RFAF9241U14 B BE 4 4 SUSPENDEDLITHONIATZL1N-L96-10000LM-FST- MVOLT-40K-80CRI-WH B1 2 LED SUSPENDED SUSPENDED CABLE MOUNTED UNV UNVTZL1N-L96-10000LM-FST- MVOLT-40K-80CRI-WH-EL7L WATTS 84 84 42 39 39 12 92 45 32 28 LITHONIA LITHONIA LED CABLE MOUNTED CABLE MOUNTED B1E UNV LEDTL1N-L48-5000LM-FST- MVOLT-40K-80CRI-WH TL1N-L48-5000LM-FST- MVOLT-40K-80CRI-WH-EL7L 2 SUSPENDED CABLE MOUNTED42LITHONIAUNVLED LED LED LITHONIA LITHONIA UNV UNV 2x4 TROFFER LITHONIA UNV LEDUNV1) EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN. CLEAN, RELAMP & REBALLAST WITH LED DRIVERS & LED LAMPS. PURCHASED FROM TSC NATIONAL VENDOR. TYPICAL FOR ALL FIXTURES WITHOUT LETTER DESIGNATION. COORDINATE WIDE BODY RETROFIT KIT & REPLACE SOCKETS WITH BI-PIN TYPE & PROVIDE CENTER SOCKETS FOR 4' LED LAMPS FOR 8' FIXTURES. 2) WIRE EMERGENCY FIXTURE AHEAD OF LOCAL SENSOR. 3) OCCUPANCY SENSOR EQUAL TO LEVITON "001-0SP20-0D00SC1-MOW" SENSOR TO CONTROL LIGHT FIXTURES. 4) PROVIDE NECESSARY RELAYS & CONTROL EXHAUST FAN. 5) EXISTING FIXTURE. CLEAN, RELAMP, REBALLAST & REFURBISH AS REQUIRED. 6) WIRE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AHEAD OF CONTACTOR OR LOCAL CONTROL. 7) RETROFIT EXISTING FIXTURE WITH 1100 LUMEN LED DRIVER PURCHASED FROM TSC NATIONAL VENDOR SELF TEST BALLAST. PROVIDE AN EXTRA HOT CONDUCTOR TO BYPASS CONTACTOR, OCC SENSOR OR LOCAL CONTROL. 8) CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FIXTURE FROM LOCAL VENDOR IF NATIONAL VENDOR CANNOT PROVIDE. 9) CONTROLLER SHALL BE RATED NEMA 4X. 10) UTILIZE IMC CONDUIT. SEAL CONDUITS OUTSIDE OF HAY AREA WALL. 11) PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE 1-10V OUTPUT DIMMING SKYLIGHT PHOTOCELL & POWER RELAY. WIRE IN LINE WITH CONTACTOR CONTROL. PROVIDE CONSTANT HOT CONDUCTOR AS REQUIRED. CALIBRATE PHOTOCELL SO THAT WHEN THERE ARE 90 FOOT CANDLES AS MEASURED AT THE FLOOR, THE PHOTOCELL WILL THEN BEGIN TO DIM. LEVITON# PCSKY-000-0PP20RD3. 12) ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ORDER LIGHT FIXTURE FROM LOCAL VENDORS. JOB NO: DATE: 14332 SHEET NO. # D A T E T Y P E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REVISIONS 03/30/2016 AR C H I T E C T S , I N C . 17 7 1 0 D e t r o i t A v e n u e L a k e w o o d , O h i o 4 4 1 0 7 Ph o n e ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 5 1 3 4 ● Fa x ( 2 1 6 ) 5 2 1 - 4 8 2 4 ● ww w . a d a a r c h i t e c t s . c c 17 0 2 0 S M O K E Y P O I N T B L V D . AR L I N G T O N , W A Th i s d o c u m e n t ( “ I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e ” ) w a s p r e p a r e d b y A D A A r c h i t e c t s , I n c . ( “ A D A ” ) s p e c i f i c a l l y f o r t h e r e f e r e n c e d p r o j e c t a n d i s n o t i n t e n d e d f o r a n y o t h e r u s e . A D A r e t a i n s a l l c o m m o n l a w , s t a t u t o r y a n d o t h e r re s e r v e d r i g h t s , i n c l u d i n g c o p y r i g h t s . T h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n o t h e r p r o j e c t s , f o r a d d i t i o n s t o t h i s p r o j e c t o r f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t b y o t h e r s w i t h o u t A D A ' s p r i o r w r i t t e n c o n s e n t . A n y un a u t h o r i z e d u s e o f t h i s I n s t r u m e n t o f S e r v i c e s h a l l b e a t t h e U s e r ' s s o l e r i s k a n d w i t h o u t l i a b i l i t y t o A D A . A D A m a k e s n o w a r r a n t i e s , e x p r e s s o r i m p l i e d , o f m e r c h a n t a b i l i t y o r o f f i t n e s s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r p u r p o s e . SCALE: NORTHMEZZANINELIGHTING PLAN 3/32"=1'-0" X EXITRONIX VEX-U-BP-WB-WH-120 - INCL.SURFACE LED EXIT SIGN1204 46795 B WH 105 LOUNGEEMPLOYEE 108 MANAGER 106 MEN 107 WOMEN 101 VESTIBULE 102 SALES - OUTDOOR DISPLAYFENCED 103 RECEIVING/ STOCK 113 ROOMHAY 112 ROOMFEED 111 OUTDOOR DISPLAYI.O.D. - INDOOR/ 104 IT 109 UTILITY 110 HALLWAY 115 STAIRWELL 109A JANITOR 114 ROOMSPRINKLER 116 STORAGE C C D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E EE E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E 101 VESTIBULE 114 ROOM SPRINKLER A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A AA A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A WH 108 MANAGER D D E A A A A A A A A B B C C D D E E F F NO. DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE / REVISION LOG INT. TRACTOR © SUPPLY CO THE STUFF YOU NEED OUT HERE 8' SCALE 1/8"=1'-0" 4' 0 8' 4' SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" 2' 0 4' SCALE 3/32"=1'-0" 04'8'12' 4' SCALE 1/4" = 1'-0" 2' 0 4' MO MO ARLINGTON WA 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 1 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS BRIAN J. SIELAFF, P.E. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS FOR ADA ARCHITECTS, INC. TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY REMODEL EXISTING STRUCTURE ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE PROJECT NO: TGE16-5850 FIRM REGISTRATION # 603490470 DESIGN CRITERIA: USED 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ROOF DEAD LOAD: 20 PSF ROOF SNOW LOAD: 20 PSF SEISMIC PARAMETERS: SS = 1.089 g S1 = 0.425 g SDS = 0.773 g SD1 = 0.446 g SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: D SOIL BEARING CAPACITY: 1500 PSF 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 2 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 PROJECT INFORMATION .............................................................................................................................................................. 3 2 DESIGN CRITERIA ......................................................................................................................................................................... 4 3 GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES .................................................................................................................................................... 5 4 SEISMIC ANALYSIS ....................................................................................................................................................................... 7 5 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS............................................................................................................................... 8 6 SOFTWARE PRINTOUTS ............................................................................................................................................................. 17 7 DESIGN AIDS .............................................................................................................................................................................. 27 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 3 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 1 PROJECT INFORMATION Tamarack Grove Engineering TGE Project Number: TGE16-5850 Date: 03/07/2016 TGE Contact: J. Brendon Collins TGE Engineer of Record: Brian J. Sielaff, P.E. Project Client Information: Company: ADA Architects, Inc. Contact: Paul Gierlach Address: 17710 Detroit Avenue Cleveland Ohio 44107 Phone: (216) 521-5134 Email: www.adaarchitects.cc Client Logo: Project Site Information: Name: Tractor Supply Co. Address: 17020 Smokey Point Blvd. Arlington, WA Live and Dead Loads: Roof Live/ Snow Load: 20 PSF Roof Dead Loads: Roofing: 3.0 PSF Sheathing: 2.0 PSF Framing: 6.0 PSF Insulation: 2.0 PSF Ceiling: 2.0 PSF Miscellaneous: 5.0 PSF TOTAL: 20 PSF 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 4 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 2 DESIGN CRITERIA 1. DESIGN INFORMATION AND LOADS USE: A. CRITERIA 1. DESIGNED USING 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) 2. OCCUPANCY CATEGORY TYPE (IBC TABLE 1604.5) = II B. ROOF LOADS 1. GROUND SNOW LOAD, Pf = 25 PSF 2. SNOW EXPOSURE FACTOR, Ce (TERRAIN CATEGORY B) = 0.90 3. SNOW IMPORTANCE FACTOR, IS = 1.00 4. THERMAL FACTOR, CT (HEATED FACILITY) = 1.00 5. ROOF LIVE/SNOW LOAD = 20 PSF (SNOW) 6. ROOF DEAD LOAD = 20 PSF 7. ROOF DEFLECTIONS TL = L/240 8. ROOF DEFLECTIONS LL = L/180 C. SEISMIC LOADS 1. MAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACC. FOR SHORT PERIOD, SS = 1.089 G 2. MAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACC. FOR 1-SEC PERIOD, S1 = 0.425 G 3. DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACC. COEFF. AT SHORT PERIOD, SDS = 0.773 G 4. DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACC. COEFF. AT 1-SEC PERIOD, SD1 = 0.446 G 5. BUILDING SITE CLASS (IBC TABLE 1613.5.2) = D 6. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY (IBC TABLE 1613.5.6(1 & 2)) = D 7. SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR, IE = 1.00 D. GEOTECHNICAL/SOILS CRITERIA 1. ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING PRESSURE = 1,500 PSF 2. MINIMUM FROST DEPTH = 24 INCHES 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 5 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 3 GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL: A. ALL STEEL CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN THE LATEST EDITONS OF AISC, “AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTUCTION”, AISC 341-05, “SEISMIC PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS, INCLUDING SUPPLEMENT NO 1, DATED 2005” AND ASCI 360-05, “SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS”. B. STEEL DESIGNATIONS: 1. WIDE FLANGE SHAPES (BEAMS & COLUMNS)................................ ASTM A992 (GRADE 50) 2. OTHER ROLLED SHAPES & PLATE.................................................... ASTM A36 (U.N.O.) PIPE 3. COLUMNS....................................................................................... ASTM A53, GRADE 'B' 4. STRUCTURAL HSS TUBING.............................................................. ASTM A500, GRADE 'B' 46 KSI C. ALL ANCHOR BOLTS, BOLTS AND LAGS IN WOOD SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A307 STEEL U.N.O. AND SHALL HAVE STEEL WASHERS BENEATH ALL NUTS AND BOLT HEADS. IF A CERTAIN SITUATION IS NOT DETAILED USE A SIMILAR DETAIL. ALL STRUCUTURAL BOLTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A325-N. CONNECTIONS SHALL GENERALLY FOLLOW THE TYPES SHOWN IN AISC MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION. D. STEEL FABRICATOR SHALL ALSO INCLUDE AND COORDINATE ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS WITH THAT OF THE STRUCT URAL SHEETS. COORDINATE ANY STEEL NOT SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY. E. ALL BEARING ELEVATIONS FOR JOISTS, BEAMS, AND COLUMN HEIGHTS SHALL BE COORDINATED AND VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR . CW/ ARCH. ROOF PLAN FOR SLOPES.. ALL ELEVATIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT OF RECORD IN THE SHOP DRAWING REVIEW PROCESS. F. ALL STEEL WELDING SHALL CONFORM TO AWS D1.1 WITH E70XX ELECTRODES. G. PROVIDE HIGH STRENGTH GROUT UNDER ALL STEEL BASE PLATES, F’C = 5,000 PSI, MIN. 2. CONCRETE: A. ALL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN ACI-318, “BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE”, AND ACI-301, ‘SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR BUILDINGS”. B. THE MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH FOR CONCRETE AT 28 DAYS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. ALL FOOTINGS, FOUNDATIONS AND STEM WALLS = F'C - 3,000 PSI 2. ALL FOOTINGS, FOUNDATIONS AND STEM WALLS = F’C – 4,500 PSI (FREEZE/THAW CONDITIONS) 2. SLABS ON GRADE = F'C - 3,500 PSI C. CONCRETE MIX DESIGN SHALL NOT EXCEED A WATER/CEMENT RATIO OF 0.50. APPROVED ADMIXTURES MAY BE USED TO INCREASE THE WORKABILI TY OF THE CONCRETE UPON WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE OWNER. D. ALL CONCRETE MIXING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN ASTM C94. USE TYPE I/II CEMENT, ASTM 150. CONCRETE SHALL BE NORMAL WEIGHT WITH MAX. AGGREGATE OF ¾” AND CONFORMING TO ASTM C33. E. ALL EMBEDDED ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE A36 OR A307 STEEL W/ 7" MIN. EMBEDMENT. ANCHOR BOLTS TO BE WITHIN 1'-0" OF SILL PLATE ENDS, WITH A MIN. OF TWO PER WALL AND NO CLOSER THAN 6" FROM CONCRETE WALL CORNERS. REFER TO FOUNDATION PLAN FOR SPECIFIC ANCHOR BOLT PLAN. F. WET SETTING OF REINFORCING BARS IN FOOTINGS AND WALLS IS NOT ALLOWED. G. PROTECT ALL CONCRETE FROM DRYING AND PREMATURE CURING DURING E XTREME WEATHER CONDITIONS. IT IS NOT PERMITTED TO ADD ANY POTABLE WATER TO MIXTURE ON-SITE. H. BLOCK-OUT ALL STEM WALLS @ ENTRIES AS REQUIRED. I. CONCRETE FORM WORK TO BE OF ADEQUATE STRENGTH AND BRACED TO PREVENT DEFORMATION. J. PROTECT ALL CONCRETE FROM FREEZING. K. ALL LOWER LEVEL AND RETAINING WALLS WHICH HAVE FILL HEIGHTS HIGHER THAN AN INTERIOR FLOOR LEVEL SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED WATERP ROOFING MEMBRANE APPLIED. L. STAIN & TEXTURE OF EXPOSED CONCRETE SURFACES PER OWNER'S DIRECTION, IF APPLICABLE. M. AT CORNERS AND WALL INTERSECTIONS, PROVIDE VERTICAL BAR AND LAP THE REINFORCING STEEL. N. ALL REENTRANT CORNERS SHALL HAVE ADDITIONAL REINFORCEMENT. 3. REINFORCING STEEL: A. ALL ARRANGEMENT AND DETAILING OF REINFORCING STEEL, INCLUDING BAR SUPPORTS AND SPACERS, SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST ACI 315 DETAILING MANUAL. B. ASTM A615, GRADE 40 (#3 REBAR OR SMALLER), ASTM A615, GRADE 60 (#4 REBAR OR LARGER), ASTM A185, GRADE 65 (WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHEETS). BARS TO BE WELDED SHALL BE ASTM A706, GRADE 60. C. DIMENSIONS OF REINFORCING ARE TO BAR CENTERLINES U.N.O. IN DRAWINGS. D. MINIMUM CLEAR PROTECTION FOR REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. CONCRETE PLACED DIRECTLY AGAINST EARTH = 3" 2. FORMED SURFACES AND EXPOSED TO EXTERIOR (#5 BARS OR SMALLER) = 2" 3. INTERIOR FACE OF WALLS = 1 ½” 4. STRUCTURAL SLABS = 1" 5. ELAVATED SLABS, BEAMS & COLUMNS = 1 ½” E. MINIMUM REINFORCING LAP SPLICES/DEVELOPMENT LENGTHS (F’C = 3,000 PSI): BAR SIZE HOOK LENGTH (IN) DEVL./SPLICE LENGTH (IN) 3 6 21 4 8 28 5 10 36 6 12 43 F. STAGGER SPLICES IN WALLS SO THAT NO TWO ADJACENT BARS ARE SPLICED IN THE SAME LOCATION. G. REINFORCING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS THROUGH ALL COLD JOINTS. H. PROVIDE CORNER BARS W/ 18" LEGS AT CORNERS AND INTERSECTING WALLS AND FOOTINGS, SIZE AND PLACEMEN T TO MATCH HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT. I. PROVIDE #5 HORIZONTALS AT TOP OF WALL, CONT. IN FOOTINGS, AND ABOVE ALL OPENINGS. PROVIDE #5 HORIZONTALS AT ALL INTERSECTING FLOORS AND ROOF LEVELS, BOTTOM OF ALL WINDOWS AND AT 10'-0" O.C. MAX. J. PROVIDE #5 VERTICALS AT 16" O.C. W/ STANDARD HOOK EXTENDING INTO FOOTING AT EACH SIDE OF WALL OPENING AND AT EACH END OF WALLS. K. ALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE COLD BENT, UNLESS OTHERWISE PERMITTED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL AND ENGINEER OF RECORD. REINFORCE MENT PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR MASONRY SHALL NOT BE FIELD BENT, UNLESS PERMITTED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL AND ENGINEER OF RECORD. L. PROVIDE FOUNDATION HOLDOWNS AT ALL SHEAR WALL LOCATIONS PER PLAN, IF APPLICABLE, RE: FOUNDATION PLAN. 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 6 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS M. ALL EXPANSION BOLTS INTO CONCRETE SHALL BE ‘RED HEAD’ TRUBOLT WEDGE ANCHORS (ICC ESR-2427) OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. INSTALL ANCHORS IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. MECHANICAL ADHESIVE ANCHORAGE/EPOXY: A. MECHANICAL ADHESIVE ANCHORAGE MAY BE USED AND SUBSTITUTED WITH PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE EOR. B. BARS USED MUST BE DEFORMED OR THREADED FOR THE FULL EMBEDMENT DEPTH IN THE EPOXY. C. OVER DRILL BAR DIAMETER BY ¼” U.N.O. BY THE EPOXY MANUFACTURER AND TO THE REQUIRED DEPTH AS INDICATED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWI NGS. D. REMOVE ALL DIRT, DUST, WATER AND ICE BY VACUUM FROM THE DRILLED HOLES. E. ANY DIRT, RUST OR OIL ON THE BAR SHALL BE REMOVED. F. ALL EPOXY MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS SHALL BE FOLLOWED EXACTLY. G. THE FOLLOWING MECHANICAL ADHESIVE MANUFACTURER’S ARE APPROVED FOR USE: i. HILTI HIT HY150 (ICC ESR-1967) ii. SIMPSON SET-XP (ICC ESR-2508) iii. EPCON (ICC ESR-1137) iv. HILTI HIT RE 500-SD (ICC ESR-2322) 3. MASONRY / STONE VENEER: A. ALL MASONRY CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN ACI-530-08, “BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES”, AND ACI-530.1-08, ‘SPECIFICATIONS FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES”. B. COORDINATE w/ OWNER FOR SIZE AND LOCATION OF MASONRY / STONE VENEERS. C. METAL LATH SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL WALL STUD FRAMING OR CMU FASTENED TO FRAMING AT MAX 16" O.C. VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL. D. PROVIDE VENEER LEDGER AT MID HEIGHT OF WALLS OVER 16'-0" TOTAL WALL HEIGHT, INCLUDING PARAPETS. 4. GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES: A. ALL ELEVATIONS AND HEIGHTS GIVEN ARE FROM THE FINISHED FLOOR DATUM ELEVATION, WHICH IS SET AT 0'-0". B. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS, CONTACT AOR OR EOR FOR DIMENSION CLARIFICATIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. C. VERIFY ALL OPENINGS, BUILDING DIMENSIONS, COLUMN GRID LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS WITH OWNER PRIOR TO POURING OF ANY CONCRETE FO UNDATIONS OR CONSTRUCTION. D. THE ENGINEER OF RECORD IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DEVIATIONS FROM THESE PLANS UNLESS SUCH CHANGES ARE AUTHORIZED IN WRITING TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. E. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SAFE AND ADEQUATE SHORING AND/OR TEMPORARY STRUCTURAL STABILITY FOR ALL PARTS OF THE STRUCTURE DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE STRUCTURE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS HAS BEEN DESIGNED FOR FINAL CONFIGURATION. F. NOTCHING AND/OR CUTTING OF ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBER IN THE FIELD IS PROHIBITED, UNLESS PRIOR CONSENT IS GIVEN BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. G. IT IS NECESSARY THAT THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS TO HAVE A COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK INVOLVED IN THIS PROJECT. 5. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS: A. PER IBC SECTION 1709, STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A REPRESENTATIVE FROM THE ENGINEER OF RECORD'S OFFICE (TAMARACK GROVE ENGINEERING, PLLC) OR AN APPOINTED REPRESENTATIVE TO PERFORM ON-SITE STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION VISITS DURING SIGNIFICANT TIMES OF CONSTRUCTION-RELATED TO OUR DEFERRED SUBMITTAL SCOPE OF WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ALL SIGNIFICANT TIMES OF CONSTRUCTION WITH THE ENGINEER OF RECORD'S OFFICE PRIOR TO THE COMPLETION POINT REQUIRING SITE OBSERVATIONS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION AND/OR PLACEMENT (MINIMUM OF 4 CALENDAR DAYS). SIGNIFICANT TIMES OF CONSTRUCTION ARE AS FOLLOWS: 1. CONCRETE FOUNDATION AND REBAR PLACEMENT. 2. PLACEMENT OF PERIMETER LOAD BEARING WALLS, LOAD SUPPORTING BEAMS, FLOOR FRAMING AND/OR HEADERS AND LATERAL RESISTING CONNECTION ELEMENTS. 3. COMPLETION OF ROOF FRAMING AND LATERAL BRACING (SHEAR WALLS), PRIOR TO COVERING WITH ANY ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES. 4. COMPLETION OF ALL STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED AND/OR DEFINED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION. B. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS DO NOT INCLUDE OR WAIVE THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY THE IBC SECTION 1704 OR OTHER SECTIONS OF THE CODE AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL BUILDING JURISDICTION. 6. SPECIFICATIONS: A. FOR ALL OTHER ITEMS NOT NOTED, RE: CONTRACTOR/OWNER FOR REQUIRED SPECIFICATIONS, TYP. 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 7 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 4 SEISMIC ANALYSIS 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 8 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 5 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS JURSIDICTIONAL INFORMATION DESIGN INFORMATION AND LOADS ROOF SNOW LOAD CALCULATION ROOF LOADS SEISMIC PARAMETERS ROOF TOP UNIT WIND LOAD CALCULATION SOIL PARAMETERS OTHER ABBREVIATIONS USED SLground 25psfDLroof 20psf Ce 0.9LLroof 20psf Ct 1.0 I s 1.0Ss 1.089 SLroof 0.7 CeCtI sSLground15.8 psfS1 0.425 SLroof max LLroof SLroof20 psfSDS 0.773 SLroof 20 psfSD1 0.446 I s 1.00 WLmph 115Rp 6.5 I w 1.0a p 2.5 DC Kd 0.9 Hfrost 24inKzt 1.0 Sbearing 1500psfKz 0.85 GCr 1.9psf DLwall 75psf qz 0.00256 KzKztKdWLmph 2I w25.9 Fz qz GCr49.2 psf OK 1 WLRTU Fz 49.2 psfNG 0 WLRTU 49.2 psf 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 9 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS ROOF TOP UNIT(S) DESIGN DATA ROOF TOP UNIT DESIGN DATA (RTU 1) WORST CASE ROOF TOP UNIT DESIGN DATA (RTU 2) ROOF TOP UNIT DESIGN DATA (RTU 5) ROOF TOP UNIT DESIGN DIMENSIONS AND LOADS DIAGRAM Hcurb 16 inHcurb 16 in H 4 ftH 4 ft LRTU1 4.5ftLRTU2 4ft DRTU1 8.5ftDRTU2 7ft WRTU1 1500lbfWRTU2 1200lbf Hcurb 16 in H 4 ft LRTU3 4.5ft DRTU3 8.5ft WRTU3 1400lbf 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 10 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS ROOF FRAMING ENGINEERING CHECK (E) OPEN WEB STEEL JOIST W/ (N) 1500lb RTU EQUATIONS CHECKS SUMMERY: THEREFORE, THE ACTUAL MOMENT AND SHEAR ARE LESS THAN OR WITHIN 5% OF THE ALLOWABLE MOMENT AND SHEAR BASED OFF THE SPAN AND ALLOWABLE LOADS, WITH THE ADDITIONAL WEIGHT OF THE ROOF TOP UNIT. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY JOIST SIZE. L 40 ft Wtrib_dist 6ft N 2 A 2 ft B 10.5 ft LRTU1 54 in DRTU1 102 in WRTU1 1500lbf P WRTU1 2N 375 lbf wDL_roof DLroof Wtrib_dist120 plf wLL_roof DLroof Wtrib_dist120 plf wTL_roof wLL_roof wDL_roof240 plf Mmax_all wTL_roof L()2 8 48000ft·lbf Mactual 47160ft lbf Vmax_all wTL_roof L 2 4800lbf Vactual 4758lbf M OK Mmax_all 1.05Mactualif NG otherwise V OK Vmax_all 1.05Vactualif NG otherwise  M 1V 1 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 11 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS MEZZANINE FRAMING ENGINEERING CHECK (E) OPEN WEB STEEL JOIST W/ (N) 1200lb RTU EQUATIONS CHECKS SUMMERY: THEREFORE, THE ACTUAL MOMENT AND SHEAR ARE LESS THAN OR WITHIN 5% OF THE ALLOWABLE MOMENT AND SHEAR BASED OFF THE SPAN DATA AND ALLOWABLE LOADS, WITH THE ADDITIONAL WEIGHT OF THE ROOF TOP UNIT. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY JOIST SIZE L 24 ft Wtrib_dist 2ft N 4 A 6 ft B 10 ft LRTU2 48 in DRTU2 84 in WRTU2 1200lbf wall 196plf P WRTU2 2N 150 lbf wDL_roof DLroof Wtrib_dist40 plf wLL_roof DLroof Wtrib_dist40 plf Mmax_all wall L()2 8 14112ft·lbf Mactual 7022ft lbf Vmax_all wall L 2 2352lbf Vactual 1160lbf M OK Mmax_all 1.05Mactualif NG otherwise V OK Vmax_all 1.05Vactualif NG otherwise  M 1V 1 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 12 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS ROOF TOP UNIT LATERAL ANALYSIS ROOF TOP UNIT DESIGN DATA (WORST CASE) Fp MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM LOAD COMBINATION (0.7E - 0.6DL) LOAD COMBINATION (0.6W - 0.6DL) MAXIMUM DEISGN FORCE H 48 ina p 2.5 Hcurb 16 inRp 6.5 LRTU1 54 inI s 1 DRTU1 102 inh 25 ft WRTU1 1500lbfz 25 ft Fp_calc 0.4 a pSDSWRTU11 2 z h     Rp I s     535.2lbf Fp_max 1.6 SDSI sWRTU11855.2lbf Fp_min 0.3 SDSI sWRTU1347.8lbf Fp Fp_max Fp_max Fp_calcif Fp_min Fp_min Fp_calcif Fp_calc otherwise  Fp 535.2lbf Fseismic 0.7 Fp374.6lbf Fwind 0.6 WLRTUHDRTU11003.9lbf Flateral max Fp Fwind1003.9lbf 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 13 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS ROOF TOP UNIT DESIGN DIMENSIONS AND LOADS DIAGRAM OVERTURNING FORCES UPLIFT FORCES MOT Flateral H Hcurb 2   2677.0ft·lbf Mres WRTU1 LRTU1 2   3375ft·lbf TOT MOT Mres LRTU1 155.1lbf TOT_dist TOT DRTU1 18.2plf Fuplift_seis 0.2 SDSWRTU1231.9lbf Fuplift_wind WLRTU DRTU1LRTU11882.3lbf Fuplift max Fuplift_seis Fuplift_wind1882.3lbf Tuplift Fuplift 0.6 WRTU1982.3lbf Tuplift_dist Tuplift 2 DRTU12 LRTU137.8 plf 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 14 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS SHEAR FORCE ALLOWABLE SCREW CAPACITIES (TEK SCREW) EQUATIONS SUMMARY: THEREFORE, PROVIDE #10 TEK SCREW AT 12" O.C. OR BETTER AROUND PERIMETER OF NEW ROOF TOP UNIT(S). Vmax Flateral 1003.9lbf Vmax_dist Vmax 2 DRTU12 LRTU138.6 plf Tall_10 109lbf Vall_10 263lbf Screwspacing 12in Tmax max TOT_dist Tuplift_dist37.8 plf Vmax Vmax_dist 38.6 plf Sreq_tension_10 Tall_10 Tmax 34.6 in Sreq_shear_10 Vall_10 Vmax 81.7 in 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 15 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS DOOR FRAMING ENGINEERING 4 FOOT AND LESS OPENINGS LOADS SUMMARY: FROM ENERCALC, USE (2) L4x3-1/2x5/16 INCH LLV ANGLE FOR HEADER OVER NEW 4 FOOT OPENINGS OR LESS. 6 FOOT TO 7 FOOT OPENINGS LOADS SUMMARY: FROM ENERCALC, USE (2) L6x3-1/2x5/16 INCH LLV ANGLE FOR HEADER OVER NEW 6-7 FOOT OPENINGS. L 4 ft Trib width 3ft Wall height 18ft wDL DLroof Trib width60 plf wDLW DLwall Wall height1350plf wLL LLroof Trib width60 plf L 7 ft Trib width 3ft Wall height 18ft wDL DLroof Trib width60 plf wDLW DLwall Wall height1350plf wLL LLroof Trib width60 plf 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 16 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 10 TO 12 FOOT OPENINGS LOADS SUMMARY: FROM ENERCALC, USE C8x11.5" STEEL CHANNEL FOR HEADER OVER NEW 10-12 FOOT OPENINGS. L 12 ft Trib width 3ft Wall height 9ft wDL DLroof Trib width60 plf wDLW DLwall Wall height675 plf wLL LLroof Trib width60 plf 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 17 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 6 SOFTWARE PRINTOUTS 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 18 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 19 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 20 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 21 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 22 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 23 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 24 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 25 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 26 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 27 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS 7 DESIGN AIDS 812 S. La Cassia Dr. · Boise, Idaho 83705 · (208) 345-8941 · (208) 345-8946 FAX Page 28 of 28 Project Name: TRACTOR SUPPLY COMPANY Location: ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON TGE Job Number: TGE16-5850 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS